Course Catalog 2005-2007

Nebraska Wesleyan University Course Catalog 2005-2007

Catalog 2005-2007 NEBRASKA WESLEYAN UNIVERSITY Mission Statement

Nebraska Wesleyan University is an academic community dedicated to intellectual and personal growth within the context of a liberal arts education and in an environment of Christian concern. Nebraska Wesleyan was founded by Nebraska Methodists and actively maintains its relation to the United Methodist Church. The University reflects the Judeo-Christian tradition in its efforts to integrate questions about meaning and value with the pursuit of learning and understanding. The University is committed to excellence of academic endeavor and to learning as a lifelong process. The curricula and programs are designed to assist students in gaining and expanding knowledge and skills, in developing their competence in rational thought and communication, in broadening their perspectives on humanity and culture, and in enhancing their spiritual, physical, emotional and aesthetic resources. Nebraska Wesleyan intends that its students develop a sense of individual worth and become useful and serving members of the human community.

Approved by the Board of Governors February 8, 1979 Revised and reaffirmed by the Board of Governors May 12, 2000 NEBRASKA WESLEYAN UNIVERSITY 5000 Saint Paul Avenue Lincoln, NE 68504-2794 402.466.2371 www.nebrwesleyan.edu

Correspondence Directory

Inquiries concerning Academic Program ...... Academic Affairs Office, 465-2251 Admissions ...... Admissions Office, 465-2218 Alumni Activities ...... University Advancement Office, 465-2123 Fundraising ...... Vice President for University Advancement, 465-2124 Athletic Program...... Athletic Department, 465-2245 Business Matters ...... Business Office, 465-2311 Evening Progams ...... University College Office, 465-2329 Financial Aid ...... Scholarships and Financial Aid Office, 465-2212 Career Planning ...... Career Center, 465-2224 Graduate Degrees ...... University College Office, 465-2329 College Bills ...... Business Office, 465-2115, 465-2119 International Education...... International Education Office, 465-2193 Registration, Transcripts, Academic Reports...... Registrar’s Office, 465-2243 Religious Interests...... University Minister, 465-2222 Scholarships, Loans, Campus Employment ...... Scholarships and Financial Aid Office, 465-2212 Senior College ...... University College Office, 465-2329 Student Interests ...... Student Life Office, 465-2223 Summer and Winter Term Sessions ...... Registrar’s Office, 465-2243 CONTENTS General Policies...... Page 6 Undergraduate Academic Program The University Mission Statement ...... 41 History ...... 8 Faculty Declaration of Educational Intent...... 41 Accreditation...... 8 Degrees Offered...... 42 Recent Honors ...... 8 Baccalaureate Degree Requirements...... 42 Academic Sessions ...... 8 The Baccalaureate Degree Checklist ...... 46 Campus Facilities...... 9 Majors ...... 49 The Faculty...... 10 Minors ...... 50 Campus Life Academic Advising...... 51 Campus Environment...... 13 Graduation ...... 51 Residence Life/Housing...... 13 Post Baccalaureate Options ...... 51 Student Health and Wellness Center...... 13 Graduate Academic Program Career Development, Counseling, and Degrees Offered...... 53 Service Learning ...... 14 Graduate Degree Requirements ...... 53 Religious Life...... 14 Earning a Second Master’s Degree ...... 53 Athletics...... 14 Special Academic Programs and Opportunities Intramurals, Recreation, and Fitness ...... 14 International Education ...... 55 Multicultural Programs ...... 15 University College Campus Activites and Leadership Opportunities...... 15 Wesleyan Advantage...... 56 Campus Policies Senior College...... 56 Code of Student Conduct ...... 15 Graduate Degrees and Courses ...... 56 Alcohol and Drug Policy ...... 16 Honors Academy...... 56 Athletic Department Drug Policy ...... 16 Cooper Foundation Center for Academic Resources...56 Access for Students with Disabilities...... 16 Chicago Urban Life Center...... 57 Sexual Harassment ...... 16 University Forum ...... 57 Personal Harassment ...... 16 Capitol Hill Internship Program...... 57 Sexual Assault ...... 17 BryanLGH Nursing Program...... 57 Computer Resources ...... 17 ROTC ...... 57 Academic Integrity ...... 17 Academic Recognition Parental Notification...... 17 Academic Honors List...... 59 Student Declaration ...... 17 Phi Kappa Phi...... 59 Admissions Cardinal Key/Blue Key ...... 59 Admission of First Year Candidates ...... 19 Who’s Who...... 59 Concurrent Enrollment of High School Students...... 20 Alpha Sigma Lambda ...... 59 Admission of Transfer Students ...... 20 Departmental Honoraries ...... 59 Admission of International Students...... 20 Honors Convocation ...... 59 Admission of Nontraditional Students ...... 21 Gold Key/Silver Key Awards...... 60 Admission of Graduate Students...... 21 Graduation with Honors ...... 60 Enrollment of Special Students...... 21 National and International Awards ...... 60 Financial Information Academic Departments College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Art ...... 62 Costs...... 23 Biology...... 70 Payment Policy ...... 23 Business Administration, Accounting, Refund Policy ...... 23 and Economics ...... 76 Financial Aid...... 24 Business Administration - Wesleyan Advantage...... 87 Standards and Regulations ...... 26 Chemistry ...... 88 University College Communication and Theatre Arts ...... 93 Costs...... 27 Education...... 105 Payment Policy ...... 27 English ...... 115 Refund Policy ...... 27 Forensic Science ...... 121 Financial Aid...... 27 Global Studies...... 127 Standards and Regulations ...... 28 Health and Human Performance ...... 130 Academic Policies and Procedures Health Sciences ...... 138 Enrollment in the College of History ...... 147 Liberal Arts and Sciences ...... 31 Interdisciplinary Studies ...... 152 Enrollment in the University College...... 32 Mathematics and Computer Science ...... 156 Class Attendance ...... 32 Modern Languages ...... 163 Culmination Period ...... 32 Music...... 170 Final Examinations...... 32 Physics and Astronomy...... 180 Summer and Winter Term Sessions ...... 32 Political Science...... 185 Credit...... 33 Professional Development - Wesleyan Advantage.....190 Evaluation of Academic Work ...... 35 Psychology ...... 191 Course Numbering System...... 37 Religion and Philosophy ...... 197 Transcripts...... 37 Sociology-Anthropology-Social Work...... 203 Student Petitions...... 37 Women’s Studies...... 212 Privacy of Educational Records ...... 38 University Register Parental Access to Academic Records...... 38 Board of Governors...... 216 Assessment of Student Learning ...... 38 Faculty Emeriti...... 218 Student Right-to-Know Act...... 38 Faculty (2004-2005) ...... 220 Teacher Certification Pass Rate ...... 38 Administration ...... 231 Academic Dishonesty ...... 39 Endowed Funds ...... 236 Index ...... 258 Campus Map ...... 262 6 GENERAL POLICIES GENERAL POLICIES

Nebraska Wesleyan University reserves the right to change any provision or requirement, including fees, at any time with or without notice. Degrees, courses, programs, activities, and academic or nonacademic offerings of the University may also be changed from time to time without notice. The University further reserves the right to require a student to withdraw at any time under appropriate procedures. Further, admission of a student to Nebraska Wesleyan University for any semester does not imply that the student will be enrolled in any succeeding academic semesters. Any admission on the basis of false statements or documents is void when the fraud is discovered, and the student is not entitled to any credit for work that he or she may have done at the University. Likewise, students who provide false information concerning their registration, housing arrangements, or other agreements with the University, and/or who submit fraudulent statements or records to the University, are subject to suspension. When a student is dismissed or suspended from the University for cause, there will be no refund of tuition and fees paid. If a dismissed student has paid only part of his or her tuition and fees, the balance due the University will be considered receivable and will be collected. There will be no refund of tuition, fees, charges, or any other payments made to Nebraska Wesleyan University in the event that the operation of the University is suspended at any time as a result of any act of God, strike, riot, disruption, or for any other reason beyond the control of the University. Rules and regulations established by the University are intended to promote the health, safety, and welfare of the student body. Nebraska Wesleyan University also reserves the right to impose disciplinary sanctions on any student whose conduct is unsatisfactory. Nebraska Wesleyan University provides the information in this catalog as a guide to policies which will be in effect for the academic years 2005 and 2006, beginning with the fall semester, 2005. Nothing contained in this catalog shall be construed as an offer to enter into a contract or assume any enforceable obligation with respect to the matters described. Other publications pertaining to academic matters and University rules and regulations are the Student Handbook/Planner, the Admissions Guide, the Class Schedules, and the Student Code of Conduct.

Nebraska Wesleyan provides equal opportunity to all qualified persons in all areas of University operation, including education, and decisions regarding faculty appointment, promotion or tenure, without regard to race, religion, age, sex, creed, color, disability, marital status, national or ethnic origin, or sexual orientation. The University Catalog 2005-2007 8 THE UNIVERSITY

of The United Methodist Church; the education program THE UNIVERSITY is approved by the Nebraska Department of Education; the chemistry program is approved by the American History Chemical Society. On December 15, 1886, a commission of Methodist leaders met to discuss the unification of the state’s three Recent Honors Methodist colleges. Nebraska Wesleyan is nationally recognized as a January 20, 1887, was the official founding date of leader among liberal arts colleges and universities. Nebraska Wesleyan University in Lincoln, Nebraska, the Nebraska Wesleyan is classified as one of the top lib- state capital. Originally a university by charter, Nebraska eral arts colleges by the Carnegie Foundation for the Wesleyan developed several colleges and schools and, Advancement of Teaching. U.S. News & World Report for a time, awarded both undergraduate and graduate ranks Nebraska Wesleyan as the number one liberal arts degrees. In 1940, the trustees approved the concept of college in Nebraska. Nebraska Wesleyan is included in the University serving as an undergraduate, coeduca- Peterson’s Competitive Colleges, Barron’s Best College tional liberal arts college. In 2000, the University again Buys, Arco’s Best Values in American Colleges, and is list- began to offer graduate degrees. ed on the John Templeton Foundation’s Honor Roll for The first student enrolled on September 25, 1888, Character-Building Colleges, which recognizes colleges and the University’s first building, the “Main Building,” that promote character and value development. was completed the following December. The University Nebraska Wesleyan has been recognized for its out- formally opened on October 24 of that year with a first standing technological innovations by Yahoo! Internet year enrollment of 96 students. Life magazine, which ranks Nebraska Wesleyan among Developed on a 50-acre plot in University Place, a res- the top 100 “most wired” colleges and universities in the idential neighborhood in northeast Lincoln, the country. Nebraska Wesleyan also boasts other national University provides the entire city of Lincoln, population honors, such as receiving three prestigious HHMI 225,000, with a wide range of cultural, athletic, and (Howard Hughes Medical Institute) grants in math and entertainment opportunities. Now in its second century science. Our student body also garners national recogni- of service, Nebraska Wesleyan continues as a private, tion for its achievements. Nebraska Wesleyan has gradu- independent institution of higher education. It main- ated 12 Fulbright scholarship recipients in the past five tains a mutually supportive relationship with the years; is 7th in the country among all institutions since Nebraska Annual Conference of The United Methodist 1990 for its number of All-American Scholar Athletes; Church and serves approximately 1,500 full-time stu- and is 10th in the nation for total scholar-athletes hon- dents. ored. Two-thirds of Nebraska Wesleyan graduates go on In 2003, the University was again divided into sepa- to graduate or professional school within five years of rate colleges – the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, graduation, and Nebraska Wesleyan is within the top 10 housing traditional liberal arts programs; and University among Division III universities for the number of stu- College, housing programs for adults and other extend- dents who receive NCAA post-graduate scholarships. ed programs. A campus in Omaha, Nebraska, was added as part of University College. Academic Sessions Accreditation The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences follows a traditional academic year, based on two 16-week semes- The academic programs at Nebraska Wesleyan ters: a fall semester from late August through mid- University are accredited by leading regional and December and a spring semester from mid-January national accrediting agencies. Since 1914, Nebraska through early May. Specific dates, course offerings, and Wesleyan University has been accredited by The Higher other enrollment information are provided in the Class Learning Commission, a commission of the North Central Schedule for each term. Association of Colleges and Schools. Persons may con- Winter term, scheduled between the fall and spring tact the regional accreditation agency at: semesters, offers regular courses and special educational North Central Association: opportunities that enhance the regular academic pro- 30 North LaSalle Street, Suite 2400 gram. Summer sessions are regularly scheduled from Chicago, Illinois 60602-2504 May through August. Special opportunities may be (800) 621-7440 scheduled throughout the summer. The class schedules http://www.ncahigherlearningcommission.org for winter term and summer sessions provide specific In addition, the following departments have dates, course offerings, and other enrollment informa- received accreditation from the agencies specified: tion. —Business Administration: Association of Collegiate University College offers courses in a variety of ses- Business Schools and Programs sion formats and lengths, depending on the program. —Education: National Council for Accreditation of Class schedules for each University College program pro- Teacher Education vide specific dates, course offerings and other enroll- —Music: National Association of Schools of Music ment information. —Nursing: National League for Nursing —Social Work: Council on Social Work Education Nebraska Wesleyan is approved by the University Senate THE UNIVERSITY 9

Campus Facilities Olin Hall of Science Completed in 1968, Olin is the home of the Natural Nebraska Wesleyan’s main campus is located in a his- Sciences Division (Departments of Biology, Chemistry, toric residential area of Lincoln, Nebraska. The pictur- Mathematics and Computer Science, and Physics). The esque 50-acre campus is part of the Nebraska Statewide facilities include a planetarium, greenhouse, classrooms, Arboretum. A campus facility is also located in Omaha, lecture halls, and specialized science and computer labo- Nebraska. The Lincoln campus’ primary buildings are ratories. described below: Rachel Ann Lucas Hall Burt Hall Built in 1922 as a library, the building is now home to This facility provides both office and residential the Department of Art. Extensive remodeling expanded space. Burt South houses the offices of University the teaching and studio facilities for drawing, painting, College, including Wesleyan Advantage, Wesleyan printmaking, photography, ceramics, metalsmithing, Honors Academy, Nursing, and Forensic Science. The and sculpture. A Macintosh computer lab with high Burt North residential facility is home to a small self-gov- speed internet access serves as a classroom for digital erning upperclass student community. media courses.

Cochrane-Woods Library/Media Roy G. Story Student Center Center The Story Student Center brings together a variety of Cochrane-Woods Library provides a strong collection services. It provides space for the Student Life offices, of books, journals, videos, and other library resources, dining hall, Prairie Wolves’ Bookstore, the Career Center, along with help and training in their use. Students also Campus Activities, Greek Life, Multicultural Programs, have immediate access to library materials at other col- and International Education, as well as a coffee house, leges through Wesleyan’s membership in a consortium graphics center, student lounge, meeting rooms, and of 10 Nebraska colleges that provides an automated offices for Student Affairs Senate, Union Programs, and library system. Materials are shared through an interli- student publications. brary loan and facsimile transmission service. Constructed in 1969, this facility also is the home of the Armstrong-McDonald Microcomputer Resources Residence Halls Nebraska Wesleyan’s residential facilities – Johnson Learning Center, which provides computer classroom Hall, Pioneer Hall, Centennial Hall, Plainsman Hall, instructional facilities for faculty and students, and the White Hall, Heim Hall, Burt North residential facility, and Cooper Foundation Center for Academic Resources. the Townhouse Village – provide a living and learning environment for students through double rooms and Elder Memorial Speech and single rooms. All female and coed residential facilities Theatre Center are available. All facilities include furnishings, phones, Completed in 1981 and housing the Department of and optional cable television hookups. All residential Communication and Theatre Arts, the center contains facilities are wired for internet access. A complete some of the finest collegiate theatre facilities in the description of each facility and its amenities is available Midwest. Mainstage productions are performed in the through the Office of Housing and Residence Life. 300-seat McDonald Theatre. The building also features the Enid Miller laboratory theatre for student-directed Smith-Curtis Classroom- performances, a technical shop space, and an exceptional library of props, set pieces, and more than 30,000 cos- Administration Building Built in 1974, the Smith-Curtis Building includes class- tumes. rooms and office space for both academic departments and administrative units. The Departments of Business, Old Main Accounting, and Economics, Education, Psychology, and The symbol of Wesleyan’s heritage, Old Main is the Sociology-Anthropology-Social Work, are located in original campus building and is listed on the National Smith-Curtis. Register of Historic Places. Constructed in 1888 of Colorado red sandstone and pressed brick, Old Main underwent a $1 million renovation and refurbishment in Vance D. Rogers Center for Fine 1988. Initially, the building included not only classrooms, Arts but also the library, the chapel, and a make-shift dormi- Home of the Department of Music and Elder Gallery, tory. Today, it is the home of the Humanities Division the Rogers Center offers practice rooms, studios, class- (Departments of English, Modern Languages, and rooms, a 250-seat recital hall, and the 1,500-seat Religion and Philosophy), the Departments of History O’Donnell Auditorium. The auditorium is equipped with and Political Science, and the Chapel. a 49-rank Aeolian-Skinner pipe organ and two concert grand pianos: a nine-foot Steinway grand and a nine- foot, six-inch Bösendorfer Imperial grand—the only one of its kind in Nebraska. Elder Gallery displays the art work of students and members of the local, state, and national art community. 10 THE UNIVERSITY

Athletic Facilities The Faculty Nebraska Wesleyan has developed some of the finest athletic facilities in NCAA Division III. All are available for More than 89 percent of the regular full-time facul- general student use and for intercollegiate athletic com- ty hold doctoral degrees or the highest degree in their petitions. field, graduating from over 40 different graduate schools across the United States and abroad. Although Marion and Marian Weary Center for Health and they are described as a teaching faculty, they actively Fitness - This facility includes the 2,350-seat Snyder conduct research to keep abreast of developments in Arena for volleyball and basketball; classrooms and lab- their fields and participate in a wide variety of profes- oratories for the Departments of Health and Human sional development activities. By becoming recognized Performance and Health Sciences; racquetball courts; a authors, performers, and presenters, they enhance their training room and weight room; a cardiovascular exer- roles as teachers and advisors. cise area; aerobics/dance exercise room; a swimming Faculty members at Nebraska Wesleyan are recog- pool; and intramural/recreational facilities, and the nized for their pursuit of excellence and for their Knight Field House. achievement through the following awards and fellowships: George A. Knight Field House - Connected to the Weary Center is the Field House, which offers a variety of facil- The Margaret J. Prouty Faculty ities for intramural sports and intercollegiate competition for indoor track and tennis. The field house was Teaching Award originally constructed in 1976 and remodeled in 1995. The purpose of the Dr. Margaret J. Prouty Faculty Teaching Award, which was awarded for the first time in Abel Stadium - This facility houses the Weary Field for the spring of 1995, is to recognize and reward faculty football and soccer, built in 1986, and the Woody for the pursuit of excellence in teaching. The recipient is Greeno Track & Field facility, which was added in 1989, deemed to have made a distinct difference in the intel- and includes an eight-lane, all-weather outdoor track. lectual lives of students through effective and creative Field turf and lights were added in 2002. instruction and/or course development. 2004-2005 Recipient Nebraska Wesleyan Baseball Field at Woods Park - • C. Gerise Herndon, Associate Professor of English Completed in 2003, this regulation baseball field is 2003-2004 Recipient home for the intercollegiate baseball team. It features • Roger Cognard, Professor of English large dugouts, two bullpens, batting cage, and a score- board, and is located in Woods Park at 33rd and J Ameritas Faculty Fellowships Streets. Selection criteria for the Ameritas Fellowships focus on the potential professional benefit to the individual Harold G. Chaffee Practice/Intramural Field - Located and to the University. The intent is to assist faculty mem- immediately north of the Weary Center, this lighted bers in completing projects related to teaching strate- facility is used for football, soccer, and track and field gies, individual research, curricular initiatives, and pro- practices, as well as for intramural competitions. fessional growth, while honoring members of the facul- University Place Park Softball Field - This facility is ty for their contributions to academic excellence. home to the intercollegiate softball team, and is main- 2004-2005 Recipients tained through a cooperative arrangement between • Jerald Bricker, Assistant Professor of Biology Nebraska Wesleyan and Lincoln Parks and Recreation. • Jean Henderson, Associate Professor of Music • David Iaquinta, Associate Professor of Sociology Taylor Commons - Taylor Commons is located west of • Sarah Kelen, Assistant Professor of English the Weary Center and is used for intramurals, open • Michael McDonald, Associate Professor of Education recreation and special events programs, and includes 2003-2004 Recipients outdoor sand volleyball and basketball courts and a ten- • Ellen Dubas, Associate Professor of Anthropology nis court immediately north of Plainsman Hall. • Kelly Eaton, Associate Professor of Political Science • Karla Jensen, Associate Professor of Communication • Sandra Mathews, Assistant Professor of History • Robert Oberst, Associate Professor of Political Science • Cooperative Project: Joan Gilbreth, Assistant Professor of Sociology; Jeff Mohr, Associate Professor of Social Work; Lisa Borchardt, Assistant Professor of Social Work; Brian Husby, Associate Professor of Education THE UNIVERSITY 11

The United Methodist Church Exemplary Teacher Award The Exemplary Teacher Award, sponsored by the General Board of Higher Education and Ministry of The United Methodist Church, is presented to a faculty member teaching at a United Methodist-related institution of higher education who demonstrates excellence in teaching; civility and concern for students and colleagues; commitment to value-centered education; and service to a local church, to the community, to the institution, and to students beyond the classroom. 2004 Recipient • Karla Jensen, Associate Professor of Communication 2003 Recipient • Sarah Kelen, Assistant Professor of English The Kenneth R. Holder Fellowship for Instructional Improvement The Kenneth R. Holder Fellowship for Instructional Improvement is an annual grant designed to encourage individual instructional innovation and teaching excellence. The fellowship honors Dr. Kenneth R. Holder who, as provost of Nebraska Wesleyan University (1987-1991), stimulated, supported, and gave leadership to faculty efforts to improve classroom instruction and thereby enriched the educational experiences of all Nebraska Wesleyan students. 2004-2005 Recipient • David Gracie, Assistant Professor of Art 2003-2004 Recipient • Susan Horn, Adjunct Professor of Art Campus Life Catalog 2005-2007 CAMPUS LIFE 13

The Coffee House is also open throughout the day and CAMPUS LIFE some evenings. The townhouse village includes a full kitchen in each unit. Nebraska Wesleyan University’s Division of Student Residence Life policies and procedures are included Life fosters students’ learning and personal develop- in the Student Handbook, and are also available in the ment, community involvement, and leadership through Housing and Residence Life Office. Residential facility extracurricular, cocurricular, and residential experiences. contracts for room and board are available through the The Division supports a broad range of educational, Housing and Residence Life Office. Contracts specify social, and recreational programs, services, and facilities details about costs, payments, deposits, and refunds. for Nebraska Wesleyan students and other constituent Both academic year and 12-month contracts are groups. Under the supervision of the Vice President for available for the townhouses. All other traditional facil- Student Life and Campus Community are Housing and ities, except Centennial Hall, will be closed during Residence Life, Greek Life, the Student Health and University vacations. Students wishing accommodations Wellness Center, Intercollegiate Athletics, Multicultural during those periods should make arrangements Programs, the Weary Center for Health and Fitness, through the Housing and Residence Life Office. Students Campus Activities, and the Career Center. Student Life who anticipate a need for vacation housing should con- also maintains a coordinating relationship with the sider selecting Centennial Hall as their residential facili- University Ministries Office. More detailed information ty. about campus life at Nebraska Wesleyan is included in the Student Handbook/Planner, available in the Office of Student Life, and on the Nebraska Wesleyan website. Residency Policy As a residential campus, it is the residency policy of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences at Nebraska Nebraska Wesleyan Wesleyan University that undergraduate students reside University Campus in approved on-campus living units for three years or six semesters. All first year students must live in University- Environment administered residential facilities. Students in their third The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences academic through sixth semesters who are members of sororities program constitutes the heart of Nebraska Wesleyan or fraternities may reside in Greek houses meeting crite- University’s residential liberal arts community. We seek ria for approved residential facilities. to create a campus environment in which students are Students may request an exception to this policy if actively engaged in the life of the University; take they live with parents/guardians (as defined by Section responsibility for their own learning; and integrate their 30-220917 of the Nebraska Probate Code) within 30 classroom experiences with those in the larger campus miles of the Nebraska Wesleyan campus; have reached community. Campus life enhances intellectual, spiritual, their 21st birthday prior to the start of the fall semester; and personal growth; collaborative learning; leadership; live with a spouse; are enrolled for fewer than 12 credit and service. Student connections with faculty and with hours per semester as a part-time student; or have each other, a cornerstone of Nebraska Wesleyan’s cul- received a special exception from the Administrative ture, extend beyond the classroom and throughout the Council for financial exigency, health issues, or other campus. Members of this vibrant learning community extreme or emergency conditions. accept the uniqueness of each individual and embrace If a student’s living arrangements are in violation of dialogue and the free exchange of ideas in order to the residency policy, the student will be in violation of achieve understanding and respect for others. At the Code of Student Conduct and will be subject to dis- Nebraska Wesleyan, students learn to join their intellec- ciplinary action. Violation of this policy does not excuse tual and social lives to create an expansive college expe- financial obligation to the University. rience that is challenging, enjoyable, and productive. Sorority and Fraternity Living Residence Life/Housing The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences supports Residential Facilities Greek life on campus. Nebraska Wesleyan’s Greek system consists of four fraternities and four sororities, to which Nebraska Wesleyan’s residential campus includes a approximately one third of the students belong. variety of residential facilities designed to actively Nebraska Wesleyan sororities and fraternities, in good engage students in the life of the campus, broaden their standing and meeting the minimum standards for life experiences, and enhance interaction with other stu- approved University housing, may serve to fulfill the dents. Nebraska Wesleyan has five traditional residence requirements of the University’s Residency Policy for ini- halls, one all-women and four coeducational; two suite- tiated members in their third through sixth semesters at style residential facilities; and a five-unit townhouse vil- Nebraska Wesleyan University. lage. Approximately 800 students live on campus in University residential facilities. Typically, first year students live in the traditional halls and upper class stu- Student Health and dents live in the suite-style facilities and the townhouses. Wellness Center Sodexho Campus Services offers a continuous dining The Student Health and Wellness Center is a service meal plan as well as a block meal plan for suite residents. that is funded by the student activity fee. Full weekday 14 CAMPUS LIFE

services are provided through the director and assistant provide students with opportunities for fellowship, director, both registered nurses. In addition, other avail- community service, and celebration. Spiritual resource able services include physician care, allergy injections, persons are available to students. The Mattingly and laboratory services, cultures, cholesterol-blood pressure Swan lectures annually present speakers who focus on screening, and alcohol-drug-stress awareness. Some religion, ethics, and values. services have small fees assessed to defray special costs. Treatment and records at the Student Health and Wellness Center are strictly confidential. Athletics Athletics are a part of a balanced campus life experience for the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences stu- Career Development, dents, involving talented men and women from all aca- Counseling and Service demic pursuits. Nebraska Wesleyan’s intercollegiate sports include varsity football and baseball for men; var- Learning sity volleyball and softball for women; and cross country, The Career Center provides a number of resources to soccer, basketball, indoor and outdoor track, tennis, and help students discover career options and participate in golf for both. Men’s and women’s intercollegiate teams volunteer service experiences. The Center offers a vari- are affiliated with the NAIA (National Association of ety of career workshops, an extensive career library, Intercollegiate Athletics) and the NCAA (National career counseling, interest inventories, and assistance in Collegiate Athletic Association, Division III), and are resume preparation. The Career Assistance Network members of the GPAC (Great Plains Athletic includes more than 1,000 Nebraska Wesleyan alumni Conference). who are available to assist students in their career explo- Student athletes receive one hour of academic cred- ration through personal or telephone visits, shadowing it for each season of participation in a varsity sport. programs, or internship or job connections. The Center provides clinical counselors who are Athletic Mission Statement available for individual appointments to help students The Athletic Department at Nebraska Wesleyan deal with a variety of life issues that can surface during University strives to enrich the holistic development of college. individual participants from diverse backgrounds begin- Service learning opportunities are provided through ning with the recruiting process and throughout athlet- the Center. Students can participate in community vol- ic involvement. Through the myriad of experiences unteer service experiences individually, as part of a class, related to intercollegiate competition, participants will with student organizations and living units, or through experience leadership opportunities, teamwork, and a variety of special trips and academic experiences. rewards unique to the athletic arena. Service opportunities are designed to encourage per- The Athletic Department provides a positive educa- sonal growth through exposure to different cultures tional experience through athletic competition. This and professions and to develop an understanding of competition includes a commitment to the Great Plains social responsibility. Athletic Conference, the National Association of The Center also coordinates internships and other Intercollegiate Athletics, and the National Collegiate experiences to provide opportunities for students to Athletic Association Division III. The Nebraska Wesleyan identify career interests, develop relationships with a student athlete experience will not only foster athletic variety of individuals, and broaden their understanding achievement, but will also enhance the students’ learn- of community. Students work with faculty or the Career ing, personal development, and leadership. The athletic Center staff to identify internship options or create department supports a broad range of athletic opportu- experiences with sponsoring organizations. nities and programs enabling a student athlete to reach his or her full potential as an athlete, a student, and a Religious Life person. Nebraska Wesleyan is proud of its heritage and affiliation with the Nebraska Annual Conference of The Intramurals, Recreation, United Methodist Church. The University embraces students, faculty, and staff of all denominations and and Fitness beliefs. The University Minister serves as the campus pas- Nebraska Wesleyan supports students’ physical and tor and is available for personal counseling, religious recreational growth through programs and services pro- and vocational counseling, and spiritual guidance. vided by the Weary Center for Health and Fitness. The Each week the University Ministries Office sponsors intramural program provides eligible students, faculty, an ecumenical worship service or a program on contem- and staff with the opportunity to participate in a variety porary religious or social issues to which all members of of formal and informal activities, including team and the Nebraska Wesleyan community are invited. individual competition. The Weary Center includes a car- The University intends to provide an active, diversi- diovascular exercise room, an aerobics/dance exercise fied religious life program designed to meet the total room, a weight room, an Olympic-size pool, and rac- range of students’ spiritual development needs. quetball courts, all of which are available for student, Activities and organizations, including Fellowship of faculty, and staff use. Christian Athletes, FOCUS, and the Global Service Team CAMPUS LIFE 15

Residence Hall Councils are elected in each resi- Multicultural Programs dence hall. Representatives and officers bring resi- The Office of Multicultural Programs provides sup- dence hall members closer together through pro- port, advocacy, and advice for Nebraska Wesleyan’s stu- gramming and provide a forum for airing residents’ dents of color and other under-represented groups. This concerns, suggesting facility improvements, and pro- office also presents programs and provides resources for viding input in policies and procedures. the entire Nebraska Wesleyan community on issues of pluralism and cultural diversity. This office works closely Nebraska Wesleyan students are also represented on with the President’s Council on Cultural Diversity, the many University committees and advisory groups, Wolf Fund for Diversity Education, and resource persons including the Board of Governors, the President’s for personal harassment, sexual orientation, and per- Student Advisory Council, the Interfaith Council, the sons of color. Faculty Executive Committee, the Commission on Women’s Issues, and the President’s Advisory Council on Cultural Diversity. Campus Activities and Other student organizations center around recre- Leadership Opportunities ational and cultural interests, academic interests, living units and lifestyles, activity programming, and campus Student organizations, programs, activities, and and community service. Numerous department-related other leadership opportunities are an integral part of and other clubs offer opportunities for involvement and the cocurricular learning experience in the College of leadership on campus. For example, the International Liberal Arts and Sciences. Nebraska Wesleyan has Relations Organization and MOSAIC promote interna- approximately 90 student organizations, governing tional and cultural awareness. bodies, and honoraries. Social fraternities and sororities at Nebraska Student self-governance is an important part of cam- Wesleyan include Omega Alpha Chi, Phi Kappa Tau, pus life. Nebraska Wesleyan’s College of Liberal Arts and Theta Chi, and Zeta Psi fraternities, and Alpha Gamma Sciences student governing bodies are described below: Delta, Delta Zeta, Omega Chi Rho, and Willard sororities. These groups maintain their own living units adja- The Student Affairs Senate (SAS) initiates legisla- cent to campus. tion governing student life within the University A listing of all student organizations and activities is community while upholding the rights and responsi- included in the Student Handbook/Planner, and is avail- bilities of each of its members. It facilitates commu- able on the Nebraska Wesleyan website. An nication between students, faculty, and administra- Involvement Fair is held each semester. tion in matters pertaining to students. The standing committees of the SAS are Student Affairs, Public Relations and Elections, Budget, Buildings and Campus Policies Grounds, Academic Affairs, and Multicultural Affairs and Minority Viewpoints. Code of Student Conduct The Code of Student Conduct, revised in 2002, is The University Judiciary conducts hearings and ren- included in the Student Handbook/Planner and is on the ders decisions in cases involving infractions of Nebraska Wesleyan website. It includes a statement of University rules as specified in the Code of Student philosophy and authority for student discipline, a series Conduct. Membership includes two administrators, of definitions that relate to conduct and discipline, a list three full-time faculty members and four students. of types of misconduct that are subject to disciplinary sanctions, a description of judicial procedures, and a list The Inter-Fraternity Council (IFC) promotes cooper- of sanctions that may be applied for misconduct. ation and harmony among member fraternities, pro- Specific misconduct outlined in the Code includes motes successful interrelations among fraternities, academic dishonesty and other misconduct including and serves the fraternity system by promoting acts of dishonesty, disruption of University activities, growth and long-term interests of the fraternity sys- physical and verbal abuse, theft and property damage, tem. The IFC is composed of men selected by their hazing, failure to comply with directions of University fraternities. It sponsors rush activities and social pro- officials, issuing false reports, unauthorized use of keys, grams, and recognizes academic endeavor by award- violation of University policies and law, possession of ing a trophy to the fraternity with the highest controlled substances, violation of alcohol policies, scholastic rank for two previous semesters. unauthorized possession of firearms or explosives, unauthorized participation in campus demonstrations, disor- The Panhellenic Council assists and advises its mem- derly conduct, University computer abuse, and abuse of ber organizations in all aspects of their programs the judicial system. and promotes a spirit of friendship and unity among Any questions about the Code of Student Conduct sororities. The National Panhellenic Creed empha- should be directed to the Vice President for Student Life sizes cooperation with the ideals and objectives of and Campus Community. the University, good scholarship, good health, and growth of all Greek women. Panhellenic sponsors the sorority formal recruitment program each fall. 16 CAMPUS LIFE

Alcohol and Drug Policy Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amend- Because of the serious problems related to the use of ed, and with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 alcoholic beverages and controlled substances, and (ADA), recognizes the University’s obligation to make because this practice can lead to a loss of effectiveness in reasonable accommodations for qualified students with human life and does not contribute to the teaching- disabilities. learning process, the Nebraska Wesleyan community A “reasonable accommodation” is defined as any reaffirms its position of serious concern about and oppo- change in an environment or in the way things are cus- sition to the use of alcoholic beverages and/or con- tomarily done that (1) enables an individual with a dis- trolled substances in this environment. Therefore, the ability to enjoy equal opportunities; and (2) does not Nebraska Wesleyan University community urges that all fundamentally alter the nature of the activity, service, or its members exercise mature judgment and social program. responsibility when making decisions regarding the use A “disabled” person is defined as one who has a of alcoholic beverages and other drugs. physical or mental impairment that substantially affects This University community further denounces and one or more major life activities, has a record of such an prohibits the sale, possession, distribution, or use of ille- impairment, or is regarded as having such an impair- gal drugs by students, faculty, or staff. The University is ment. committed to helping individuals who are suffering To facilitate plans for any reasonable accommoda- from a chemical dependency or drug abuse problem and tions, students with disabilities must identify and docu- urges the members of this academic community to ment their needs following their admission to Nebraska become actively engaged in drug and alcohol educa- Wesleyan University. It is the responsibility of the stu- tion, prevention, and treatment programs where appro- dent to notify the University of his/her disability, to doc- priate. ument the disability, and to request accommodation. Although the Board of Governors recognizes the Students should contact the Academic Affairs Office rights of students to be protected from intrusive drug for further information. testing, it acknowledges that a student’s performance (academic, athletic, or other), health, or safety may be Sexual Harassment hindered by substance abuse or illegal drug use. Sexual harassment cannot and will not be tolerated Additionally, the Board recognizes that such abuse or at Nebraska Wesleyan University. It is the responsibility usage may adversely affect the interests of the of all members of the Nebraska Wesleyan community to University community. As such, it is the determination by participate in understanding, preventing, and combat- the Board of Governors that Nebraska Wesleyan is ing sexual harassment. Any activity perceived as sexual authorized to implement appropriate procedures to harassment should be reported. Depending upon the protect the interests of the students and the university nature of the concern, a student may choose to speak community. Such procedures may include the implemen- with a Sexual Harassment Resource Person, the Vice tation of a screening process or the request of an evalu- President for Student Life and Campus Community, the ation from a qualified professional to determine the Associate Dean for the College of Liberal Arts and seriousness of the problem. In the implementation of Sciences, or the Assistant Vice President for Human these procedures, Nebraska Wesleyan is committed to Resources. A policy statement on sexual harassment is protect the due process and privacy rights of students. available in the Academic Affairs Office, the Student Life Violations of law and/or violations of the Student Office, and the Business Office. Nebraska Wesleyan pro- Code of Conduct shall be adjudicated by the proper judi- vides an informal assistance network, an informal cial bodies. reporting procedure, and formal procedures for dealing with sexual harassment concerns. A list of sexual harass- Athletic Department Drug Policy ment resource persons is available in the Student The use of anabolic steroids, cocaine, amphetamines, Handbook and on the NWU website. or any other controlled substance, as defined by federal or state law, by any member of any intercollegiate ath- Personal Harassment letic team of Nebraska Wesleyan is strictly prohibited. Nebraska Wesleyan University is committed to free- The only exceptions are physician-prescribed medica- dom of speech and expression as published in the Code tions for the individual student athlete. of Student Conduct. As a liberal arts university and an Unauthorized use of such drugs constitutes an abuse academic community, we affirm the rights of our mem- of the privilege of practicing and participating in inter- bers to freedom of expression. We also affirm the right collegiate competition. Such unauthorized use may of members of our community to an academic and cam- result in dismissal from the intercollegiate athletic teams pus living environment in which acts of violence and and may lead to further sanctions. harassment are not tolerated. Harassment is generally defined as an act or commu- Access for Students with nication causing emotional stress specifically addressed to individuals or groups and intended to harass, intimi- Disabilities date, or humiliate an individual or group because of Federal law requires that Nebraska Wesleyan race, religion, creed, gender, age, ethnicity, national ori- University make reasonable accommodations to ensure gin, disability, or sexual orientation. that persons with disabilities will have equal access to all Protected expression ends where prohibited discrim- educational programs, activities, and services. Therefore, ination, harassment, or violence begins. Nebraska Wesleyan University, in compliance with CAMPUS LIFE 17

Conduct that abuses or degrades another person is Parental Notification inconsistent with the mission and values of the Nebraska Wesleyan University administrative officials University and will be confronted and challenged as are responsible for notifying any student of any intend- unacceptable. ed communication from the University to the student’s Persons who feel they have been subjected to acts of parents or guardians concerning alleged misconduct. violence or personal harassment should refer such inci- This notice will be given a reasonable amount of time in dents to the President of the University, the Provost, a advance of the contact. University Vice President, or to other designated individ- The University strives to support students in their uals (a list of these resource persons is available in the academic and personal endeavors through various sup- Student Life Office, in the Student Handbook, and on port services including the opportunity to receive per- the NWU website). sonal counseling and guidance from trained professional staff members and counselors. Nebraska Wesleyan Sexual Assault believes in the importance of confidentiality concerning Nebraska Wesleyan will not tolerate sexual assault in students’ personal issues and will take all appropriate any form, including acquaintance or date rape. Sexual actions to ensure confidentiality of records. assault is identified as misconduct that will be adjudicat- In the event a student attempts and/or threatens sui- ed by the University Judiciary, using policies developed cide or harm to another person, confidentiality guide- specifically to respond to sexual assault, if a complaint is lines do not apply and University administrative officials filed. Sexual assault resource persons are available to will notify the student’s parents or guardians, regardless assist any students. A list of these individuals is available of the student’s age. Officials will attempt to provide the in the Student Life Office, in the Student Handbook, and student with the opportunity to notify parents or on the NWU website. A complete copy of the campus guardians personally if the student so chooses. However, judicial procedures for sexual assault is also available in it is essential to involve those individuals who have legal the Student Life Office. responsibility for the student and who can provide the immediate help, concern, and support for a student who Computer Resources is experiencing difficulty. Students may use Nebraska Wesleyan’s computing resources for academic and educational activities relevant to their enrollment at NWU. In their use of those Student Declaration computing resources, students are expected to respect the rights of other members of the Nebraska Wesleyan Education at Nebraska Wesleyan University is an invi- community and of the larger internet community, and tation to explore our identity as students, as members of follow all applicable laws and regulations. See the the global community, and as individuals of sacred Student Handbook, the Computing Services and worth. By accepting this invitation we voluntarily agree Instructional Technology Office, or the NWU website for to a standard of conduct that exceeds minimum expec- a complete statement of the Nebraska Wesleyan policy tations for human and moral decency. With commitment regarding appropriate use of computer resources. to Nebraska Wesleyan, to the wider community, and to ourselves, we pledge to: • Participate in creating a safe and welcoming atmos- Academic Integrity phere for all students. Academic integrity is one of the basic principles of a • Treat each voice with consideration and sensitivity, university community. Nebraska Wesleyan University affirming the liberty of all expressions while encourages and expects the highest standards of aca- respecting others who may disagree. demic honesty from all students. The Code of Student • Support through our academic actions an enviro- Conduct describes that cheating, plagiarism, or other ment in which personal and academic integrity are forms of academic dishonesty are subject to disciplinary paramount. action. Refer to the Code of Student Conduct for addi- • Assume responsibility for our own actions and tional information. learning.

—Approved by the Nebraska Wesleyan Student Affairs Senate, March 9, 1999 Admissions Catalog 2005-2007 ADMISSIONS 19

Required Information ADMISSIONS • Application for admission • Application fee (waived for online application) • Six-semester high school transcript listing class rank Admission of First Year and grade point average Candidates • ACT and/or SAT scores Admission Requirements Optional Information — Nebraska Wesleyan Financial Aid Application for Admission to Nebraska Wesleyan is granted to stu- Early Action (if you plan to apply for need-based dents whose high school performance and testing scores financial aid) indicate they are prepared and motivated to do college- — Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). level work. This application must be submitted after January 1 Applicants are encouraged to complete a college for verification of federal and Nebraska Wesleyan preparatory program including: 4 years of English, need-based aid. Write the full name of Nebraska 3-4 years of mathematics, 3-4 years of natural sciences, 3 Wesleyan University or the college code, 002555, in years of social sciences, and 2-4 years of one foreign lan- the college release and certification section. guage. Information provided on the Nebraska Wesleyan Students who rank in the top half of their graduat- Financial Aid Application for Early Action will remain ing class or achieve an ACT composite score of 20 or a confidential and will be used to prepare an estimated SAT combined score of 950 are invited to apply for financial aid award. As stated above, applicants are admission at Nebraska Wesleyan University. Students required to complete a FAFSA to verify their eligibility who have been home schooled or will not complete for federal financial aid. The FAFSA must be submitted graduation requirements at the high school last attend- after January 1, when prospective students and parents ed must submit a transcript of coursework completed to have completed their income tax returns. date, ACT or SAT scores, and scores from the Test of General Educational Development (GED). Students not meeting the above standards may be Regular Decision Program accepted on warning if they are recommended for Timeline admission by the Nebraska Wesleyan Academic Applicants choosing the Regular Decision Program Standards Committee. are encouraged to apply for admission as soon as possi- Occasionally, certain students may attend college ble, but no later than May 1. Regular Decision candi- full-time and apply credits toward high school gradua- dates will be notified regarding admission and scholar- tion requirements. A recommendation from the high ship eligibility on a rolling basis after January 15. For school administration supporting early entrance to individuals applying for need-based financial assistance, Nebraska Wesleyan must be presented before the appli- financial aid award letters will be mailed to qualified cation will be considered. Students interested in early applicants on a rolling basis beginning March 1. (In a admission should consult their local board of education rolling admissions/financial aid process, applications are regarding the use of college courses to meet high school read as soon as all required items have been received by graduation requirements. the institution, and students are notified promptly of Nebraska Wesleyan provides equal opportunity to all their status/eligibility.) To accept the offers of admission qualified persons in all areas of University operation, and financial aid, admitted applicants must then submit including education, and decisions regarding faculty non-refundable deposits and financial aid and housing appointment, promotion or tenure, without regard to information. race, religion, age, sex, creed, color, disability, marital status, national or ethnic origin, or sexual orientation. Required Information • Application for admission • Application fee (waived for online application) Application Procedures • Six-or seven-semester high school transcript listing- Early Action Program class rank and grade point average Timeline • ACT and/or SAT scores Individuals applying through Nebraska Wesleyan’s Early Action Program must submit all materials to the Optional Information Admissions Office by November 15. Early Action candi- — Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). dates will be notified of their admission status and schol- This application must be submitted after January 1 for arship/financial aid eligibility the week of December 15. verification of federal and Nebraska Wesleyan need- Admitted applicants must respond to the offers of based aid. Write the full name of Nebraska Wesleyan admission and financial aid by January 15. Those accept- University or the college code, 002555, in the college ing the offer of admission and scholarship/financial aid release and certification section. must submit housing and financial aid documents and non-refundable deposits. Late Decision Program Consideration of applications received after May 1 will be based on the strength of the academic record and space available. 20 ADMISSIONS

Enrollment and Housing Admission of Transfer Deposits Students Enrollment Deposit Once you have been notified of your admission and Admission Requirements financial aid, you must submit a $100 non-refundable Transfer students are admitted based on their col- deposit to confirm your acceptance of the offer of lege work to date. To be accepted, transfer students admission and financial aid. must be in good standing and have a 2.00 or higher grade point average on a 4.00 scale (or equivalent) at Housing Deposit the institution from which they are transferring. If they Entering students living in campus housing will are considered in good standing but do not have a 2.00 receive housing assignments in July, and must submit a grade point average on a 4.00 scale, they may be accept- housing contract and a non-refundable $100 ed on probation upon recommendation by the security/refurbishment deposit with the contract. Of this Nebraska Wesleyan Academic Standards Committee. amount, $50 will be used as a refurbishment fee, and Credits from regionally accredited two-year institu- $50 will be held as a security deposit. tions are evaluated on a course-by-course basis. A maximum of 64 semester hours will be accepted for transfer Concurrent Enrollment of from junior or vocational/technical colleges. Credit is accepted from all regionally accredited four-year institu- High School Students tions for courses with a grade of “C-” or above. No Nebraska Wesleyan University has two methods for transfer credits are given for courses with a grade of high school students to earn college credit while attend- “D+”, “D”, “D-” or the equivalent. ing high school. In addition to earning Nebraska A student must have an official transcript mailed to Wesleyan undergraduate credits through these pro- the Admissions Office from each institution attended at grams, students can participate in special intellectual least one week prior to the beginning of the term in and cultural events and use various campus facilities and which he or she plans to enroll. The Registrar’s Office resources. will provide an analysis of the transcript regarding the credits that may be used toward general education requirements for a degree. Transfer credits for the major Honors Academy or minor program must be approved by the department Nebraska Wesleyan University’s Honors Academy is a chair. program designed for gifted and highly motivated high For further information about transfer credits, con- school juniors and seniors who are passionate about tact the Registrar’s Office 402.465.2243. learning and excited by the challenges of college-level work. The Honors Academy provides students with an opportunity to earn college credit by enrolling in select- Application Procedures ed advanced placement or differentiated classes taught Transfer students are encouraged to apply for admis- by their own qualified high school teachers in their sion as early as possible. To apply for transfer to schools. A reduced tuition rate is assessed for students in Nebraska Wesleyan, students must submit the following this program. items: the application for admission, application fee Contact the Director of the Honors Academy for (waived for online application), and academic tran- information. scripts from all previously attended postsecondary institutions. The following optional information also may be submitted: high school transcripts and ACT or SAT scores Taking Courses on Campus for those who wish to be considered for an academic Qualified high school students may take courses on scholarship, and a Free Application for Federal Student the Nebraska Wesleyan University campus prior to grad- Aid (FAFSA) for those who plan to apply for need-based uation from high school. With permission, and as space financial aid. and prerequisites allow, advanced students may enroll Once you have been notified of your admission and for up to 6 credit hours each semester while attending financial aid, you must submit a $100 non-refundable high school. Full tuition discounts are available for high deposit to confirm your acceptance of the offer of school students selected to enroll at Nebraska Wesleyan admission and financial aid. prior to their high school graduation, however, full tuition must be paid before any credit in this program can be transferred to another institution. Admission of Contact the Admissions Office for information. International Students Nebraska Wesleyan welcomes international students to its campus community and offers them the opportunity to learn in a challenging and supportive academic environment. ADMISSIONS 21

Requirements for Admission multiple roles, such as full-time employee, parent, or International applicants must submit the following community volunteer, to which the student role is sub- documents: ordinate and part-time; usually these students are age • Completed application for admission (including 25 or older. Applicants who do not fit the Nebraska financial certification) Wesleyan profile of a nontraditional student may apply • Application fee through the Admissions Office for admission to the • Certified copy of high school and university tran- College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. scripts; if in a language other than English, tran- Nebraska Wesleyan admission requirements for first scripts should be translated by a certified person year or transfer candidates also apply to nontraditional or organization student applicants. Wesleyan Advantage students are • Certified copy of high school diploma or certifi- not, however, required to take the ACT or any other cate of high school completion entrance exam. The University College Office can pro- • English Proficiency vide an application and other detailed information. International applicants for whom English is not the primary language must request that official results of Admission of Graduate one of the following two tests be sent directly to Nebraska Wesleyan: Students • Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) (Institution Code 6470) Admission Requirements • International English Language Testing System Applicants to Nebraska Wesleyan’s graduate pro- (IELTS) grams must fulfill the following general admission The test score will be used in conjunction with other requirements: indicators to ascertain an international applicant’s • Earned a baccalaureate degree from a regionally English proficiency. accredited institution • Maintained a grade point average of 2.50 for all undergraduate work or a 3.00 grade point average Post-Admission Requirements for the last 60 semester hours of undergraduate Upon acceptance at Nebraska Wesleyan University, work or a 3.00 grade point average for graduate international students must submit a pre-enrollment work taken deposit, which is applied to their first-year expenses. The • Met specific program admission requirements. International Education Office will issue an I-20 form (See the “Academic Departments” section, or con- after terms and conditions of enrollment have been tact the specific program or the University College met. Additional information regarding the pre-enroll- Office.) ment deposit and immigration documents will be included with the formal letter of acceptance. (International students should contact the University To facilitate their cultural and linguistic adjustment, College Office for additional admissions requirements exchange students live in the residence halls. Degree- for applicants who are not U.S. citizens.) seeking students must adhere to the housing policy Applicants not meeting the specified admissions applicable to all students. requirements may be offered conditional admission. International students are required to pay tuition, Graduate-level credits from regionally-accredited fees, and room and board in full at the beginning of institutions, with grades of “B-” or better, are transfer- each term. able, as deemed appropriate by the program and International students are required to be continu- Registrar’s Office. ously enrolled in a health insurance plan subscribed to by Nebraska Wesleyan. Health insurance premiums will be added to each student’s statement of account. Application Procedures International students eligible for Nebraska To be considered for admission, applicants should Wesleyan academic scholarships based on SAT or ACT complete and return the graduate application form, scores should forward those scores to the Admissions along with the $50 application fee, to the University Office if they wish to be considered. Students should College Office. The issuing institution must send official contact the Admissions Office for more information transcripts of all previous college work directly to the regarding requirements and procedures. University College Office. Admission of Enrollment of Special Nontraditional Students: Students Wesleyan Advantage Program Individuals interested in earning college credit for enrichment purposes may do so on a part-time non- Selected degree programs available through degree basis by enrolling at Nebraska Wesleyan as spe- evening and other alternatively scheduled classes are cial students. Transcripts from previously attended col- intended exclusively for working adults in the communi- leges or universities are not required. Contact the ty, or “nontraditional” students. Nontraditional stu- Registrar’s Office 402.465.2243 or the University College dents are defined in many ways, but at Nebraska Office 402.465.2329 for more information. Wesleyan, the term refers to undergraduates who have Financial Information Catalog 2005-2007 FINANCIAL INFORMATION 23

the end of the first week of the semester. Payment or FINANCIAL arrangements for payment can be made in one or more of the following ways: —Payment of all tuition and fees, room, and board INFORMATION —Partial payment of tuition, completion of a deferred tuition loan (see below), and payment of College of Liberal Arts one-fifth or more of room and board —Payments through the Monthly Payment Plan (see and Sciences below) (For students receiving financial aid in the form of scholarships and/or grants and/or loans, one-half of the Costs amount is available each semester.) Nebraska Wesleyan offers its educational program at (Credit cards will not be accepted as a method of far less than the actual cost of instruction and operation. payment for tuition, fees, and other student charges.) The difference is covered by income from endowments If payment is not received or arrangements are not and gifts. Nebraska Wesleyan reserves the right to make made by the end of the first week of the semester, a $40 financial adjustments in tuition, fees, room, and board. late fee is assessed. Additionally, students may be administratively withdrawn and will be charged 10% of Tuition and Fees the tuition and 100% of fees that apply to their registra- Complete, up-to-date information on tuition and tion. fees is located in the class schedules for each term. Enrollment in subsequent semesters will not be Tuition is charged at a single rate for full-time stu- allowed until financial obligations have been met. dents (those enrolled for 12-18 hours) for the fall and Transcripts are released only after all financial obliga- spring semesters. (Full-time students registering for tions have been met. more than 18 hours are charged the full-time, single Students leaving the University whose accounts are tuition rate plus an overload, per credit hour tuition.) not paid in full may have their accounts turned to a col- Part-time students (those enrolled for fewer than 12 lection agency. These students are responsible for all credit hours) pay a per-hour tuition rate. reasonable collection costs. Fees are assessed to help support the services of campus facilities, as well as student activities and publica- Deferred Tuition Loan tions. Fees for full-time and part-time students are listed Upon the student’s request for a deferred tuition in the class schedules for each term, and are not refund- loan, the University will permit a partial payment of able. tuition and fees with the unpaid balance placed in a Full-time students who are declared music or music promissory note bearing 10% interest. The note must be education majors, or first-semester first year students paid in full by the last day of classes during the semester who are enrolled in a music major curriculum, may in which the money is borrowed. Contact the Business enroll for up to 3 credit hours of applied music lessons Office for details. Scholarship awards will not serve as per semester without charge. Full-time performance down payments. music students may enroll for up to 4 credit hours of applied music lessons per semester without charge. Monthly Payment Plan Additional lessons, or lessons taken as a part-time stu- Nebraska Wesleyan University offers a monthly pay- dent, are charged at the standard rate. Full-time music ment plan through a third-party vendor to help full-time minors may enroll for up to 3 credit hours of applied students and their parents budget the cost of education. music lessons per semester without charge, for a maxi- This special plan divides the cost of tuition, fees, and mum of four semesters. Lessons taken as a part-time stu- University-operated room and board (if applicable) into dent or lessons taken beyond the four semesters, are monthly installments. No interest is charged, but a serv- charged at the standard rate. Students not meeting the ice fee is added. The plan may cover any portion of costs above major or minor categories will be charged a music up to full tuition, fees, room, and board. Contact the fee on a per-credit basis. Business Office for details. Room and Board Room and board charges for residence halls operat- Refund Policy ed by the University are described in the class schedules. Students who find it necessary to withdraw from all For more specific information, contact the Housing and courses at Nebraska Wesleyan during a semester for any Residence Life Office. reason shall receive refunds for tuition as follows: The residential system and related policies are Percent of described beginning on page 13. Semester Rate Tuition Refund Schedule To be Refunded During the First Week 90% Payment Policy During the Second Week 80% Tuition, fees, room, and board are due at the begin- During the Third Week 60% ning of each term. For the fall and spring semesters, During the Fourth Week 40% each student must pay his or her account in full or make During the Fifth Week 20% arrangements for payment with the Business Office by 24 FINANCIAL INFORMATION

If the withdrawing student has received a Nebraska benefit from Nebraska Wesleyan’s academic program Wesleyan-funded scholarship and/or grant, such finan- and to aid those who might not otherwise be able to cial aid will be prorated at the same percentage of take advantage of it. tuition charged (see above schedule). The financial aid program at Nebraska Wesleyan After five weeks of the semester’s classes have includes: elapsed, no refund will be given to a withdrawing stu- —Nebraska Wesleyan funded scholarships and grants dent. Calculations are based upon the date of the first —Federally-funded financial aid programs meeting of classes. Items designated as fees will not be Eligibility requirements and award amounts are sub- refunded. Room and board payments will be refunded ject to change from year to year by action of the as stated in the current housing contract. Nebraska Wesleyan University Board of Governors or No refunds are made to a student who withdraws acts of the U.S. Congress. Changes will be announced by from a special program, activity, or field trip after the the Director of Scholarships and Financial Aid. deadline for acceptance to the program has passed. Nebraska Wesleyan University underwrites its schol- Students should consult the director of the special pro- arship and grants-in-aid program through income from gram. endowed funds and annual and special gifts. Students If a student registers for more than 18 hours and who receive scholarship monies underwritten by a spe- later wishes to reduce the load for any reason, he or she cific donor will be notified and encouraged to express must complete the procedure for withdrawal during the appreciation to the donor. first five weeks of the semester to qualify for any refund of tuition charges for extra hours. Such refunds will be reduced by the original charge for each successive week Application Procedures Students who are accepted for admission by of the semester according to the tuition refund sched- Nebraska Wesleyan University and who qualify through ule. academic performance will receive the awards listed If individuals believe extenuating circumstances under “Wesleyan Academic Scholarships” without fur- merit a departure from the tuition refund schedule, they ther application. may appeal in writing to the Provost for special consid- Students accepted for admission who wish to apply eration. for additional financial assistance from one of the pro- The Higher Education Amendment of 1998 estab- grams administered by Nebraska Wesleyan, the Federal lished a new procedure for the return of Title IV Federal Family Education Loan Programs, the Federal Grant Student Aid when a student who is receiving Title IV aid Programs or Federal Work-Study Program, must submit withdraws from college before the end of a semester. the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) The new Return of Title IV Funds policy follows: and list Nebraska Wesleyan University, Title IV School The Business Office will determine the tuition refund Code 002555, as a recipient. percentage based upon the student withdrawal infor- When Nebraska Wesleyan receives the processed mation on file in the Registrar’s Office. The date of with- FAFSA information, the Director of Scholarships and drawal is the date the completed “Withdrawal from Financial Aid notifies each student concerning results of University” form is given to the Registrar’s Office. The his or her application for financial assistance. number of days enrolled will include weekends but will Students must reapply each year for need-based not include scheduled breaks which are five days or financial aid by completing the FAFSA. longer. For example, if a student withdraws at the end of five calendar weeks, the percentage of the semester Scholarships and Grants attended would be calculated as follows: 5 weeks x 7 Wesleyan Academic Scholarships days=35 days divided by the number of days in the Nebraska Wesleyan University offers several scholar- semester (not including scheduled breaks of five days or ships based on academic achievement as determined by longer, 35÷112=31%). In this example, the student will performance on the American College Testing (ACT) be entitled to 31% of the Title IV aid but 69% will have program, the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), or high to be returned to the Federal government. When a stu- school class standing. Test scores from the December dent has attended 61% or more of the semester (68 days (senior year) ACT or SAT are the latest considered when in this example), no Title IV aid has to be returned. determining scholarship eligibility. Returned aid is allocated in the following order: Unsub The following scholarships are automatically award- Stafford Loan, Sub Stafford Loan, Federal Perkins Loan, ed to those undergraduates who meet the specific qual- PLUS Loan, Federal Pell Grant, Federal SEOG Grant, and ifications indicated. Each recipient must maintain a spec- LEAP. ified grade point average (GPA) at Nebraska Wesleyan If there is a balance due on tuition and fees and/or to retain the scholarship from year to year. room and board after the return of Title IV Federal Student Aid, the student will be responsible for the bal- Board of Governors’ Scholar Award ance due. An ACT of 32 or above or an SAT of 1410 or above is required. To retain their scholarships, recipients must Financial Aid maintain a 3.25 GPA on a 4.00 scale. Nebraska Wesleyan University’s financial aid program is designed to assist talented students who will FINANCIAL INFORMATION 25

Wesleyan Scholar Award dents, both attending Nebraska Wesleyan University, An ACT composite score of 29-31 or SAT score of and independent students are not eligible for this grant. 1280-1400 is required. Recipients must maintain a 3.00 GPA. Federal Pell Grants An eligible student may receive a grant up to $4,050 Trustees’ Scholarship (tentative figure for 2005-2006). An ACT composite score of 27-28, or SAT score of 1200-1270, or graduation from an accredited high Federal Supplemental Educational school in the top 10% of the class is required. Opportunity Grants Recipients must maintain a 2.75 GPA. The Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants (SEOG) provide funds ranging from $300 to President’s Scholarship $1,000 per year for students with exceptional financial An ACT composite score of 24-26, or SAT score of need (with priority given to Federal Pell Grant recipi- 1090-1190, or graduation from an accredited high ents). school in the top 25% of the class is required. Recipients must maintain a 2.50 GPA. ROTC Scholarships Reserve Officer’s Training is available to both male Recognition Scholarship and female Nebraska Wesleyan students through Air An ACT composite score of 22-23, or SAT score of Force and Army programs conducted at the University of 1010-1080, or graduation from an accredited high Nebraska-Lincoln. Scholarship funds covering Nebraska school in the top 33% of the class is required. Wesleyan tuition and fees are available through these Recipients must maintain a 2.25 GPA. ROTC programs to qualified students. Founders’ Scholarship Interested students should contact ROTC at the Most students who apply for admission to Nebraska University of Nebraska-Lincoln (call collect at Wesleyan will be considered for a Founders’ 402.472.2473 or in Nebraska call 800.742.8800, exten- Scholarship. A student’s test scores, class rank, and sion 2473). academic record are considerations for a Founder’s Scholarship. This scholarship may be awarded to Campus Employment those students who also qualify for another merit Nebraska Wesleyan’s employment opportunities scholarship. include approximately 450 part-time jobs, some of which are funded through the Federal Work-Study Nebraska Wesleyan Grants-in-Aid Program, and others that are funded by Nebraska Nebraska Wesleyan offers four types of grants-in- Wesleyan. Students work three to 10 hours per week aid. The first is a talent grant/scholarship. A well-devel- and are paid monthly. oped talent in music, theatre, or art is required, with academic achievement being a determining factor. Loans The second type is a need-based grant determined Nebraska Wesleyan University participates in the by demonstrated financial need. Federal Family Education Loan programs and the United The third is a tuition grant to dependents of Methodist Student Loan Program. Nebraska Wesleyan employees and the employees themselves. These grants also are available for depend- Federal Perkins Loans ent children less than 25 years of age of voting mem- The Federal Perkins Loan program enables eligible bers/members in full connection of the Nebraska Annual students to borrow from $200 to $1,500 per year. Conference of the United Methodist Church, or full-time Interest at 5% and repayment start nine months after employees of the Nebraska Annual Conference. These the student leaves college. Part or all of the loan is for- dependent children of clergy and conference employees given for those working in specified fields; under stated receive a ministerial tuition discount of up to 50% of provisions, partial cancellation is also provided for mili- tuition at Nebraska Wesleyan. Dependency is defined as tary service. Repayment may be deferred up to three an exemption on the federal income tax form. The min- years while a borrower is in the Armed Forces or a vol- isterial discount is available only during the fall and unteer in the Peace Corps or VISTA. (Contact Business spring semesters and may be used regardless of the Office for details.) number of hours carried. Recipients must maintain a 2.00 GPA to continue receiving the discount. They are Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans not eligible for other Nebraska Wesleyan scholarships A student with financial need may borrow up to and grants in excess of 50% of tuition with the excep- $2,625 as a freshman, $3,500 as a sophomore, and tion of the talent grants. $5,500 as a junior and as a senior. Interest varies annual- The fourth is a multi-family-member grant. Each ly based on T-Bill plus 3.10%, capped at 8.25%. However, semester when more than one family member attends while the student is attending school at least halftime, Nebraska Wesleyan University full-time, in the College the interest is paid by the federal government. The orig- of Liberal Arts and Sciences, a grant of $500 is provided ination fee of up to 3% reduces the net loan proceeds to the second family member, or $250 to both family available to the student borrowers. Interest and repay- members. A third family member enrolled full-time at ment begins six months after graduating, withdrawing, Nebraska Wesleyan University in the same semester will or dropping below halftime status. Repayment may receive a $500 multi-family-member grant. Married stu- extend up to 10 or more years. 26 FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans The scholarships described under “Wesleyan A student who is not eligible for a Subsidized Federal Academic Scholarships” may not be used by students Stafford Loan may borrow similar amounts each year who already have baccalaureate degrees or who are through the Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loan pro- taking fewer than 12 hours credit in residence. gram. Interest varies annually based on the 91-day T-Bill Students placed on disciplinary probation during the plus 3.10%, capped at 8.25%. An origination fee of up school year normally will not lose aid committed to to 3% is deducted from the proceeds of the loan. The them for that year but will not be eligible for renewal of student borrower is responsible for interest on the loan aid until they are removed from probationary status. during in-school, grace, and deferment periods. Interest Students not in good academic standing are not eli- may be paid quarterly by the borrower or capitalized gible for a new financial aid commitment until they re- and added to the principal balance at the time of repay- establish themselves in good standing. ment. Repayment begins six months after graduating, The scholarships described under “Wesleyan withdrawing or dropping below half-time status. Academic Scholarships” normally are awarded regard- Additional amounts of Unsubsidized Federal Stafford less of other financial aid the student may receive. Loans are available for independent students or stu- Students who receive scholarships through these pro- dents whose Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students grams are eligible to apply for other Nebraska Wesleyan (PLUS) have been denied. and federal scholarships, grants, loans, federal work- study, and campus employment by completing the Federal PLUS Loans FAFSA. Parents of an undergraduate, dependent student Nebraska Wesleyan scholarships awarded to transfer may apply for a parent’s loan for an amount up to the students are based on the student’s high school tran- cost of the education minus other financial aid. Interest script and previous college academic record. is determined annually based upon the 52-week T-Bill plus 3.10%, capped at 9%. An origination fee of 3% is Federal Financial Aid Standards deducted from the proceeds of the PLUS Loan. A credit The federal government requires that a student be check is required for each loan application. making satisfactory academic progress to be eligible for Title IV student financial assistance (federal grants, fed- United Methodist Student Loan Program eral work-study, federal loans and SSIG). Students who are active, full members of The United A student will be considered to be making satisfacto- Methodist Church may borrow from the Student Loan ry academic progress by accumulating hours of credit Fund of The United Methodist Church. The maximum and attaining a minimum overall grade point average amount a student may borrow per year is $2,500. The (GPA) by the end of each year of attendance according loans carry a 6% interest rate from the day the loan is to the following schedule: granted until the note is paid in full. Repayment begins Full-Time Student six months after the student leaves college and the repayment period may not exceed six years. Credit Overall Year Accumulated GPA 1 20 1.60 Nebraska Wesleyan Loan Funds 2 40 1.80 Many friends of Nebraska Wesleyan have established 3 62 1.90 loan funds from which the revenue is used to finance 4 84 1.90 deferred tuition payment arrangements. Interest is 5 106 2.00 determined by the Business Office, and accounts must 6 126 2.00 be paid within the semester for which the money is borrowed. Loan funds and their donors are listed on page Part-Time Student 236. Credit Overall Year Accumulated GPA 1 10 1.60 Standards and 2 20 1.60 Regulations 3 30 1.80 4 40 1.80 Nebraska Wesleyan Financial Aid 5 51 1.90 Program Regulations 6 62 1.90 The scholarship programs described under 7 73 1.90 “Wesleyan Academic Scholarships” consist of four-year 8 84 1.90 scholarships that are renewed automatically if the stu- 9 95 2.00 dent maintains the specified grade point average. A stu- 10 106 2.00 dent who fails to maintain the grade point average stip- 11 116 2.00 ulated for the scholarship at the time he or she initially 12 126 2.00 registered is not eligible for a scholarship requiring a The maximum time frame in which a student must lower grade point average. The student will regain the earn an undergraduate degree is six years for a full-time original scholarship, however, if he or she raises the student and 12 years for a part-time student. An aca- cumulative grade point average to the appropriate demic year is defined as a 12-month period that begins level. FINANCIAL INFORMATION 27 with the start of the fall semester. A full-time student is Refund Policy defined as one registered for 12 or more credit hours at Nebraska Wesleyan’s refund policy for the tradition- the school’s deadline for adding courses. A part-time al semester is below. Refunds for students in courses student is defined as one registered for fewer than 12 offered in accelerated or other alternatively scheduled credit hours at the school’s deadline for adding courses. terms are figured using this schedule on a prorated If a student changes enrollment status from time to basis. time, the maximum time frames will be averaged to Percent of determine whether the student complies with satisfac- Semester Rate Tuition Refund Schedule tory progress guidelines. A transfer student’s previous To be Refunded academic record will be used in determining satisfactory During the First Week 90% progress as well as the remaining number of semesters During the Second Week 80% of eligibility for aid. During the Third Week 60% Federal financial aid recipients and applicants for During the Fourth Week 40% federal financial aid (Federal Perkins Loan, Federal During the Fifth Week 20% Stafford Loan, Federal Work-Study, Federal Pell Grant, Federal SEOG or Nebraska State Grant) who anticipate If individuals believe extenuating circumstances withdrawing from one or more classes should remember merit a departure from the tuition refund schedule, they that federal law requires them to make satisfactory aca- may appeal in writing to the Provost for special consid- demic progress as defined above. Failure to do so will eration. result in a loss of eligibility for federal funds until satis- The Higher Education Amendment of 1998 estab- factory academic progress is reestablished. lished a new procedure for the return of Title IV Federal If unusual circumstances have contributed to a stu- Student Aid when a student who is receiving Title IV aid dent’s inability to make satisfactory progress, the stu- withdraws from college before the end of a semester. dent may appeal termination of eligibility for federal The new Return of Title IV Funds policy follows: aid to the Director of Scholarships and Financial Aid. The Business Office will determine the tuition refund percentage based upon the student withdrawal infor- University College mation on file in the Registrar’s Office. The date of withdrawal is the date the completed withdrawal form is Costs given to the Registrar’s Office. The number of days Tuition and Fees enrolled will include weekends. If there is a balance due Tuition is charged on a per-hour tuition rate. Fees are on tuition and fees after the return of Title IV Federal assessed for specific courses to pay for additional costs of Student Aid, the student will be responsible for the bal- the course and/or program, and are not refundable. ance due. Payment Policy Tuition and fees are due at the beginning of each Financial Aid course. Payment or arrangements for payment can be Undergraduate students may apply for Federal Pell made in one or more of the following ways: Grant and/or Federal Stafford Loans. Graduate students • Payment in full. Students can make payment in may apply for Federal Stafford Loan assistance. full by cash, check, or credit card. • Scheduled tuition payments. See below under Application Procedures Monthly Payment Plan. Students accepted for admission who wish to apply If payment is not received or arrangements are not for financial assistance must submit the Free Application made by the payment deadline, a $40 late fee is for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) and list Nebraska assessed. Additionally, students may be administratively Wesleyan University, Title IV School Code 002555, as a withdrawn and will be charged 10% of the tuition and recipient. 100% of fees that apply to their registration. Enrollment in subsequent semesters will not be Federal Pell Grants allowed until financial obligations have been met. Federal Pell Grants range in amount from $400 to Transcripts are released only after all financial obliga- $4,050 (tentative figures for 2005-2006) for students tions have been met. who are eligible. Students leaving the University whose accounts are not paid in full may have their accounts turned to a col- Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans lection agency and these students are responsible for all A student with financial need may borrow up to reasonable collection costs. $2,625 as a freshman, $3,500 as a sophomore, and $5,500 as a junior and as a senior. Interest varies annual- Monthly Payment Plan ly based on T-Bill plus 3.10%, capped at 8.25%. However, Nebraska Wesleyan University offers a monthly pay- while the student is attending school at least half time, ment plan to help students budget the cost of educa- the interest is paid by the federal government. The orig- tion. This special plan divides the cost of tuition and fees ination fee of up to 3% reduces the net loan proceeds into monthly installments. No interest is charged, but a available to the student borrowers. Interest and repay- service fee is added. The plan may cover any portion of ment begins six months after graduating, withdrawing, costs up to full tuition and fees. Contact the Business or dropping below halftime status. Repayment may Office or University College Office for details. extend up to 10 or more years. 28 FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans Part-Time Student A student who is not eligible for a Subsidized Federal Credit Overall Stafford Loan may borrow similar amounts each year Semester Accumulated GPA through the Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loan pro- 1 5 1.60 gram. Interest varies annually based on the 91-day T-Bill 2 10 1.60 plus 3.10%, capped at 8.25%. An origination fee of up 3 15 1.60 to 3% is deducted from the proceeds of the loan. The 4 20 1.60 student borrower is responsible for interest on the loan 5 25 1.80 during in-school, grace, and deferment periods. Interest 6 30 1.80 may be paid quarterly by the borrower or capitalized 7 35 1.80 and added to the principal balance at the time of repay- 8 40 1.80 ment. Repayment begins six months after graduating, 9 45 1.90 withdrawing, or dropping below halftime status. 10 51 1.90 Additional amounts of Unsubsidized Federal Stafford 11 56 1.90 Loans are available for independent students or stu- 12 62 1.90 dents whose Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students 13 67 1.90 (PLUS) have been denied. 14 73 1.90 15 78 1.90 Standards and 16 84 1.90 17 89 2.00 Regulations 18 95 2.00 19 100 2.00 Federal Financial Aid Standards – 20 106 2.00 Undergraduate Programs 21 111 2.00 The federal government requires that an undergrad- 22 116 2.00 uate student must make satisfactory academic progress 23 121 2.00 to be eligible for Title IV student financial assistance 24 126 2.00 (federal grants and federal loans). A student will be considered to be making satisfacto- The maximum time frame in which a student must ry academic progress by accumulating hours of credit earn an undergraduate degree is six years for a full-time and attaining a minimum overall grade point average student and 12 years for a part-time student. A full-time (GPA) by the end of each semester of attendance accord- student is defined as one registered for 12 or more cred- ing to the following schedule: it hours at the school’s deadline for adding courses. A part-time student is defined as one registered for fewer Full-Time Student than 12 credit hours at the school’s deadline for adding Credit Overall courses. If a student changes enrollment status from Semester Accumulated GPA time to time, the maximum time frames will be aver- 1 10 1.60 aged to determine whether the student complies with 2 20 1.60 satisfactory progress guidelines. A transfer student’s pre- 3 30 1.80 vious academic record will be used in determining satis- 4 40 1.80 factory progress as well as the remaining number of 5 51 1.90 semesters of eligibility for aid. 6 62 1.90 Federal financial aid recipients and applicants for 7 73 1.90 federal financial aid (Federal Stafford Loan and Federal 8 84 1.90 Pell Grant) who anticipate withdrawing from one or 9 95 2.00 more classes should remember that federal law requires 10 106 2.00 them to make satisfactory academic progress as defined 11 116 2.00 above. Failure to do so will result in a loss of eligibility 12 126 2.00 for federal funds until satisfactory academic progress is reestablished. If unusual circumstances have contributed to a student’s inability to make satisfactory progress, the student may appeal termination of eligibility for federal aid to the Scholarships and Financial Aid Office. FINANCIAL INFORMATION 29

Federal Financial Aid Standards – Graduate Programs To receive Title IV federal loans, a graduate student must be making satisfactory progress toward his or her degree. Maintaining satisfactory progress requires a 2.00 GPA or better and earning a minimum number of hours in relation to the Full Semester Equivalent (FSE) table below. If a student does not meet the GPA and/or the academic credit requirement, the student may appeal the suspension of federal aid eligibility by addressing a letter of appeal to the Financial Aid Office. A semester with 6 hours is considered a .5 FSE. A semester with 9 or more hours is considered a 1.0 FSE.

Hours FSE Earned 0.5 3 1.0 6 1.5 9 2.0 12 2.5 15 3.0 18 3.5 21 4.0 24 4.5 27 5.0 30 5.5 33 6.0 36 Academic Policies & Procedures Catalog 2005-2007 ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES 31

Validation of Registration ACADEMIC Each student is required to confirm his or her registration, provide directory information* and assume responsibility for the payment of tuition and fees by the POLICIES AND end of the first week of classes. Prior to validation, students must clear all prior balances at the Business Office, clear any fines, and/or return overdue books at the PROCEDURES library, and have complete immunization records at Student Health. (*See “Privacy of Educational Records” Enrollment on page 38.)

Enrollment in the College of Payment Policy Liberal Arts and Sciences Students pay or make arrangements for payment of tuition, fees, room, and board by the end of the first week of each semester. (See “Payment Policy” on page Registration 23.) New Student Registration First year students for the fall semester typically participate in one of four summer registration sessions: Cancellation of Registration three are held in June and a fourth session is scheduled A student’s registration is canceled after the first immediately before the beginning of the fall semester. week of classes if the student has not validated. A stu- During the registration session, students become famil- dent may be administratively withdrawn from his or her iar with the college environment, meet faculty and classes after the first week of the semester if arrange- other students, plan their first semester course work ments for payment have not been completed. When a with a specially trained summer advisor, and register. student is administratively withdrawn, he or she will be Fall transfer students may register throughout the charged 10% of the tuition and fees applying to his or summer or immediately before classes begin in the fall. her registration. International students participate in a session immedi- Once a student’s registration has been canceled or a ately preceding the fall semester. student has been administratively withdrawn, he or she New students entering in the spring semester regis- must appeal to the Provost to re-register for that semester in January. ter.

Current Student Pre-Registration Withdrawal Policy In a designated week late in each semester, current, Withdrawal from a Course degree-seeking students register for the subsequent A student who withdraws from a course after the semester. Students are notified of the appropriate days drop deadline but before the end of the tenth week of and procedures. the semester receives a “W” (Withdrawal). A Withdrawal is not computed in the grade point average. General Registration After the tenth week of a course, a student may not Registration for current students who have not pre- withdraw and a grade is recorded. If extenuating cir- registered, special students, and readmitted students cumstances dictate withdrawal from a class after the begins immediately following the pre-registration peri- tenth week, a student may petition the Executive od for current, degree-seeking students, and continues Committee for consideration of a late withdrawal. through the first full week of classes. After the registration period has closed, students may register only with Withdrawal from all Courses special permission from the Executive Committee. A fee If a student discontinues his or her enrollment at may be assessed for late registration. Nebraska Wesleyan during the first 10 weeks of the semester, the student must file a withdrawal request in Change of Registration the Registrar’s Office to avoid receiving “F” grades in all (Dropping and Adding Individual Courses) courses. Students who find it necessary to discontinue Any changes in course registration require approval enrollment after the tenth week of the semester must from the student’s advisor and each course instructor. petition the Executive Committee for permission to After the first full week of class, no course(s) may be withdraw. Contact the Academic Affairs Office for addi- added to a student’s schedule without special permis- tional information. (See “Refund Policy” on page 23.) sion from the Executive Committee. Course(s) may be deleted from a student’s schedule before the drop deadline (first week of classes for part- time students; second week of classes for full-time students). (See the “Withdrawal from all courses” policy if deleting all courses.) A student who wishes to delete a course(s) from his or her schedule after the appropriate drop deadline may withdraw from the course. (See the “Withdrawal from a Course” policy.) 32 ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

Course Load istration. Students who do not plan to attend a course An undergraduate student must carry a minimum of or laboratory for which they are registered must official- 12 credit hours to be considered full time. (Definitions of ly drop the course before the drop deadline. “full-time status” may differ as they relate to eligibility Students who plan to discontinue a course after the for participation in intercollegiate athletics. For addi- drop deadline must officially withdraw from the course tional information, contact the Athletic Office.) A course before the withdrawal deadline. (See “Withdrawal load of 18 hours is the maximum allowed under the reg- Policy”.) ular undergraduate tuition rate. A schedule in excess of In the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, faculty 18 hours must be approved by the student’s advisor. members keep attendance records and may report (*See “Degree Requirements” on page 42.) absences deemed excessive to the Student Life Office A normal full-time undergraduate course load con- whenever counseling seems desirable. Each instructor sists of 15 to 16 credit hours per semester. To complete may enforce attendance policies independently, howev- the minimum number of credit hours required for grad- er. uation within four academic years, students will average Students must take responsibility to be in touch with 16 hours per semester*. Students who plan to work faculty regarding their anticipated absences for curricu- while in college should arrange their schedules accord- lar and cocurricular activities and to make arrangements ingly. to make up work as expected. Students who anticipate absences because of curricular or cocurricular activities should make every effort to avoid other absences from Enrollment in University College classes. Guidelines regarding student absences for curricular and cocurricular activities are provided in the Registration Student Handbook. For more information about these University College students will be notified of dates guidelines, contact the Academic Affairs Office or the and procedures for registering for courses. Once a stu- Student Life Office. dent registers for a course, it is the student’s responsibility to cancel if he or she needs to drop the course. Culmination Period Payment Policy The culmination period for the College of Liberal University College students pay or make arrange- Arts and Sciences courses is a week-long interval in ments for payment of tuition and fees at the beginning which no lecture examinations, tests, or quizzes are of each class. (See “Payment Policy for University given (exceptions include laboratory practical examina- College” on page 27) . tions, activity examinations, final performances, makeup or repeat examinations, and self-paced examina- Withdrawal Policy tions). The Academic Affairs Office may grant other A student who withdraws from a course after the exceptions. Commonly referred to as “Dead Week,” this drop deadline but before the withdrawal deadline period begins at 8 a.m. seven days before final examina- receives a “W” (Withdrawal). A Withdrawal is not com- tions commence, and remains in effect until the begin- puted in the grade point average. After the withdrawal ning of the first exam of Finals Week. deadline, a student may not withdraw and a grade is recorded. If extenuating circumstances dictate with- Final Examinations drawal from a class after the withdrawal deadline, a student may petition the Dean of University College for All College of Liberal Arts and Sciences students, consideration of a late withdrawal. including seniors, take final examinations in each course for which they are registered unless the instructor exempts individual students from this requirement. All Course Load classes, including those whose entire enrollment has An undergraduate student carrying 12 or more been exempt from the final examination, must meet for hours during a semester is considered full-time. no fewer than 50 minutes during the period specified in A graduate student must carry 9 credit hours per the final exam schedule. semester to be considered full-time. Class Attendance Summer and Winter Term Regular class attendance is expected of all students. Sessions Specific requirements vary. Each instructor provides a written statement of his or her attendance policy to Summer Registration for summer classes begins during the each class during the first week of the term. A copy of spring semester; the specific registration dates are pub- the statement is also available for examination in the lished in the summer schedule. Payment is due on or Academic Affairs Office. before the first day of classes. Deadlines for add, drop, Students who are unable to attend the first meeting pass/fail and withdrawal are adjusted according to the of a class or laboratory for which they are registered length of each summer session and will be published in should notify the instructor or department chair prior to the summer schedule. For additional information, con- the first meeting of the class or laboratory. If a notifica- tact the Registrar’s Office or University College Office. tion of the student’s intent is not received, the instructor, at his or her discretion, may cancel the student’s reg- ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES 33

Winter Term Mathematics Registration for winter term classes begins during Advanced credit may be earned for Mathematics the fall semester; the specific registration dates are pub- 105-Calculus I for students who complete Mathematics lished in the winter term schedule. Payment is due on or 106-Calculus II with a grade of “C” (2.00) or better. before the first day of classes. Deadlines for add, drop, Credit may be earned for both Mathematics 105 and pass/fail, and withdrawal are adjusted according to the Mathematics 106 if the student completes Mathematics length of the winter term class and will be published in 204-Calculus III with a grade of “C” (2.00) or better. the winter term schedule. For additional information, Contact the Department of Mathematics and Computer contact the Registrar’s Office or University College Science for additional information. Office. Modern Languages Advanced credit may be earned for intermediate- Credit level and third-year courses in French, German, and Spanish for students who complete the appropriate Credit in courses in the College of Liberal Arts and higher-level course with a grade of “B” (3.00) or better. Sciences is computed according to the time spent each Contact the Department of Modern Languages for addi- week in classroom and laboratory instruction. One cred- tional information. it hour normally represents one 50-minute session of classroom instruction meeting once a week for a semes- International Baccalaureate ter. Credit in University College courses is determined Students who have received an International by the length of time spent in class, by the achievement Baccalaureate diploma with a score of 30 or higher and of expected outcomes, or by a combination of the two have no score less than four in any one of the six exam- factors. ination groups may be given credit up to a maximum of No credit is earned for a course if a grade of “F” is 32 hours. received. For additional information, contact the Students who have achieved a score of five to seven Academic Affairs Office. in individual International Baccalaureate courses taken at the higher level may receive credit for those courses, Classification of Students up to a maximum of 32 hours. Undergraduate students are classified according to the number of credit hours they have accumulated. Credit by Examination Advanced Placement Classification Hours Students may earn college credit for satisfactory per- Freshmen 0 to 25.5. hours formance on the Advanced Placement tests in high Sophomores 26 to 57.5 hours school. There is no fee at Nebraska Wesleyan for credit Juniors 58 to 89.5 hours hours earned through this option. Each request for this Seniors 90 hours and above type of credit must be supported by results of the Advanced Placement Tests given by the College Entrance Credit Earned Outside Regular Examination Board. The norms for successful performance on a particular exam are determined by the appro- Classes priate Nebraska Wesleyan academic departments. For Students may earn credit for coursework outside of additional information contact the Registrar’s Office. regular classes at Nebraska Wesleyan University. Although credit for work completed at nonaccredited CLEP/DANTES* institutions or in nontraditional academic settings is not Nebraska Wesleyan students may earn up to 16 normally granted at Nebraska Wesleyan, students may hours of credit by successfully completing College Level be able to certify their accomplishments through one of Examination Program (CLEP) or Defense Activity for the following special programs or procedures: Non-Traditional Education Support (DANTES) tests. Although there is a charge for taking the test, there is no Advanced Credit in Math and Modern additional fee for credit hours earned. To receive CLEP or Languages DANTES credit, students must score in the 50th per- Students who come to Nebraska Wesleyan with centile or higher; however the norms for successful per- advanced skills in mathematics or modern languages formance on a particular exam are determined by the may earn advanced credit for specific prerequisite cours- appropriate Nebraska Wesleyan academic departments. es after successfully completing the appropriate inter- (Students taking the CLEP English Composition tests will mediate or upper-level course. also complete the supplementary essay.) The Registrar will record “Advanced Credit” and a CLEP tests are administered regularly by the grade of “PX” in the prerequisite course(s) after receiv- University College Office or by other regional testing ing written approval from the department chair. centers of the College Entrance Examination Board. Advanced credit earned in this manner applies toward Students who have met requirements for these exams the total number of hours required for graduation. It may secure credit at Nebraska Wesleyan by requesting may count toward a major, minor, supporting program, the College Board to submit their scores to the Registrar. or general education requirement for any degree. For more information contact the Registrar’s Office or Advanced credit is not computed in the student’s grade the University College Office. point average. No fees are charged for advanced credit. 34 ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

Credit by Departmental Examination the Registrar’s Office or the University College Office. A student who wishes to earn credit by taking a departmental examination pays an examination application ∆ *Credits earned through these prior learning assess- fee in advance at the Business Office and completes a ment options (CLEP, DANTES, Workplace and Military formal application available from the Registrar’s Office. Training, Lifelong Learning Portfolio) may not exceed 64 The Registrar certifies that the applicant is a student in hours. good standing and that the course involved is not a prerequisite for an advanced course in which the student is Proficiency Examinations for No currently enrolled or has previously earned credit. Students may not earn credit by examination for Credit Independent Study or Special Projects courses. Students may be able to take departmental examina- The chair of the department involved must approve tions to demonstrate proficiency for a course or require- the application and direct the administration of the ment without receiving credit. Although successful com- examination. A student who has been enrolled in a pletion of a proficiency examination waives a required course must wait at least six weeks following comple- course or requirement, it does not reduce the total num- tion, failure, or withdrawal from a course before apply- ber of hours needed for graduation. Students should ing for credit by examination in the same course. consult with individual department chairs to see if a pro- Satisfactory performance on a special examination is ficiency examination for no credit is available. equivalent to a grade of “C-” or higher. For each satisfactory performance, the course number, title, credit Transfer of Credits hours, and a grade of “PX” will be entered on the stu- Credits from regionally accredited two-year institu- dent’s transcript. Students who wish to receive a grade tions, with grades of “C-” or above, are evaluated on a other than “PX” for credit earned by departmental course-by-course basis. A maximum of 64 undergraduate examination must declare this intent, including depart- semester hours will be accepted for transfer from junior ment chair approval, in writing to the Registrar before or vocational/technical colleges. (An additional 29 taking the examination. undergraduate hours are transferred for graduates of The Registrar will not record credit hours earned by NLN accredited collegiate based nursing programs.) examination until the Business Office certifies that the Undergraduate credit is accepted from all regionally student has paid the fee for credit hours earned. The stu- accredited four-year institutions for courses with a grade dent must complete all procedures for claiming credit of “C-” or above. within 90 days following satisfactory performance on Nebraska Wesleyan students who wish to enroll in the test. one or more courses at another institution should secure Courses passed by examination and listed with a in advance the approval of the Registrar and the appro- grade of “PX” on the student’s transcript are not com- priate department chair(s) to ensure that credits are puted in the student’s grade point average, neither are transferable. Students must, however, adhere to the they considered pass/fail hours. Courses passed by exam- appropriate residency policy. (See “Residency ination with a grade other than “PX” are entered on the Requirement” on page 42.) student’s transcript and are computed in the student’s To ensure transferability of credits earned while grade point average. studying abroad, students secure written permission from the Director of International Education and their Lifelong Learning Portfolio* advisors before leaving the United States. For more Eligible Nebraska Wesleyan students* may earn up information and special advising on study abroad pro- to 16 hours of academic credit for informal college-level grams, contact the Director of International Education. learning that has been experienced outside of the for- Students transferring from other institutions will mal higher education setting and demonstrated have their transcripts evaluated by the Registrar to through a portfolio. Although there is a charge for sub- determine which credits Nebraska Wesleyan will accept. mitting a portfolio for review, there is no additional fee (See “Admission of Transfer Students” on page 20.) for credit hours earned. Please contact the University For a master’s degree, graduate credit with a grade College Office for further information and details. of “B-” or better may be transferred from other institu- (*To be eligible students must be accepted in a degree tions, with the approval of the Registrar and specific program at Nebraska Wesleyan, be at least 25 years old, graduate program at Nebraska Wesleyan. The transfer- and have five years of work experience.) ring institution must be regionally accredited. Transfer credits count toward the total number of Workplace and Military Training* hours earned but are not included in GPA calculations. Nebraska Wesleyan students may earn up to 32 No undergraduate transfer credits are given for courses hours of academic credit for formal instruction they with a grade of “D+”, “D” or “D-” or the equivalent. No have accomplished in the military or through corporate graduate transfer credits are given for courses with a training programs. Credit is awarded following the rec- grade or “C+” or lower or the equivalent. ommendations of the American Council on Education as published in The National Guide to Educational Credit for Training Programs and The Guide to the Evaluation of Educational Experiences in the Armed Services. There is no fee at Nebraska Wesleyan for credit hours earned through this option. For additional information, contact ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES 35

student from completing the work. In such cases, the Evaluation of Academic student, his or her proxy, or the instructor can petition Work the Executive Committee (or Dean of University College for University College students) for a Permanent Grading System Incomplete. Nebraska Wesleyan University uses the following grading system: Pass/Fail Grading Options Excellent A and A+ 4.00 grade points Grading options for each course are published in the A- 3.67 grade points class schedules. All courses are offered according to one B+ 3.33 grade points of the following options: Good B 3.00 grade points B- 2.67 grade points Standard. When courses are offered on a standard C+ 2.33 grade points basis, instructors submit traditional grades. (See Satisfactory C 2.00 grade points grade options under “Grading System.”) Unless a C- 1.67 grade points pass/fail designation is indicated, courses follow the D+ 1.33 grade points standard option. Students may elect to take the Marginal D 1.00 grade points course pass/fail. (See “Standard Pass/Fail” under D- 0.67 grade points “Student Options.”) Failure F 0.00 grade points No Pass/Fail. Courses designated by No Pass/Fail (No W Withdrawal (before the end of the tenth P/F) must be taken for a letter grade. Students week of the semester, or appropriately pro- enrolled will earn a traditional grade with no possi- rated) bility of earning a grade of “P*.” WA Administrative Withdrawal P Passed without grade (course offered on Pass/Fail Only. Any courses designated as Pass/Fail pass/fail basis) Only (P/F Only) are automatically pass/fail for all stu- P* Pass-Student designated non-traditional dents enrolled. Students do not request this option grade; earned “C-” or better and instructors do not report grades other than “P” F* Fail-Student designated non-traditional or “F.” Internships are normally offered on a pass/fail grade; earned “D+” or lower only basis. PX Passed by examination I Incomplete Pass/Fail Oriented. In courses designated Pass/Fail AU Audit (no credit) Oriented (P/F Orient) students normally receive a “P” or “F” but may request a traditional grade. (See Incomplete “Pass/Fail Oriented” under “Student Options.”) An “I” (Incomplete) is given for work left incomplete for reasons that the instructor and department chair Student Options consider valid. Students are eligible for an incomplete The following options are available to students: grade only if they have already completed 75% of the course work. The percentage of completion is deter- Standard Pass/Fail. Students who wish to take a mined by the instructor. A student requests an incom- course offered on a standard basis for pass/fail may plete grade from the instructor. request to do so in the Registrar’s Office. To elect the If the instructor and department approve the pass/fail option, students submit a written request to request, the student must fill out an Incomplete the Registrar no later than the end of the sixth week Agreement form (available from the Registrar’s Office) of the semester. (Deadlines for winter term, summer with the instructor and department chair. The work for and other shortened terms are prorated.) The an Incomplete must be finished within the time allotted instructor will not know that a student has elected by the instructor (maximum of one year from the close the pass/fail option and will submit a traditional of the term in which the student is enrolled*). The grade. Grades of “C-” and above are recorded as instructor stipulates what the final grade will become if “P*” on the student’s transcript. Grades of “D+”, the work is not completed. “D”, “D-” and “F” are recorded as “F*”. *Select graduate research courses have the time limit See “Pass/Fail Regulations” below for other perti- of degree completion. nent information. If the work is completed in time, the instructor determines the final grade according to the quality of the stu- Pass/Fail Oriented. Students who wish to take a dent’s performance. If the work is not completed, the course offered on a pass/fail oriented basis for a tra- Registrar assigns the grade stipulated on the Incomplete ditional grade submit a written request to the Agreement form. Registrar’s Office no later than the end of the sixth A Permanent Incomplete is allowed only in cases week of the semester. (Deadlines for winter term, resulting from a catastrophic event in the life of a stu- summer and other shortened terms are adjusted dent, such as an incapacitating illness or other problems accordingly.) In this case, the instructor will turn in a beyond the control of the student, which prevents the traditional grade rather than a “P” or “F” as usual. 36 ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

Pass/Fail Regulations Calculating the Grade Point The following regulations are in effect: —Grades of “P*” and “P” are not computed in the Average The grade point average (GPA) is calculated accord- student’s grade point average; grades of “F*” and ing to the following steps: “F” are computed in the average. 1. Total all hours taken at Nebraska Wesleyan in cours- —Each student may use two courses with grades of es where traditional grades are earned (A, B, C, D “P*” toward general education requirements. This with +’s and -’s, F and F* but not W, WA, P, P*, PX, I, excludes courses from the “First Year Experience” or AU), category. 2. Add all grade points, and —Grades of “P*” may not be used to meet require- 3. Divide the sum of grade points by the sum of hours ments for a major, minor or supporting program graded. without permission from the chair of the depart- A semester GPA is computed each semester in addi- ment offering the major or minor. tion to the cumulative GPA. —Students with freshman status may not declare a Transfer credits and grade points are not computed course pass/fail. in the Nebraska Wesleyan University GPA. Transfer cred- —Students with sophomore status and above may its are recorded as a unit and count toward the total declare one course pass/fail in a term. (This limita- number of hours earned. (See “Transfer of Credits” on tion does not apply to courses of 1 hour credit or page 34.) less or to courses designated Pass/Fail Only or Pass/Fail Oriented.) Minimum Grade Requirements Audit A minimum grade point average of 2.00 is required A student may register for a course on an audit basis for a bachelor’s degree. A grade of “D+” or below in a if space is available after first obtaining permission of subject is not acceptable for meeting major, minor or the instructor. A student will earn no credit for a course supporting program requirements. No more than 25 taken on an audit basis. The designation of “AU” hours of credit earned with grades of “D+”, “D” and requires attendance of at least 75% of the class sessions. “D-” may be applied toward any degree. Should the student not fulfill this obligation, the instruc- A grade point average of 2.50 is required for earning tor will indicate so on the final grade report, and the a master’s degree. A minimum grade of “B-” is required course will not be recorded on the student’s transcript. for graduate courses counting toward degree require- Music ensembles and certain other courses requiring ments. participation may not be audited. The audit option is not available during Winter Term and Summer sessions. Academic Standing The minimum grade point averages permitted for Repeated Courses undergraduate students to be considered in good stand- When a student repeats a course, both grades ing for each classification are as follows: remain on the student’s transcript, but only the last grade earned (whether higher or lower) and the associ- Classification GPA ated credit(s) are used to determine hours earned and Freshmen (0 to 25.5. hours) 1.60 the student’s grade point average. Students who repeat Sophomores (26 to 57.5 hours) 1.80 a course and earn a grade of “F” lose any credits previ- Juniors (58 to 89.5 hours) 1.90 ously earned for that course. Seniors (90 hours and above) 2.00

UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC STANDING TABLE Freshmen Sophomores Juniors Seniors (0-25.5 hours) (26-57.5 hours) (58.5-89.5 hours) (90 hours & above) Academic Cumulative GPA Cumulative GPA Cumulative GPA Cumulative GPA Warning falls below 1.60 falls below 1.80 falls below 1.90 falls below 2.00 Academic Cumulative GPA Cumulative GPA Cumulative GPA Cumulative GPA Probation falls below 1.60 at falls below 1.80 at falls below 1.90 at falls below 2.00 at the end of academic the end of academic the end of academic the end of academic warning semester warning semester warning semester warning semester

Academic Cumulative GPA Cumulative GPA Cumulative GPA Cumulative GPA Student who is sus- Suspension falls below 1.60 at falls below 1.80 at falls below 1.90 at falls below 2.00 at pended is not the end of academic the end of academic the end of academic the end of academic allowed to enroll at probation semester probation semester probation semester probation semester NWU during the next OR OR OR OR semester or at any Fails 3/4 of attempt- Fails 1/2 of attempt- Fails 1/2 of attempt- Fails 1/2 of attempt- time in the future ed hours ed hours ed hours ed hours unless special permission is secured by the Dean. ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES 37

At the end of each semester, students who fail to ciously or with malicious intent, the student may appeal remain in good standing are placed on academic warn- the course grade. Students should contact the Academic ing, probation, or suspension, as outlined on the previ- Affairs Office for the complete Grade Appeal Policy. ous page. Contact the Registrar’s Office for more infor- Questions may be addressed to the Academic Affairs mation. Office (or the University College Office for University The academic status of graduate students is College students). reviewed at the end of each semester. An MFS student with a semester GPA below a 2.67 will be placed on academic probation. If this student follows with a second semester below the 2.67 semester GPA, the student will Course Numbering be dismissed from the program. For all other graduate System students, earning a cumulative GPA of 2.50 or below in All of the University’s courses are classified as lower any semester will result in their being placed on proba- level, intermediate level, upper level, and graduate tion. A graduate student will be suspended if he or she level, and are numbered accordingly. fails to achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.50 during the pro- Lower-level courses (1 through 99) are basic, intro- bationary term. ductory, or foundation courses designed for freshmen A graduate student who is suspended is not allowed and others without previous college instruction in a dis- to enroll at Nebraska Wesleyan during the next term or cipline. at any time in the future unless special permission is Intermediate-level courses (100 through 199) require secured from the Graduate Academic Review some previous study, advanced placement in a field, or a Committee. certain amount of intellectual maturity. Some are survey Grade Reports courses and others link introductory courses to the specialized upper-level courses. Intermediate-level courses Students may view grades online, normally within are intended for juniors, sophomores, and freshmen two weeks following the completion of the term. with advanced standing. Notices of deficiencies in academic performance Upper-level courses (200 through 299) are specialized (commonly called “downslips”) are mailed to the courses usually designed for juniors and seniors major- College of Liberal Arts and Science students’ campus ing in a discipline. address and his or her advisor after the midpoint of each Graduate courses are numbered 500 through 599. semester. Grade Change/Appeal Policy Transcripts At the beginning of each semester, instructors dis- The Registrar’s Office will release transcripts only tribute copies of their grading policies to students and after the student has granted permission in writing. to the Academic Affairs Office. The copies on file in the Students whose accounts are paid in full are entitled to Academic Affairs Office are available for review. an official transcript of their academic record. If a student has a question about a grade in a course The first transcript is free of charge. A fee is charged at the end of the term, he or she should arrange to dis- for each additional copy. cuss the grade with the instructor. This discussion may Students who request transcripts should allow one lead to an agreement that the grade will remain as week for them to be prepared and issued. During peri- reported, to a change of grade by the instructor, or to a ods at the beginning or following the end of a semester, grade appeal by the student. Students and faculty additional time should be allowed for transcripts to be should be aware that after a term has ended, a student issued. Contact the Registrar’s Office for details regard- is not allowed to complete extra work in order to ing transcript requests. improve his or her grade. Changing a student’s grade for a course is only possible if an error has been made by the instructor. (A student who desires a higher grade for a Student Petitions course has the option to repeat the course by registering The Executive Committee acts upon student petitions for the class during a subsequent term. Both grades will involving academic requirements for the College of show on the student’s transcript; however, the last grade Liberal Arts and Sciences. Students requesting adjust- earned is used to determine the GPA.) ments to academic rules and policies may direct their If an error has been made by the instructor in the petitions to the Academic Affairs Office for Executive determination of the grade or in the reporting of the Committee consideration. The committee is composed grade to the Registrar’s Office, the instructor may submit of the Academic Division Chairs, the Associate Dean of a change of grade form to the Registrar’s Office. Any the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences (Chair of the error not reported within four months after the end of Committee) and the Vice President for Student Affairs the term must have the approval of the Provost before Senate. For additional information, contact the it will be accepted by the Registrar’s Office. A changed Academic Affairs Office or the Registrar’s Office. grade replaces the original grade reported on the stu- University College students direct petitions regard- dent’s transcript and automatically changes the cumula- ing adjustments to academic rules and policies to the tive GPA. Dean of University College. For additional information, If a student believes an instructor has violated the contact the University College Office or advisor. grading policy in a class he or she has taken or if a student believes an instructor has assigned a grade capri- 38 ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

Privacy of Educational Parental Access to Records Academic Records The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of All academic information is mailed directly to stu- 1974 provides for specific rights to students regarding dents. Therefore, parents should establish communica- the privacy of their educational records. Nebraska tion with their sons and daughters if they wish to be Wesleyan policies and procedures that pertain to this informed about their students’ schedules and academic law are available through the Student Life Office or progress. As provided for by the Family Educational Registrar’s Office. Rights and Privacy Act, parents of Nebraska Wesleyan Nebraska Wesleyan has designated the following as students may request in writing and receive their son or directory information: daughter’s grade report after providing proof that the —Name student is a dependent and is claimed as a tax exemp- —Home address tion. Notices of midterm deficiencies (downslips) are —Local address automatically mailed to parents of dependent students —Home telephone number if students are deficient in two or more courses. —Local telephone number — Email address Assessment of —Classification and major —Dates of attendance at Nebraska Wesleyan Student Learning —Date and place of birth As part of its stated mission regarding excellence in —Degrees and awards received at Nebraska Wesleyan education, Nebraska Wesleyan University is committed —Institutions attended prior to admission to to assessing the degree to which students attain the Nebraska Wesleyan institution’s educational goals. The faculty and staff may —Participation in recognized activities and sports require students to participate in a variety of assessment —Photograph activities that will help determine the extent to which —Weight and height of members of athletic teams these goals are being met. Assessment activities may Directory information may be disclosed by Nebraska include, but are not limited to, standardized testing, Wesleyan University without student consent. However, placement tests, surveys, portfolios of student work, students have the right to withhold disclosure of this group or individual interviews, or classroom research. information. Students must notify the Registrar in writ- Results are used to inform the process of teaching and ing during the first week of classes each semester if they learning, to shape the design and implementation of do not wish directory information to be released with- programs and curricula, and to describe and enrich the out their permission. student experience at Nebraska Wesleyan University. Nebraska Wesleyan will not disclose the contents of students’ educational records to other parties without Student student consent except under circumstances allowed by the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act. Right-to-Know Act Educational records are available for review by stu- In accordance with the Student Right-to-Know Act of dents in agreement with the act. Students should submit 1993, Nebraska Wesleyan’s student persistence/gradua- to the Registrar, Provost, Vice President for Student Life tion rates are available for disclosure to current and and Campus Community, Dean of University College, prospective students, employees, and interested com- advisor, or other appropriate officials, written requests munity members. See the Registrar’s Office for this infor- that identify the record(s) they wish to inspect. Students mation. may ask Nebraska Wesleyan to amend their educational records if information in them is incorrect, misleading, or in violation of their privacy rights. Students have the Teacher Certification right to challenge the contents of an educational record Pass Rate under prescribed procedures and to file a complaint Title II of the Higher Education Act (HEA) requires with the U.S. Department of Education if there is a vio- institutions with a teacher preparation program lation of the act. enrolling students receiving federal assistance under the HEA to provide information regarding the pass rate of program completers on assessments required by the state for teacher licensure or certification, the statewide pass rate on those assessments, and other basic information on the institution’s teacher preparation program. Please contact the Education Department (Smith-Curtis 130) for this information. ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES 39

Academic Dishonesty The Code of Student Conduct states that students found to have engaged in academic dishonesty, which encompasses such activities as cheating, plagiarism, unauthorized collaboration, misrepresentation, and bribery, are subject to disciplinary sanctions. (See Article V of the Code of Student Conduct for a comprehensive listing of misconduct that is subject to disciplinary sanctions, as well as relevant terms and definitions.) Faculty members have full authority in determining the action to be taken in cases of academic dishonesty. In addition to implementing the statements of the course syllabus addressing academic dishonesty, faculty may file a Report of Academic Dishonesty, or file a complaint with the University Judiciary. If a Report of Academic Dishonesty is filed, a first report on a student prompts no further action. However, if a second report for a student is filed, a formal complaint is submitted against the student with the University Judiciary. Any report after a second will launch another complaint. Complaints submitted to University Judiciary prompt a formal judicial investigation. Students should contact the Academic Affairs Office, Student Life Office, or Registrar’s Office for more information. Undergraduate Academic Program Catalog 2005-2007 UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 41

Undergraduate Academic Program

Nebraska Wesleyan University Mission Statement Nebraska Wesleyan University is an academic community dedicated to intellectual and personal growth within the context of a liberal arts education and in an environment of Christian concern.

Nebraska Wesleyan was founded by Nebraska Methodists and actively maintains its relation to the United Methodist Church. The University reflects the Judeo-Christian tradition in its efforts to integrate questions about meaning and value with the pursuit of learning and understanding. The University is committed to excellence of academic endeavor and to learning as a lifelong process. The curricula and programs are designed to assist students in gaining and expanding knowledge and skills, in developing their competence in rational thought and communication, in broadening their perspectives on humanity and culture, and in enhancing their spiritual, physical, emotional, and aesthetic resources. Nebraska Wesleyan intends that its students develop a sense of individual worth and become useful and serving members of the human community.

Faculty Declaration of Educational Intent —Adopted by the Nebraska Wesleyan University faculty, December 7, 1992

Preamble As members of the faculty, we affirm both the heritage of Nebraska Wesleyan University as a church-related institution and diversity among us and among our students. With our students, we seek to foster an educational community that cultivates the desire for learning and nurtures the growth of the whole person. With this declaration, we acknowledge both our interdependence as a college community and the interconnectedness of skills, knowledge, and values in the curriculum.

Skills Values We believe that lifelong learning requires compe- We believe that developing values conducive to tence in methods of inquiry appropriate to the various humane, responsible, and productive living is integral to disciplines, including the ability to: a liberal arts education, requiring that one:

—read, listen, and observe in order to comprehend, —be cognizant of the relationship between personal interpret, and appreciate values and religious and philosophical traditions —understand each others’ concerns —be self-aware, reflective, and open to growth and —relate to and communicate with people of other change cultures —respect and affirm the dignity and worth of all indi- —write and speak effectively viduals —solve problems —appreciate and respect cultural diversity —apply technology effectively —respond sensitively to the social, ethical, and envi- —collect, analyze, and synthesize information ronmental concerns of the local community, the —imagine and create nation, and the world —reason well —recognize that the natural world encompasses —evaluate clearly humanity and its works —be committed to lifelong service, civic participation, Knowledge justice, and peacemaking We believe that developing one’s intellect for per- —value the importance of wellness in body, mind, and sonal fulfillment and responsible participation in society spirit requires that one strive to understand: Conclusion —what it means to be human As a faculty we seek to participate in the community —the modes and models of reflection on the nature we have described. We encourage the serious scholar- of the human condition ship and practice that leads to depth of understanding —the basic principles of the natural and social sci- in one’s chosen field, as well as interdisciplinary, intercul- ences and the nature of scientific inquiry tural, and international studies that integrate that —the interaction of science and technology with the understanding with a coherent worldview, recognizing individual, society, and the environment that liberal education requires not only individual effort, —the ways societies and their institutions develop but the dynamic interplay of ideas among people. and interact —artistic creation and the nature of the arts —the meaning and traditions of communities–local, national and global interrelationships among the dimensions of human experience 42 UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC PROGRAM

tion, or an internship appropriate to the major dis- Degrees Offered cipline. Nebraska Wesleyan University provides undergradu- (The senior comprehensive requirement is waived for ate programs and academic leadership in the liberal arts students who complete degree programs by trans- and sciences with selected complementary professional ferring credit from a professional program previous- programs. The University’s curricula lead to the follow- ly and officially approved by Nebraska Wesleyan ing degrees: University or for students who transfer a senior com- Bachelor of Arts – College of Liberal Arts and Sciences prehensive course from a study abroad experience Bachelor of Business Administration – University College that has been previously approved by that depart- Bachelor of Fine Arts – College of Liberal Arts and Sciences ment chair.) Bachelor of Music – College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Bachelor of Science – College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Catalog Determination of Bachelor of Science in Nursing – University College Degree Requirements for Baccalaureate Degree Graduation Students must meet graduation requirements stipu- Requirements lated in the catalog under which they first matriculate as Candidates for all baccalaureate degrees must com- a candidate for a degree at Nebraska Wesleyan. plete the following general requirements: However, a student may select requirements announced in a subsequent catalog instead of those in effect when • A minimum of 126 credit hours, of which he or she first matriculated. If a course listed under a stu- — at least 18 are earned in upper-level (200-299) dent’s degree requirements is no longer offered, it will courses be replaced with a course recommended by the depart- — at least 30 are earned at Nebraska Wesleyan* ment. (See “Declaring a Major” on page 49 for catalog — the last 30 are earned in residence at Nebraska determination of major requirements and “Minors” on Wesleyan* page 50 for catalog determination of minor require- *Students earning BBA and BSN degrees must take a ments.) minimum of 32 hours in residence at Nebraska Wesleyan. Residency Requirement College of Liberal Arts and Sciences students (those • A major of at least 30 credit hours, of which earning BA, BFA, BM, or BS degrees) must take the final — 12 are earned in upper-level (200-299) courses* 30 credit hours of coursework in residence at Nebraska — 12 are earned in the residence at Nebraska Wesleyan University. Exceptions to the final 30 hours in Wesleyan* residence are made for students enrolled in cooperative *Students earning BBA degrees must have 12 hours programs with other institutions leading to a baccalau- of upper-level courses at Nebraska Wesleyan. reate degree and for students enrolled in approved (See pertinent department section for specific major study abroad or other off-campus programs. Any further and supporting program requirements.) request for exceptions must be directed to the Executive Committee for approval. This request is to occur prior to • Completion of “Preparing for Global Citizenship” taking courses elsewhere. general education curriculum. University College students (those earning BBA and BSN degrees) must take a minimum of 32 hours in resi- • A minimum GPA of 2.00 with dence at Nebraska Wesleyan. — no more than 25 credit hours graded “D+”, “D” or “D-” — no credit hours graded “D+”, “D” or D-” earned General Education Requirements in the major, minor, or supporting program “Preparing for Global — no credit hours graded “P*” earned in the major, minor, or supporting program unless approved by Citizenship” the department chair Students are required to meet the specific hours in — no more than two courses with grades of “P*” each area of these general education requirements. The may be used toward general education require- minimum number of hours may be exceeded depending ments. This excludes courses from the “First Year on the courses the student chooses. Additional courses Experience” category. may be added to the lists of course options. The following restrictions apply: • A senior comprehensive course for each major, —No student may satisfy more than one general educa- taken in residence at Nebraska Wesleyan, consisting tion requirement with the same course. of at least one of the following: —A student may apply no more than three courses from — successful completion of a comprehensive exam- any one discipline toward the general education ination in the major discipline, or requirements. — successful completion of a thesis or independent —Only two courses designated as pass/fail by the stu- study in the major discipline demonstrating ability dent (grade of P*) may be applied toward these gener- to conduct research, or al education requirements. No course in the “First Year — successful presentation of a performance, exhibi- Experience” may be taken pass/fail. UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 43

A. The First Year Experience (9 credits) 1. Masterpieces of Literature (3 credits) Courses in this area of the curriculum must be com- All students will take one of the following: pleted within the first 26 hours of the student’s academ- English 101 Masterpieces of Literature ic program**. The Liberal Arts Seminar is taken during History 116 Western Civilization through Literature: the student’s first semester at Nebraska Wesleyan. 1500 to Present [Students may not designate any courses in the “First Modern Languages 134 Masterpieces of European Year Experience” as pass/fail.] Literature Theatre Arts 101 Masterpieces of Dramatic Literature 1. Liberal Arts Seminar [first semester] (3 credits) 2. Health and Wellness (2 credits)* The Liberal Arts Seminar is required of all incom- All students will take: ing College of Liberal Arts and Sciences freshman stu- Health and Human Performance 015 Health and dents to introduce them to the intellectual practices Wellness students must cultivate and routinely exercise to Requirement waived for licensed registered nurses. make the most of a liberal education. These practices *Students may fulfill this requirement by successfully are the capacity for critical and analytical thought, passing a proficiency examination. the ability to express oneself orally and in writing, the ability to conduct research on a given problem 3. Mathematics (3-4 credits)* and report one’s findings to others, and the ability to All students will take one of the following courses: collaborate in solving problems. Mathematics 008 Mathematics for Liberal Arts The primary purpose of the Liberal Arts Seminar Mathematics 010 College Algebra is for students to exercise analytical, synthetic, and Mathematics 050 Pre-Calculus creative powers while addressing a topic of intrinsic Mathematics 060 Calculus for Management, interest. The subject matter of each seminar is impor- Biological, and Social Sciences tant, but equally important is the development of Mathematics 105 Calculus I the skills of writing, speaking, articulate discussion, Mathematics 111 Introduction to Higher and library research. Seminars may be interdiscipli- Mathematics nary in nature, and faculty are actively engaged with *Students may fulfill this requirement by testing into students in the learning process, modeling the norms Calculus I. of academic inquiry and discovery. All College of Liberal Arts and Sciences freshman stu- C. Global Perspectives (6-11 credits) dents (students with fewer than 26 credit hours) who All students must meet the modern language require- have been out of high school fewer than two years ment as outlined in C1 and must also complete one will enroll in a Liberal Arts Seminar during their first course in either C2 or C3. semester of enrollment. All students will take: 1. Modern Language (3-8 credits) Interdisciplinary Studies 001 Liberal Arts Seminar Students will acquire, at a minimum, proficiency equivalent to a year of modern language study at 2. English Language and Writing (3 credits) the college level, and all students will complete at All students will take: least one semester of college language study. English 001 English Language and Writing —Students with previous language study will be tested and placed in the appropriate language class. The 3. Fundamentals of Speech (3 credits)* modern language requirement at Nebraska All students will take one of the following: Wesleyan can be met in the following ways*: Communication 001 Fundamentals of Speech a) Satisfactory completion of Stage II (second semes- Communication 120 Argumentation and Debate ter of the beginning two-semester language sequence) (4-5 credits) Requirement waived for students who have quali- b) Satisfactory completion of a more advanced lan- fied for state or national tournaments in Persuasive guage course (i.e., Stage III or higher) (3 credits) Speaking, Extemporaneous Speaking, Lincoln- c) Students with previous language study who have Douglas Debate, or Policy Debate. been tested and place higher than Stage II may meet this requirement upon completion of one semester *Students may fulfill this requirement by successfully in a new language, if they prefer (4-5 credits). passing a proficiency examination during their first semester. Requirement waived for students who have complet- **Wesleyan Advantage students are encouraged, ed the fourth-year high school language course in a but not required, to complete the First Year modern language. Students must have earned Experience courses during their first 26 hours at grades of “B” or higher in each semester of language Nebraska Wesleyan. study. Requirement waived for native speakers of lan- B. Developing Foundations (8-9 credits) guages other than English who have fulfilled the It is recommended that courses in this area of the cur- TOEFL/APIEL/IELTS admission standard. riculum be completed within the first 58 hours of the student’s academic program. 44 UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC PROGRAM

*Wesleyan Advantage students (those who complete Economics 253 Comparative Economic Systems a minimum of 24 hours through the Wesleyan Economics 257 International Trade Advantage program) may meet the modern lan- Economics 258 Economic Development guage requirement in the following ways: English 240 Women Writing Across Cultures a) Satisfactory completion of any Stage I or higher English 250 Postcolonial and Global Literature modern language course Geography 052 Cultural Geography b) Satisfactory completion of an approved modern History 010 World Civilization language course designed for nontraditional stu- Nursing 204 Women’s Health: Global Perspectives dents: Spanish 5 or 10 Physics 054 Energy and the Global Environment Political Science 170 Women and Power Six hours at ITESM, Campus Queretaro, satisfy C1 and Religion 120 World Religions C2. Sociology 115 Population Resources and Environment 2. Understanding Another Culture Theatre 171 International Cinema (3 credits) Women’s Studies 204 Women’s Health: Global Courses from this category will include an interdisci- Perspectives plinary approach focusing on a non-U.S. culture, and Women’s Studies 240 Women Writing Across emphasize at least three of the following aspects of Cultures the particular culture being studied: —arts —literature D. Western Intellectual and Religions Traditions —philosophy —government and (3 credits) —customary society politics All students will select one of the following courses deal- —health —religion ing with the foundations of Western philosophy and —history —language religion: —science and/or technology History 115 Western Civilization through Select one course from: Religion, to 1648 English 270 Shakespearean Studies in Britain Philosophy 010 Introduction to Philosophy French 204 French Culture and Civilization Philosophy 102 Ethics Global Studies 020 Processing the International Philosophy 201 History of Philosophy: Experience, plus one semester or year of study From Thales to Descartes abroad Philosophy 202 History of Philosophy: Global Studies 110 Mexican Culture From Descartes through Nietzsche Global Studies 120 Culture of Spain Philosophy 203 History of Philosophy: Global Studies 125 Experiencing the Culture of The 20th Century and the Post-Moderns Spain Religion 020 Introduction to the Old Testament Global Studies 130 French Culture and Civilization Religion 021 Introduction to the New Testament Global Studies 150 Greece: Tales from the Taverna Religion 024 Understanding Theology Global Studies 155 It’s All Greek to Me: Ancient and Religion 130 Women and Religion Modern Sites and Cultures Religion 212 Life and Letters of Paul Global Studies 160 Russian Culture and Civilization Religion 213 Life and Teachings of Jesus Global Studies 170 Introduction to the Culture of Thailand E. U.S. Culture and Society (6 credits) Spanish 204 The Culture of Spain Spanish 214 Mexican Culture 1. U.S. Society (3 credits) All students will select one course from the following 3. Global Community (3 credits) list of courses fostering an understanding of U.S. Courses from this category possess the following society and culture and of the interaction between characteristics: the individual and society: —An interconnected approach; fostering under- Economics 251 Labor Economics standing of the forces that define how parts of the English 107 Literature of the United States: to 1865 world relate to each other. English 108 Literature of the United States: —A problems approach; examining current concerns since 1865 arising out of the global interdependence. History 001 United States Society and Culture to 1877 —An ethics approach; stressing the concepts of glob- History 002 United States Society and Culture al citizenship and responsibility for serving the glob- since 1877 al community. Political Science 001 U.S. Government and Politics Select one course from: Sociology 004 Social Problems Anthropology 151 Cultural Anthropology Sociology 120 Sociology of the Family Anthropology 153 Latin American Cultures Anthropology 162 Political Anthropology Anthropology 163 Anthropology of Religion Anthropology 261 Economic Anthropology Communication 050 Intercultural Communication UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 45

2. Cultural Pluralism in the United States (3 credits) Theatre 048 Musical Theatre Appreciation All students will select one of the following courses. Theatre 070 Film Appreciation Courses in this category focus either on (1) a compar- Theatre 170 Gender and the Art of Film ative survey of U.S. minority groups, or (2) an in- Women’s Studies 170 Gender and the Art of Film depth concentration on a single group. Such courses will include the following: 2. Fine Arts Performance and/or Design —A thematic approach; identifying and exploring Courses in this category enhance the students’ structures of power and their relationship to society, understanding of the processes involved in the per- the economy, politics, and culture. forming or visual arts: —A problems approach; exploring the nature of eth- Art 110 Painting 1 nic and racial prejudice and discrimination as these Art 130 Drawing 1: Basic Drawing have affected and continue to affect the American Art 140 Printmaking 1 experience. Art 150 Photography 1 —A comparative approach; linking the ethnic and Art 160 Ceramics 1 racial experiences of different groups, nationally and Art 170 Sculpture 1 internationally. Art 180 Metalsmithing 1 —A personal approach; linking the substantive Music - applied lessons knowledge of the course to students’ own experi- Music - ensembles ence in the area of multicultural relations in order to Theatre 007 Acting I develop empathy, a culturally relativistic understand- Theatre 030 Stagecraft ing, and the ability to communicate sensitively with Theatre 031 Costume Construction individuals from other cultures. Select one course from: G. Scientific Inquiry (7 credits) Anthropology 154 Native American Culture Education 185 Education in a Pluralistic Society 1. Natural Sciences (4 credits) English 180 African American Literature All students will take one of the following laborato- History 154 African American History ry courses increasing students’ appreciation of the History 156 American Indian History natural world and fostering understanding of the Music 140 African American Music impact of science and technology on the individual, Philosophy 130 Philosophies of Gender and Race society, and the environment. Political Science 120 Minority Politics Biology 001 Perspectives in Biological Science Religion 134 Religious Diversity in the United States Biology 050 General Biology of Plants Sociology 116 Race Relations and Minority Groups Biology 060 General Biology of Animals Sociology 150 Hispanics and Latinos in U.S. Society Chemistry 010 Chemistry and the Human Theatre 200 Theatre and Contemporary Culture: Environment Multicultural Theatre topic only Chemistry 051/051L Chemical Principles/Chemical Women’s Studies 130 Philosophies of Principles Laboratory Gender and Race Chemistry 053 General Chemistry Natural Science 030 Introduction to F. Fine Arts (3 credits) Environmental Science All students will select 3 hours from F1 and/or F2. Physics 010 Astronomy Physics 020 Introduction to Meterology 1. Fine Arts Inquiry Physics 053 Earth Science Courses in this category enhance students’ under- Physics 054/055 Energy and the Global standing of the fine arts products of culture: Environment/Energy and the Global Environment Art History 101 Masterpieces of World Art Lab Art History 103 Survey of Non-Western Art Physics 101 or 102 Principles of Physics I or II when History taken in conjunction with Physics 100 Physics in Art 105 Survey of World Architecture Modern Society Art 106 Art and Society in the West: Physics 140 Introduction to Health Physics Ancient to Medieval Art 107 Art and Society in the West: 2. Social Sciences (3 credits) Renaissance to Modern Students must take one of the following courses Art History 210 Art of the Ancient World emphasizing the social scientific methods of inquiry Art History 230 Renaissance Art to the understanding of human behavior, society, its Art History 240 Baroque and Rococo Art institutions, and their interaction: Art History 250 Nineteenth-Century Art Economics 053 Macroeconomics Art History 260 Twentieth-Century Art Political Science 009 Introduction to Art History 293 Travel/Study in Art History International Relations Music 012 American Music Political Science 020 Introduction to Music 013 Music Appreciation Comparative Politics Music 150 Introduction to World Music Psychology 001 Basic Psychological Science Music 160 Music of Women Composers Psychology 002 Applied Psychological Science Theatre 001 Theatre Appreciation Sociology 003 Introduction to Sociology 46 UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC PROGRAM

The Baccalaureate Degree Checklist: This baccalaureate degree checklist is not a statement of academic policy. Students are expected to consult “The Baccalaureate Degree Requirements” and other appropriate sections of this catalog for stipulations regarding completion of degrees, general education requirements, and specific requirements for majors. Ultimate responsibility for completion of degree requirements lies with the student. Nebraska Wesleyan provides faculty advising and a check system through the Registrar’s Office to assist students in monitoring degree progress.

Degree Requirements

• A minimum of 126 credit hours, of which –at least 30 are earned at Nebraska Wesleyan University* –the last 30 are earned in residence at Nebraska Wesleyan University* –at least 18 are earned in upper-level (200-299) courses *Students earning BBA and BSN degrees must take a minimum of 32 hours in residence at Nebraska Wesleyan.

• A major of at least 30 credit hours, of which –12 are earned in upper-level (200-299) courses* –12 are earned in residence at Nebraska Wesleyan University* *Students earning BBA degrees must take at least 12 hours of upper-level courses at Nebraska Wesleyan. (See pertinent department section for specific major and supporting program requirements.)

• Completion of general education requirements. (Consult the summary provided below.)

• A minimum GPA of 2.00 with –no more than 25 credit hours graded “D+”, “D”, or “D-” –no credit hours graded “D+”, “D”, or “D-” earned in the major, minor, or supporting program –no credit hours graded “P*” earned in the major, minor, or supporting program unless approved by the department chair –no more than two courses with grades of “P*” may be used toward general education requirements. This excludes courses from the “First Year Experience” category.

• A senior comprehensive course (examination, thesis/independent study, or performance/exhibition/internship) for each major, as required by the major department.

General Education Requirements — “Preparing for Global Citizenship”

• Students are required to meet the specific hours in each area of these general education requirements. The minimum number of hours may be exceeded depending on the courses the student chooses. • No student may satisfy more than one general education requirement with the same course. A student may apply no more than three courses from any one discipline toward the general education requirements. • Only two courses designated as pass/fail by the student (grade of P*) may be applied toward these general education requirements. No courses in the “First Year Experience” may be taken pass/fail.

A. The First Year Experience** - 9 hours 1. Liberal Arts Seminar 2. English Language and 3. Fundamentals of Speech (3 hours) Writing (3 hours) (3 hours)*** ___IDS 001 (3) ___Eng 001 (3) ___Comm 001 (3) ___Comm 120 (3) Requirement waived for students who have qualified for state or national tournaments in Persuasive Speaking, Extemporaneous Speaking, Lincoln-Douglas Debate, or Policy Debate.

**Students may not designate any course in The First Year Experience as a pass/fail course. ***Students may fulfill this requirement by successfully passing a proficiency examination during their first semester. UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 47

B. Developing Foundations — 8-9 hours [Recommended to be taken within the first 58 hours of program]

1. Masterpieces of Literature 2. Health and Wellness** 3. Mathematics (3-4 hours)* (3 hours) (2 hours) Select one course from: Select one course from: ___HHP 015 (2) ___Math 008 (3) ___Eng 101 (3) ___Math 010 (3) ___Hist 116 (3) **Students may fulfill this require- ___Math 050 (4) ___Mlang 134 (3) ment by successfully passing a profi- ___Math 060 (4) ___Thtre 101 (3) ciency examination. ___Math 105 (4) ___Math 111 (3)

*Students may fulfill this requirement by testing into Math 105 Calculus I.

C. Global Perspectives — 6-11 hours Students must meet the modern language requirement as outlined in C1 and must also complete one course (3 hours) in either C2 or C3.* 1. Modern Language 2. Understanding 3. Global Community (3-8 hours)** Another Culture (3 hours) (3 hours) ___MLang course(s) Select one course from: Select one course from: ___Eng 270 (3) ___Anthr 151 (3) Eight to 10 hours are required for ___French 204 (3) ___Anthr 153 (3) those students having no previous ___Gl St 020 (1) ___Anthr 162 (3) language skills. Students will at a (plus one semester or year of ___Anthr 163 (3) minimum successfully complete study abroad) ___Anthr 261 (3) Stage II of a language, or, showing ___Gl St 110 (3) ___Comm 050 (3) proficiency, 3 hours at a more ___Gl St 120 (3) ___Econ 253 (3) advanced level or 4-5 hours in ___Gl St 125 (3) ___Econ 257 (3) another language. ___Gl St 130 (3) ___Econ 258 (3) ___Gl St 150 (3) ___Eng 240 (3) Wesleyan Advantage students may ___Gl St 155 (3) ___Eng 250 (3) complete Stage I of a language or ___Gl St 160 (3) ___Geog 052 (3) an approved modern language ___Gl St 170 (3) ___Hist 010 (3) course designed for nontraditional ___Span 204 (3) ___Nurs 204 (3) students: Span 5 or 10. ___Span 214 (3) ___Phys 054 (3) ___PolSc 170 (3) ___Relig 120 (3) ___Soc 115 (3) ___Thtre 171 (3) ___WS 204 (3)

*Students completing 6 hours at ITESM, Campus Queretaro, will have satisfied Areas C1 and C2. **Requirement waived for students who have completed the fourth year high school language course in a modern language. Students must have earned grades of “B” or higher in each semester of language study. Requirement waived for native speakers of languages other than English who have fulfilled the TOEFL/APIEL/IELTS admission standard.

D. Western Intellectual and Religious Traditions — 3 hours Select one course from:

___Hist 115 (3) ___Phil 202 (3) ___Relig 024 (3) ___Phil 010 (3) ___Phil 203 (3) ___Relig 130 (3) ___Phil 102 (3) ___Relig 020 (3) ___Relig 212 (3) ___Phil 201 (3) ___Relig 021 (3) ___Relig 213 (3) 48 UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC PROGRAM

E. U.S. Culture and Society — 6 hours

1. U.S. Society (3 hours) 2. Cultural Pluralism in the Select one course from: United States (3 hours) ___Econ 251 (3) Select one course from: ___Eng 107 (3 ) ___Anthr 154 (3) ___PolSc 120 (3) ___Eng 108 (3) ___Educ 185 (3) ___Relig 134 (3) ___Hist 001 (3) ___Eng 180 (3) ___Soc 116 (3) ___Hist 002 (3) ___Hist 154 (3) ___Soc 150 (3) ___PolSc 001 (3) ___Hist 156 (3) ___Thtre 200 Multicultural ___Soc 004 (3) ___Music 140 (3) Theatre only (3) ___Soc 120 (3) ___Phil 130 (3) ___WS 130 (3)

F. Fine Arts — 3 hours Select 3 hours from F1 and/or F2:

1. Fine Arts Inquiry 2. Fine Arts Performance and/or ___ARH 101 (3) Design ___ARH 103 (3) ___Art 110 (3) ___ARH 105 (3) ___Art 130 (3) ___ARH 106 (3) ___Art 140 (3) ___ARH 107 (3) ___Art 150 (3) ___ARH 210 (3) ___Art 160 (3) ___ARH 230 (3) ___Art 170 (3) ___ARH 240 (3) ___Art 180 (3) ___ARH 250 (3) ___Music Ensembles ( ) ___ARH 260 (3) ___Applied Music ( ) ___ARH 293 (3) ___Thtre 007 (3) ___Music 012 (3) ___Thtre 030 (3) ___Music 013 (3) ___Thtre 031 (2) ___Music 150 (3) ___Music 160 (3) ___Thtre 001 (3) ___Thtre 048 (3) ___Thtre 070 (3) ___Thtre 170 (3) ___WS 170 (3)

G. Scientific Inquiry — 7 hours

1. Natural Sciences 2. Social Sciences (4 hours) (3 hours) Select one course from: Select one course from: ___Bio 001 (4) ___Econ 053 (3) ___Bio 050 (4) ___PolSc 009 (3) ___Bio 060 (4) ___PolSc 020 (3) ___Chem 010 (4) ___Psych 001 (3) ___Chem 051/051L (4) ___Psych 002 (3) ___Chem 053 (4) ___Soc 003 (3) ___Nat Sc 030 (4) ___Phys 010 (4) ___Phys 020 (4) ___Phys 053 (4) ___Phys 054/055 (4) ___Phys 100/101(5) ___Phys 100/102 (5) ___Phys 140 (4) UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 49

Biochemistry and Molecular Biology Majors Biopsychology A major consists of at least 30 credit hours pursued Business-Psychology under the direction of a department or an interdiscipli- Business-Sociology nary program. Requirements for majors are specified in Communication Studies the “Academic Departments” section beginning on History-Social Science Education page 61. Major requirements in effect at the time a stu- Information Systems dent declares a major govern his or her program unless International Business he or she chooses requirements stipulated in a later cat- Language Arts Education alog. (See “Declaring a Major.”) Music Education A major must include at least 12 credit hours earned Natural Science Education in regular Nebraska Wesleyan classes. Credit earned by Political Communication examination may not be counted toward this 12-hour Sport Management minimum requirement. Interdisciplinary Global Studies Majors Offered Women’s Studies The following majors are offered through the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences at Nebraska Wesleyan University: Preprofessional Studies Nebraska Wesleyan does not offer majors in prepro- Departmental fessional programs. It does provide foundation courses Accounting for future study in the following professional fields Art through its academic departments: Athletic Training Dentistry Biology Engineering Business Administration Law Chemistry Medical Technology Communication Medicine Communication and Theatre Arts Nursing Computer Science Occupational Therapy Economics Optometry Elementary Education Osteopathic Medicine English Pharmacy Exercise Science Physical Therapy French Physician Assistant German Podiatry Health and Fitness Studies Theology Health and Physical Education Veterinary Science History Mathematics Middle Grades Education Declaring a Major Requirements for various majors differ across and Music within departments. When selecting a major, students Performance should not hesitate to ask for interviews with depart- Philosophy ment chairs for information and counsel beyond what is Physical Education included in each department’s section in this catalog. Physics A College of Liberal Arts and Sciences student Political Science declares a major by filing the appropriate form in the Psychology Registrar’s Office. Students may declare a major any time Religion after their first semester and are expected to do so dur- Social Work ing their sophomore year. After a College of Liberal Arts Sociology-Anthropology and Sciences student has declared a major, he or she is Spanish assigned an advisor in the major department. The stu- Special Education dent then works closely with the advisor to plan each Theatre Arts semester’s course work. Once a student declares a major, he or she must meet requirements specified in the catalog in effect at the time the major is declared, unless he or she chooses requirements stipulated in a later catalog. (See “Catalog Determination of Degree Requirements for Graduation” on page 42.)

Interdepartmental 50 UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC PROGRAM

Double Majors Minors Offered A student who wishes to complete two or more The following minors are offered through the majors should designate a primary major. Every require- College of Liberal Arts and Sciences at Nebraska ment for each major must be completed. In completing Wesleyan University: a second major, however, a student may use any course common to both majors to meet the requirements of Departmental both. The first (primary) major must contain no fewer Accounting than 25 hours required for the major that are not com- Art History mon to both majors. In the case of two majors that Biology require two different degrees, a student earns two Business Administration degrees rather than double majors. Earning two degrees Chemistry requires an additional 25 credit hours to the 126-hour Coaching minimum. The credit counted toward a major and sup- Communication porting program for one degree cannot be counted Computer Science toward the major and supporting program for the sec- Criminal Justice ond degree. Economics English French Supporting Programs German Many majors require students to strengthen the pro- Health and Human Performance gram of concentrated study. To fulfill these require- History ments, students work with their advisors to develop a International Trade supporting program that involves one or more addition- Japanese al disciplines. A supporting program consists of courses Journalism selected from other fields acceptable to, or designated Mathematics by, the major advisor. Music Supporting program requirements for students who Philosophy are completing a minor or a second major may be Physics reduced or waived upon the recommendation of the Political Science appropriate department chair. Psychology Religion Sociology-Anthropology Minors Spanish Studio Art A minor consists of a minimum of 12 credit hours and Theatre Arts is defined by the department or interdisciplinary pro- Writing gram offering it. Interdisciplinary minors are described in the Interdisciplinary Studies section and/or depart- Interdepartmental/Interdisciplinary ment sections. American Minority Studies A College of Liberal Arts and Sciences student may Environmental Studies earn more than one minor at Nebraska Wesleyan. Each Family Studies minor must contain at least 12 hours of course work not Global Studies counted toward any other major or minor the student International Affairs has declared. Legal Studies A minor must include at least 4 credit hours earned Peace and Justice Studies in regular Nebraska Wesleyan classes (not credit earned Public Relations by examination or advanced placement). However, the Women’s Studies Executive Committee is authorized to accept a minor not offered at Nebraska Wesleyan. In such instances, the Nebraska Wesleyan department most closely related to that discipline recommends the minor and approves the courses, content, and number of hours required. Once a student declares a minor, he or she must meet the requirements specified in the catalog in effect at the time the minor is declared unless he or she chooses requirements stipulated in a later catalog. (See “Catalog Determination of Graduation Requirements” on page 42.) UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 51

or minor not originally earned with, but applicable to, Academic Advising his or her degree. As with any major, an additional major Nebraska Wesleyan offers academic advising to all must consist of at least 12 credit hours earned in regular degree-seeking students from their first registration Nebraska Wesleyan courses. A senior comprehensive until graduation. shall be completed according to the guidelines on page In the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, a summer 42. An additional minor will consist of at least 4 credit advisor provides initial academic guidance to each enter- hours from regular Nebraska Wesleyan classes. Because ing student during registration. From New Student an additional degree is not earned, no diploma is issued; Orientation in August until the student chooses a major, the additional major or minor is recorded on the stu- a pre-major advisor, who also serves as the student’s dent’s transcript. Liberal Arts Seminar instructor, is available for guidance in the exploration of life, career, and educational goals. Once a major is officially declared, the student is Second Baccalaureate Degree for assigned a major advisor in the department. Nebraska Wesleyan Graduates In University College, a professional advisor is A Nebraska Wesleyan graduate wishing to earn a assigned to all students upon admission. second baccalaureate degree must meet all require- Students are encouraged to maintain frequent con- ments for the second degree and complete 25 credit tact with their advisors to explore options, ask questions, hours in residence in addition to the 126 required for the and gather information before making their own deci- first degree. The credit counted toward a major and sup- sions as they set and achieve academic goals. porting program for one degree cannot be counted Questions and concerns regarding academic advising toward the major and supporting program for the sec- should be directed to the Associate Dean of the College ond degree. Students will receive a diploma for the sec- of Liberal Arts and Sciences or the University College ond degree and may participate in the Commencement Office. program.

Graduation Baccalaureate Degree at Each student is responsible for making certain he or Nebraska Wesleyan for she has met all degree requirements. Faculty advising and a check system by the Registrar’s Office help stu- Graduates from Another dents monitor their progress toward graduation. Institution A person wishing to earn a baccalaureate degree at Nebraska Wesleyan who has already received a bac- Candidacy for Graduation calaureate degree from another regionally accredited In order to be a candidate for graduation, a student institution must fulfill the final 30 hours in residence must file his or her graduation application in the requirement*, earning at least 30 credit hours* at Registrar’s Office. It is recommended that this take place Nebraska Wesleyan after the first baccalaureate degree a semester prior to graduation so that if there are any is awarded. The major shall not be in the same discipline deficiencies in a student’s record, the student may adjust as the major the student has previously earned. At least his or her schedule as needed. 12 credit hours of the major must be earned in regular The faculty recommends graduation candidates to Nebraska Wesleyan classes. A senior comprehensive shall the Nebraska Wesleyan Board of Governors for be completed according to the guidelines on page 42. approval. Fulfillment of Nebraska Wesleyan’s general education Nebraska Wesleyan confers degrees twice per year, requirements is also required. December and May; however, graduation ceremonies are held once a year in May. All candidates are encour- (*Students earning BBA and BSN degrees must take a aged to participate in the commencement program; minimum of 32 hours in residence at Nebraska however, students have the option of graduating in Wesleyan.) absentia. No student is allowed to participate as a graduation candidate in more than one commencement program Certification for Teaching unless returning for a second degree. See the Registrar Certification for teaching is available for persons for additional information. who have already completed a bachelor’s degree (at Nebraska Wesleyan or another accredited institution). Unless a second bachelor’s degree is desired (in this case, see previous section), graduation requirements at Post Baccalaureate Nebraska Wesleyan do not need to be met; only the Options education requirements for state certification are required. Contact Nebraska Wesleyan’s Department of Additional Major or Minor for Education for details. Nebraska Wesleyan Graduates A Nebraska Wesleyan graduate may take additional coursework at Nebraska Wesleyan to complete a major Graduate Academic Program Catalog 2005-2007 GRADUATE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 53

Time Limit/Catalog GRADUATE Determination of Degree Requirements ACADEMIC Master of Science in Nursing students must complete all coursework in their master’s degree plan within 10 years from the time of matriculation in the MSN degree PROGRAM program. Master of Forensic Science students must complete all coursework in their master’s degree plan with- Degrees Offered in five years from the time of matriculation in the MFS degree program. Nebraska Wesleyan University provides the following Students must meet graduation requirements stipu- graduate degrees: lated in the catalog under which they first matriculate in their master’s degree program. However, a student may Master of Forensic Science select requirements announced in a subsequent catalog Master of Science in Nursing instead of those in effect when he or she first matriculated. If a course listed under a student’s degree require- Graduate Degree ments is no longer offered, it will be replaced with a Requirements course determined by the department/program. All candidates for graduate degrees must complete Earning a Second the following requirements: Master’s Degree • A minimum of 33 credit hours, of which at least 24 hours must be completed at Nebraska Wesleyan. Second Master’s Degree for Nebraska Wesleyan Master’s • Completion of degree program course require- Graduates ments, as specified by the pertinent A Nebraska Wesleyan master’s graduate wishing to department/program. earn a second master’s degree must meet all requirements for the second master’s degree. A maximum of six • A minimum GPA of 2.50 with a minimum grade hours of program-approved credit from the first master’s of “B-” for courses meeting graduate program degree may be used toward the second master’s degree. requirements. The culminating research/internship/major project of the two degrees must be distinct. Residence Requirement Students earning a graduate degree must complete Master’s Degree at Nebraska at least 24 hours of graduate work toward the degree at Nebraska Wesleyan. Wesleyan for Master’s Graduates from Another Institution A person wishing to earn a master’s degree at Nebraska Wesleyan who has already received a master’s degree from another regionally accredited institution must complete at least 24 hours of graduate work at Nebraska Wesleyan. The degree shall not be in the same discipline as the degree the student has previously earned. Fulfillment of all program requirements is required. The culminating research/internship/major project must be earned through Nebraska Wesleyan. Special Academic Programs & OpporTunities Catalog 2005-2007 SPECIAL ACADEMIC PROGRAMS AND OPPORTUNITIES 55

Student Teaching Abroad SPECIAL Education majors may complete part or all of their student teaching requirement in Australia, England, Germany, India, Ireland, New Zealand, Scotland, Taiwan, ACADEMIC or Wales.

PROGRAMS AND Global Service Learning Students may apply to participate in mission and service trips to other countries. Contact the University OPPORTUNITIES Ministries Office for details.

International Education International Scholarships To prepare undergraduate students for effective par- Students interested in pursuing studies or research ticipation in the global community, Nebraska Wesleyan abroad may apply for scholarships such as the Rhodes, is committed to Marshall, Fulbright, Rotary, and National Security —encouraging students, faculty, and staff to live, Education Program (NSEP) Scholarships. For more infor- study, work, and travel abroad mation on these scholarships and their eligibility criteria, —integrating global and multicultural perspectives contact the International Education Office or the into the curriculum Coordinator for National and International Scholarships —providing a welcoming environment for interna- and Fellowships. tional students, faculty, and visitors. Application Procedures Education Abroad Programs All students are encouraged to participate in study Nebraska Wesleyan offers programs abroad varying abroad campus fairs and visit the International in length, content, format, and cost. Some programs Education Office, preferably during their first or second require an appropriate degree of fluency in the lan- year at Nebraska Wesleyan. Plans to study abroad must guage of the host country while others use English as be developed in consultation with academic advisors the language of instruction. The following opportunities and the Director of International Education. abroad are offered to Nebraska Wesleyan students: Preapproval of the academic program at the host institution is important; credits earned abroad do not Faculty-Led Programs transfer automatically. For more information, contact the International Education Office. Faculty-led tours or courses provide students an opportunity to spend time in other countries. Typically four to six international tours are scheduled every year. Financial Aid Examples of summer or winter term study tours include Education Abroad Grants and other forms of finan- England, France, Costa Rica, Germany, Greece, Belize, cial aid are available to eligible students who participate India, Italy, Japan, Mexico, Nepal, and Spain. in Nebraska Wesleyan’s approved programs. For information related to federal and institutional financial aid, ISEP Exchange Program see the Director of Scholarships and Financial Aid in Nebraska Wesleyan students participating in the Smith-Curtis 207; for application forms and instructions International Student Exchange Program (ISEP) pay related to Education Abroad Grants, contact the tuition, fees, room, and board at Nebraska Wesleyan International Education Office. and receive equivalent benefits at one of Nebraska Wesleyan’s partner institutions in 30 countries: The Curriculum: Argentina, Austria, Brazil, Bulgaria, Canada, Chile, Costa Rica, Denmark, England, Estonia, Finland, France, International Perspectives Germany, Ghana, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, Italy, At the heart of Nebraska Wesleyan’s international Japan, Korea, Latvia, Malta, Mexico, Nicaragua, education is its curriculum. Students develop an aware- Netherlands, Scotland, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, ness of the diversity and interdependence of ideas and Thailand, and Uruguay. practices of world societies in a variety of curricular contexts. These areas include: Nebraska Wesleyan Direct Exchange Programs Nebraska Wesleyan students may participate in General Education exchange programs with Nebraska Wesleyan partner Global Perspectives, an integral section of Nebraska institutions in these countries: Wesleyan’s General Education curriculum, “Preparing • Japan (Kwansei Gakuin University—Campus for Global Citizenship”, includes the study of a foreign Nishinomiya) language, another culture, and the global community. In • Mexico (Instituto Tecnológico y de Estudios Global Perspectives courses, students have the opportu- Superiores de Monterrey (ITESM)—Campus nity to acquire the tools to understand other world cul- Querétaro). tures and prepare for global citizenship. A detailed description of the Global Perspectives requirement is on page 43. 56 SPECIAL ACADEMIC PROGRAMS AND OPPORTUNITIES

Modern Languages ness of experience and insight older adults can bring to The Department of Modern Languages offers majors the classroom and welcomes them to campus in this spe- and minors in French, German, and Spanish and a minor cial program. Adults age 60 or more may enroll on a only in Japanese. For a comprehensive description of the space-available basis in a wide variety of day classes and various language programs, see page 163. pay only a minimal registration fee. Senior College participants may enroll for credit or audit, with degree com- Discipline-Based Language Courses pletion possible under certain circumstances. Enrollment Advanced students of Spanish, German, and French is limited to two courses per semester, and the program have the opportunity to take discipline-based language does not operate in the summer or winter term. Call the courses. Faculty from selected departments teach their University College Office at 402.465.2329 for details. discipline-specific courses in a language other than English, providing effective learning in the language Graduate Degrees and Courses and relevant discipline. Courses in anthropology and The University College Office coordinates graduate economics have been taught in Spanish; courses in degrees in Nursing (M.S.N.) and Forensic Science (M.F.S.), Anglo-Gallic and Francophone literature have been as well as graduate courses, usually in the summer, for taught in French; courses in religion and history have the professional development of educators and other been taught in German. professionals. Requirements for graduate degrees are specified in the “Graduate Academic Program” and the Global Studies “Academic Departments” sections, or by contacting the An interdisciplinary program, Global Studies is University College Office. offered as a major or minor with an emphasis area in Asia, Latin America, industrialized nations, development studies, or foreign policy. A complete description of the Honors Academy Nebraska Wesleyan University’s Honors Academy is a program can be found on page 127. program designed for gifted and highly motivated high school juniors and seniors who are passionate about Cocurricular Events learning and excited by the challenges of college-level Topics of global concern are featured in occasional work. The Honors Academy provides students with an lectures, symposia, and the University Forum program. opportunity to earn college credit by enrolling in select- Visiting scholars from the United States or from abroad ed advanced placement or differentiated classes taught address the University community on current interna- by their own exceptional high school teachers in their tional issues. schools. In addition to earning Nebraska Wesleyan undergraduate credits, students can participate in spe- International Students and cial intellectual and cultural events and use various cam- Scholars pus facilities and resources. Contact the Director of the Honors Academy or the University College Office for Nebraska Wesleyan welcomes students and scholars more information. from various countries. Students from abroad pursue a degree or study for one or more academic terms at the University. Visiting international lecturers bring diverse viewpoints to discipline-specific and cultural discussions Cooper Foundation in and outside the classroom. Center for Academic Resources University College The Cooper Center provides a place for students, at all stages of their academic careers, to seek assistance Undergraduate Degrees: with their studies. Housed on the third floor of the Wesleyan Advantage library (room 317) the Center features reference materi- Select degree programs are available through als for different disciplines, computers linked to the evening and other alternatively scheduled classes to internet, video equipment for oral presentation nontraditional students. (See page 21 for eligibility and rehearsals, and a staff of faculty and student consultants admission requirements.) A Bachelor of Science or eager to provide one-on-one assistance with writing and Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in social work, a speaking projects, as well as with matters related to Bachelor of Business Administration (B.B.A.) and a study skills. Bachelor of Science in Nursing (B.S.N.) completion program are available. All degree requirements must be followed, as found on page 42. Requirements for these majors are specified in the “Academic Departments” section beginning on page 61. Call the University College Office 402.465.2329 for additional information.

Senior College Nebraska Wesleyan University recognizes the rich- SPECIAL ACADEMIC PROGRAMS AND OPPORTUNITIES 57

Chicago Urban Life BryanLGH Nursing Center Program The Urban Life Center semester and summer pro- Nebraska Wesleyan University and BryanLGH College grams offer a selective number of Nebraska Wesleyan of Health Sciences have developed a cooperative agree- students the exciting opportunity to live and learn in ment that provides expanded experiences and options Chicago for credit. Students experience a variety of cul- to students in the BryanLGH BSN degree program. tures, lifestyles, neighborhoods, and perspectives Students admitted to and enrolled at both institutions through in-depth study and interaction. Along with a through this agreement enjoy the same privileges and seminar that introduces the student to the city, the pro- responsibilities as any other traditional undergraduate gram requires an internship and independent research full-time student at Nebraska Wesleyan during their first study. Student teaching in a variety of schools is also and sophomore years of the program, and as any other available to education majors. The rich diversity of continuing education student during the junior and sen- Chicago provides an almost unlimited choice of intern- ior years. For details, contact the Admissions Office at ship and practicum possibilities as well as research Nebraska Wesleyan or BryanLGH College of Health opportunities. Students can design a program to meet Sciences. their own interests and degree requirements at Nebraska Wesleyan in consultation with the Urban Life Center Faculty Liaison and their academic advisors. For specific information, contact the Urban Life ROTC Center Faculty Liaison (Dr. Ellen Dubas) or the Academic Students may receive credit for taking ROTC (Reserve Affairs Office. Officers Training Corps) courses at the University of Nebraska Lincoln. ROTC course requirements vary with each program. Generally, freshman and sophomore courses are scheduled for 2 to 3 hours per week, and jun- University Forum ior and senior courses for 4 hours per week. Some ROTC Nebraska Wesleyan offers a University Forum pro- programs require additional courses in math and sci- gram with distinguished speakers on social, ethical, ence. Registration and payment of tuition and fees for political, and global issues. any courses taken for the ROTC program at the University of Nebraska-Lincoln are the responsibility of the student. Capitol Hill Internship Program Nebraska Wesleyan University’s Capitol Hill Internship Program, sponsored by the United Methodist College Washington Consortium, offers undergraduates the experience of living, interning, and studying in the heart of Washington, D.C. The program provides students of any major with a total Washington experience through an academically rigorous program with a focus on experiential learning. In addition to interning in either government or non-governmental offices, students will discover the role of government in fields including law, the media, health care, the arts, and sciences. Challenging seminars and courses that are tailored to enrich students’ internship experiences are an integral part of the internship program. Contact the Department of Political Science for more information. Academic Recognition Catalog 2005-2007 ACADEMIC RECOGNITION 59 ACADEMIC Who’s Who Selection for Who’s Who Among Students in American Universities and Colleges is based upon a stu- RECOGNITION dent’s scholarship, participation, and leadership in academic and extracurricular activities, citizenship and service to Nebraska Wesleyan, and potential for future Academic Honors List achievement. Juniors and seniors are nominated by fac- Academic Honors Lists are compiled each fall and ulty, administrators, and students. Each student’s qualifi- spring semester to recognize undergraduate students cations are carefully discussed by a committee of faculty, for superior academic performance. administrators, and students. The national Who’s Who College of Liberal Arts and Sciences students earning program determines the maximum number of nominees at least a 3.75 grade point average (on a 4.00 scale) for each campus based upon a university’s enrollment. while completing a full-time course load of at least 12 credit hours of graded work (Pass/Fail courses are not included) are eligible for consideration. Students receiving an Incomplete in a credit-bearing course are ineligi- Alpha Sigma Lambda ble for the semester in which the Incomplete is received. Alpha Sigma Lambda, a national Honor Society for Wesleyan Advantage undergraduate students earn- students in continuing education, was founded in 1945 ing at least a 3.75 grade point average (on a 4.00 scale) at Northwestern University. The Iota Rho chapter at and who had no Incompletes in credit-bearing courses Nebraska Wesleyan was chartered in 1995, joining more are eligible for consideration. than 200 other chapters throughout the United States. Admission to Alpha Sigma Lambda is by invitation only and requires approval of the local chapter in accordance with the bylaws of the national society. Potential Phi Kappa Phi inductees must be matriculated and have a minimum of Phi Kappa Phi, a national honor society founded in 30 graded semester hours at Nebraska Wesleyan in a 1897, is the oldest and largest honor society recognizing degree program. Inductees selected must have a mini- and encouraging superior scholarship in all academic mum grade point average of 3.20 and rank in the top disciplines. The Nebraska Wesleyan chapter, established 10% of the class. in 1914, is the eleventh oldest in the nation. There are currently more than 275 chapters in the United States and throughout the world. Admission to Phi Kappa Phi is by invitation only and Departmental Honoraries requires nomination and approval by the local chapter Students who excel in individual disciplines or aca- in accordance with the bylaws of the chapter and the demic divisions may be invited to join the following hon- national society. To be considered for election, College oraries: Alpha Kappa Delta (sociology), Alpha Mu of Liberal Arts and Sciences seniors must be in the top Gamma (modern languages), Beta Beta Beta (biology), 10% of their class; juniors must be in the top 7.5% of Delta Mu Delta (business), Kappa Delta Pi (education), their class. Kappa Mu Epsilon (mathematics), Lambda Pi Eta (com- Each year the national society awards 50 fellowships munication), Mu Phi Epsilon (music), Omicron Delta to support the first year of graduate study. Since 1979, Epsilon (economics), Phi Alpha Theta (history), Phi 16 Nebraska Wesleyan students have been honored in Epsilon Kappa (health and human performance), Pi this national competition. Alpha (social work), Pi Gamma Mu (social sciences), Pi Sigma Alpha (political science), Psi Chi (psychology), Sigma Pi Sigma (physics), Sigma Tau Delta (English), Sigma Theta Tau (nursing), and Theta Alpha Phi (the- Cardinal Key/Blue Key atre). The purpose of Cardinal Key National Honor Society is to recognize women for scholarship, outstanding leadership, and community service on and off campus. Junior Honors Convocation or senior women with at least a 3.50 grade point aver- At the end of the spring semester, an Honors age may be considered for nomination. Selection is Convocation is held to recognize students who have based on scholarship, participation, and leadership in been elected to Phi Kappa Phi or to any of the depart- campus and community activities. mental or divisional honoraries. Departmental awards, Blue Key National Honor Fraternity recognizes out- athletic academic awards, national awards and fellow- standing achievement in leadership among upperclass ships, and other special honors are also announced. men. Students in the upper 35% of their class are eligible for nomination. Scholarship, leadership, and service to Nebraska Wesleyan University and to the community are the primary criteria for selection. 60 ACADEMIC RECOGNITION

Gold Key/Silver Key Awards The Phi Kappa Phi awards are presented each year to at least two graduating seniors. The Gold Key is awarded to the undergraduate student(s) with the highest cumulative grade point average in the class, and the Silver Key is awarded to the undergraduate student(s) with the second highest cumulative average. Students are eligible for the Gold and Silver Keys only if they complete at least 64 hours at Nebraska Wesleyan and have completed all baccalaureate degree requirements at the time of the graduation ceremony. Graduation with Honors Students whose cumulative grade point average (GPA) upon the completion of their baccalaureate degree requirements is a 3.80 or above will graduate with honors. Transfer students are eligible for academic honors at graduation only if they complete at least 64 credit hours at Nebraska Wesleyan. To receive “Highest Distinction” a student must have a cumulative GPA of 3.93 or above. To receive “High Distinction” a student must have a cumulative GPA between 3.86 and 3.92. To graduate with “Distinction” a student must have a cumulative GPA between 3.80 and 3.85. The grade point average is calculated at the time all degree requirements are completed. Students who have completed all baccalaureate degree requirements at the time of the graduation ceremony will have their achievement announced at Commencement. All students completing their baccalaureate degree requirements after the graduation ceremony, but before September 1 of that year, may receive graduation with honors, although it will not be publicly announced. Any exceptions must be appealed to the Academic Standards Committee.

National and International Awards Nebraska Wesleyan students are encouraged to enter the competitions for national and international awards, such as the Marshall Scholarship, Fulbright Grants, the Rhodes Scholarship, Goldwater Scholarship, Scholarships of the National Security Education Program, James Madison Fellowships, the Andrew W. Mellon Fellowships in Humanistic Studies, Rotary Scholarships, the Harry S. Truman Scholarship, the Udall Scholarship, and the Gates Cambridge Scholarship. Information for those and other special opportunities may be obtained from the Coordinator for National and International Scholarships and Fellowships or the Academic Affairs Office. Academic Departments Catalog 2005-2007 62 ART

The Bachelor of Fine Arts in art is traditionally pur- ART sued by those students who plan to become either professional artists or artist/teachers. The B.F.A. stresses Fine and Applied Arts Division intensive and specialized studio practice in the creative Rachel Ann Lucas Hall 210 art disciplines, and is considered the appropriate prepa- 402.465.2273 ration for study toward the Master of Fine Arts degree. The B.F.A. is considered a professional design degree and is the preferred credential for entry-level positions Faculty in design or advertising agencies or studios, as well as for preparation toward entrance to a Master of Fine Arts Department Chair: program. Donald Paoletta, Ph.D. Email: [email protected] Majors Full-Time: Each year, art majors are required to present a portfolio representative of the past year’s work to the art David Gracie, M.F.A. faculty. As well, all candidates for degrees with a major Susan G. Horn, M.F.A. in art are required to participate in a senior exhibition as Lisa Lockman, M.F.A. part of Art 298 Senior Project and Art 299 Senior Comprehensive. Part-Time: Robert Schwieger, M.F.A. Art major (B.A., 36 hrs.) The Art Department is housed in Rachel Ann Lucas All entering and first-year students who are majoring Hall, the former site of the campus library. Lucas Hall in art are considered candidates for the Bachelor of Arts was remodeled in 1988 for use by the Art Department. degree. Students who wish to pursue the Bachelor of It contains extensive studio space for digital media, Fine Arts degree must be admitted to B.F.A. candidacy drawing, painting, printmaking, sculpture, ceramics, and during the annual portfolio review (see below under metalsmithing. B.F.A.). A Macintosh computer lab with high-speed internet access for use by students enrolled in Fine Arts courses is also located in Lucas Hall. Core Courses ...... 9 hrs. The campus’ Elder Gallery, located in the Vance D. Art 5 Basic Design (3 hrs.) Rogers Center for Fine Arts, consists of approximately Art 130 Drawing 1: Basic Drawing (3 hrs.) 3,000 square feet of modern, well-lit space, and is the Art 131 Drawing 2: Figure Drawing (3 hrs.) site of juried, invitational, and student exhibitions. Art History...... 12 hrs. Current student studio work is displayed in Kepler Art History 103 Survey of Non-Western Art History or Gallery located in Lucas Hall. a 200-level art history course (3 hrs.) Art History 106 Art and Society in the West: Ancient to Degrees Medieval (3 hrs.) Art History 107 Art and Society in the West: Bachelor of Arts Renaissance to Modern (3 hrs.) Art History elective (must be 200-level) (3 hrs.) Bachelor of Fine Arts Art Courses...... 6 hrs. Bachelor of Science 2-D Course - Select 3 hours from the following: Art majors pursue either the Bachelor of Arts or Art 110 Painting 1 (3 hrs.) Bachelor of Fine Arts degrees. A Bachelor of Science Art 120 Digital Media 1 (3 hrs.) degree may be advisable in the case of a double major. Art 140 Printmaking 1 (3 hrs.) The Bachelor of Arts with a major in art is, as in other Art 150 Photography 1 (3 hrs.) academic disciplines, designed as a broad-based liberal arts education. The B.A. in art requires an exposure to 3-D Course - Select 3 hours from the following: both two-dimensional and three-dimensional media as Art 160 Ceramics 1 (3 hrs.) well as art history. It can lead to graduate study in art, Art 170 Sculpture 1 (3 hrs.) art history, art therapy, or other academic or profession- Art 180 Metalsmithing 1 (3 hrs.) al areas. Electives...... 6 hrs. The B.A. is recommended for those students who Capstone Courses ...... 3 hrs. wish to pursue K-12 teaching certification. Students Art 298 Senior Project (1 hr.) who wish to meet Nebraska certification regulations for Art 299A Senior Comprehensive for BA (2 hrs.) the teaching of art in secondary schools must include Art 200, Art in the Secondary Schools, as one of their art electives. Students should consult the Department of Education regarding additional Nebraska certification requirements. ART 63

Art major (B.F.A., 72 hrs.) Minors

Core Courses ...... 9 hrs. Studio Art minor (15 hrs.) Art 5: Basic Design (3 hrs.) Art 5 Basic Design ...... 3 hrs. Art 130: Drawing 1: Basic Drawing (3 hrs.) Art 130: Drawing I...... 3 hrs. Art 131: Drawing 2: Figure Drawing (3 hrs.) Art history course...... 3 hrs. Studio art electives...... 6 hrs. Art History...... 12 hrs. Art History 103 Survey of Non-Western Art History Art History minor (15 hrs.) oranother 200-level art history course (3 hrs.) Art History 101 ...... 3 hrs. Art History 106 Art and Society in the West: Ancient to Art History 103 ...... 3 hrs. Medieval (3 hrs.) Upper-level (200-level) Art History ...... 9 hrs. Art History 107 Art and Society in the West: Renaissance to Modern (3 hrs.) Art History elective (must be 200-level) (3 hrs.) Courses Art Courses ...... 12 hrs. Art Courses 2-D Courses - Select 6 hours from the following: Art 110 Painting 1 (3 hrs.) 5. Basic Design Art 120 Digial Media 1 (3 hrs.) 3 hours Art 140 Printmaking 1 (3 hrs.) A studio art exploration of basic design elements and Art 150 Photography 1 (3 hrs.) principles using traditional media, ideation, and rough draft processes. 3-D Courses - Select 6 hours from the following: Art 160 Ceramics 1 (3 hrs.) Art 170 Sculpture 1 (3 hrs.) 100. Art in the Elementary School Art 180 Metalsmithing 1 (3 hrs.) 3 hours Study of appropriate methodology, processes, philosophy, and content for visual arts instruction in the ele- Electives...... 36 hrs. mentary schools. Includes strategies for teaching art crit- Electives may include courses in studio, art history, icism, art history, art media, and techniques, and devel- aesthetics, and selected topics courses offered within oping curriculum for the elementary school art program. the department. Art 100 and 200 may count as art Laboratory experiences and teaching experiences in ele- electives for education students only. Must include mentary schools are provided. Required for certification completion to fourth level in one medium or to third of elementary teachers and K-12 endorsements. level in two different media. If a student completes to the fourth level in one area, the transcript will 110. Painting 1 note the area of emphasis. 3 hours A studio art investigation of basic design and color the- Capstone Courses ...... 3 hrs. ory, composition, and use of light as it relates to paint- Art 298 Senior Project (1 hr.) ing. Experimentation with the technical processes of Art 299B Senior Comprehensive for BFA (2 hrs.) painting such as underpainting, scumbling, blending paint, glazing, and varnishing. Those students who wish to pursue the Bachelor of Fine Arts degree must be admitted to the program based on 111. Painting 2 the B.F.A. Clearance. In order to qualify for the B.F.A. 3 hours Clearance, students must have completed or be current- A continuation of studio art investigation of color theo- ly enrolled in the required art core courses (Basic Design, ry and use of light with added emphasis on the relation- Drawing 1, and Drawing 2) as well as one introductory ship between composition and content informed by his- art history course, and introductory (100-level) courses in torical painting concepts. Experimentation with the both 2-D and 3-D media. The applicant must have a min- technical processes of direct and indirect painting. imum GPA of 3.00 in all art classes completed within the Prerequisites: Art 5 Basic Design, Art 130 Drawing 1, and Art Department at the time of the review. The B.F.A. Art 110 Painting 1. Clearance will be held concurrently with the annual portfolio review that is required for art majors. The art department faculty will evaluate the portfolio and inform the student of its decision in a timely fashion to allow for time to plan schedules. 64 ART

120. Digital Media 1 150. Photography 1 3 hours 3 hours An introductory studio art exploration focusing on the An introduction to the basic tools and techniques of creative, expressive potential of digital media with an black and white photography. Focus on the technical emphasis on building a formal foundation utilizing craft of using the camera, processing film, developing raster image software. Students create images using prints, and presenting photographs. Discussion and conventional and computer aided processes, including development of student vocabulary related to subject the scanner, pen tablet, digital camera, and digital print- matter, form, and content of the photographic image in er. Students gain a working understanding of the context of historical and contemporary photograph- Photoshop. ic concerns. Emphasis on student development of a cre- Prerequisite: Art 5 Basic Design. ative problem-solving process related to photographic image-making. 121. Digital Media 2 3 hours 151. Photography 2 A studio art exploration that focuses on the aesthetic 3 hours concepts of vector image-making and continued devel- Studio art exploration in photography focused on com- opment of raster painting. Type and output are plex methods of conceiving and producing photographs. addressed. Students create content-driven projects using Introduction of technical concerns with metering, devel- conventional and computer aided processes, including opment, and post-development controls. Emphasis on the scanner, pen tablet, digital camera, and digital print- conceptualization, compositional assessment, and evalu- er. Students gain a working understanding of Illustrator ation of content as well as student development of a and Painter. personal point of view within the photographic medi- Prerequisites: Art 5 Basic Design, Art 130 Drawing 1, and um. Group project. Art 120 Digital Media 1. Prerequisites: Art 5 Basic Design, Art 130 Drawing 1, and Art 150 Photgraphy 1. 130. Drawing 1: Basic Drawing 3 hours 160. Ceramics 1 An introduction to drawing by surveying its use as a 3 hours foundation for future study in all 2D and 3D media. Introduction to basic throwing and handbuilding techniques in clay, including pinching, coiling, and slab con- 131. Drawing 2: Figure Drawing struction. Focus on developing conceptual problem- 3 hours solving in clay. Emphasis on ceramics in a historical con- A class focused on the human figure and portrait. Basic text in relationship to contemporary attitudes in clay. anatomy, movement, and composition will be covered by having each class session with a model. This class will 161. Ceramics 2 benefit students who are interested in all artistic media 3 hours by giving them an understanding of the human form. Exploration of complex methods of handbuilding and Prerequisites: Art 5 Basic Design and Art 130 Drawing 1. throwing techniques, as well as conceptual problem- solving in clay. Basic theoretical study of clays, glazes, 140. Printmaking 1 kilns, and firing. Emphasis on ceramics in a historical 3 hours context in relationship to contemporary attitudes in clay. Introduction to the techniques of printmaking: relief Prerequisites: Art 5 Basic Design, Art 130 Drawing 1, and print, serigraph, intaglio, and lithography. Emphasis on Art 160 Ceramics 1. the study of the print as a multiple original with introductory edition printing. Focus on basic design concepts 170. Sculpture 1 with introductory historical investigation related to 3 hours printmaking. Introduction to basic sculptural processes of modeling, carving, and casting in a variety of materials including 141. Printmaking 2 clay, plaster, stone, and cement. Emphasis on three- 3 hours dimensional design elements and principles. An examination of one print form (relief, serigraphy, intaglio, lithography, or digital printmaking) focused on 171. Sculpture 2 the study of composition and content as it relates to the 3 hours technical and formal considerations of that particular Studio art exploration in three-dimensional form utiliz- medium. Emphasis on the use of color and color theory. ing a variety of materials, both traditional and nontradi- Edition printing. tional, in the study of sculptural techniques. Emphasis Prerequisites: Art 5 Basic Design, Art 130 Drawing 1, and on the relationship of sculpture in a historical context to Art 140 Printmaking 1. contemporary trends and issues. Prerequisites: Art 5 Basic Design, Art 130 Drawing 1, and Art 170 Sculpture 1. ART 65

180. Metalsmithing 1 210. Painting 3 3 hours 3 hours Introduction to the basic tools and techniques of metal- Continued investigation of the relationship between smithing for use in body ornament or as small sculptural composition and content informed by historical painting form. Broad studio art exploration in the techniques of concepts. Emphasis on introductory individual student sheet metal construction including cutting, piercing, sol- research in form and content through experimentation dering, mechanical joining, surface embellishment, and with tools, additive elements, and surfaces. finishing. Emphasis on historical metalsmithing in rela- Prerequisite: Art 111 Painting 2. tionship to contemporary attitudes in metalsmithing. 211. Painting 4 181. Metalsmithing 2 3 hours 3 hours Continuation of exploration of historical painting con- Exploration of complex metalsmithing techniques with cepts and individual research. Emphasis on student an emphasis on conceptual problem-solving and person- directed content, problems, and solutions within the al expression in metalsmithing. Studio exploration in context of painting techniques that result in a body of stretching and angle raising of sheet metal, forging, work. repousee and chasing, stone setting, and casting. Study Prerequisite: Art 210 Painting 3. of historical and contemporary metalsmithing as a foundation for design and ideation. 220. Digital Media 3 Prerequisites: Art 5 Basic Design, Art 130 Drawing 1, and 3 hours Art 180 Metalsmithing 1. A studio art course designed to give students a working comprehension of digital media as it pertains to online 190. Selected Topics in Studio Art digital space. Students explore how to use cross-plat- 1, 2, or 3 hours form visual HTML editors to create interactive websites A topical course designed to investigate any relevant utilizing Macromedia Dreamweaver. This is a content- subject matter not included in any of the standard driven class, so the concept of the image and interaction beginning-level courses. The title, content, and credit with the image are central goals. Students will also use will be determined by the faculty member who is offer- the scanner, pen tablet, and digital camera. ing the course. This course may be offered to meet a Prerequisite: Art 121 Digital Media 2. requirement for a major only by approval of the department chair. 221. Digital Media 4 3 hours 196. Special Projects in Studio Art A studio art course designed to give students a working 1 or 2 hours comprehension of digital media as it pertains to anima- Supervised, beginning-level projects not included in any tion in the digital space. Students explore how to use the of the standard courses. Normally developed for an indi- multimedia authoring tool of Flash to create animations vidual student but may be arranged for a small group of with sound that can be delivered to the web or viewed students. on screen. The concept of the image and interaction Prerequisites: 9 hours of art and permission of the with the image are central goals of this class. instructor. Prerequisite: Art 220 Digital Media 3.

200. Art in the Secondary School 223. Aesthetics 3 hours See Philosophy 223. A survey of teaching visual arts education in the secondary schools (grades 7-12). Emphasis on administration, 230. Drawing 3 organization, curriculum, and philosophy of art in edu- 3 hours cation. Required for K-12 art certification. A class treating drawing as a medium in itself. The stu- Prerequisites: 15 hours of art and acceptance into the dent will create individually guided work informed by Teacher Education Program or permission of the chair of contemporary theory and art history with the close the Department of Education. supervision of the professor. Group critiques will be included in the class. 205. Art Therapy Prerequisite: Art 131 Drawing 2. 3 hours A survey of the field of art therapy in its various applica- 231. Drawing 4 tions and theoretical orientations. Taught by a regis- 3 hours tered art therapist through lectures, readings, and expe- The student is expected to prepare a cohesive portfolio riential methods. of drawings for graduate application and exhibition Prerequisites: 9 hours of psychology, including opportunities. A written component will be due with Psychology 2, and 9 hours of art, or permission of the the portfolio. Study of advanced critical theory and instructor. group critiques will be included in the class. Prerequisite: Art 230 Drawing 3. 66 ART

240. Printmaking 3 270. Sculpture 3 3 hours 3 hours Examination of one print form (relief, serigraphy, Emphasis on introductory individual student research in intaglio, lithography, or digital printmaking) with form and content through balanced experimentation emphasis on the study of composition and content as it with technical competence and aesthetic concerns. relates to the technical and formal considerations of the Experimentation with one or two sculptural techniques particular medium. Edition printing. Opportunity for such as assemblage, stone carving, clay modeling, or introductory student research and an emphasis on the casting. relationship of media to the form and content. Prerequisite: Art 171 Sculpture 2. Prerequisite: Art 141 Printmaking 2. 271. Sculpture 4 241. Printmaking 4 3 hours 3 hours Continuation of exploration of current trends and issues Examination of one student-selected print form (relief, in sculpture in relationship to individual student serigraphy, intaglio, lithography, or digital printmaking) research concerns. Emphasis on student directed con- with emphasis on the study of composition and content tent, problems, and solutions within the context of as it relates to the technical and formal considerations of sculpture that result in a body of work. the particular medium. Emphasis on student directed Prerequisite: Art 270 Sculpture 3. content, problems and solutions within the context of a printmaking medium that results in a body of work. 280. Metalsmithing 3 Prerequisite: Art 240 Printmaking 3. 3 hours Emphasis on introductory individual student research in 250. Photography 3 form and content through balanced experimentation 3 hours with technical competence and aesthetic concerns. A studio art exploration introducing advanced methods Experimentation with patination of metals and of conceiving and producing photographs. Technical advanced surface embellishment. focus on controlling light, both natural and artificial, the Prerequisite: Art 181 Metalsmithing 2. introduction of digital imaging, and alternative photographic processes. Emphasis on in-depth concept-utiliza- 281. Metalsmithing 4 tion, compositional assessment, and evaluation of con- 3 hours tent. Introductory portfolio development. Continuation of exploration of current trends and issues Prerequisite: Art 151 Photography 2. in metalsmithing in relationship to individual student research concerns. Emphasis on student directed con- 251. Photography 4 tent, problems, and solutions within the context of met- 3 hours alsmithing that result in a body of work. Emphasis on student directed content, problems, and Prerequisite: Art 280 Metalsmithing 3. solutions that result in a body of work through focus on conceiving and producing photographs. Individual 290. Selected Topics in Studio Art research projects may include professional portfolio 1, 2, or 3 hours development. A topical course designed to investigate any relevant Prerequisite: Art 250 Photography 3. subject matter not included in any of the standard advanced-level courses. The title, content, and credit will 260. Ceramics 3 be determined by the faculty member who is offering 3 hours the course. This course may be offered to meet a Focus on the balance of technical competence in both requirement for a major only by approval of the depart- thrown and handbuilt clay forms and engagement with ment chair. aesthetic concerns. Emphasis on introductory individual student research in form and conceptual problems. 296. Special Projects in Studio Art Study of clay and glaze chemistry. Emphasis on ceramics 1 or 2 hours in a historical context in relationship to contemporary Supervised, advanced-level projects not included in any attitudes in clay. of the standard courses. Normally developed for an indi- Prerequisite: Art 161 Ceramics 2. vidual student but may be arranged for a small group of students. 261. Ceramics 4 Prerequisites: 9 hours of art and permission of the 3 hours instructor. Continued concern with a balance of technical competence in both thrown and handbuilt clay forms and an engagement with aesthetic concerns. Emphasis on student directed content, problems, and solutions within the context of ceramics that result in a body of work. Exploration of current trends and issues in ceramics as related to individual student research. Prerequisite: Art 260 Ceramics 3. ART 67

297. Art Internship 103. Survey of Non-Western Art History 1, 2, 3, or 4 hours 3 hours An on-the-job supervised training experience with a A survey of African, Asian, Native American, and Pre- business or non-profit organization, such as an art Columbian arts. gallery, professional art studio, or business utilizing art or design. A minimum of 3 hours of work per week for 105. Survey of World Architecture each hour of credit. 3 hours P/F only. A survey of world architecture, including an exploration Prerequisites: A major in art or permission of the depart- of western and non-western traditions, from antiquity ment chair and permission of the sponsoring agency. to the modern era. Emphasis will be given to functional, structural, and aesthetic considerations with special 298. Senior Project attention to religious architecture. 1 hour To be taken the semester before Art 299, Senior 106. Art and Society in the West: Ancient to Comprehensive. Students will formulate a comprehen- Medieval sive portfolio and/or thesis for presentation in the Senior 3 hours Comprehensive. A survey of art and architectural history in the western Prerequisites: Senior status prior to last semester, success- hemisphere: significant monuments from prehistory to ful completion of annual portfolio reviews, and permis- the medieval period will be considered with particular sion of the department chair. attention to the interaction of art and its producing society so that political situation, theology, science, and aes- 299A. Senior Comprehensive for BA thetics will be considered in lectures. Credit cannot be 2 hours earned for both Art History 101 and 106. Designed to prepare senior Bachelor of Arts students in art for graduation. Students write an academic thesis in 107. Art and Society in the West: Renaissance consultation with a selected faculty member. Students to Modern may petition to participate in the senior exhibition in 3 hours addition to, not in substitution of, the academic thesis. A survey of art and architectural history in the western Students and instructor will work together to prepare hemisphere: significant monuments from the job-related resumes and portfolios. Includes a gallery Renaissance to the twentieth century will be considered thesis presentation to the public and an exit evaluation with particular attention to the interaction of art and its by the art department faculty. producing society so that political situation, theology, Prerequisite: Art 298 Senior Project. science, and aesthetics will be considered in lectures. Credit cannot be earned for both Art History 101 and 299B. Senior Comprehensive for BFA 107. 2 hours Designed to prepare Bachelor of Fine Arts students in art 190. Selected Topics in Art History for graduation. This course includes experiences in plan- 1, 2, or 3 hours ning, promoting, and opening a senior gallery exhibi- A topical course designed to investigate any relevant tion. Students and instructor will work together to pre- subject matter not included in any of the usually offered pare job-related resumes and portfolios, which include a art history courses. The title, content, and credit will be written artist statement. Includes a gallery talk, presen- determined by the faculty member who is offering the tation to the public, and an exit evaluation by the art course. This course may be offered to meet a require- department faculty. ment for a major only by approval of the department Prerequisite: Art 298 Senior Project. chair.

210. Art of the Ancient World Art History Courses 3 hours An exploration of art and architecture as they developed 101. Masterpieces of World Art in antiquity (prehistory to c.300 AD), this course will 3 hours examine developments in Egypt, Mesopotamia, Greece, A survey of art and architectural history using a great and Rome. Prehistoric art in western Europe will be con- masterpieces approach. Significant monuments from sidered as well. Emphasis will be given to the great mon- antiquity to the twentieth century will be considered uments of each culture and the primary focus will be the with particular attention to the interaction of art and its interaction between art and its surrounding society. In so producing society so that political situation, theology, doing, politics, religion, science, and aesthetics will be science, and aesthetics will be considered in lectures. included in classroom discussions. Cannot be used toward a major in art. Credit cannot be Prerequisite: Art History 101 or 106 or permission of the earned for Art History 101 and 106 or 101 and 107. instructor. 68 ART

230. Renaissance Art 293. Travel/Study in Art History 3 hours 1, 2, or 3 hours An examination of the visual arts as they developed in Arranged course involving travel and on-site investiga- western Europe, particularly Italy, from 1300 to 1600. tion of art and architecture. Painting, sculpture, and architecture will be considered Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. with special emphasis given to the great masters of the period: Botticelli, da Vinci, and Michelangelo among 295. Independent Study in Art History others. The primary focus of the course will be the inter- 1, 2, or 3 hours action between art and its surrounding society. In so Supervised, advanced-level projects not included in any doing, politics, religion, science, and aesthetics will be of the standard courses. Normally developed for an indi- included in classroom discussions. vidual student but may be arranged for a small group of Prerequisite: Art History 101 or 107 or permission of the students. instructor. Prerequisites: 9 hours of art history and permission of the instructor. 240. Baroque and Rococo Art 3 hours Art and architecture primarily in western Europe from 1600 to about 1780 will be considered with primary concentration on the great masters of the era: Caravaggio, Bernini, Rubens, and Rembrandt. Cultural dynamics as they are reflected and affected by the visual arts will be discussed. Prerequisite: Art History 101 or 107 or permission of the instructor.

250. Nineteenth-Century Art 3 hours Art and architecture in western Europe, primarily France, will be considered with particular attention given to the rise of modernism. Major movements and their primary practitioners will be considered: Neoclassicism, Romanticism, Realism, Impressionism, and Post-Impressionism. Prerequisite: Art History 101 or 107 or permission of the instructor.

260. Twentieth-Century Art 3 hours International movements in art and architecture since 1900 will be considered with attention given to the emergence of personal expression in the visual media. Universally recognized masters will be emphasized; Matisse, Picasso, Duchamp, Pollack, and Warhol to name a few. Prerequisite: Art History 101 or 107 or permission of the instructor.

290. Selected Topics in Art History 1, 2, or 3 hours A topical course designed to investigate any relevant subject matter not included in any of the usually offered art history courses. The title, content, and credit will be determined by the faculty member who is offering the course. This course may be offered to meet a requirement for a major only by approval of the department chair. ART 69

Art Major (B.A.) Art Major (B.F.A.) Sample Course Schedules Sample Course Schedules

First Year First Year Fall Semester Fall Semester *ART 5: Basic Design...... 3 hrs. *ART 5: Basic Design...... 3 hrs. *ART 130: Drawing 1: Basic Drawing...... 3 hrs. *ART 130: Drawing 1: Basic Drawing...... 3 hrs. •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar...... 3 hrs. •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar ...... 3 hrs. •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. General Education or Elective...... 3 hrs. •General Education or Electives ...... 3 hrs. 15 hrs. 15 hrs.

Spring Semester Spring Semester *Beginning 2-D Art Course ...... 3 hrs. Beginning 2-D Art Course ...... 3 hrs. •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech ...... 3 hrs. Beginning 3-D Art Course ...... 3 hrs. General Education or Electives ...... 9 hrs. Art Elective...... 3 hrs. 15 hrs. •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech ...... 3 hrs. General Education or Elective...... 3 hrs. Second Year 15 hrs. Fall Semester ARH 106: Art and Society in the West: Second Year Ancient to Medieval ...... 3 hrs. Fall Semester Beginning 3-D Art Course ...... 3 hrs. ARH 106: Art and Society in the West: •Masterpieces of Literature ...... 3 hrs. Ancient to Medieval ...... 3 hrs. •HHP 15: Health and Wellness...... 2 hrs. Beginning 2-D Art Course ...... 3 hrs. General Education or Electives ...... 6 hrs. Beginning 3-D Art Course ...... 3 hrs. 17 hrs. •Masterpieces of Literature ...... 3 hrs. •HHP 15: Health and Wellness...... 2 hrs. Spring Semester General Education or Elective...... 3 hrs. ARH 107: Art and Society in the West: 17 hrs. Renaissance to Modern ...... 3 hrs. Art 131: Drawing 2: Figure Drawing...... 3 hrs. Spring Semester •Mathematics Requirement...... 3-4 hrs. ARH 107: Art and Society in the West: General Education or Electives ...... 6 hrs. Renaissance to Modern ...... 3 hrs. 15-16 hrs. Art 131: Drawing 2: Figure Drawing...... 3 hrs. Art Elective...... 3 hrs. •Mathematics Requirement...... 3-4 hrs. General Education or Elective...... 3 hrs. 15-16 hrs.

*Basic Design should be taken during the fall semester of the first year and Drawing 1 should be taken during the first two semesters of the first year before subsequent studio courses.

Those students who wish to pursue the B.F.A. degree must be admitted to the program based on a B.F.A. clearance that will be conducted during annual portfolio reviews. BFA majors must include completion to the fourth level in one medium or to the third level in two different media. If a student completes to the fourth level in one area, the transcript will note the area of emphasis.

Biology major (B.S., 34 hrs.) BIOLOGY Biology 50 ...... 4 hrs. Natural Sciences Division Biology 60 ...... 4 hrs. Olin Hall of Science 201 Biology 160 ...... 4 hrs. 402.465.2445 Biology 170 ...... 4 hrs. http://biology.nebrwesleyan.edu Biology 298 or 299 ...... 2 hrs. Biology electives...... 16 hrs. One course in each of areas A, B, and C. Three lab Faculty courses drawn from at least two areas (A, B, C); Department Chair: additional hours from any areas (A, B, C, D). Garry A. Duncan, Ph.D. Email: [email protected] Area A. Molecular and Cellular Biology 219 Histology (4 hrs.) 269 Microbiology (4 hrs.) Full-Time: 275 Immunology (3 hrs.) Cody L. Arenz, Ph.D. 275 Immunology with 276 (4 hrs.) Dale M. Benham, Ph.D. 281 Biochemistry (or Chem 255) (3 hrs.) William E. Boernke, Ph.D. 281 Biochemistry w/282 Jerald S. Bricker, Ph.D. (or Chem 255 w/258) (4 hrs.) Jeffrey Isaacson, Ph.D. 283 Molecular Biology (4 hrs.) Cynthia J. Marolf, M.S. Area B. Organismal Biology Angela McKinney-Williams, Ph.D. 212 Physiological Psychology (3 hrs.) 212 Physiological Psychology w/ 213 (4 hrs.) Part-Time: 222 Parasitology (4 hrs.) Jackie Canterbury, M.S. 225 Plant Form and Function (4 hrs.) 244 Embryology (4 hrs.) 246 Human and Comparative Anatomy (4 hrs.) Emeritus: 262 Human and Comparative Physiology (4 hrs.) Glen E. Dappen, Ph.D. 270 Pathophysiology (3 hrs.) Area C. Ecological, Evolutionary, and Taxonomic Biology Degrees 218 Plant Taxonomy (4 hrs.) 221 Ecology (4 hrs.) Bachelor of Arts 250 Conservation Biology (4 hrs.) 261 Evolution (3 hrs.) Bachelor of Science 264 Animal Behavior (3 hrs.) 264 Animal Behavior w/265 (4 hrs.) Area D. Additional Courses 190 Selected Topics (1-4 hrs.) Majors 200 Biomedical Ethics (2 hrs.) 290 Selected Topics (1-4 hrs.) 291 Directed Readings (1 hrs.) Biology major (B.A., 30 hrs.) 295 Independent Study (1-2 hrs.) Biology 50 ...... 4 hrs. Biology 60 ...... 4 hrs. Biology 8, 9, and 10 may not be taken by biology Biology 160 ...... 4 hrs. majors to fulfill biology degree requirements. Biology 170 ...... 4 hrs. Biology 298 or 299 ...... 2 hrs. An approved supporting area of 28 hours in the Biology electives...... 12 hrs. Natural Sciences Division is also required. This will 2 lab courses drawn from at least two areas (A, B, include Chemistry 51/51L, 120/120L, 121/121L, 122/122L; C); additional hours from any areas (A, B, C, D). Physics 101 or 111, 102 or 112; and Math 105 or 60. Competency in a modern language other than English is Biology 8, 9, and 10 may not be taken by biology strongly encouraged. majors to fulfill biology degree requirements.

An approved supporting area of 20 hours is also required, normally composed of courses from the Natural Sciences Division. BIOLOGY 71

Biochemistry and Molecular Courses Biology major (B.S., 62 hrs.) NatSc 30. Introduction to Environmental Biology 50 ...... 4 hrs. Science Biology 160 ...... 4 hrs. 4 hours Biology 170 ...... 4 hrs. An introduction to environmental science that provides Biology 283 ...... 4 hrs. an interconnected grounding in the natural sciences. Chemistry 51 and 51L ...... 4 hrs. Topics include energy, ecosystems, photosynthesis, biodi- Chemistry 120 and 120L ...... 4 hrs. versity, population dynamics, air pollution, water pollu- Chemistry 121 and 121L ...... 4 hrs. tion, radon/radioactivity, and hazardous waste. Chemistry 122 and 122L ...... 4 hrs. Laboratory activities, computer exercises, guest speak- Chemistry 221 and 225 ...... 4 hrs. ers, and multimedia presentations will also be a part of Chemistry 242 ...... 4 hrs. the course. When possible, the course will be team Biology 281 or Chemistry 255 ...... 3 hrs. taught by faculty from at least two of the three natural Biology 282 or Chemistry 258...... 1 hr. science departments: Biology, Chemistry and Physics. Chemistry 256 ...... 3 hrs. Three lectures per week. Chemistry 293...... 1 hr. One 3-hour lab per week. Biology 299 or Chemistry 295...... 1 hr. Physics 101 or 111 ...... 4 hrs. Physics 102 or 112 ...... 4 hrs. 1. Perspectives in Biological Science Mathematics 105...... 5 hrs. 4 hours Mathematics 106 is strongly recommended. Designed for non-science majors, this course will examine the principles of biology in an historical and cultural context and apply them to current problems and Biopsychology major philosophies. The course will investigate the formulation See Department of Psychology. of these ideas, their relationships, the evidence supporting them, and existing areas of uncertainty. Emphasis will be on how biological principles are related to the Minor interests and concerns of non-biologists. Three hours of lecture per week. One hour of discussion per week. Biology minor (19 hrs.) One 2-hour lab per week. Biology 50 ...... 4 hrs. Not open to biology majors. Biology 60 ...... 4 hrs. (Normally offered each semester.) Biology 160 ...... 4 hrs. Biology 170 ...... 4 hrs. 8. Microbiology Biology electives (upper level) ...... 3 hrs. 4 hours An introductory study of the classification, morphology, physiology, and pathogenicity of microorganisms. Three lectures per week. Other information One 3-hour lab per week. Students interested in medicine, dentistry, osteo- Not open to biology majors. pathic medicine, veterinary medicine, and allied health (Normally offered each spring semester.) professions should consult with the department chair for preprofessional requirements and a suggested program 9. Human Anatomy and Physiology of study. Preprofessional programs are available in 4 hours optometry, pharmacy, physical therapy, podiatry, and An introductory study of cellular physiology and histol- physician assistant. ogy, along with a comprehensive study of the skeletal, Students can also gain preparation for numerous muscular, and nervous systems. graduate school programs in ecology, animal behavior, Three lectures per week. evolutionary behavior, immunology, reproductive biolo- One 3-hour lab per week. gy, parasitology, botany, plant pathology, genetics, sys- Not open to biology majors. tematics, conservation biology, physiology, molecular (Normally offered each fall semester.) biology, and biotechnology. Students who wish to meet Nebraska certification regulations for secondary teaching of biology should consult the current handbook of the education department. 72 BIOLOGY

10. Human Anatomy and Physiology 200. An Introduction to Biomedical Ethics 4 hours 2 hours An introductory study of the circulatory, respiratory, An introduction to the ethical issues raised by modern digestive, urogenital, and endocrine systems, followed biological and medical research and clinical medicine. by a discussion of water, acid base and electrolyte bal- Case studies and readings will be used to present the fol- ance of the body. lowing ethical issues: environmental ethics; patients’ Three lectures per week. rights and physicians’ responsibilities; abortion, One 3-hour lab per week. euthanasia, and definitions of death; allocation of med- Not open to biology majors. ical resources; humans as experimental subjects; behav- (Normally offered each spring semester.) ioral technologies; genetic testing, screening, and manipulation; and reproductive technologies. Student 50. General Biology of Plants participation will involve class discussions and oral and 4 hours written presentations. An introductory course that emphasizes general biolog- One 2-hour lecture/discussion session per week. ical principles of biochemistry, cell biology, genetics, Prerequisites: Junior standing and at least 16 hours in physiology, ecology, reproduction, evolution, and a sur- biology coursework. vey of the diversity of plant life. Three lectures per week. 212. Physiological Psychology One 3-hour lab per week. See Psychology 212. (Normally offered each semester.) 213. Laboratory in Physiological Psychology 60. General Biology of Animals See Psychology 213. 4 hours An introductory course that emphasizes general biolog- 218. Plant Taxonomy ical principles of population genetics and evolution, 4 hours development, ecology, morphology, physiology, and the A study of the identification, nomenclature, and classifi- diversity of animal life. Students will complete written cation of plants with emphasis on vascular plants. work including lab reports and scientific journal sum- Three lectures per week. maries. One 3-hour lab per week. Three lectures per week. Prerequisites: Biology 160 and 170 or permission of the One 3-hour lab per week. instructor. (Normally offered each semester.) 219. Histology 160. Cell Biology 4 hours 4 hours A study of the microscopic anatomy and functions of the A course dealing with prokaryotic and eukaryotic cell mammalian tissues and organs with modern concepts of structure and function emphasizing ultrastructure histophysiology and histogenesis. research, macromolecular synthesis, cell movement, and Three lectures per week. cell division. One 3-hour lab per week. Three lectures per week. Prerequisites: Biology 160 and 170. One 3-hour lab per week. (Normally offered each spring semester.) Prerequisites: Biology 50, 60 and Chemistry 51 and 120. (Normally offered each fall semester.) 221. Ecology 4 hours 170. Genetics A study of the reciprocal relationships of living organ- 4 hours isms and their environments with respect to individuals, A study of the principles and mechanisms of inheritance populations, and communities. and variation, including an introduction to molecular Three lectures per week. and evolutionary genetics. One 3-hour lab per week, including field and green- Three lectures per week. house work. One 3-hour lab per week. Prerequisites: Biology 160 and 170 or permission of the Prerequisites: Biology 160 and Chemistry 120. instructor. (Normally offered each spring semester.) (Normally offered each fall semester.)

190. Selected Topics 1, 2, 3, or 4 hours A course designed to treat subject matter not covered in other departmental courses or to provide advanced study of subject matter introduced in other courses. The title, content, and credit hours will be determined by current mutual interests of faculty and students. Prerequisite: To be determined. BIOLOGY 73

222. Parasitology 250. Conservation Biology 4 hours 4 hours A study of the morphology, taxonomy, and life histories A course devoted to exploring issues related to biologi- of the parasitic forms in the animal kingdom and of the cal diversity, including how biodiversity is measured, diseases caused by them. Special attention is given to where it is found, its value, threats to it, and measures parasites of humans. taken at the population and species level to conserve it. Three lectures per week. The course includes examining links between conserva- One 3-hour lab per week. tion and economics, law, and the social sciences. Case Prerequisites: Biology 160 and 170. studies and discussions of local and global topics will encourage students to understand the varied threats to 225. Plant Form and Function global biodiversity and the principles necessary to over- 4 hours come them. A study of the development, anatomy, and functionality Three lectures/discussions per week. of plant tissues, systems, and organs in representative One 3-hour lab per week. members of the plant kingdom. Prerequisites: Biology 50 or 60 and sophomore standing. Three lectures per week. (Normally offered alternate springs.) One 3-hour lab per week. Prerequisites: Biology 160 and 170. 261. Evolution 3 hours 228. Methods in Teaching Science in An introduction to the principles and mechanisms of Middle and Secondary Schools evolution. Three lectures per week. 3 hours Prerequisites: Biology 160 and 170. See Education 228. (Normally offered each spring semester.) 244. Developmental Biology 4 hours 262. Human and Comparative Physiology 4 hours The study of the entire sequence of developmental A comprehensive study of the functions of the animal changes and processes in animals from fertilization to body with emphasis on fundamental physiological death. The course will emphasize the principles and processes and the experimental approach. major mechanisms regulating morphogenesis and cellu- Three lectures per week. lar differentiation, particularly during embryonic devel- One 3-hour lab per week. opment. In addition, methods used to study embryonic Prerequisites: Biology 160 and 170. development will be explored. The laboratory intro- Recommended: Mathematics 50 and Physics 101 or 111. duces students to techniques and procedures for observ- (Normally offered each spring semester.) ing and manipulating animal embryos. Three lectures per week. One 3-hour lab per week. 264. Animal Behavior Prerequisites: Biology 160 and 170. 3 hours The study of animal behavior from both the ethological 246. Human and Comparative Anatomy and behavioral ecological perspectives. Broad topic areas include behavioral mechanisms, genetics of behav- 4 hours ior, behavioral evolution, and behavioral adaptation. A course dealing with the development and the struc- Concurrent enrollment in Biology 265 is encouraged. ture of various systems of vertebrates. Detailed dissec- Three lectures per week. tion of the dogfish shark, the necturus, and the cat. Prerequisites: Biology 60 and minimum of sophomore Three lectures per week. standing. Two 2-hour labs per week. Prerequisites: Biology 160 and 170. (Normally offered each fall semester.) 265. Laboratory in Animal Behavior 1 hour An introduction to hands-on behavioral experiments and the methodology for studying animal behavior in the field and in the laboratory. One 3-hour lab per week. Prerequisites: Biology 60 and minimum of sophomore standing. 74 BIOLOGY

269. Microbiology 283. Molecular Biology 4 hours 4 hours A study of the classification, morphology, and physiolo- A study of the systems, mechanisms, and methods of gy of microorganisms with special emphasis on bacteria molecular biology with a particular emphasis on the and viruses. analyses of the genetic material—mutagenesis, replica- Three lectures per week. tion, regulation, transcription, and translation—and its One 3-hour lab per week. protein products and their biological function. Prerequisites: Biology 160 and 170 and Chemistry 122. Recombinant DNA and genetic engineering will be a (Normally offered each fall semester.) major focus in the laboratory. Three lectures per week. 270. Pathophysiology One 3-hour lab per week. 3 hours Prerequisites: Biology 160, 170 and Chemistry 122. A survey of the mechanisms of diseases and fundamental disease processes of each organ system. Special topics 290. Selected Topics related to the study of diseases will be assigned. 1, 2, 3, or 4 hours Prerequisites: Biology 9 and 10, or 246 and 262, or per- A course designed to treat subject matter not covered in mission of the instructor. other departmental courses or to provide advanced (Normally offered each fall semester.) study of subject matter introduced in other courses. The title, content, and credit hours will be determined by 275. Immunology current mutual interests of faculty and students. 3 hours Prerequisites: Biology 160 and 170; additional require- A study of the humoral and cell mediated immune ments may be determined by the instructor. response. Topics will include antigen-antibody reactions, immune tolerance, the complement system, immediate 291. Directed Readings and delayed hypersensitivity, and immunopathic 1 hour disorders. An opportunity for students, under the supervision of a Prerequisite: Biology 160. faculty member, to pursue scientific literature not cov- Prerequisite or corequisite: Biology 170. ered in other coursework. This offering is highly recom- (Normally offered each spring semester.) mended for students who anticipate taking Biology 295, Independent Study. 276. Laboratory in Immunology Prerequisites: Major or minor in biology and permission 1 hour of a faculty member in the Department of Biology. An introduction to immunological procedures. (Normally offered each spring semester.) One three-hour lab per week. Prerequisite: Biology 160. 295. Independent Study Prerequisite or corequisite: Biology 170 and 275 are rec- 1 or 2 hours ommended but not required. Individual laboratory projects for qualified biology (Normally offered each spring semester.) majors. Independent study may not duplicate courses described in the catalog. 281. Biochemistry Prerequisite: Approval of the department chair. 3 hours A general introduction to the field of biochemistry 297. Biology Practicum involving a study of the chemistry of carbohydrates, 1, 2, or 3 hours lipids, nucleic acids, and proteins with attention given to A supervised field experience enabling observation and metabolism, energetics, enzymology, role of cofactors, participation in a clinical or research setting relating to and biochemical control mechanisms. biology. Submission of a journal and/or written paper Three lectures per week. would follow at least 30 hours of field experience. Prerequisites: Biology 160, 170 and Chemistry 122. P/F only. (Normally offered each fall semester.) Prerequisites: Major or minor in biology, approval of the department chair, and approval of the coordinating clin- 282. Biochemistry Laboratory ic or laboratory. 1 hour An introduction to modern biochemical techniques. 298. Senior Thesis Students will be exposed to spectrophotometry, chro- 1 or 2 hours matography, electrophoresis, and protein and nucleic Individual library thesis projects for biology majors to acid purification. meet senior comprehensive requirement. A research One 3-hour lab per week. report in scientific format and a formal presentation of Prerequisite or corequisite: Biology 281. the thesis is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chair. BIOLOGY 75

299. Senior Research 1 or 2 hours Individual laboratory or field research projects for qualified biology majors to meet senior comprehensive requirement. A research report in scientific format and a formal presentation of the research is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chair.

Biology Major (B.S.) Biology Major (B.A.) Sample Course Schedules Sample Course Schedules

First Year First Year Fall Semester Fall Semester BIO 50: Biology of Plants or BIO 50: Biology of Plants or BIO 60: Biology of Animals ...... 4 hrs. BIO 60: Biology of Animals ...... 4 hrs. CHEM 51: Chemical Principles ...... 3 hrs. •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar ...... 3 hrs. CHEM 51L: Chemical Principles Lab...... 1 hr. •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar ...... 3 hrs. General Education or Supporting •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech ...... 3 hrs. Requirements ...... 3-4 hrs. 14 hrs. 13-14 hrs.

Spring Semester Spring Semester BIO 50: Biology of Plants or BIO 50: Biology of Plants or BIO 60: Biology of Animals ...... 4 hrs. BIO 60: Biology of Animals ...... 4 hrs. CHEM 120: Organic Chemistry I ...... 3 hrs. •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech ...... 3 hrs. CHEM 120L: Organic Chemistry Lab...... 1 hr. General Education or MATH 60 : Calculus for Management, Supporting Requirements ...... 3-4 hrs. Biological, and Social Sciences or General Education or Electives ...... 3-4 hrs. MATH 105: Calculus I ...... 4-5 hrs. 13-15 hrs. •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. 15-16 hrs. Second Year Consult with an advisor in the Department of Biology. Second Year Fall Semester Two degrees are offered in biology (B.S. and B.A.). BIO 160: Cell Biology ...... 4 hrs. The B.S. is more stringent in biology and supporting field CHEM 121: Organic Chemistry II ...... 3 hrs. requirements than the B.A. Both degrees prepare stu- CHEM 121L: Organic Chemistry II Lab...... 1 hr. dents for a variety of health career fields (including chi- •HHP 15: Health and Wellness...... 2 hrs. ropractic medicine, dentistry, medicine, optometry, General Education or osteopathic medicine, podiatric medicine, pharmacy, Area Requirements ...... 6-8 hrs. physical therapy, physician assistant, and veterinary 16-18 hrs. medicine) as well as non-health careers and graduate studies in ecology, animal behavior, evolutionary biolo- Spring Semester gy, immunology, reproductive biology, parasitology, BIO 170: Genetics ...... 4 hrs. botany, plant pathology, genetics, systematics, conserva- CHEM 122: Inorganic and Analytical tion biology, physiology, molecular biology, and biotech- Chemistry ...... 3 hrs. nology. CHEM 122L: Inorganic and Analytical Chemistry Lab...... 1 hr. Second year biology courses have prerequisites of •Masterpieces of Literature ...... 3 hrs. BIO 50, BIO 60, CHEM 51, and CHEM 120. Normally, stu- General Education or dents are encouraged to complete both biology and Area Requirements ...... 5-6 hrs. chemistry courses for the first year. If this is not followed, 16-17 hrs. B.S. degree completion will require summer school and/or a fifth year of college

NOTE: The Nebraska State Board of Public Accountancy Degrees requires 150 hours to be eligible to sit for the CPA exam. Business Administration 212, Business Law II, is recom- Bachelor of Arts mended for students who wish to take the CPA exam. Bachelor of Science Business Administration major The business administration program in the College (B.A. or B.S., 39 hrs.) of Liberal Arts and Sciences is nationally accredited by Accounting 31 and 32...... 6 hrs. the Association of Collegiate Business Schools and Economics 53 and 54 ...... 6 hrs. Programs for the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Business Administration 100 ...... 3 hrs. Science degrees with a major in Business Administration. Business Administration 109 ...... 0 hrs. Business Administration 110 ...... 3 hrs. (A Bachelor of Business Administration is offered Business Administration 115 ...... 3 hrs. through Wesleyan Advantage in University College. See Business Administration 200 ...... 3 hrs. page 87.) Business Administration 201 ...... 3 hrs. Business Administration 204 ...... 3 hrs. Business Administration 211 ...... 3 hrs. Business Administration 249 ...... 3 hrs. *Business Administration 297 or 248 ...... 3 hrs. *A senior comprehensive from the student’s second major may be substituted with permission of the department chair. BUSINESS, ACCOUNTING AND ECONOMICS 77

Business administration majors must also complete a Business and Economic Statistics (3 hrs.) department-approved mathematics course. A department-approved supporting program with a Business Administration 115: minimum of 12 hours outside the department is Principles of Marketing (3 hrs.) required. Business Administration 204: Financial Management (3 hrs.) Business Administration 205: International Finance (3 hrs.) Economics major (B.A. or B.S., Business Administration 228: 39 hrs.) International Marketing (3 hrs.) Economics 53 and 54 ...... 6 hrs. Economics 257: International Trade (3 hrs.) Accounting 31 and 32...... 6 hrs. Business Administration 109 ...... 0 hrs. II. International Perspectives...... 15-20 hrs. Business Administration 201 ...... 3 hrs. Economics 102 or Students choose between Option A and B: Business Administration 204 ...... 3 hrs. Economics 110 ...... 3 hrs. Option A: Global Perspectives–Regional and General Economics 155 and 156 ...... 6 hrs. Focus (15 hrs.) Economics 257 ...... 3 hrs. Students complete three courses with a Economics 261, 295 or 297...... 3 hrs. Regional/Cultural focus (9 hrs.): Select two additional courses from 200-level •All courses that fulfill General Education economics courses or one 200-level “Preparing for Global Citizenship” requirement economics course and Business C2 (Understanding Another Culture) may also Administration 204 ...... 6 hrs. be used to fulfill the Regional/Cultural section of the International Business major. In addition, Economics majors must also complete an approved students may choose from the following cours- mathematics course. es. A department-approved supporting program with a History 142 Modern Japan minimum of 12 hours outside the department is Political Science 160 South Asian Politics and required. Society Political Science 161 Politics of Europe Political Science 162 Russian Politics and Business-Psychology major Society See Department of Psychology. •Other relevant courses may be substituted with the approval of the chairs of the Departments of Business Administration, Accounting and Economics, and Modern Languages. With prior Business-Sociology major approval, students may also transfer courses See Department of Sociology-Anthropology-Social into this section from approved study abroad Work. programs.

Students complete two courses from General Information Systems major Perspectives (6 hrs.): See Department of Mathematics and Computer Science. •All courses that fulfill General Education “Preparing for Global Citizenship” requirement C3 (Global Community) may also be used to fulfill the General Perspectives section of the International Business major International Business major. In addition, stu- (B.A., 66-76 hrs.) dents may choose from the following courses. The International Business major consists of three Art History 101 Masterpieces of World Art sections. A minor or major in a modern foreign lan- Political Science 9 Introduction to guage is also required. International Relations Political Science 20 Introduction to I. International Business courses...... 33 hrs. Comparative Politics Accounting 31 and 32: •Other relevant courses may be substituted with Principles of Accounting I and II (6 hrs.) the approval of the chairs of the Departments of Economics 53 and 54: Business Administration, Accounting and Macro and Microeconomic Principles (6 hrs.) Economics, and Modern Languages. With prior Business Administration 100: approval, students may also transfer courses Principles of Management (3 hrs.) into this section from approved study abroad Business Administration 109: programs. Spreadsheet Applications (0 hrs.) Business Administration 110: Note: A single course cannot be used to meet a requirement in more than one section of the major. 78 BUSINESS, ACCOUNTING AND ECONOMICS

Option B: Second Modern Language (17-20 hrs.) International Trade minor Students must complete through the 201 level in French, German, Spanish (17 hrs.), or Japanese 102 (20 hrs.). (21 hrs.) Economics 53 and 54 ...... 6 hrs. Economics 155 and 156 ...... 6 hrs. III. Senior Internship...... 3 hrs. Economics 102 or Business Administration 297 Business Administration 204 ...... 3 hrs. Economics 257 ...... 3 hrs. • The senior internship must be approved by the stu- Economics 253, 258, 272 or Business dent’s advisor and the coordinator for internships Administration 205 ...... 3 hrs. in the Department of Business Administration, Accounting and Economics. It is the responsibility of the student to seek out an appropriate internship. This internship may be completed as part of Courses in Accounting an approved study abroad experience. 31. Principles of Accounting I • Mathematics, as required for the business adminis- 3 hours tration major, is strongly recommended. This is This is an introduction to the basic accounting model especially important for those students who plan and the framework for developing financial statements. to pursue graduate studies in this field. The major focus is on the study of generally accepted accounting principles as they apply to the measurement Sport Management major of income and the presentation of a firm’s financial posi- See Department of Health and Human Performance. tion. (Normally offered each semester.) Minors 32. Principles of Accounting II 3 hours The role of accounting in the formation and capitaliza- Accounting minor (18 hrs.) tion of corporations is studied. Other topics include cash Accounting 31 and 32 ...... 6 hrs. flow, analysis and interpretation of financial statements, Accounting 111 ...... 3 hrs. and basic managerial accounting. Accounting 128 ...... 3 hrs. Prerequisite: Accounting 31. Two elective courses from the (Normally offered each semester.) following, one of which must be at the 200-level (Accounting 112, 144, 111. Intermediate Accounting I 230, 240, 241, 242, 243)...... 6 hrs. 3 hours A study of accounting theory and procedure and the preparation of financial statements for corporations. Business Administration minor Subjects include present value concepts and the meas- (18 hrs.) urement, recording, and presentation of cash receiv- Accounting 31 ...... 3 hrs. ables, inventory, income, fixed assets, and intangible Economics 53 ...... 3 hrs. asset transactions. Four business administration courses, Prerequisite: Accounting 32 or permission of the instruc- one of which must be at the tor. 200-level...... 12 hrs. (Normally offered each fall semester.)

112. Intermediate Accounting II 3 hours Economics minor (18 hrs.) A continuation of Accounting 111 that includes a study Economics 53 and 54 ...... 6 hrs. of long-term liabilities, stockholders’ equity transac- Economics 155 or 156 ...... 3 hrs. tions, and preparation of the cash flow statement. Three additional economics courses, one Prerequisite: Accounting 111. of which must be at the 200-level...... 9 hrs. (Normally offered each spring semester.)

128. Cost Accounting 3 hours A study of methods used in allocating costs and expenses to operations. The course involves the comparison of cost data with predetermined budgets and standards. Prerequisite: Accounting 32 or permission of the instructor. (Normally offered each fall semester.) BUSINESS, ACCOUNTING AND ECONOMICS 79

144. Accounting Information Systems 243. Advanced Accounting 3 hours 3 hours Focuses on the collecting, processing, and communicat- Students learn accounting issues related to corporate ing financial information in an organization. An entity’s expansion and prepare for consolidated entities. processing cycles are studied. Students receive hands-on International accounting standards, foreign currency, experience with manual and computerized accounting and partnerships are also studied. Additionally, at least applications, including spreadsheets. 25% of the course focuses on accounting for govern- Prerequisites: Accounting 31, 32, and Business ment and not-for-profit organizations. Administration 109 or Computer Science 10 or equiva- Prerequisite: Accounting 112. lent. (Normally offered each fall semester.) (Normally offered each spring semester.) 297. Accounting Internship 230. Managerial Accounting 3 hours 3 hours Each student must work with the department intern This course studies advanced topics in providing and uti- coordinator to obtain an accounting-related internship lizing accounting information in the planning and con- related to the specific area of emphasis or interest of the trolling of business operations, in costing products or student. This course presents each student the opportu- services, and in providing quality to customers. Students nity for work-related application of accounting. also study how this information is utilized to create P/F only. value through improved decision-making from decisions Prerequisites: Second semester junior or senior standing regarding inventory to profitablity analysis to long-term and permission of the department coordinator. capital investments. This course also studies the use of (Normally offered each semester.) financial information, as well as non-financial information, to evaluate business performance, strategy, and implementation. Prerequisite: Accounting 128 or permission of the Courses in Business instructor. Administration (Normally offered each spring semester.) 100. Principles of Management 240. Individual Federal Tax Accounting 3 hours 3 hours Students examine the process of achieving organization- An introduction to Federal Income Tax laws through the al goals by working with people and other organization- study of the tax law, regulations, and procedures that al resources. Students explore the history of manage- apply to individual taxpayers. This course provides a ment and the environment in which managers operate. basic understanding of the Federal Income Tax code and Classroom discussion focuses on the basic managerial of tax compliance as it relates to individual taxpayers. functions of planning, organizing, leading, and control- Prerequisite: Accounting 32 or permission of the instruc- ling. tor. (Normally offered each semester.) (Normally offered each fall semester.) 109. Spreadsheet Applications 241. Corporate Federal Tax Accounting 0 hours 3 hours This course is an introduction to spreadsheet applica- A study of the tax law, regulations and procedures that tions for business, economics, and accounting. Emphasis apply to corporations and partnerships. This course also will be placed on spreadsheet basics such as creating, studies more advanced topics in individual and corpo- organizing, and linking worksheets; editing and format- rate Federal tax law. ting cells; entering data; creating simple formulas; using Prerequisite: Accounting 240. simple functions (e.g., average, sum, fill, etc.); and, with (Normally offered each spring semester.) the Excel Chart Wizard, creating basic graphs. Students will gain a fundamental understanding of spreadsheets 242. Auditing and their functionality as preparation for business, eco- 3 hours nomics, and accounting courses. This course provides an overview of the auditing profes- P/F only. sion and studies the various types of audit reports. Ethics Prerequisite: Departmental major or minor. and professionalism are discussed in the framework of (Normally offered each semester.) the Code of Professional Conduct for Certified Public Accountants. Concepts such as materiality, audit risk, and evidence are visited, as well as audit planning, inter- nal control, and workpaper documentation. The concept of audit sampling is introduced. Auditing applications to the various business cycles and financial statement accounts are explored. Prerequisite: Senior standing or permission of the instructor. (Normally offered each spring semester.) 80 BUSINESS, ACCOUNTING AND ECONOMICS

110. Business and Economic Statistics 204. Financial Management 3 hours 3 hours An introduction to descriptive and inferential statistics. Students are introduced to financial management of Topics include gathering, organizing, interpreting, and proprietorships, partnerships, and corporations. presenting data with emphasis on hypothesis testing as Concepts of risk and return, time value of money, and a method for decision making in the fields of business stock and bond valuation are analyzed from a quantita- and economics. Procedures examined include z-tests, t- tive approach and applied throughout the course. tests, ANOVAs, correlation, and simple regression. Additional topics covered are the cost of capital as relat- Prerequisite: Demonstrated proficiency in high school ed to discounted cash flow, capital budgeting, and algebra or permission of the instructor. strategic financing decisions. A project consisting of sev- Prerequisite or corerequisite: Business Administration eral spreadsheet applications will be utilized in order to 109. expose students to their potential for financial analysis. (Normally offered each semester.) Topics covered include: basic financial statements, financial ratio analysis, time value of money, valuation and 115. Principles of Marketing rates of return, the cost of capital, and capital budget- 3 hours ing. Students examine the role of marketing in society with Prerequisites: Economics 53, Accounting 32, junior stand- an introduction to the fundamentals of strategic mar- ing, and Math 10 or higher, or permission of the instruc- keting planning and the development of the marketing tor. mix. Topics include buyer behavior, market segmenta- (Normally offered each semester.) tion, distribution, pricing policies, communication strategies, and product development. 205. International Finance (Normally offered each semester.) 3 hours This course covers the basic concepts and practices used 190. Selected Topics in the field of international finance including differences 3 hours in both customs and operating procedures between the A topical course designed to investigate any relevant United States and its trading partners. The focus will be subject matter not included in any of the standard cours- on the international monetary system and emphasis on es. The title and content will be determined by current the role of international finance in multinational corpo- mutual interests of students and faculty. This course may rations, financing foreign operations, foreign invest- be offered to meet a requirement for a major only by ment analysis, country risk analysis, government curren- approval of the department chair. cy controls, exchange rates, and arbitrage. Prerequisites: Economics 53 and 54. 200. Business Communication (Normally offered each spring semester.) 3 hours This course will review the basics of effective oral and 206. Investments written communication and apply these basics to busi- 3 hours ness writing and presentations. A variety of individual Students are provided with a background in invest- and collaborative projects, including memos, letters, and ments, including the types of securities available to reports, will emphasize the process of drafting, revising, investors today in the money and capital markets and and editing business communications. the security markets where they are traded. Fixed- Prerequisites: Second semester sophomore or junior income and equity securities are analyzed from a quan- standing and departmental major or minor. titative perspective. Additional topics include various (Normally offered each semester.) approaches to common stock analysis and open and closed-end investment companies. 201. Quantitative Methods Prerequisite: Business Administration 204 or permission of the instructor. 3 hours (Normally offered each fall semester.) This course will review modern quantitative methods used in decision making. The intent is to expose the student to various modeling techniques and the opportuni- 208. Bank Management ty to apply these models in a variety of projects. Topics 3 hours include linear programming, regression analysis, goal Students will examine bank management from a practi- programming, and simulation models. cal perspective. This includes the organization of the Prerequisites: Business Administration 110, Mathematics banking system, the evolution of bank regulations, and 10 or higher, and a working knowledge of spreadsheets. the perspectives of bankers and regulators toward these (Normally offered each semester.) rules. Trends in banking and its competition and liquidi- ty, loan, and investment management will also be studied. Students will discover the unique challenges confronting managers of commercial banks as they operate within various competitive markets. Prerequisite: Business Administration 204. (Normally offered each fall semester.) BUSINESS, ACCOUNTING AND ECONOMICS 81

210. Advanced Financial Seminar 226. Marketing Management 3 hours 3 hours A three-part seminar dealing with corporate finance, This course is taught from the leader’s decision-making investments, and bank management. This course is con- perspective with an emphasis on the marketing manag- sidered to be the final course prior to job entry for a stu- er’s role in the development and analysis of goal-orient- dent who wishes to pursue a career in finance. ed marketing strategies. Students explore how market- Prerequisite: Business Administration 204 or permission ing decisions impact the overall development including of the instructor. market research, promotion, pricing, distribution, and (Normally offered each spring semester.) competitive strategies. Prerequisite: Business Administration 115. 211. Business Law I (Normally offered each fall semester.) 3 hours A study of the general principles of law as they apply to 227. Consumer Behavior daily transactions and a consideration of such subjects as 3 hours contracts, bailments, negotiable instruments, and per- Application of behavioral science theories, concepts, sonal and real property. This is the required course for methods, and research findings to the understanding both Business Administration and Accounting majors. and prediction of consumer behavior as the basis for Prerequisite: Junior standing or permission of the decision making by marketing managers. Designed to instructor. provide additional insight into sociological, psychologi- (Normally offered each semester.) cal, and environmental factors affecting the consumer decision process and their importance to marketing 212. Business Law II strategies. 3 hours Prerequisite: Business Administration 115. A survey of legal principles applicable to the business (Normally offered each spring semester.) entity, with emphasis upon corporate bankruptcy and reorganization. Specifically designed to meet the needs 228. International Marketing of accounting students, prelaw students, and students 3 hours who plan to attend graduate school. This course does This course provides an investigation of the opportuni- not fulfill the Business Law requirement for Business ties and challenges facing American companies seeking Administration majors. to expand their markets across international boundaries. Prerequisite: Junior standing or permission of the Analysis includes a study of international marketing bar- instructor. riers, cultural patterns, adapting the product line to (Normally offered each spring semester.) international markets, selections of channels of distribution, pricing strategies, and international communica- 215. Production and Operations Management tion strategies. 3 hours Prerequisite: Business Administration 115. In this course students examine the organization’s pro- (Normally offered each fall semester.) duction function – planning and controlling the transformation of resources into goods and services. Using 229. Promotional Strategy both a strategic and an operational perspective, this 3 hours course includes discussions and applications in both the Focuses on developing the appropriate mix of promo- manufacturing and service sectors. Topics include fore- tional tools used in marketing communications, includ- casting, production processing, resource allocation, criti- ing advertising, sales promotions, public relations, spon- cal path analysis, inventory control techniques, and total sorship, point of purchase, and personal selling. quality management. Examines the relationship of promotional strategies to Prerequisites: Business Administration 100 and 110 (or the communication process. Students develop an inte- equivalent). grated marketing communications plan for an area business. 225. Organizational Behavior Prerequisite: Business Administration 115. 3 hours (Normally offered each spring semester.) This course provides a conceptual framework for understanding behavior within the organization. Students 231. Human Resource Management explore behavior at the individual, group, and organiza- 3 hours tional levels. Units of analysis include personality, leader- An in-depth study of current policies and problems in ship, conflict, motivation, power, and politics. human resource management. Subjects include human Prerequisite: Business Administration 100. resource planning, recruiting, selection, training, man- (Normally offered each fall semester.) agement development, compensation, discipline, labor relations, equal employment opportunity laws/regulations, and human resource management policies. Prerequisite: Junior standing or permission of the instructor. (Normally offered each semester.) 82 BUSINESS, ACCOUNTING AND ECONOMICS

235. Advanced Human Resource Management This course integrates all prior accounting, business, and 3 hours economics courses as final preparation for the student’s Labor legislation, labor trends, and many controversial entry into the business world or graduate studies. Case and contemporary human resource management prob- studies and computer simulations are utilized to enable lems are explored. The course is taught by case method students to gain an understanding of business opera- along with lecture and general discussion of selected tions and the application of business principles. topics related to current personnel problems and trends. Prerequisites: Senior standing Business Administration, The cases used are designed to demonstrate the stu- Accounting, or Economics majors, and Accounting 31, dent’s ability to apply sound human resource manage- 32, Economics 53, 54, and Business Administration 100, ment concepts and principles in arriving at effective and 109, and 115, or permission of the instructor. workable solutions to complex contemporary problems. (Normally offered each semester.) Prerequisite: Business Administration 231. (Normally offered each fall semester.) 290. Selected Topics 3 hours 239. Business Ethics A topical course designed to investigate relevant subject 3 hours matter not included in any of the standard courses. The This course investigates ethical issues and moral dilem- title and content will be determined by current mutual mas found in the modern business arena. The conflict interests of students and faculty. This course may be between an organization’s economic performance and offered to meet a requirement for a major only by its social obligations are studied. Various economic the- approval of the department chair. ories, legal regulations and philosophic doctrines are discussed. Contemporary Western moral philosophy, his- 295. Independent Study toric and contemporary Christian ethics, and social theo- 1, 2, or 3 hours ry provide a context for the course. Case studies are inte- This is a research course. The student initially meets with grated throughout the semester. the department chair to select a study topic and review (Normally offered each spring semester.) research methods. At this time the student will be assigned a faculty resource person to guide his or her 247. Collective Bargaining work and assist in an advisory capacity. A copy of the stu- 3 hours dent’s work is filed in the archives of the department. This course presents collective bargaining as an agree- Independent study may not duplicate courses described ment making, an agreement administering, and an in the catalog. agreement enforcing action between labor and man- Prerequisite: Senior standing or permission of the agement. Collective bargaining principles are analyzed department chair. through lectures, class discussion, and guest speakers. Application of these principles is provided during the 297. Business Internship last portion of the semester through the actual bargain- 3 hours ing of a labor contract. Each student must work with the department intern Prerequisites: Business Administration 231 and junior coordinator to obtain a business-related internship relat- standing or permission of the instructor. ed to the specific area of emphasis or interest of the stu- (Normally offered each spring semester.) dent. This course presents each student the opportunity for work-related application of business interest. 248. Small Business Management P/F only. 3 hours Prerequisites: Second semester junior or senior standing Students use multidisciplinary business skills to identify, and permission of the department internship analyze, and execute practical management solutions to coordinator. the various problems and opportunities of a small busi- (Normally offered each semester.) ness enterprise. The major project is preparation of an actual business plan. Lectures, cases, and guest speakers from the community help provide students a clearer understanding of the link between theoretical studies and the practical world of business. Prerequisites: Accounting 31, Business Administration 100 and 115, and junior standing or permission of the instructor. (Normally offered each spring semester.)

249. Strategic Management 3 hours BUSINESS, ACCOUNTING AND ECONOMICS 83

190. Selected Topics Courses in Economics 3 hours 53. Macroeconomic Principles A topical course designed to investigate any relevant 3 hours subject matter not included in any of the standard cours- An examination of the macroeconomic theories, prob- es. The title and content will be determined by current lems, and policies of the U.S. economy. Topics include mutual interests of students and faculty. This course may supply and demand, a description of the main sectors of be offered to meet a requirement for a major only by the economy, and the role of government in stabilizing approval of the department chair. the economy with monetary and fiscal policies. (Normally offered each semester.) 209. Public Finance 3 hours 54. Microeconomic Principles A study of local, state, and national revenues and expen- 3 hours ditures in the U.S. economy and their subsequent effects An examination of the microeconomic theories, prob- upon the economy, with emphasis on public policy and lems, and policies of the U.S. economy. Topics include the current issues such as Medicare and Social Security. theory of the firm, market structures, and current eco- Prerequisites: Economics 53 and 54. nomic issues such as income distribution, antitrust policy, (Normally offered alternate spring semesters.) poverty, the farm problem, and international trade. Prerequisite: Economics 53 strongly recommended. 215. Environmental Economics (Normally offered each semester.) 3 hours This course allows students to investigate resource scarci- 102. Money and Banking ty, the energy problem, and alternatives for the future. 3 hours Emphasis is placed on benefits and costs of environmen- A study of the nature and function of money, monetary tal preservation and the contribution that the econom- theory and policy, and financial institutions; and a survey ics discipline makes toward the solution of environmen- of the historical developments that have affected the tal problems. Selected current problems are integrated U.S. monetary system. throughout the course. Prerequisite: Economics 53. Prerequisite: Economics 54 or permission of the instructor. 110. Business and Economic Statistics 3 hours 251. Labor Economics An introduction to descriptive and inferential statistics. 3 hours Topics include the gathering, organizing, interpreting, An analysis of labor theory and the labor force including and presenting of data with emphasis on hypothesis an examination of occupational wage differentials, testing as a method for decision making in the fields of women in the labor force, investment in human capital, business and economics. Procedures examined include z- racial discrimination in employment, and the impact of tests, t-tests, ANOVAs, correlation, and simple regres- labor unions. sion. Prerequisite: Economics 54 or permission of the instruc- Prerequisite: Demonstrated proficiency in high school tor. algebra or permission of the instructor. (Planned for fall 2006.) Prerequisite or corerequisite: Business Administration 109. 253. Comparative and Transitional (Normally offered each semester.) Economic Systems 3 hours 155. Microeconomic Theory A critical analysis of the various real and theoretical eco- 3 hours nomic systems of capitalism and socialism. Specific coun- A study of the mechanisms by which resources are allo- tries’ systems are examined within a contemporary cated in a market economy, the effects of imperfect framework. competition upon resource allocation, and the pricing Prerequisites: Economics 53 and junior standing, or per- and employment of inputs. mission of the instructor. Prerequisite: Economics 54. (Normally offered each fall semester.) 255. Industrial Organization 3 hours 156. Macroeconomic Theory A study of the structure, conduct, and performance of 3 hours U.S. industry. Emphasis is placed on the relationship A study of the concepts and measurement of national between the elements of market structure and their income, including an analysis of the forces determining effect on both the conduct and performance of the the level of national income and employment, the price modern corporation. The evolution of public policy in level, and the rate of economic growth. relationship with the corporation is emphasized, partic- Prerequisite: Economics 53. ularly in the form of antitrust laws. (Normally offered each spring semester.) Prerequisites: Economics 54 and junior standing or permission of the instructor. 84 BUSINESS, ACCOUNTING AND ECONOMICS

257. International Trade 1, 2, or 3 hours 3 hours This is a research course. The student initially meets with A study of the theory of international trade, commercial the department chair to select a study topic and review policy, international monetary affairs, and institutions research methods. At this time the student will be for international economic stability and development. assigned a faculty resource person to guide his or her Prerequisites: Economics 54 and junior standing or per- work and assist in an advisory capacity. A copy of the stu- mission of the instructor. dent’s work is filed in the archives of the department. (Planned for spring 2007.) Independent study may not duplicate courses described in the catalog. 258. Economic Development Prerequisite: Senior standing or permission of the 3 hours department chair. This is a seminar on the problems of less developed countries, using primarily Latin American examples to 297. Economics Internship gain insight into reasons why poverty persists alongside 3 hours spectacular affluence. Topics will include the role of Each student must work with the department intern transnational corporations, foreign aid, and various pro- coordinator to obtain an economics-related internship. posals and theories to promote change and develop- This course gives opportunity for practical application of ment, using an interdisciplinary approach. theoretical principles learned in the classroom. Prerequisites: Economics 53 and junior standing or per- P/F only. mission of the instructor. Prerequisite: Senior standing or permission of the internship coordinator. 261. Economic Viewpoints (Normally offered each semester.) 3 hours An analysis of the various economic philosophies that have arisen from Western European and North American experiences. The senior comprehensive requirement may be met in this course by completion of a thesis satisfying departmental guidelines. Prerequisite: Economics 54 or permission of the instructor. (Planned for spring 2006.)

272. Contemporary Economic Problems of the World 3 hours A course in which selected current topics are studied in depth. The topics could range from local to international economic problems. Extensive use of selected resource materials is required. Prerequisite: Economics 54 or permission of the instructor.

290. Selected Topics 3 hours A topical course designed to investigate relevant subject matter not included in any of the standard courses. The title and content will be determined by current mutual interests of students and faculty. This course may be offered to meet a requirement for a major only by approval of the department chair.

295. Independent Study BUSINESS, ACCOUNTING AND ECONOMICS 85

Accounting Major Business Administration Sample Course Schedules Major Sample Course Schedules First Year Fall Semester First Year ACCT 31: Principles of Accounting I ...... 3 hrs. Fall Semester •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar ...... 3 hrs. ACCT 31: Principles of Accounting I ...... 3 hrs. •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech ...... 3 hrs. •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar ...... 3 hrs. General Education or Electives ...... 6-7 hrs. •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech ...... 3 hrs. 15-16 hrs. General Education or Electives ...... 6-7 hrs. 15-16 hrs. Spring Semester ACCT 32: Principles of Accounting II ...... 3 hrs. Spring Semester ECON 53: Microeconomic Principles...... 3 hrs. ACCT 32: Principles of Accounting II ...... 3 hrs. •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. ECON 53: Macroeconomic Principles...... 3 hrs. •HHP 15: Health and Wellness...... 2 hrs. •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. General Education or Electives ...... 3-6 hrs. •HHP 15: Health and Wellness...... 2 hrs. 14-17 hrs. General Education or Electives ...... 3-4 hrs. 14-15 hrs. Second Year Fall Semester Second Year ACCT 111: Intermediate Accounting I...... 3 hrs. Fall Semester ACCT 128: Cost Accounting...... 3 hrs. BUSAD 100: Management or BUSAD 100: Principles of Management or General Education course ...... 3 hrs. Elective ...... 3 hrs. BUSAD 109: Spreadsheet Applications...... 0 hrs. BUSAD 109: Spreadsheet Applications...... 0 hrs. BUSAD 110: Business and BUSAD 110: Business & Economics Economic Statistics ...... 3 hrs. Statistics ...... 3 hrs. ECON 54: Microeconomics...... 3 hrs. ECON 54: Microeconomic Principles...... 3 hrs. •Masterpieces of Literature ...... 3 hrs. General Education or Elective ...... 0-3 hrs. General Education or 18 hrs. Emphasis Requirement ...... 3 hrs. 15 hrs. Spring Semester ACCT 112: Intermediate Accounting II...... 3 hrs. Spring Semester ACCT 144: Accounting Information Systems BUSAD 115: Principles of Marketing...... 3 hrs. or ACCT 230: Managerial Accounting.....3 hrs. Departmental Emphasis Requirements...... 3-9 hrs. BUSAD 115: Marketing...... 3 hrs. Departmental Mathematics ENG 101: Masterpieces of Literature...... 3 hrs. Requirement...... 3-4 hrs. BUSAD 200: Business Communication...... 3 hrs. General Education or Electives...... 0-6 hrs. 15 hrs. 15-18 hrs. The Nebraska State Board of Public Accountancy The following courses should be completed by the requires 150 hours of approved college coursework to end of the second year: ACCT 31 and 32, BUSAD 100, be eligible to take the CPA exam. By completing NWU’s 109, 110, and 115, and ECON 53, 54. accounting major and taking additional coursework to earn 150 hours, a student will meet Nebraska’s education requirement for the CPA exam. 86 BUSINESS, ACCOUNTING AND ECONOMICS

Economics Major International Business Sample Course Schedules Major Sample Course Schedules First Year Fall Semester First Year ACCT 31: Principles of Accounting I ...... 3 hrs. Fall Semester ECON 053: Macroeconomics ...... 3 hrs. ACCT 31: Principles of Accounting I ...... 3 hrs. •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar ...... 3 hrs. •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar ...... 3 hrs. •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech ...... 3 hrs. •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech ...... 3 hrs. General Education or Electives ...... 3-4 hrs. Language Requirement...... 3-4 hrs. 15-16 hrs. General Education or Elective...... 3 hrs. 15-16 hrs. Spring Semester ACCT32: Principles of Accounting II ...... 3 hrs. Spring Semester ECON 54: Microeconomic Principles...... 3 hrs. ACCT 32: Principles of Accounting II ...... 3 hrs. •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. ECON 53: Macroeconomic Principles...... 3 hrs. •Mathematics Requirement...... 3-4 hrs. •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. •HHP 15: Health and Wellness...... 2 hrs. •HHP 15: Health and Wellness...... 2 hrs. 14-15 hrs. Language Requirement...... 3-4 hrs. 14-15 hrs. Second Year Fall Semester Second Year BUSAD 109: Spreadsheet Applications...... 0 hrs. Fall Schedule ECON 110: Business and BUSAD 100: Management...... 3 hrs. Economic Statistics ...... 3 hrs. BUSAD 109: Spreadsheet Applications...... 0 hrs. ECON 155: Microeconomic Theory ...... 3 hrs. BUSAD 110: Business and •Masterpieces of Literature ...... 3 hrs. Economic Statistics ...... 3 hrs. Supporting Requirements ...... 0-3 hrs. ECON 54: Microeconomics...... 3 hrs. General Education or Electives ...... 3-8 hrs. •Masterpieces of Literature ...... 3 hrs. 15-17 hrs. Language Requirement...... 3-4 hrs. 15-16 hrs. Spring Semester ECON 156: Macroeconomic Theory...... 3 hrs. Spring Schedule Supporting Requirements ...... 3-9 hrs. BUSAD 115: Marketing...... 3 hrs. General Education or Electives...... 3-12 hrs. Mathematics Requirement...... 3-4 hrs. 15-18 hrs. Language Requirement or General Education...... 3-4 hrs. General Education and International Perspective...... 5-7 hrs. 14-18 hrs.

Burt Hall 402.465.2337 Associate Dean/Director of Wesleyan Advantage: Stacey Ocander, Ed.D. Program Chair: Richard R. Patrick, Ph.D. Advisors for Program: Jane Eggers, Lincoln Stephanie Hand, Omaha

Degree Bachelor of Business Administration

Business Administration major (36 hrs.) Accounting 31 and 32...... 6 hrs. Economics 53 and 54 ...... 6 hrs. Business Administration 100 ...... 3 hrs. Business Administration 110 ...... 3 hrs. Business Administration 115 ...... 3 hrs. Business Administration 204 ...... 3 hrs. Business Administration 211 ...... 3 hrs. Business Administration 249 ...... 3 hrs. Select one course from the following: (Business Administration 215, 225, 231 or Economics 102)...... 3 hrs. Select one 200-level business administration course ...... 3 hrs.

BBA students must also complete a program- approved mathematics course and a program-approved computer science course. A program-approved supporting program with a minimum of 24 hours is required.

For course descriptions, refer to the Business, Accounting and Economics department section. 88 CHEMISTRY

Chemistry major (B.S., 43-44 hrs.) CHEMISTRY Chemistry 51 and 51L ...... 4 hrs. Chemistry 120 and 120L ...... 4 hrs. Natural Sciences Division Chemistry 121 and 121L ...... 4 hrs. Olin Hall of Science 301 Chemistry 122 and 122L ...... 4 hrs. 402.465.2257 Chemistry 130 ...... 2 hrs. Chemistry 221 and 221L ...... 4 hrs. Chemistry 222 and 222L ...... 4 hrs. Faculty Chemistry 231 ...... 4 hrs. Chemistry 242 ...... 4 hrs. Department Chair: Chemistry 252 ...... 4 hrs. Mark T. Werth, Ph.D. Chemistry 255 ...... 3 hrs. Email: [email protected] Chemistry 293...... 1 hr. Chemistry 295 ...... 1-2 hrs. Full-Time: Nathanael L.P. Fackler, Ph.D. An approved supporting program of 27 hours select- A. Denise George, Ph.D. ed from biology, computer science, modern languages, Jodi M. Ryter, Ph.D. mathematics, and physics is required and may include Daniel J. Strydom, Ph. D. one or more minors. (joint appointment with Forensic Science) David A. Treichel, Ph.D. Biochemistry and Molecular Biology major (B.S., 62 hrs.) Biology 50 ...... 4 hrs. Degrees Biology 160 ...... 4 hrs. Biology 170 ...... 4 hrs. Bachelor of Arts Biology 283 ...... 4 hrs. Bachelor of Science Chemistry 51 and 51L ...... 4 hrs. Chemistry 120 and 120L ...... 4 hrs. The Bachelor of Arts degree is for those who want a Chemistry 121 and 121L ...... 4 hrs. core of chemistry courses with a broader background in Chemistry 122 and 122L ...... 4 hrs. the liberal arts. The Bachelor of Science degree is for Chemistry 221 and 221L ...... 4 hrs. those who wish to emphasize their study of chemistry. Chemistry 242 ...... 4 hrs. Biology 281 or Chemistry 255 ...... 3 hrs. Biology 282 or Chemistry 258...... 1 hr. Chemistry 256 ...... 3 hrs. Majors Chemistry 293...... 1 hr. Biology 295 or Chemistry 295...... 1 hr. Chemistry major (B.A., Physics 101 or 111 ...... 4 hrs. 31-32 hrs.) Physics 102 or 112 ...... 4 hrs. Chemistry 51 and 51L ...... 4 hrs. Mathematics 105...... 5 hrs. Chemistry 120 and 120L ...... 4 hrs. Chemistry 121 and 121L ...... 4 hrs. Mathematics 106 is strongly recommended. Chemistry 122 and 122L ...... 4 hrs. (No separate supporting area required.) Chemistry 130 ...... 2 hrs. Chemistry 221 and 221L ...... 4 hrs. Chemistry minor (20 hours) Chemistry 242 ...... 4 hrs. Chemistry 51 and 51L ...... 4 hrs. One upper-level (200-299) chemistry Chemistry 120 and 120L ...... 4 hrs. course ...... 3 hrs. Chemistry 121 and 121L ...... 4 hrs. Chemistry 293...... 1 hr. Chemistry 122 and 122L ...... 4 hrs. Chemistry 295 or 296 ...... 1-2 hrs. Elective ...... 4 hrs. (200 level in Chemistry or Biochemistry with lab) An approved supporting program of 20 hours is required and may include one or more minors. Physics 101 or 111 and 102 or 112 and Mathematics 105 are required, and Mathematics 106 is strongly recommended. CHEMISTRY 89

51. Chemical Principles Other information 3 hours Students interested in chemical engineering can par- A study of fundamental principles of chemistry including ticipate in the Engineering Dual-Degree Program structures of atoms and molecules, periodicity, stoi- described in the Department of Physics and Astronomy chiometry, reactions, solutions, gases, and thermochem- section of this catalog. istry. A program of study emphasizing a strong back- Three lectures per week. ground in chemistry is available for students planning a 51L. Chemical Principles Laboratory future in medicine. 1 hour The Department of Chemistry is on the approved list Laboratory supporting Chemical Principles. of the American Chemical Society (ACS). Approval is One three-hour lab per week. received after an examination of curriculum, laboratory Prerequisite or corequisite: Chemistry 51. facilities, library, and staff of the department by the Committee on Professional Training of the ACS. 53. General Chemistry Students who wish to be certified as having met the 4 hours minimum requirements of the American Chemical A study of fundamental principles of chemistry including Society for professional training must complete twose- structure of atoms and molecules, periodicity, reactions, mesters of advanced work based on concepts and tech- solutions, gases, and thermo-chemistry. niques developed in the “core curriculum” (those cours- Three lectures per week. es required for the Bachelor of Science degree in One three-hour lab per week. Chemistry, excluding Chemistry 293 and 295). Chemistry This course is not intended to prepare students for fur- 252 and certain projects in Chemistry 295 will satisfy this ther study in chemistry. requirement as will advanced courses in mathematics and physics. Students wishing to be certified must work closely with the department chair in developing their 100. Introduction to Research program of study. 1 hour An introduction to experimental research. One 3-hour lab per week. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Courses (Normally offered each spring semester.) NatSc 30. Introduction to Environmental 120. Organic Chemistry I Science 3 hours 4 hours A survey of the structure and reactions of carbon-con- An introduction to environmental science that provides taining molecules, with emphasis on compounds of bio- an interconnected grounding in the natural sciences. logical interest. Topics include energy, ecosystems, photosynthesis, biodi- Three lectures per week. versity, population dynamics, air pollution, water pollu- Prerequisites: Chemistry 51 and 51L with a grade of “C” tion, radon/radioactivity, and hazardous waste. or better. Laboratory activities, computer exercises, guest speakers, and multimedia presentations will also be a part of the course. When possible, the course will be team 120L. Organic Chemistry Laboratory taught by faculty from at least two of the three natural 1 hour science departments: Biology, Chemistry, and Physics. A laboratory supporting Chemistry 120. Three lectures per week. One 3-hour lab per week. One three-hour lab per week. Corequisite: Chemistry 120.

10. Chemistry and the Human 121. Organic Chemistry II: Synthesis and Mechanisms Environment 3 hours 4 hours A continuation of Chemistry 120. A study of reactions of A course designed to acquaint non-science majors with importance in the synthesis and biosynthesis of carbon some fundamental concepts of chemistry. The course compounds, including reaction mechanisms and spectro- emphasizes the role of chemistry in understanding the scopic methods for the determination of structures. interaction of modern society with the environment. Three lectures per week. Credit will not be given for both Chemistry 51 and Prerequisite: Chemistry 120. Chemistry 10. Three lectures per week. One three-hour lab per week. 121L. Organic Chemistry Laboratory 1 hour A laboratory supporting Chemistry 121. One three- to four-hour lab per week. Corequisite: Chemistry 121. 90 CHEMISTRY

122. Analytical and Inorganic Chemistry 221. Physical Chemistry I, Thermodynamics 3 hours and Kinetics An introduction to certain aspects of analytical and inor- 3 hours ganic chemistry. Analytical topics include the general An introduction to physical chemistry consisting of fun- subject of chemical equilibrium in solution, and the clas- damentals of chemical thermodynamics, chemical and sical methods of chemical analysis. Inorganic topics physical equilibrium, and chemical kinetics presented include descriptive inorganic chemistry, coordination using a calculus-based mathematical treatment. chemistry, and the solid state. Three lectures per week. Prerequisites: Chemistry 122 and Math 105. 122L. Analytical and Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory 221L. Physical Chemistry Laboratory 1 hour 1 hour A laboratory designed to support Chemistry 122. Laboratory exercises in the measurement of physical and Laboratory work is divided between quantitative chem- chemical properties of chemical systems. This course is ical analysis and inorganic reactions. designed to accompany Chemistry 221. One three- to four-hour lab per week. One three-hour lab per week. Prerequisites: Chemistry 122 and 122L. 130. Organic Chemistry III: Intermediate Corequisite: Chemistry 221. Organic Chemistry (Normally offered each fall semester.) 2 hours Reactions, mechanisms, and the application of infrared, 222. Physical Chemistry II, Quantum Chemistry 1H NMR, 13C NMR, UV/Visible, and mass spectrometry to and Spectroscopy molecular structure determination are presented. 3 hours Emphasis is placed on the interpretation of spectra to An introduction to quantum chemistry and an explo- determine structures of organic molecules. The labora- ration of the theoretical concepts of selected spectro- tory involves synthesis, the use of the spectrometer, and scopic technique presented using a calculus-based, problem solving with discussion in groups. mathematical treatment. One lecture and one three-hour lab per week. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121. Prerequisites: Chemistry 221 and Math 106.

190. Selected Topics 222L. Physical Chemistry Laboratory 1, 2, 3, or 4 hours 1 hour A course designed to treat subject matter not covered in Continuation of Chemistry 221L. The course is designed other departmental courses or to provide advanced to accompany Chemistry 222. study of subject matter introduced in other courses. The One 3 hour lab per week. title, content, and credit will be determined by current Prerequisites: Chemistry 221 and 221L. mutual interests of students and faculty. Corequisite: Chemistry 222. Prerequisite: Permission of department chair. Other pre- (Normally offered each spring semester.) requisites to be determined. 231. Inorganic Chemistry 195. Independent Study 4 hours 1, 2, or 3 hours A survey of inorganic systems including a study of peri- Individual laboratory project in chemistry or biochem- odic trends, bonding and structure, coordination com- istry. Independent study may not duplicate courses pounds, nonaqueous solvents and properties of some described in the catalog. elements. The laboratory work consists of the prepara- Prerequisite: Permission of department chair. tion of assigned inorganic compounds that provide experience in some synthetic techniques. 196. Special Projects Three lectures per week. 1, 2, or 3 hours One three- to four-hour lab per week. Supervised work on an approved project involving sub- Prerequisite: Chemistry 221. ject matter not included in any of the standard courses. (Normally offered each spring semester.) Projects are normally developed individually but may be arranged for organized groups. Registration should des- 242. Instrumental Methods of Analysis ignate the area of work. 4 hours Prerequisite: Permission of department chair. The theory and applications of the modern instrumental methods of chemical analysis. Two lectures per week. Two three-hour labs per week. Prerequisite: Chemistry 221. Recommended: Physics 121. (Normally offered each spring semester.) CHEMISTRY 91

252. Advanced Organic Chemistry 293. Chemistry Seminar 4 hours 1 hour Topics presented in this course are reaction mechanisms, Reading, study, and discussion of one or more major top- modern synthetic methodology, and the application of ics in chemistry with significant implications for the molecular modelling computational methods to organ- broader society. Students will search the chemical litera- ic chemistry. The laboratory work includes syntheses ture, and will make both oral and written presentations. illustrative of special techniques, experiments concerned One lecture per week. with the determination of reaction mechanisms, use of Prerequisites: Upper-division standing and a major molecular modelling and molecular orbital computa- declared in the natural sciences division or permission of tional programs, and research simulation. the instructor. Two lectures and two 3-hour laboratories per week. (Normally offered each fall semester.) Prerequisite: Chemistry 221. Math 106 strongly recommended. 295. Independent Study 1 or 2 hours 255. Biochemistry Individual laboratory research project for qualified 3 hours chemistry majors. A formal project report is required. A comprehensive introduction to the field of biochem- Independent study may not duplicate courses described istry that will stress the role of molecular structure and in the catalog. reactivity in determining biological function. The course Prerequisite: Approval of the department chair. will emphasize biochemical problem solving by the application of basic chemical principles. 296. Special Projects Three lectures per week. 1 or 2 hours Prerequisite: Chemistry 122 with a grade of “C” or bet- Supervised work at the senior level on an appropriate ter. A basic biology background is strongly recommend- project involving subject matter not included in any of ed. the standard courses. Registration should designate the (Normally offered each fall semester.) area of work. A formal project report is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chair. 256. Advanced Biochemistry 3 hours An advanced study of selected areas of biochemistry that will include enzyme kinetics, enzyme reaction mechanisms, DNA-protein interactions, rational drug design, metal ions in biology, and other topics. In addition, the use of advanced chemical and biochemical principles in biotechnology will be explored. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: Chemistry 255 or Biology 281. (Normally offered spring of even numbered years.)

258. Biochemical Methods 1 hour An introduction to biochemical methods used to isolate and characterize biomolecules from natural sources. A variety of analytical and physical methods, including UV- visible and NMR spectroscopies, will be used to determine structural features and to measure functional properties of the isolated biomolecules. One three-hour lab per week. Corequisite: Chemistry 255 or Biology 281. (Normally offered each fall semester.)

290. Selected Topics 1, 2, 3, or 4 hours A course designed to treat subject matter not covered in other departmental courses or to provide advanced study of subject matter introduced in other courses. The title, content, and credit will be determined by current mutual interests of students and faculty. Prerequisite: To be determined. 92 CHEMISTRY

Spring Semester Chemistry Major CHEM 120: Organic Chemistry I...... 3 hrs. (B.A. or B.S.) CHEM 120L: Organic Chemistry Lab...... 1 hr. MATH 106: Calculus II ...... 5 hrs. Sample Course Schedules •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. General Education or Electives ...... 6 hrs. First Year 18 hrs. Fall Semester Second Year CHEM 51: Chemical Principles...... 3 hrs. Fall Semester CHEM 51L: Chemical Principles Lab...... 1 hr. CHEM 121: Organic Chemistry II...... 3 hrs. MATH 105: Calculus I ...... 5 hrs. CHEM 121L: Organic Chemistry II Lab...... 1 hr. •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar ...... 3 hrs. PHYS 101 or 111...... 4 hrs. •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech ...... 3 hrs. Math 204: Calculus III...... 4 hrs. •HHP 15: Health and Wellness...... 2 hrs. •Masterpieces of Literature ...... 3 hrs. 17 hrs. 15 hrs. Spring Semester Spring Semester CHEM 120: Organic Chemistry I ...... 3 hrs. CHEM 122: Analytical and CHEM 120L: Organic Chemistry Lab...... 1 hr. Inorganic Chemistry ...... 3 hrs. MATH 106: Calculus II ...... 5 hrs. CHEM 122L: Analytical and •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. Inorganic Chemistry Lab...... 1 hr. General Education or Electives ...... 3-4 hrs. PHYS 102 or 112...... 4 hrs. 15-16 hrs. MATH 224: Differential Equations...... 3 hrs. General Education or Electives ...... 6 hrs. Second Year 17 hrs. Fall Semester The curriculum for the dual degree is designed to CHEM 121: Organic Chemistry II...... 3 hrs. meet the requirements for admission to Washington CHEM 121L: Organic Chemistry Lab...... 1 hr. University (St. Louis). You need to take 8 hours in one PHYS 101 or 111: Principles of Physics I ...... 4 hrs. department of the humanities or social sciences, includ- •Masterpieces of Literature ...... 3 hrs. ing at least one 200-level course. You must achieve at General Education or Electives...... 4-6 hrs. least a B average both overall in your math and science 15-17 hrs. courses. Spring Semester Note: It is imperative that you consult with the CHEM 122: Inorganic and Department of Chemistry chair and with the Dual Analytical Chemistry ...... 3 hrs. Degree Liaison Officer early in your program to assure CHEM 122L: Inorganic and that you take the right selection of courses. Analytical Chemistry Lab...... 1 hr. PHYS 102 or 112: Principles of Physics II ...... 4 hrs. CHEM 130: Organic Chemistry III...... 2 hrs. Biochemistry and General Education or Electives ...... 5-7 hrs. Molecular Biology (B.S.) 15-17 hrs. Sample Course Schedules

Chemistry Major— First Year Engineering Dual Degree Fall Semester CHEM 51: Chemical Principles...... 3 hrs. Sample Course Schedules CHEM 51L: Chemical Principles Lab...... 1 hr. MATH 105: Calculus I ...... 5 hrs. First Year •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar ...... 3 hrs. Fall Semester •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech ...... 3 hrs. CHEM 51: Chemical Principles...... 3 hrs. General Education or Elective...... 3 hrs. CHEM 51L: Chemical Principles Lab...... 1 hr. 18 hrs. MATH 105: Calculus I ...... 5 hrs. Spring Semester •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar ...... 3 hrs. CHEM 120: Organic Chemistry I...... 3 hrs. •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech ...... 3 hrs. CHEM 120L: Organic and Chemistry Lab...... 1 hr. Elective ...... 3 hrs. BIO 50: Biology of Plants...... 4 hrs. 18 hrs. •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. •HHP 15: Health and Wellness...... 2 hrs. General Education or Electives...... 3-4 hrs. 16-17 hrs. •The above schedules are samples. There are other ways of attaining the same objectives. For example, the English Language and Writing and Fundamentals of Speech requirements must be completed during the first year, but they may be taken either semester. It is recommended that courses meeting the Masterpieces of Literature, Health and Wellness, and Mathematics requirements be scheduled during the first or second year. The Liberal Arts Seminar is a required first semester course. COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE ARTS 93 COMMUNICATION mental organizations and activities. AND THEATRE ARTS Communication major (B.A., 34-36 hrs.) Fine and Applied Arts Division Elder Memorial Speech and Theatre Center Core requirements...... 23-24 hrs. 402.465.2303 Communication 40 (3 hrs.) Communication 50 (3 hrs.) Communication 130 (3 hrs.) Faculty Communication 150 (3 hrs.) Communication 155 (3 hrs.) Department Chair: Communication 210 (3 hrs.) Alice J. Jaswal, Ph.D. Communication 280 (3 hrs.) Email: [email protected] Communication 297 (2-3 hrs.) Electives ...... 11-12 hrs. Full-Time: Communication 103 (3 hrs.) Jay Scott Chipman, Ph.D. Communication 120 (3 hrs.) Patty Hawk, M.A. Communication 140 (3 hrs.) Karla K. Jensen, Ph.D. Communication 145 (3 hrs.) Joan Korte, M.F.A. Communication 160 (3 hrs.) Jack Parkhurst, M.F.A. Communication 170 (3 hrs.) Rachel M. Pokora, Ph.D. Communication 197 (2-3 hrs.) Michael Reese, M.F.A. Communication 225 (3 hrs.) David F. Whitt, Ph.D. Communication 232 (3 hrs.) Communication 250 (3 hrs.) Communication 260 (3 hrs.) Communication 270 (3 hrs.) Part-Time: Communication 190/290 (2-3 hrs.) Bob Chase, M.E. Communication 295 (1-3 hrs.) Stephanie Chase Donna Himmelberger, M.F.A. Requirements for this major to be completed with a sub- Chuck Pennington ject endorsement for teaching: Ashley Pennington, B.S. —Communication 224 Penny Reese, M.A. —Complete the necessary teacher education courses Sue Schlichtemeier-Nutzman, Ph.D. Requirement for this major to be completed for other students: —Select one or more minors or a second major according to personal interests. A communication Staff with Teaching minor is not appropriate. A public relations minor Responsibilities: may be appropriate provided at least 12 hours in this minor are not applied toward the major. Valerie Lane, M.F.A. Administrators with Communication Studies major (B.S., 52-54 hrs.) Teaching Responsibilities: This major provides opportunities to develop essen- Sara A. Boatman, Ph.D. tial communication abilities relating to private and pub- Joe Gow, Ph.D. lic sector professions. An interdisciplinary major, it prepares students for careers in business, nonprofit organizations, training and development, public relations, and related professions. A minor is not required; however, Degrees specializations permit students to emphasize preparation for entry-level positions in a variety of areas. Bachelor of Arts Bachelor of Fine Arts Bachelor of Science Majors All students majoring in this department are encouraged to pursue co-curricular experience through depart- 94 COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE ARTS

Communication requirements...... 23-24 hrs. Communication and Theatre Arts Communication 40 (3 hrs.) Communication 50 (3 hrs.) major (B.A., 54-55 hrs.) This major prepares students to teach at the second- Communication 130 (3 hrs.) ary level, for graduate study in communication/theatre, Communication 150 (3 hrs.) for entry into professional schools or for careers in which Communication 155 (3 hrs.) a general education in communication and theatre may Communication 210 (3 hrs.) be useful. Communication 280 (3 hrs.) Communication 297 (2-3 hrs.) Electives ...... 11-12 hrs. Required Communication courses...... 21 hrs. Communication 40 (3 hrs.) Communication 103 (3 hrs.) Communication 50 (3 hrs.) Communication 120 (3 hrs.) Communication 103 (3 hrs.) Communication 140 (3 hrs.) Communication 120 (3 hrs.) Communication 145 (3 hrs.) Communication 130 (3 hrs.) Communication 160 (3 hrs.) Communication 225 (3 hrs.) Communication 170 (3 hrs.) Communication 270 (3 hrs.) Communication 197 (2-3 hrs.) Communication 225 (3 hrs.) Required Theatre Arts courses...... 31 hrs. Communication 232 (3 hrs.) Theatre 2 (3 hrs.) Communication 250 (3 hrs.) Theatre 7 (3 hrs.) Communication 260 (3 hrs.) Theatre 30 (3 hrs.) Communication 270 (3 hrs.) Theatre 31 (2 hrs.) Communication 190/290 (2-3 hrs.) Theatre 32 (2 hrs.) Communication 295 (1-3 hrs.) Theatre 107 (3 hrs.) English ...... 6 hrs. Theatre 155 (3 hrs.) Theatre 231 (3 hrs.) English 110, 215, 254; Journalism 161, 162 Theatre 235 (3 hrs.) Theatre 255 (3 hrs.) Select One or More Specializations.....12 hrs. Theatre 260 (3 hrs.) Each specialization must contain 12 hours not included Senior Comprehensive...... 2-3 hrs. above. Theatre 257, 297, 299, Communication 297. Business/Management (12 hrs.) Those taking this major for the purpose of teaching Business Administration 100 (3 hrs.) must take: Business Administration 231 (3 hrs.) —Communication/Theatre 224 Economics 53 (3 hrs.) —Necessary education hours and successfully com- Elective (3 hrs.) plete student teaching. (Business Administration 235, 239, (Student teaching will substitute for Senior 247; Psychology 160; Sociology 223) Comprehensive requirements.) Public Relations (12 hrs.) Communication 232 (3 hrs.) Theatre Arts major (B.A., 36 hrs.) Business Administration 115 (3 hrs.) This major prepares students for graduate work in Journalism 164 or Communication 170 (3 hrs.) theatre or for professional study in preparation for law, Elective (3 hrs.) ministry, or teaching. It emphasizes cultural understand- (Art 120; Business Administration 227, 228, ing, aesthetic sensitivity, and creative skill. 229; Communication 260; Journalism 161, 162; Political Science 146) Core requirements ...... 25 hrs. Theatre 2 (3 hrs.) Writing (12 hrs.) Theatre 7 (3 hrs.) Journalism 161 (3 hrs.) Theatre 30 (3 hrs.) Journalism 162 (3 hrs.) Theatre 100 (4 hrs.) Electives (6 hrs.) Theatre 155 (3 hrs.) (English 117, 119, 251, 297; Journalism 297) Theatre 200, 255 or 290 (3 hrs.) Theatre 260 (3 hrs.) Theatre 261 (3 hrs.) Culminating Project (select one) ...... 1-3 hrs. Political Communication major Theatre 257 (1-3 hrs.) See Department of Political Science. Theatre 297 (2-3 hrs.) Theatre 299 (3 hrs.)

(Theatre Arts major requirements continued on the next page.) COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE ARTS 95

Elective courses in theatre arts ...... 8-10 hrs. Public Relations minor (24 hrs.) Theatre 1 cannot be used. Communication 130 ...... 3 hrs. Communication 155...... 3 hrs. Requirements for this major to be completed with a sub- Communication 225...... 3 hrs. ject endorsement for teaching: Communication 232...... 3 hrs. —Theatre 224 Business Administration 115 ...... 3 hrs. —Necessary teacher education courses Computer/Writing electives ...... 6 hrs. Requirements for this major to be completed without an (Art 120; Computer Science 30; Communication endorsement for teaching: 170; English 215; Journalism 161, 162, 164) —Select one or more minors or a second Additional elective...... 3 hrs. major according to personal interests. A (Art 150; Communication 40, 150, 210, 260; theatre arts minor is not appropriate. Business Administration 227, 228, 229)

Theatre Arts major Theatre Arts minor (18 hrs.) (B.F.A., 65 hrs.) Theatre 2...... 3 hrs. This major provides the opportunity for specialized Theatre 30 or 31 ...... 2-3 hrs. training in a selected area relating to theatre arts and is Theatre electives ...... 12-13 hrs.* designed to prepare students for graduate study or a (including one 200-level course) professional career in the theatre. *Only 3 credits of Practicum (Theatre Arts 10-20) may be counted toward fulfillment of hours for the minor. Only Core requirements ...... 35-36 hrs. 3 credits of Theatre 100 Play Reading may be counted Theatre 2 (3 hrs.) toward fulfillment of hours for the minor. Theatre 1 can- Theatre 7 (3 hrs.) not be used for the minor. Theatre 30 (3 hrs.) Theatre 31 (2 hrs.) Theatre 100 (4 hrs.) Theatre 114 (3 hrs.) Courses in Theatre 155 (3 hrs.) Theatre 200 (3 hrs.) Communication Theatre 255 (3 hrs.) 1. Fundamentals of Speech Theatre 260 (3 hrs.) 3 hours Theatre 261 (3 hrs.) The basic course in effective oral communication. It Design course (2-3 hrs.) emphasizes careful preparation, creative thinking, and Culminating Project (select one) ...... 3 hrs. critical comprehension of ideas and information. Theatre 297 (3 hrs.) Students will develop or enhance their skills in public Theatre 299 (3 hrs.) speaking, group discussion, and critical listening. (Normally offered each semester.) Emphasis Program ...... 26-27 hrs. A department-approved emphasis program with a minimum of 26 hours is required. The emphasis program 40. Interpersonal Communication will be designed with the assistance of the student’s aca- 3 hours demic advisor. (Theatre 1 will not count. Courses from An introductory study of theories, models, and key vari- the core requirements cannot be used in the emphasis ables of communication within the context of interper- program.) sonal relationships. Using primarily an experiential approach, the course covers topics including verbal and nonverbal processes, listening and feedback, communication competence, and goals. Minors (Normally offered each semester.)

Communication minor (17-18 hrs.) Communication 40...... 3 hrs. Communication 50...... 3 hrs. Communication 130...... 3 hrs. Communication 155...... 3 hrs. Electives...... 5-6 hrs.* (Communication 103, 120, 140, 145, 150, 160, 170, 210, 225, 232, 250, 260, 270, 290, 197/297)

*At least 3 hours must be at the 200-level. 96 COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE ARTS

50. Intercultural Communication type of inquiry; and use communication-related topics 3 hours for a literature review. The study of cultural differences that influence the Prerequisites: Sophomore standing and Communication exchange of meaning between individuals and groups 130 (may be taken concurrently) or permission of of different cultural and/or racial backgrounds. The instructor. course is designed to provide students with an under- (Normally offered each fall semester.) standing of the uniqueness of cultures and the resulting variations in communication styles and preferences, and 155. Mass Media to provide strategies and skills for successfully communi- 3 hours cating across cultural barriers. Students will spend at A study of the development of types of media including least 20 hours during the semester working with com- books, newspapers, magazines, radio, television, and munity agencies serving clients from different cultures. film. The interaction of these media and their impact on (Normally offered each semester.) society and the individual are included. (Normally offered each semester.) 103. Performance of Literature 3 hours 160. Group Communication A course in the analysis of literature and the methods 3 hours and skills of communicating that literature orally to an This course will develop competent participation and audience. facilitation of group communication processes. Students will study theories, models, and key variables of commu- 120. Argumentation and Debate nication within groups, and will participate in a variety 3 hours of group communication activities. A course designed to teach skills relating to critical thinking, use of evidence and reasoning, and effective speak- 170. Copy and Layout ing. Theories of argumentation and debate are exam- 3 hours ined and practical experience is provided. This course provides a practical application of creative (Normally offered each fall semester.) strategy, process, and execution. The overall goal is to help students design effective advertisements and com- 130. Communication Theory mercials in a variety of media including print, television, 3 hours radio, direct mail, outdoor, and web-based. Students will This course is intended to serve as a general introduction learn to produce ads for local, regional, national, and for majors and interested students to the theories and international markets. research questions investigated by social scientists inter- (Normally offered each semester.) ested in the processes of human communication. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. 190. Selected Topics (Normally offered each semester.) 1, 2, or 3 hours A topical course designed to investigate any relevant 140. Introduction to Leadership subject matter not included in any of the standard cours- 3 hours es. The title, content and credit will be determined by Students will explore components of leadership theory, current mutual interests of students and faculty. skills, and behaviors, and will examine and practice Prerequisite: To be determined by the instructor. effective communication behaviors as related to leadership processes and roles. 197. Internship (Normally offered even spring semesters.) 2 or 3 hours On-the-job training for communication majors and 145. Family Communication minors wishing to explore career options prior to their 3 hours senior year or for students not majoring or minoring in Family Communication is designed as an introduction to communication who desire experience in communica- communication phenomena in the context of the fami- tion-related organizations and positions. Students will ly. The overall goal of the course is to help students arrange for their positions according to department understand how, through communication, we develop, guidelines, and each internship will be designed to the maintain, enhance, or disturb family relationships. satisfaction of the sponsor, faculty coordinator, and stu- Students will learn theories focusing on the communica- dent. tion patterns and practices that shape family life. P/F only. Prerequisites: Junior standing and permission of the 150. Research Methods department chair. 3 hours (Normally offered each semester and summer.) This course is a general introduction to research methods most commonly used in the Communication discipline. Students will learn how to identify and use qualitative, quantitative, and rhetorical methods; read, understand, and evaluate research arguments for each COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE ARTS 97

210. Organizational Communication 270. Speaking in the Professions 3 hours 3 hours A study of theories, models, and key variables of com- Students will design and make presentations for a vari- munication within the context of organizations. Topics ety of communication contexts and audiences. Both include messages, networks, communication roles, tech- practical skills and theoretical insights will be enhanced. nologies, organizational communication diagnosis, and Students will complete major projects related to their change. professional interests. Prerequisites: Junior standing and Communication 130 (Normally offered each spring semester.) or permission of the instructor. (Normally offered each semester.) 280. Communication and Contemporary Society 224. Methods in Teaching Communication and 3 hours Theatre Arts in Middle and Secondary Schools The capstone course in communication, this seminar will See Education 224. include a review of major communication theories and research methods and their application to a variety of 225. Persuasive Communication contexts, settings, and contemporary issues as well as 3 hours discussions of communication careers and graduate A study of theories and practices of persuasion within a study. variety of communication contexts. Students will be Prerequisites: Senior standing and a major in communi- expected to apply these concepts to out-of-class persua- cation or permission of the department chair. sive situations. (Normally offered each spring semester.) Prerequisites: Junior standing and Communication 130 or permission of the instructor. 290. Selected Topics (Normally offered each fall semester.) 1, 2, or 3 hours An advanced topical course designed to investigate any 232. Public Relations relevant subject matter not included in any of the stan- 3 hours dard courses. The title, content and credit will be deter- A study of the nature of public relations, the persons mined by current mutual interests of students and facul- involved, its relationship to public opinion, and the ty. channels of communication that are used. Prerequisite: To be determined by the instructor. Prerequisites: Junior standing and Communication 155 or permission of the instructor. 295. Independent Study (Normally offered each semester.) 1, 2, or 3 hours A departmental research project. Either a proposition or 250. Communication and Gender a conclusion is to be defended orally by the student 3 hours before persons in the department. Independent study This course offers an exploration of theories of the cre- may not duplicate courses described in the catalog. ation and perpetuation of gender and gender roles Prerequisite: Approval of the department chair. through communication. In turn, students will consider the question of the impact of gender on communica- 297. Internship tion. Students will examine gender in a variety of con- 2 or 3 hours texts including families, schools, and media. On-the-job training for senior communication majors and minors in communication-related organizations. 260. Historical and Critical Analysis of Students will arrange for their positions according to Advertising departmental guidelines, and each internship will be designed to the satisfaction of the sponsor, faculty coor- 3 hours dinator, and student. Students may repeat the course This course is focused on examining the impact of adver- and earn a maximum of 6 hours credit. tising on society. We will analyze the ways advertising P/F only. has influenced communication and molded societal Prerequisites: Senior standing and permission of the norms. In this course we will explore: the history of mod- department chair. ern day advertising, the messages and symbols transmit- (Normally offered each semester and summer.) ted through advertising, and the consumer culture. (Normally offered each semester.) 98 COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE ARTS

13. Practicum: Scenery Courses in Theatre Arts 0, 1, or 2 hours Students earn credit for learning scenery construction, 1. Theatre Appreciation painting, shifting, and maintenance by working on the- 3 hours atre productions under direct faculty supervision. The basic course in theatre. The appreciation of theatre Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. is facilitated by units in the history of theatre, acting, directing, dramatic literature, and technical theatre. 14. Practicum: Properties Does not count toward Theatre Arts major or minor. 0, 1, or 2 hours (Normally offered each semester.) Students earn credit for learning the construction, organization, and maintenance of stage properties by 2. Script Analysis working on theatre productions under direct faculty 3 hours supervision. This is a fundamental course in the systematic analysis of Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. dramatic texts. It is designed to equip theatre arts majors and minors with the textual expertise and vocabulary 15. Practicum: Lighting needed for academic discussion and artistic collabora- 0, 1, or 2 hours tion. Students will read and research a series of scripts in Students earn credit for learning theatrical lighting by order to investigate the process in which a play develops working on theatre productions under direct faculty from page to performance. Emphasis will also be given supervision. to how directors, designers, performers, and spectators Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. individually and collaboratively engage with and utilize a dramatic text during each phase of the pre-rehearsal, 16. Practicum: Sound rehearsal, and performance process. 0, 1, or 2 hours (Normally offered each fall semester.) Students earn credit for learning the operation of sound equipment and the practical application of sound effects 7. Acting I by working on theatre productions under direct faculty 3 hours supervision. This introductory acting course focuses on building phys- Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. ical, vocal, intellectual, and intuitive foundations for actors. Through discovery exercises, students increase 17. Practicum: Acting their awareness of the fundamentals of contemporary 0, 1, or 2 hours acting and apply these concepts to monologue and Students earn credit for learning acting techniques and scene work. character portrayal while working on theatre produc- (Normally offered each fall semester.) tions under direct faculty supervision. Registration in the course does not guarantee casting. 10. Practicum: Stagecraft Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 1 hour Students earn credit for learning costume construction 18. Practicum: Musical Theatre and maintenance, and learning theatrical lighting by 0, 1, or 2 hours working on theatre productions under direct faculty Students earn credit for learning musical theatre acting, supervision. singing, and dancing techniques and character portrayal Prerequisites: Theatre 30 and permission of the Director while working on musical theatre productions under of Technical Theatre. direct faculty supervision. Registration in the course does Open to language arts education majors only. not guarantee casting. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 11. Practicum: Costumes 0, 1, or 2 hours 19. Practicum: Production Management Students earn credit for learning costume construction 0, 1, or 2 hours and maintenance by working on theatre productions Students earn credit for learning the fundamentals of under direct faculty supervision. production management by working under direct facul- Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. ty supervision as stage manager, script supervisor, assistant to the director, designer, or choreographer. 12. Practicum: Makeup Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 0, 1, or 2 hours Students earn credit for learning the design and application of theatrical makeup by working on theatre productions under direct faculty supervision. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE ARTS 99

20. Practicum: Theatre Promotion 70. Film Appreciation 0, 1, or 2 hours 3 hours Students earn credit for learning about theatre promo- This course acquaints students with the history of the tion strategies and activities while working on theatre motion picture industry and helps them develop a set of productions under direct faculty supervision. Public rela- criteria for the critical evaluation of films. Students will tions, house management, box office management, discuss films shown in class and consider different genres community outreach, fundraising, and marketing are such as short story into film, novel into film, play into some of the possibilities for investigation. film, and documentaries. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. (Normally offered each spring semester.)

30. Stagecraft 80. Approaching Scenography 3 hours 3 hours A course introducing students to all technical aspects of This is an introductory course in the theory and practice theatre production including scenery, properties, light- of scenography for the theatre. The primary goal of this ing, sound, makeup, and costuming. Particular emphasis class is to provide access to terms, concepts, and design is placed on practical knowledge of scenery, property principle applications for theatrical scenery, costume, construction techniques, and the materials used. and lighting design. Students must participate in a laboratory theatre experi- (Normally offered each fall semester.) ence. (Normally offered each spring semester.) 100. Play Reading 1 hour 31. Costume Construction Play Reading is a course that focuses on the reading, dis- 2 hours cussion, and interpretation of dramatic texts. Its aim is to The introductory course in costuming for the theatre. It provide a concentrated study of both content and form presents the uses of fabrics, textures, colors, plastics, and of selected texts in an effort to broaden knowledge of other materials as well as developing the sewing tech- dramatic techniques, genres, and strategies for interpre- niques needed for the theatre. tation. Dramatic texts will vary each semester with the (Normally offered each fall semester.) goal that students will gain knowledge of a large quan- tity of plays during a four-year period. This course may 32. Makeup Design be repeated for credit up to eight times for Theatre Arts 2 hours majors and up to three times for Theatre Arts minors. A study of the theory and practice of stage makeup. The final project is the supervised design and execution of 101. Masterpieces of Dramatic Literature makeup for a major production or lab theatre produc- 3 hours tion. Masterpieces of Dramatic Literature is an introductory (Normally offered each spring semester.) course designed to provide a historical perspective on the literary record of human interactions with nature, 48. Musical Theatre Appreciation the supernatural, and other humans. Utilizing dramatic 3 hours texts selected from a range of cultures, genres, and time Musical Theatre Appreciation investigates musical the- periods (including core readings from Greek or Roman atre as a performing arts genre by incorporating histor- classical literature, the Bible, Shakespeare, non-Western ical explorations with listening, viewing, and perform- literature, literature by women, and literature by writers ance activities in order to gain a greater appreciation for of color), students will devise strategies for reading, dis- the art form. A history of musical theatre forms the basis cussing, and writing about dramatic literature. These for development of course activities. Critical and creative strategies will include consideration of biographical exploration of scenes, songs, styles, and the artistic materials, cultural contexts and analysis of the functions development of musical theatre comprise the course of drama and theatre, in particular historical and geo- content. Each student develops and participates in indi- graphical circumstances. Students will also be asked to vidual and group projects presented for the class. This consider how texts come to be valued as masterpieces, course is recommended for students who have an inter- and the politics involved in such valuation. est in musical theatre performance and production, as well as students who plan to be music or theatre educa- 102. Playwriting and Dramatic Theory tors. 3 hours (Offered on even spring semesters.) A course introducing students to principles of dramatic construction and devices of playwrights as they apply to the creation of a short play. Emphasis is given to creative writing exercises and group responses to those exercises. 100 COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE ARTS

107. Acting II 148. Musical Theatre: Triple Threat 3 hours 3 hours This intermediate acting course reinforces the funda- This course focuses on development of musical theatre mental skills acquired in Script Analysis and Acting I, and performance skills in the areas of singing, dancing, and builds upon them in order to emphasize technique and acting. Topics to be investigated include techniques of truth in acting. Using elements from contemporary act- musical storytelling, vocal techniques for musical theatre ing theorists (Meisner, LeCoq, Adler, etc.) students inves- singing, sight-reading, fundamentals of musical theatre tigate contemporary dramatic texts. The process focuses dance, acting a song, and truth in musical theatre acting. on freeing the performer’s instrument while concentrat- Each student prepares and presents a series of performing on the actor’s intent. ance projects including a repertoire of musical theatre Prerequisites: Theatre 2 and 7. songs, group dance numbers, and acting presentations. (Normally offered each spring semester.) This course is recommended for the student who has an interest in musical theatre plus the student who plans to 114. Professional Preparation for Theatre be a music or theatre teacher in the secondary schools. This course may be repeated once for credit. It can count 3 hours only once for the Theatre Arts minor. A course for students preparing for careers in theatre. (Normally offered on even fall semesters.) Projects will include resume and portfolio preparation, auditioning, and interviewing techniques, introduction to internships, apprenticeships, and graduate study. 155. Directing I 3 hours 117. Voice for the Actor A study of the theories and techniques of directing. 3 hours Students will direct several short scenes. A course designed to assist the student in improving con- Prerequisites: Theatre 2, 7, and 30. trol and use of the voice for speaking. Students participate in individualized and group exercises. The course 157. Acting III also serves as an introduction to the variations in speech 3 hours sounds, rhythms, and intonational patterns that charac- This is an advanced course in acting that incorporates terize selected dialects of spoken English. Students uti- the technique and truth in acting skills from Acting II lize the International Phonetic Alphabet to transcribe and aims to provide an intensive study of character cuttings from selected plays into the sounds of appropri- analysis and presentation skills. Performance texts for ate dialects and then reproduce the sounds vocally. class activities and exercises will be drawn primarily from Recordings of dialects are utilized for ear training. turn-of-the-century playwrights such as Ibsen, Shaw, and Chekhov. Attention is also to be given to the process of 127. Movement for the Actor preparing professional auditions. This course may be 3 hours repeated once for credit. Movement for the Actor will deal with techniques for Prerequisites: Theatre 2, 7, and 107. freeing the actor’s body, external character develop- (Normally offered on even fall semesters.) ment, awareness of physical habits, the actor’s physical health, and listening to body language. Physical assess- 170. Gender and the Art of Film ment coupled with habit modification and intellectual 3 hours choice of body movement will place the actor in a more This course will examine representations of masculinity, “neutral” zone and allow her/him to play more varied femininity, and androgyny in primarily U.S. film. roles on stage and off. Improvisation, exercise, Students will learn to recognize and evaluate elements music/movement, and elements of Alexander Technique of film art. Using variety of film theories, we will analyze will be explored. Hollywood and independent movie images of men and (Offered every other year.) women for the messages conveyed about gender roles and expectations. 132. Advanced Make-up Design (Normally offered each fall semester.) 3 hours Advanced Make-up Design builds upon the basic techniques and skills acquired in Make-up Design class regarding use of highlight and shadow as a means to sculpt the face for various characters. Students in the advanced class design and complete a sequence of projects incorporating prosthetics and three-dimensional materials, latex and liquids, facial hair, and wigs. Prerequisites: Theatre 2 and 32. (Offered on odd spring semesters.) COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE ARTS 101

171. International Cinema 200. Theatre and Contemporary Culture 3 hours 3 hours This course seeks to enhance students’ understanding of Theatre and Contemporary Culture is a course designed cultural differences by focusing on film representations to situate the study and practice of theatre within con- of different national and cultural groups. We will ana- temporary cultural contexts. Each course examines a par- lyze how nationality and ethnicity affect both the pro- ticular cultural issue or condition as it is represented in a duction and the reception of film. The course will expose number of theories, dramatic works, production meth- students to various national and transnational values ods, theatre enterprises, and broader cultural practices. and practices through selected films. How have interna- Topics offered on a rotating basis include: “Multicultural tional cinemas coped with the pervasive influence of the Theatre,” “Crosscurrents in Nonwestern and Western “classic” Hollywood film paradigm? How have they resis- Theatre,” “Women and Theatre Across Cultures,” and ted or been shaped by U.S. influence? We will read film “Performance of Gender.” This course may be repeated criticism and theory of various countries focusing on the for credit up to 4 times. Individual offerings, however, idea of national cinemas. Themes to be explored include may not be repeated. survival, resistance to oppression, self-representation Prerequisite: Junior standing or permission of the and visibility (performance of self and culture), intercul- instructor. tural communication, gender and power. (Normally offered each spring semester.) 207. Acting IV 3 hours 172. Theology and Film This is an advanced scene study course that builds upon See Religion 123. the skills gained in Acting II and III, and trains students to handle specific acting challenges. Special attention is 190. Selected Topics given to listening and connecting, and playing to win 1, 2, or 3 hours using action-based objectives. Scenes are taken from A topical course designed to investigate any relevant American post-war classics, the 1960s-70s avant-garde, subject matter not included in any of the standard cours- and contemporary dramatic literature. This course may es. The title, content, and credit will be determined by be repeated once for credit. current mutual interests of students and faculty. Prerequisites: Theatre 2, 7, 107, and 157 or permission Selected topic acting styles courses such as Acting for of instructor. Musical Theatre, Acting Shakespeare, Acting Chekhov, (Normally offered on odd spring semesters.) Acting Coward and Wilde, and Acting Brecht will be offered regularly. Other selected topics courses such as 224. Methods in Teaching Communication and Mask Making, Rendering, Stage Management, Directing Theatre Arts in Middle and Secondary Schools for Musical Theatre, Arts Management, and Children’s See Education 224. Theatre will be offered based on student interest and demand and faculty expertise. 231. Costume Design Prerequisite: To be determined by the instructor. 3 hours A study of both the history of costume and the tech- 197. Internship niques of designing costumes. lt includes supervised 2 or 3 hours work not only on the design but actual construction of On-the-job training for theatre arts majors and minors costumes for the theatre. This course may be repeated wishing to explore career options prior to their senior once for credit. year or for students not majoring or minoring in theatre Prerequisite: Theatre 2 or permission of the instructor. arts who desire experience in theatre arts-related organ- (Offered on even spring semesters.) izations and positions. Students will arrange for their positions according to department guidelines, and each 233. Scenery and Properties Design internship will be designed to the satisfaction of the 3 hours sponsor, faculty coordinator, and student. This course is a study of the theory and practice of (Normally offered each fall, spring and summer terms.) scenery and properties design. The student will do several designs for scenic and property elements. One of these designs will be actualized in the laboratory theatre or a major production. This course may be repeated once for credit. Prerequisites: Theatre 2 and 30. (Normally offered even fall semesters.) 102 COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE ARTS

235. Lighting and Sound Design 290. Selected Topics 3 hours 1, 2, or 3 hours This course is a study of the theory and practice of light- An advanced topical course designed to investigate any ing and sound design. The student will do several proj- relevant subject matter not included in any of the stan- ects and designs for lights and sound. One of these dard courses. The title, content and credit will be deter- designs will be actualized in the laboratory theatre or a mined by current mutual interests of students and major production. This course may be repeated once for faculty. credit. Prerequisites: Theatre 2 and 30. 295. Independent Study (Offered on odd fall semesters.) 1, 2, or 3 hours A departmental research project. Either a proposition or 239. Advanced Production Design a conclusion is to be defended orally by the student 1, 2, or 3 hours before persons in the department. Independent study The student completes the design for the scenery, lights, may not duplicate courses described in the catalog. costumes, and/or makeup for a full-length play that is Prerequisite: Approval of the department chair. produced by the department. The area or areas of design are selected by the student and instructor. This 297. Internship course may be repeated up to four times for credit. 1, 2, or 3 hours Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. On-the-job training for theatre arts majors and minors in theatre-related organizations. Students will arrange for 255. Directing II their positions according to departmental guidelines, 1, 2, or 3 hours and each internship will be designed to the satisfaction Students will direct under supervision a one-act play or of the sponsor, faculty coordinator, and student. (with instructor’s permission) a full-length play. This Students may repeat the course and earn a maximum of course may be repeated. 6 hours credit. Prerequisites: Theatre 2, 7, 30, 107, and 155. P/F only. (Normally offered each spring semester.) Prerequisite: Permission of the department chair. (Normally offered each semester and summer.) 257. Solo Performance 1 or 2 hours 299. Senior Theatre Project A performance of dramatic literature offered in a recital 3 hours setting. The senior theatre project is done under the immediate Prerequisite: Permission of the department chair. supervision of a theatre faculty or teaching-staff mem- (Normally offered each semester.) ber in one of these areas: costumes, scenery, lights, properties, makeup, acting, stage management, or directing. 260. History of the Theatre The student and the director of theatre must first determine the feasibility of the proposed project for a full- 3 hours length play (i.e., at least 90 minutes playing time) and A survey of theatre arts from ancient Greece through select a theatre faculty/teaching-staff member supervi- the 19th century. It includes sections on classic, medieval, sor. This planning process must be completed no later Renaissance, Restoration, 18th century, and 19th centu- than May 1 of the junior year. The student will be ry drama and theatre practice. responsible for doing the research, designing the project Prerequisite: Theatre 1 or 2. and seeing it to completion. The supervisor will serve as (Offered on odd fall semesters.) a consultant throughout the project, will grade the project, and will arrange for the student to present a 261. 20th-21st-Century Theatre description of his or her accomplishment to interested 3 hours persons. See the director of the theatre for further A survey of theatre arts from the advent of realism to guidelines and procedures. contemporary theatre. Special emphasis will be given to Prerequisite: Permission of the department chair. nonrealistic theatre movements and their influence on playwriting, directing, acting, and design. Prerequisite: Theatre 1 or 2. (Offered on odd fall semesters.)

271. Hispanic Film See Spanish 271. COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE ARTS 103

Second Year Communication Major Fall Semester (B.A.) COMM 130: Communication Theory...... 3 hrs. General Education ...... 11-12 hrs. Sample Course Schedules Communication Elective...... 3 hrs. 17-18 hrs. First Year Fall Semester Spring Semester Communication Elective...... 3 hrs. COMM 40: Interpersonal Communication....3 hrs. COMM 155: Mass Media ...... 3 hrs. •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar ...... 3 hrs. General Education •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. or Communication Elective...... 9-11 hrs. General Education...... 6 hrs. 15-17 hrs. 15 hrs.

Spring Semester COMM 50: Intercultural Communication .....3 hrs. •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech ...... 3 hrs. Communication and General Education ...... 9-10 hrs. 15-16 hrs. Theatre Arts Major (B.A.) Sample Course Schedules Second Year Fall Semester COMM 130: Communication Theory...... 3 hrs. First Year Fall Semester •Masterpieces of Literature ...... 3 hrs. THTRE 2: Script Analysis...... 3 hrs. •HHP 15: Health and Wellness...... 2 hrs. THTRE 7: Acting I...... 3 hrs. General Education...... 9 hrs. •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar ...... 3 hrs. 17 hrs. •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. Spring Semester EDUC 1: Intro to Ed. in the U.S...... 2 hrs. EDUC 75: Field Experience ...... 1 hr. Communication Electives...... 3 hrs. 15 hrs. COMM 155: Mass Media ...... 3 hrs. One Course Toward Minor...... 3 hrs. Spring Semester •Mathematics Requirement...... 3-4 hrs. THTRE 30: Stagecraft ...... 3 hrs. General Education or Elective...... 3 hrs. THTRE 107: Acting II...... 3 hrs. 15-16 hrs. •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech ...... 3 hrs. COMM 40: Interpersonal Comm...... 3 hrs. PSYCH 1 or 2: Basic or Communication Studies Applied Psychological Science...... 3 hrs. Major (B.S.) 15 hrs. Sample Course Schedules Second Year Fall Semester First Year THTRE 31: Costume Construction ...... 2 hrs. Fall Semester THTRE 155: Directing I ...... 3 hrs. COMM 40: Interpersonal Communication....3 hrs. COMM 103: Performance of Literature ...... 3 hrs. •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar ...... 3 hrs. EDUC 105: Human Devel & Learning I...... 2 hrs. •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. General Education...... 6 hrs. General Education ...... 6-7 hrs. 16 hrs. 15-16 hrs. Spring Semester Spring Semester THTRE 32: Makeup Design ...... 2 hrs. COMM 50: Intercultural Communication .....3 hrs. COMM 50: Intercultural Communication .....3 hrs. •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech ...... 3 hrs. COMM 130: Communication Theory...... 3 hrs. General Education ...... 10 hrs. EDUC 106: Human Devel & Learning II ...... 2 hrs. 16 hrs. •Masterpieces of Literature ...... 3 hrs. General Education...... 3 hrs. 16 hrs. 104 COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE ARTS

Theatre Arts Major (B.A.) Theatre Arts Major Sample Course Schedules (B.F.A.) Sample Course Schedules First Year Fall Semester First Year THTRE 2: Script Analysis...... 3 hrs. Fall Semester THTRE 7: Acting I...... 3 hrs. THTRE 2: Script Analysis...... 3 hrs. •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar ...... 3 hrs. THTRE 7: Acting I...... 3 hrs. •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar ...... 3 hrs. General Education or Elective ...... 3-4 hrs. •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. 15-16 hrs. General Education ...... 3-4 hrs. 15-16 hrs. Spring Semester THTRE 30: Stagecraft ...... 3 hrs. Spring Semester THTRE 100: Play Reading ...... 1 hr. THTRE 30: Stagecraft ...... 3 hrs. THTRE 107: Acting II...... 3 hrs. THTRE 100: Play Reading ...... 1 hr. •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech ...... 3 hrs. THTRE 107: Acting II...... 3 hrs. HHP 15: Health and Wellness...... 2 hrs. •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech ...... 3 hrs. General Education ...... 3-4 hrs. HHP 15: Health and Wellness...... 2 hrs. 15-16 hrs. General Education ...... 3-4 hrs. 15-16 hrs. Second Year Fall Semester Second Year THTRE 100: Play Reading ...... 1 hr. Fall Semester THTRE 155: Directing I ...... 3 hrs. THTRE 31: Costume Construction ...... 2 hrs. One Course Toward Minor...... 3 hrs. THTRE 100: Play Reading ...... 1 hr. Elective ...... 3 hrs. THTRE 155: Directing I ...... 3 hrs. General Education...... 6 hrs. One Course Toward Supporting Program ....3 hrs. 16 hrs. •Practical Problem ...... 1 hr. General Education...... 6 hrs. Spring Semester 16 hrs. THTRE 101: Masterpieces of Dramatic Literature...... 3 hrs. Spring Semester Theatre Elective...... 3 hrs. THTRE 101: Masterpieces of One Course Toward Minor...... 3 hrs. Dramatic Literature...... 3 hrs. General Education...... 3 hrs. THTRE 255: Directing II ...... 3 hrs. Elective ...... 3 hrs. One Course Toward Supporting Program ....3 hrs. 15 hrs. •Practical Problem ...... 1 hr. General Education...... 6 hrs. 16 hrs.

•The above schedules are samples. There are other ways of attaining the same objectives. For example, the English Language and Writing and Fundamentals of Speech requirements must be completed during the first year, but they may be taken either semester. It is recommended that courses meeting the Masterpieces of Literature, Health and Wellness, and Mathematics requirements be scheduled during the first or second year. The Liberal Arts Seminar is a required first semester course. EDUCATION 105 EDUCATION Professional Education Sequences Professional Division Smith-Curtis Classroom-Administration Building 130 402.465.2304 Elementary Education major (58 hrs.) Faculty Education 1...... 2 hrs. Education 75...... 1 hr. Department Chair: Education 100...... 3 hrs. Timothy P. Anderson, Ph.D. Education 105...... 2 hrs. Email: [email protected] Education 105L ...... 0 hrs. Education 106...... 2 hrs. Education 109...... 2 hrs. Full-Time: Education 121...... 2 hrs. Linda K. Barnett, Ph.D. Education 168...... 3 hrs. Brian A.T. Husby, Ph.D. Education 185...... 3 hrs. Mary Kiani, M.ED. Education 187...... 3 hrs. Michael L. McDonald, Ph.D. Education 240...... 2 hrs. Education 242...... 3 hrs. Part-Time: Education 244...... 3 hrs. Ted A. Bulling, Ph.D. Education 245...... 4 hrs. Robert Curtright, M.S. Education 246...... 2 hrs. Bruce E. Kopplin, M.A. Education 286...... 1 hr. William E. Rogge, Ed.D. Special Education 107 ...... 3 hrs. Susan Venter, M.A. Special Education 246...... 1 hr. Special Education 248...... 1 hr. Education 280...... 14 hrs. Degrees Education 299...... 1 hr. See the elementary education brochure for other pro- Bachelor of Arts gram requirements. Bachelor of Science Elementary, middle grades, and special education Middle Grades Education major students may earn a Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of (92-93 hrs.) Arts degree. Students majoring in music earn a Bachelor Education 1...... 2 hrs. of Music degree. Education 75...... 1 hr. Elementary education students who desire a Education 105...... 2 hrs. Bachelor of Arts degree must complete two years of col- Education 105L ...... 0 hrs. lege-level foreign language. Education 106...... 2 hrs. Education 109...... 2 hrs. Teacher Certification Education 185...... 3 hrs. Education 187...... 3 hrs. Requirements Education 213 or 215...... 2-3 hrs. Candidates for teacher certification must earn in res- Education 220...... 3 hrs. idence at least 30 hours of credit, 12 hours of which must Education 240...... 2 hrs. be in each endorsement program. Education 242...... 3 hrs. All students who expect to be recommended for Education 244...... 3 hrs. teacher certification must become candidates in the Education 245...... 4 hrs. department’s Teacher Education Program. Once a stu- Education 246...... 2 hrs. dent has applied for candidacy in the program, the stu- Education 286...... 1 hr. dent must schedule coursework with an adviser in the Special Education 107 or 207...... 3 hrs. education department and in the student’s teaching Art 100 or 200 or Music 121 or 233...... 3 hrs. subjects or field. After a student fulfills the requirements Education 280 or 285...... 14 hrs. for a degree for graduation and for the Teacher Education 299...... 1 hr. Education Program, the student may be recommended Students are required to complete two respective for a teaching certificate by the certification officer in Content Areas of Specialization (CAS) (18 or more dis- the Education Department. The Career Center assists tinct hours in each area) for a minimum total of 36 prospective teachers in securing teaching contracts but hours. Dependent upon CAS, various general education does not guarantee employment. courses can also apply to maximize hours. See the education department brochure for detailed program requirements. 106 EDUCATION

SpecialEducation – Subject Endorsement Candidates who are preparing for a subject endorse- Mildly/Moderately ment should choose from the following list: basic busi- Disabled major (59–66 hrs.) ness, economics, French, German, Japanese, Spanish, Education 1...... 2 hrs. English, music (vocal) K-6, music (vocal) 7-12, music Education 75...... 1 hr. (instrumental) K-6, music (instrumental) 7-12, speech, Education 105...... 2 hrs. theatre, physical education (K-6), physical education (7- Education 105L ...... 0 hrs. 12), biology, chemistry, history, physics, political science, Education 106...... 2 hrs. and psychology. See the education department brochure Education 109...... 2 hrs. for details. Education 185...... 3 hrs. Education 240...... 2 hrs. Field Endorsement Education 245...... 4 hrs. To be certified, a candidate who is preparing for a Education 246...... 2 hrs. field endorsement must choose one of the following Education 299...... 1 hr. fields: elementary education, art, language arts, middle Special Education 76...... 1 hr. grades, music (combination), mathematics, health and Special Education 107...... 3 hrs. physical education, natural science, physical science, Special Education 118...... 3 hrs. comprehensive social science, and special education — Special Education 119...... 3 hrs. mildly/moderately disabled. See the education depart- Special Education 120...... 3 hrs. ment brochure for details. Special Education 187...... 3 hrs. Additional endorsements are available in coaching Special Education 216...... 2 hrs. and computer science. See the education department Special Education 246...... 1 hr. brochure for details. Special Education 248...... 1 hr. Special Education 257...... 2 hrs. Special Education 270...... 1 hr. Special Education 271...... 2 hrs. Pass/Fail Policy Special Education 277 or 287...... 7-14 hrs. Education department courses are not offered on a HHP 265...... 3 hrs. Pass/Fail basis except for a field experience. Communication 40 or 160...... 3 hrs. See the education department brochure for program requirements. Supervised Teaching A variety of supervised teaching (commonly called Secondary Education endorse- student teaching) opportunities are offered for students ment (39-40 hrs.) in education. These individuals may student teach in the [Secondary education is not a major; it is used in con- Lincoln Public Schools, neighboring communities, in junction with a major to become certified to teach.] Chicago’s urban schools, or abroad. A minimum of 14 Education 1...... 2 hrs. semester hours of supervised teaching is required for Education 75...... 1 hr. graduation. Education 105...... 2 hrs. Education 105L ...... 0 hrs. Education 106...... 2 hrs. Supervised Teaching Abroad Education 106L ...... 0 hrs. Nebraska Wesleyan’s supervised teaching program Education 185...... 3 hrs. allows students to complete eight weeks of their student Education 187...... 3 hrs. teaching requirement in Australia, New Zealand, Education 213 or 215...... 2-3 hrs. Taiwan, Germany, England, Ireland, Scotland, Wales, or Education 235...... 2 hrs. India. Students interested in teaching abroad should Education 236...... 1 hr. apply to the department one year in advance. Students Education 283 or 287 289...... 14 hrs. should contact the department chair for details. Education 299...... 1 hr. Special Education 207...... 3 hrs. Supervised Teaching through the Methods course ...... 3 hrs. See the education department for major endorsement Chicago Urban Life Center Student teaching in an urban environment in and certification requirements. Chicago may be available as part of the Chicago Urban Life Center. Along with student teaching, students Teaching Endorsements attend seminars that introduce them to the city. Teaching endorsements are divided into two cate- Students should contact the department chair for gories: subjects and fields. Candidates must complete at details. least one subject endorsement or one field endorsement to become certified. EDUCATION 107

106. Human Development and Learning II Courses in Education 2 hours 1. Introduction to Education in the United A continuation of Education 105 with emphasis on the States principles of learning and their application in the field of 2 hours education. Secondary students will be required to assist A course providing a broad, general survey of education a school teacher for a 50-minute period twice a week. in the United States, designed to help students decide Prerequisites or corequisites: Education 1 and 105, or whether to continue coursework in professional educa- permission of the instructor. tion. This course is a prerequisite to further work in the (Normally offered each spring semester.) department. (Normally offered each semester.) 106L. Lab 0 hours 75. Field Experience Students observe/assist in secondary level school set- 1 hour tings. Only students seeking 7-12 certification complete A course designed to allow students an opportunity to this lab. determine if they have a talent for teaching. Students Corequisite: Education 106. will be assigned to assist a preschool, elementary, or sec- (Normally offered each spring semester.) ondary school teacher for a designated period of time each week. May be repeated a maximum of three times. 108. Introduction to Early Childhood P/F only. Education Prerequisite or corequisite: Education 1. 3 hours (Normally offered each semester.) A course designed for those who are concerned with teaching children from birth through age eight. The 77. Field Experience content will integrate knowledge about child growth 1 hour and development into the process of preparing a mean- The course is designed to provide students with an ingful educational program for young children. A unit exploratory experience in preschool or kindergarten. on educational assessment and interpretation of results Students will be assigned to assist teachers for a desig- is also included. nated period of time each week. May be repeated a (Normally offered each spring semester.) maximum of three times. P/F only. 109. Reading Theory Prerequisite or corequisite: Education 1. 2 hours This course serves as a theoretical foundation for the 100. Art in the Elementary School Reading and Language Arts Methods course. The stu- See Art 100. dents will define reading and discuss the purposeful nature of reading. The class presents a survey of the var- 105. Human Development and Learning I ious theories of reading acquisition and familiarizes stu- 2 hours dents with specific theorists. It will encourage students A course designed to acquaint students with the basic to begin forming their own philosophy about the read- principles of growth and all phases of human developing process. The State Standards for Reading and ment. Students will be required to assist an elementary Writing will be presented and explored for their connec- or secondary teacher for a 50-minute period twice a tions to theory and practice. The interconnectedness of week. listening, speaking, reading, and writing will be Prerequisite or corequisite: Education 1 or permission of explored. This course will begin to build the bridge the instructor. between theory and classroom application. (Normally offered each semester.) (Normally offered each spring semester.)

105L. Lab 121. Music Methods and Materials for 0 hours Elementary Teachers Students observe/assist in educational settings associat- See Music 121. ed with our P-12 school system. Corequisite: Education 105. 168. Literature for Children and Youth (Normally offered each semester.) 3 hours An introduction to and survey of the genres of literature for children, along with the place of children’s literature in the curriculum and the evaluation of the literary worth of children’s books. Opportunity to design trade book activities is provided by a lab experience. (Normally offered each spring semester.) 108 EDUCATION

169. Learning Resources for Young Adults 214. Methods in Teaching Foreign Languages 3 hours 3 hours A survey study of instructional materials of special inter- A study of methods and content of modern foreign lan- est to the junior and senior high school age. guages. An analysis of texts, aids, and curricular materi- Examination of various sources of print and nonprint als. French, German, Japanese, and Spanish included. materials. Includes bibliotherapy, book-talk techniques, Prerequisite: Acceptance into the Teacher Education notable authors/producers, and prize winning materials. Program or permission of the department chair. Discussion of censorship, controversial issues, selection criteria, and the tools to keep abreast of the field. 215. Educational Assessments: Directed Study 2 hours 185. Education in a Pluralistic Society A study of the tools and techniques of measurement and 3 hours evaluation. The specific topics depend upon the stu- This course, which meets the Nebraska Human Relations dent’s program and needs. Training requirement for teacher certification, focuses Prerequisite: Acceptance into the Teacher Education on the history, culture, and contributions of African Program or permission of the department chair. Americans, Native Americans, Asian Americans, and Hispanics. In addition, it seeks to sensitize students to 220. The Middle and Junior High Schools dehumanizing biases experienced by groups due to race, 3 hours ethnicity, gender, social class, religion, exceptionality, A study of the organization, function, administration, sexual orientation, and language background. interdisciplinary curriculum, instruction, assessment, (Normally offered each semester.) pupils, and history of the middle school and the junior high school. Students design and teach an interdiscipli- 187. Instructional Technology nary unit plan that incorporates specific teaching and See Special Eduction 187. assessment strategies as well as integrates forms of instructional technology. 190. Selected Topics Prerequisite: Acceptance into the Teacher Education 1, 2, or 3 hours Program or permission of the department chair. A course designed to treat subject matter not covered in (Planned for spring 2006.) other standard courses or to provide study of subject matter introduced in other courses. The title, content, 222. Public School Music - Instrumental and credit hours will be determined by current mutual See Music 236. interests of faculty and students. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chair. 224. Methods in Teaching Communication and Theatre Arts in Middle and Secondary Schools 196. Special Projects 3 hours 1, 2, or 3 hours A survey of the methods of teaching communication in An opportunity for a student to engage in an individu- the classroom and of directing extracurricular activities. ally arranged project supervised by a member of the fac- Prerequisite: Acceptance into the Teacher Education ulty. Program or permission of the department chair. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chair. 228. Methods in Teaching Science in Middle 200. Art in the Secondary School and Secondary Schools See Art 200. 3 hours The study and use of teaching methods and models in 213. Educational Assessments: Secondary middle and secondary schools and their application to 3 hours the learning styles of these age groups. Includes an A study of teacher-made, informal tests as well as for- examination of various science curriculum programs, mal, standardized tests. Students learn to devise assess- laboratory safety procedures, and the selection and ment instruments for evaluation purposes. They also organization of content and teaching materials. learn to administer, score, and interpret the results of Prerequisite: Acceptance into the Teacher Education standardized tests. Program or permission of the department chair. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the Teacher Education (Planned for spring 2006.) Program or permission of the department chair. (Normally offered each semester.) EDUCATION 109

229. Methods in Teaching Mathematics in 240. Teaching Mathematics in Elementary and Middle and Secondary Schools Middle Grades 3 hours 2 hours The study of the methods of teaching mathematics in This course focuses on the content and process skills of middle and secondary schools. Includes teaching materi- teaching and learning math in the elementary and mid- als, methods, objectives, and various models of teaching. dle grades. The course incorporates methodologies Prerequisite: Acceptance into the Teacher Education (including interdisciplinary approaches) for developing Program or permission of the department chair. and implementing curriculum and assessing learning. (Planned for spring 2007.) Laboratory experiences are provided. Prerequisites: Acceptance into the Teacher Education 230. Elementary General Music Methods Program or permission of the department chair. See Music 230. Corequisite: Education 244. (Normally offered each spring semester.) 232. Secondary Vocal Music Methods See Music 232. 242. Teaching Social Sciences in Elementary and Middle Grades 235. General Secondary Methods 3 hours A course focusing on the methodology, processes, and 2 hours content of elementary social sciences. It includes strate- A critical and functional study of effective methods of gies for teaching the seven disciplines of the social sci- instruction with emphasis on the planning/ ences, interdisciplinary approaches, human relation- teaching/assessment processes applicable for junior high ships, mental health, and community health. Laboratory and high schools. Students design and teach an interdis- experiences are provided. ciplinary unit plan in 236 practicum that incorporates Prerequisite: Education 109. specific forms of instructional technology. (Normally offered each fall semester.) Prerequisite: Acceptance into the Teacher Education Program or permission of the department chair. Corequisite: Education 236. 244. Teaching Natural Sciences in Elementary (Normally offered each semester.) and Middle Grades 3 hours 236. General Secondary Methods Lab This course focuses on the content and process skills of teaching and learning science in the elementary and 1 hour middle grades. The course incorporates methodologies Students plan and teach a variety of lessons within a unit (including interdisciplinary approaches) for developing plan that incorporates specific teaching and assessment and implementing curricula and assessing learning. strategies. Second, students will apply various classroom Laboratory experiences are provided. management approaches. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the Teacher Education Prerequisite: Acceptance into the Teacher Education Program or permission of the department chair. Program or permission of the department chair. Corequisite: Education 240. Corequisite: Education 235. (Normally offered each spring semester.) (Normally offered each semester.)

237. General Secondary Methods: 245. Methods for Teaching Literacy in Directed Study Elementary and Middle Grades 4 hours 2 hours A course focusing on planning, teaching, and assessing A study of effective methods of instruction used in jun- the four broad areas of literacy: listening, speaking, ior and senior high schools. reading, and writing. The course includes writing plans Prerequisite: Acceptance into the Teacher Education that address objectives and standards, and meeting the Program or permission of the department chair. needs of individual students. Teaching includes a variety of methodologies: basal series, direct instruction, holistic 239. Methods in Teaching Reading in Middle approaches, and balanced instruction. Effective listen- and Secondary Schools ing, speaking, and writing through knowledge and pro- 3 hours ficiency in grammar usage, spelling, and handwriting A course focusing on the methodology, processes, and are covered. Students gather information and experi- content of reading at the secondary school level. ences throughout the semester to form their own Particular attention is given to strategies effective in philosophies of teaching and assessing literacy. A unit on teaching developmental reading, content area reading, educational assessment and interpretation of results is and basic skills in diagnosis and remediation. Laboratory also included. Includes 25 hours of practicum experience. experiences are provided. Prerequisite: Education 109. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the Teacher Education Corequisite: Special Education 248 for 2 hours. Program or permission of the department chair. (Normally offered each fall semester.) (Normally offered each fall semester.) 110 EDUCATION

246. Methods Practicum 281. Supervised Teaching in Elementary 2 hours School Physical Education A practicum opportunity allowing students to practice 7 hours the planning, teaching, assessment, and dispositions Students work with one or more regular physical educa- that are presented in methods classes. tion teachers in an elementary school. They attend the Prerequisites/Corequisites: Education 240, 242, 244, 245, student teaching seminar and conference with their col- Special Education 246, 248, 270. lege supervisor as directed. Prerequisites: Completion of preliminary student teach- 260. Methods in Teaching English in Middle ing requirements and approval of department chair. and Secondary Schools 3 hours 282. Methods of Teaching Business in Middle A diagnostic view of all elements pertinent to teaching and Secondary Schools English in middle and secondary schools. Strong practical 3 hours emphasis will be placed on the proportional and organ- This course will provide a practical overview of setting ized development of middle and secondary English objectives, utilizing teaching materials, selecting and courses, realistic presentation of materials, and the prac- organizing subject matter, and instructing and evaluat- tical and varied methods of testing appropriate to such ing as applied to accounting and basic business subjects. courses. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the Teacher Education Prerequisite: Acceptance into the Teacher Education Program or permission of the department chair. Program or permission of the department chair. (Planned for fall 2005.)

264. Methods in Teaching Social Sciences in 283. Supervised Teaching in Secondary School Middle and Secondary Schools Music 3 hours 7 hours Designed for middle and secondary education students Students work with one or more music teachers in a sec- working toward certification in one of the following ondary school. social science fields: economics, general social sciences, Prerequisites: Completion of preliminary student teach- history, political science, psychology, and sociology. ing requirements and approval of the department chair. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the Teacher Education Program or permission of the department chair. 285. Supervised Teaching in the Middle Grades (Normally offered each fall semester.) 7-14 hours Students work with one or more regular teachers in a 278. Supervised Teaching in Elementary middle grades classroom. They attend the student teach- School Music ing seminar and conference with their college supervisor 7 hours as directed. Students work with one or more music teachers in an Prerequisites: Completion of preliminary student teach- elementary school. ing requirements and approval of the department chair. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the Teacher Education Program or permission of the department chair. 286. Classroom Management and Discipline for All Students 279. Supervised Teaching in Early Childhood 1 hour Programs This course focuses on various attitudes, behaviors, and 4-7 hours techniques which lead to effective classroom manage- Students are given the opportunity to teach children in ment. Students will engage in critical thinking and an early childhood program (birth through kinder- reflection as they review and develop effective class- garten). They teach a full day for ten weeks, attend the room management practices. student teaching seminar, and conference with their col- Prerequisite: Acceptance into the Teacher Education lege supervisor as directed. Program or permission of the department chair. Prerequisites: Completion of preliminary student teach- (Normally offered each fall semester.) ing requirements and approval of the department chair. Corequisite: Education 280 or Special Education 287.

280. Supervised Teaching in the Elementary School 7-14 hours Students work with one or more regular teachers in an elementary school. They teach a full day, attend the student teaching seminar, and conference with their college supervisor as directed. Prerequisites: Completion of preliminary student teaching requirements and approval of the department chair. EDUCATION 111

287. Supervised Teaching in the Secondary School Courses in Special 1-14 hours Education Students work with one or more regular teachers in a secondary school. They attend the student teaching sem- 76. Field Experience inar and conference with their college supervisor as 1 hour directed. A course designed to allow students an opportunity to Prerequisites: Completion of preliminary student teach- assist a preschool, elementary, middle grades, or junior ing requirements and approval of the department chair. high special education teacher for a designated period of time each week. May be repeated a maximum of three times. 289. Urban Student Teaching Semester P/F only. 14 hours Corequisite: Special Education 107 for special education The Chicago Urban Life Center project is a semester-long majors. program that involves both interdisciplinary class work (Normally offered each fall semester.) and field experiences in Chicago, Illinois, including full- time student teaching. The semester program will replace certain teacher certification program require- 107. Understanding Human Differences ments as determined by the department chair. 3 hours Prerequisites: Students must meet the preliminary This course provides an overview of basic concepts relat- requirements for student teaching, be approved by the ed to the inclusive education of differently abled stu- education department and the chair of the department dents. A broad understanding of a range of low and in which the student is majoring, and be accepted by the high incidence disablilites will be explored. Historical Chicago Urban Life Center Program Director. factors, legislation, litigation, service delivery models, and cross-cultural issues are examined in the course. Students will complete a fieldwork experience that will 290. Selected Topics allow them an opportunity to assist kindergarten, ele- 1, 2, or 3 hours mentary, middle school, or junior high special education A course designed to treat subject matter not covered in students for a designated period of time. other standard courses, or to provide advanced study of (Normally offered each fall semester.) subject matter introduced in other courses. The title, content, and credit hours will be determined by current mutual interests of faculty and students. 118. Learning Strategies I: Direct Instruction Prerequisite: Approval of the department chair. Methods 3 hours Students will learn to develop and deliver specific aca- 296. Special Projects demic and social curriculum using Direct Instruction/ 1, 2, or 3 hours Behaviorist methodology. Demonstration of compe- An opportunity for a student to engage in an individu- tence of instructional design and evaluation within a ally-arranged project supervised by a member of the fac- Direct Instruction/Behaviorist model is emphasized in ulty. relation to students with mild/moderate disabilities. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chair. Students may complete a fieldwork experience that will allow students an opportunity to assist a preschool, ele- 299. Student Teaching Seminar mentary, or middle school special education teacher for 1 hour a designated period of time using these instructional A capstone course that meets biweekly for two hours to methods. focus on two areas: to provide a structured and safe environment to dialogue about student teaching suc- 119. Learning Strategies II: Strategy Training cesses and concerns; and second, invited speakers, stu- 3 hours dents and instructor, discuss topics most pertinent to stu- Students will learn to develop and deliver specific aca- dent teaching, how to obtain a teaching position, and demic and social curriculum using Cognitive Strategy critical issues for the beginning teacher. Topics include methodology. Demonstration of competence of instruc- educational law, morals and ethics, student/teacher/par- tional design and evaluation within a Cognitive Strategy ent rights and responsibilities, establishing and main- framework is emphasized for students with mild/moder- taining positive communication with the staff and com- ate disabilities. Students may complete fieldwork experi- munity, as well as interviewing and job search skills. ence that will allow them an opportunity to assist a pre- Corequisite: Student teaching or permission of the school, elementary, or middle school special education department chair. teacher for a designated period of time using these (Normally offered each semester.) instructional methods. 112 EDUCATION

120. Learning Strategies III: Cooperative 246. Methods Practicum Learning 1 hour 3 hours A practicum opportunity allowing students to practice Students will learn to develop and deliver specific aca- adapting lessons for children with exceptionalities. demic and social curriculum using Social Learning theo- Prerequisites/Corequisites: Education 240, 242, 244, 245, ry and methodology. Demonstration of competence in 246, Special Education 248, 270. instructional design and evaluation with a Social Learning theory model is emphasized for students with 248. Curriculum Adaptations for Language Art mild/moderate disabilities. Students may complete a Methods fieldwork experience that will allow them an opportuni- 1 hour ty to assist a preschool, elementary, or middle school spe- As a corequisite with Education 241 and Education 243, cial education teacher for a designated period of time this course will involve the critical study of materials, cur- using these instructional methods. riculum, and effective instruction used in teaching children and youth with mild/moderate disabilities. 187. Instructional and Adaptive Technology Corequisites: Education 241, 243. 3 hours Prerequisite: Acceptance into the Teacher Education This course is the study of the various forms of instruc- Program or permission of the department chair. tional technology available to today’s educators. Instructional technologies include computers, data 257. Legal Issues in Special Education bases, wireless telecommunication, augmentative com- 2 hours munication software, literacy, and mathematic support This course provides students with knowledge of nation- software. Specific emphasis is placed on those forms of al, state, and local laws, policies, procedures, and adaptive technology that will assist the teaching and resources that affect the definition of disability and the learning of students with mild/moderate disabilities. ensuing education programs for students with (Normally offered each semester.) mild/moderate disabilities. Models of social and personal advocacy will form a critical foundation for develop- 196. Special Projects ment of a personal consultation model. Students will 1, 2, or 3 hours reflect their understanding of these issues through the An opportunity for a student to engage in an individu- development of Individual Education Plans, Transition ally-arranged project supervised by a member of the fac- Plans, and School Service Plans for students with ulty. mild/moderate disabilities. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chair. Prerequisites: Acceptance into the Teacher Education Program or permission of the department chair. 207. Methods of Teaching Secondary Students (Normally offered each fall semester.) with Disabilities 3 hours 268. Education of Preschool Children Who are A course designed to acquaint secondary education stu- Handicapped dents with appropriate teaching strategies and method- 2 hours ologies for the regular classroom when teaching stu- This course provides an overview of the basic concepts dents who are gifted or have mild/moderate disabilities. related to early intervention and an in-depth study of Legal responsibilities and obligations concerning both instructional programming for infants and preschoolers populations are also discussed. A field experience is with disabilities. Historical factors, legislation, assess- included as part of this course. ment, and collaboration skills with other professionals (Normally offered each spring semester). and families are examples of topics emphasized. Prerequisites: Acceptance into the Teacher Education 216. Assessment Program or permission of the department chair. 2 hours (Normally offered each spring semester.) This course is a study of the informal and formal techniques and instruments for assessing children/youth for 270. Curriculum Adaptations for Math and a variety of functions across multiple curriculum areas. Science Methods Primary focus will be on effective tools for the identifi- 1 hour cation and support of children/youth with mild/moder- As a corequisite of Education 240 and Education 244, ate disabilities. this course involves the critical study of materials, cur- Prerequisite: Acceptance into the Teacher Education riculum, and effective instruction used in teaching chil- Program or permission of the department chair. dren and youth with mild/moderate disabilities. (Normally offered each spring semester.) Corequisites: Education 240, 244. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the Teacher Education Program or permission of the department chair. (Normally offered each spring semester.) EDUCATION 113

271. Creating Supports for Safe Schools 2 hours Courses in Geography This course provides an intensive study of ways that col- 51. Physical Geography laborative practice can support children with emotion- 3 hours al/behavioral needs. An emphasis of the course will be A course that introduces modern geography and exam- on the creation of safe schools through cognitive, ines spatial relationships among such physical phenome- behavioral, and social support strategies. na as climate, topography, soils, and vegetation. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the Teacher Education (Normally offered each fall semester.) Program or permission of the department chair. 52. Cultural Geography 277. Special Education Practicum 3 hours 14 hours A course that examines the spatial relationships of such Students are given the opportunity to teach phenomena as population, economic activity, and socie- children/youth who have mild/moderate disabilities in tal groups. the elementary and middle grades. They teach a full day (Normally offered each spring semester.) during all the Nebraska Wesleyan semester. Prerequisites: Completion of preliminary student teaching requirements and approval of the department chair.

285. Supervised Teaching in Mildly/Moderately Handicapped Programs, 6-9 7 hours Students are given the opportunity to teach children who have mild/moderate disabilities in the middle grades for 10 weeks. Prerequisites: Completion of preliminary student teaching requirements and approval of the department chair.

287. Special Education Practicum 7 hours Students are given the opportunity to teach children who have mild/moderate disabilities in the elementary grades for 10 weeks. Prerequisites: Completion of preliminary student teaching requirements and approval of the department chair.

288. Supervised Teaching in Preschool/Handicapped Programs 7 hours Students are given the opportunity to teach preschool children with disabilities in an early childhood special education program (birth through kindergarten) for 10 weeks. Prerequisites: Completion of preliminary student teaching requirements and approval of the department chair.

290. Selected Topics 1, 2, or 3 hours A course designed to treat subject matter not covered in other standard courses or to provide advanced study of subject matter introduced in other courses. The title, content and credit hours will be determined by current mutual interests of faculty and students. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chair.

296. Special Projects 1, 2 or 3 hours This course provides an opportunity for a student to engage in an individually arranged project supervised by a member of the faculty. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chair. 114 EDUCATION

Elementary Education Special Education Major Major Sample Course Schedules

Sample Course Schedules First Year Fall Semester First Year *EDUC 1: Introduction to Fall Semester Education in the U.S...... 2 hrs. EDUC 1: Introduction to *EDUC 75: Field Experience ...... 1 hr. Education in the U.S...... 2 hrs. •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar ...... 3 hrs. EDUC 75: Field Experience ...... 1 hr. •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar ...... 3 hrs. •Mathematics Requirement...... 3-4 hrs. •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. •HHP 15: Health and Wellness...... 2 hrs. •Mathematics Requirement...... 3-4 hrs. 14-15 hrs. HIST 1: U.S. Soc & Cult to 1877 or HIST 2: U.S. Soc & Cult since 1877...... 3 hrs. Spring Semester 15-16 hrs. EDUC 168: Spring Semester Literature for Children and Youth...... 3 hrs. EDUC 168: Literature for Children PSYCH 1 or 2: Basic or and Youth...... 3 hrs. Applied Psychological Science...... 3 hrs. •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech ...... 3 hrs. BIO 1: Perspectives in Biological Sciences .....4 hrs. Natural Science with lab...... 4 hrs. •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech ...... 3 hrs. PSYCH 1 or 2 Basic or •Masterpieces of Literature ...... 3 hrs. Applied Psychological Science...... 3 hrs. 16 hrs. •HHP 15: Health and Wellness...... 2 hrs. *May be taken either fall or spring semester. General Education or Elective...... 3 hrs. 18 hrs. The only education courses open to first-year stu- Secondary Education dents are EDUC 1, 75 and 168. If there is any intention to get a foreign language endorsement, foreign language Sample Course Schedules must be started in the first year. First Year Fall Semester Middle Grades Major EDUC 1: Introduction to Education in the U.S...... 2 hrs. Sample Course Schedules EDUC 75: Field Experience ...... 1 hr. •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar ...... 3 hrs. First Year •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. Fall Semester General Education course ...... 3 hrs. EDUC 1: Introduction to •HHP 15: Health and Wellness...... 2 hrs. Education in the U.S...... 2 hrs. One Course Toward Major ...... 3 hrs. EDUC 75: Field Experience ...... 1 hr. 17 hrs. •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar ...... 3 hrs. •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. Spring Semester •HHP 15: Health and Wellness...... 2 hrs. •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech ...... 3 hrs. PSYCH 1 or 2: Basic or •Mathematics Requirement ...... 3-4 hrs. Applied Psychological Science...... 3 hrs. General Education course ...... 6 hrs. One Course Toward Specialization...... 3 hrs. One Course Toward Major ...... 3 hrs. 17 hrs. 15-16 hrs. Spring Semester •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech ...... 3 hrs. •Mathematics Requirement ...... 3-4 hrs. BIO 1: Perspectives in Biological Sciences or related class ...... 4 hrs. HIST. 1: U.S. Soc & Cult to 1877 or HIST. 2: U.S. Soc & Cult since 1877...... 3 hrs. One Course Toward Specialization...... 3 hrs. 16-17 hrs.

Emphasis Areas ENGLISH Literature (9 hrs.) Any combination of additional 200-level Humanities Division literature courses, English 180, or Old Main 102 a fourth semester of the British or 402.465.2343 American survey courses. Writing (9 hrs.) Language Studies (9 hrs.) Faculty Pedagogy (9 hrs.) Students would fulfill this pedagogy Department Chair: emphasis area by taking the following courses: James R. Schaffer, Ph.D. –ENG 169: Learning Resources for Young Adults Email: [email protected] –ENG 292/293 –A third language course (two language courses Full-Time: are already required for the major, but state accreditation standards require secondary edu- Roger A. Cognard, Ph.D. cation students to take three) Rick Cypert, Ph.D. –or another course as approved by department Michael Dumanis, Ph.D. chair. C. Gerise Herndon, Ph.D. Sarah A. Kelen, Ph.D Students who wish to meet Nebraska teaching certifica- Sandra J. McBride, M.A. tion requirements select one of these options: Laurence L. McClain, Ph.D. –English subject endorsement P. Scott Stanfield, Ph.D. –English supporting subject endorsement Katherine J. Wolfe, Ph.D. (for those who have first-major endorsements in other areas) Part-Time: –Language arts field endorsement Jeanine Jewell, Ph.D. See the education department brochures for details. Carolyn Nolte, M.A. Minors Degree Bachelor of Arts English minor (18 hrs.) English 100...... 3 hrs. Major Electives...... 15 hrs. Electives must include at least one Foreign language study is strongly encouraged for all 200-level course. English majors. Credit earned in English 1, 2, or 101 does not count toward hour requirements for any English major or Journalism minor (19 hrs.) minor. Journalism 161 and 162...... 6 hrs. Each student graduating with a major in English will Journalism 164 and 169...... 4 hrs. participate in a senior exit interview, normally in con- Communication 155...... 3 hrs. junction with English 299. This review will provide a Art 150 ...... 3 hrs. means of self-assessment for each student and program Elective ...... 3 hrs. assessment for the department. Select from Journalism 169 [repeated], 297; Political Science 109; or Communication 232. English major (39 hrs.) Introduction to Textual Study (English 100) ...... 3 hrs. Writing minor (15 hrs.) British and American Literature Select from English 110, 117, 119, 215, 260, (English 105, 106, 107, 108)...... 9 hrs. 265; Journalism 161, 162, 169, and 296. Advanced Composition (English 110) ...... 3 hrs. Shakespeare (English 200) ...... 3 hrs. Language Theory (English 251, 252, 260, 265)...... 6 hrs. Senior Research (English 298 and 299) ...... 6 hrs. Emphasis Area (select one)...... 9 hrs. 116 ENGLISH

Writing the Self Courses in English “Who am I?” This is the quintessential question that all human beings ask. This course examines how writers 1. English Language and Writing from different historical eras and cultural contexts use 3 hours various narrative strategies to construct a sense of self. A course designed to help students write with clarity, We will also examine numerous theories that seek to confidence, and conviction, incorporating both regular explain what constitutes the “I” that locates the self as a practice in writing (argument and exposition, writing as palpable center of self-awareness, as well as how genre discovery, and personal exploration) and study of lan- influences the accounting of personal history. guage and its social roles. (Normally offered each semester.) Sexualities This course is designed to help students appreciate the 2. Composition, Language, and Literature literary record of romantic relationships. Specifically, the course will explore how writers from different historical 3 hours periods and cultural milieus address the issue of human This course is designed for further development of stu- sexuality. Note: same-sex relationships will be routinely dent writing skills, with special attention to the origin, read about and discussed in the class. development, and current nature of the English lan- Note: This course also counts for Women’s Studies cred- guage. The course includes an introduction to literary it. genres.

Law and Justice 100. Introduction to Textual Studies The courtroom is a place where one’s telling and inter- 3 hours pretation of stories can mean the difference between This course is designed to equip new English majors with life and death, so the analysis of literature and the prac- the textual expertise and vocabulary needed for the tice of the law are already intertwined. This course analysis and discussion of various texts. It will cover explores the connection further by focusing on literary English prosody (including meter, sound patterns, and works that deal with the principle of justice and the traditional closed forms), and the technical vocabulary application of the law. appropriate to the discussion of fiction and drama. Revolution 101. Masterpieces of Literature This course looks at texts that represent moments of sud- 3 hours den change, upheaval, and transformation, both within An introductory course designed to help students appre- societies and within individuals. ciate the literary record of human relationships with nature, the supernatural, and each other. Each course Women’s Communities examines a particular question or condition as it is rep- This course looks at literary texts (some written by resented in a restricted number of literary works, with women, some by men) that imagine and depict all- core readings from the Bible, Greek or Roman classical woman communities. This course explores how different literature, Shakespeare, literature by women, and litera- societies and different historical eras have thought ture by writers of color. Current offerings include the fol- about gender and the social roles of men and women. lowing. Prerequisite: English 1. 105. British Literature: To 1800 3 hours Encountering Others A survey of British literature designed as a foundation This course looks at texts that represent moments of course for majors. Its aim is to provide a historical per- contact, conflict, or exchange between different cul- spective of British writers and genres, from the Anglo- tures, or between a society and those individuals the Saxon beginnings to the end of the Neoclassic era. society has designated as “different” in some crucial Prerequisites: English 1 and a Masterpieces of Literature way. course (English 101, History 116, Modern Language 134, or Theatre Arts 101). Coming of Age— (Normally offered each fall semester.) Becoming Women, Becoming Men This course looks at texts that represent the forces and processes that are part of maturation, especially those 106. British Literature: Since 1800 3 hours related to gender identity. This course focuses on gender A survey of British literature designed as a foundation issues and includes feminist perspectives. course for majors. Its aim is to provide a historical per- Note: This course also counts for Women’s Studies cred- spective of British writers and genres, from the begin- it. nings of the Romantic Movement to the present. Families and Relationships Prerequisites: English 1 and a Masterpieces of Literature course (English 101, History 116, Modern Language 134, This course will examine how writers from different his- or Theatre Arts 101). torical eras and cultural contexts write about family, in (Normally offered each spring semester.) every sense of that word. ENGLISH 117

107. Literature of the U.S.: To 1865 190. Selected Topics 3 hours 2 or 3 hours A survey course providing a historical perspective on the A topical course designed to investigate any relevant culture of the U.S. through the study of its literature subject matter not included in any of the standard cours- from the colonial beginnings to the Civil War. es. The title, content, and credit will be determined by Prerequisites: English 1 and a Masterpieces of Literature current, mutual interests of students and faculty. This course (English 101, History 116, Modern Language 134, course will usually be a course in literature, but it may or Theatre Arts 101). sometimes be a course in language or writing. (Normally offered each fall semester.) 200. Shakespeare 108. Literature of the U.S.: Since 1865 3 hours 3 hours A systematic study of the outstanding literary artist of A survey course providing a historical perspective on the the English language: comedies, tragedies, and historical culture of the U.S. through the study of its literature plays. from the Civil War to the present. Prerequisites: English 1 and 100 and junior standing. Prerequisites: English 1 and a Masterpieces of Literature course (English 101, History 116, Modern Language 134, 215. Writing in the Professions or Theatre Arts 101). 3 hours (Normally offered each spring semester.) An advanced writing workshop covering rhetorical principles (invention, arrangement, style, presentation) of 110. Advanced Composition various disciplines. Students will complete writing proj- 3 hours ects related to their professional interests. The focus of this course is on the writing process and its Prerequisite: English 110. product, the central activity being to study the effects of writing on both writer and reader. The course is conduct- 217. Advanced Fiction Writing ed as a workshop in which students read their own com- 3 hours positions to the class and respond to the compositions of An advanced course in the writing of fiction with a con- their classmates. The aim is to reduce, or make produc- tinued emphasis on a variety of forms, techniques, and tive, anxieties about writing, and thereby improve it. narrative voices. Discussion of student writing will take Prerequisite: English 1. place in a workshop setting. (Normally offered each semester.) Prerequisite: English 117 or permission of the instructor.

117. Fiction Writing 219. Advanced Poetry Writing 3 hours 3 hours An introduction to the writing of fiction with an empha- An advanced course in the writing of poetry with a con- sis on a variety of forms, techniques, and narrative voic- tinued emphasis on a variety of forms and techniques. es. Discussion of student writing will take place in a Discussion of student writing will take place in a work- workshop setting. shop setting. Prerequisite: English 1 or permission of the instructor. Prerequisite: English 119 or permission of the instructor.

119. Poetry Writing 221. Literature of the Middle Ages 3 hours 3 hours An introduction to the writing of poetry with an empha- An advanced course focusing primarily on British sis upon a variety of forms and techniques. Discussion of medieval literature. Its aim is to provide depth of knowl- student writing will take place in a workshop setting. edge by concentrating upon a single author, genre, or Prerequisite: English 1 or permission of the instructor. theme that distinctively represents the medieval period. Training in scholarship is provided through individual 169. Learning Resources for Young Adults projects in literary research and analysis. The particular See Education 169. subject will be determined each time the course is offered. 180. African-American Literature Prerequisites: English 1 and 100 and junior standing. 3 hours This course supplements the basic American survey courses. Its aim is to acquaint students with representative autobiography, fiction, drama, poetry, literary criticism, and essays by African-American writers from Frederick Douglass to Toni Morrison. Prerequisites: English 1 and a Masterpieces of Literature course (English 101, History 116, Modern Language 134, or Theatre Arts 101). 118 ENGLISH

222. Renaissance Literature 232. Studies in Drama 3 hours 3 hours An advanced course focused primarily on British An analytical course designed to give students exposure Renaissance literature. Its aim is to provide depth of to some of the major achievements of British, knowledge by concentrating upon a single author, Continental, and American dramatists. The particular genre, or theme that distinctively represents the subject will be determined each time the course is Renaissance period. Training in scholarship is provided offered. through individual projects in literary research and Prerequisites: English 1 and 100 and junior standing. analysis. The particular subject will be determined each time the course is offered. 233. Studies in Poetry Prerequisites: English 1 and 100 and junior standing. 3 hours An analytical course designed to provide intensive study 223. Literature 1660-1800 of poetics and the various genres in verse, and to 3 hours improve students' techniques and standards of literary An advanced literature course designed to provide analysis and judgment. The particular subject will be depth of knowledge by concentrating upon a single determined each time the course is offered. author, genre, or theme that distinctively represents lit- Prerequisites: English 1 and 100 and junior standing. erature from the years 1660-1800. Training in scholarship is provided through individual projects in literary 234. Studies in Non-fiction Prose research and analysis. The particular subject will be 3 hours determined each time the course is offered. An analytical course designed to provide intensive study Prerequisites: English 1 and 100 and junior standing. of the different genres of literary non-fiction writing, and to improve students' techniques and standards of 224. Nineteenth-Century Literature literary analysis and judgment. The particular subject 3 hours will be determined each time the course is offered. An advanced literature course designed to provide Prerequisites: English 1 and 100 and junior standing. depth of knowledge by concentrating upon a single author, genre, or theme that distinctively represents the 236. Modern Novel nineteenth century or some portion of the century. 3 hours Training in scholarship is provided through individual This course in the development of the novel since the projects in literary research and analysis. The particular end of World War II, uses examples drawn primarily subject will be determined each time the course is from Great Britain, the United States, and the offered. Anglophone world. Prerequisites: English 1 and 100 and junior standing. Prerequisites: English 1 and 100 and junior standing.

225. Twentieth-Century Literature 240. Women Writing Across Cultures 3 hours 3 hours An advanced literature course designed to provide Fiction and essays by women from various cultures depth of knowledge by concentrating upon a single (including the U.S., Europe, Africa, Latin America, and author, genre, or theme that distinctively represents the the Caribbean) will be the focus of this course. The mul- twentieth century or some portion of the century. ticultural, international reading list will provide students Training in scholarship is provided through individual insight into the lives and experiences of women most projects in literary research and analysis. The particular likely very different from themselves; thus they can subject will be determined each time the course is appreciate and learn from the differences and make offered. connections across cultures. Prerequisites: English 1 and 100 and junior standing. Prerequisites: English 1 and 101.

231. Studies in Fiction 250. Postcolonial and Global Literature 3 hours 3 hours An analytical course designed to provide intensive study A thematic course designed to complement the more of the fiction genre, or some aspect of the genre, and to traditional offerings in British and American literature. improve students' techniques and standards of literary The emphasis will be on the shock of colonization, the analysis and judgment. The particular subject will be oppression of imperialism, and the struggle for inde- determined each time the course is offered. pendence. Attention will also be paid to the encounter Prerequisites: English 1 and 100 and junior standing. of the individual with the questions of God, family, love, war, work, change, and death. Prerequisites: English 1 and a Masterpieces of Literature course (English 101, History 116, Modern Language 134, or Theatre Arts 101). ENGLISH 119

251. Introduction to Linguistics 290. Selected Topics 3 hours 2 or 3 hours Students study principles of linguistic analysis and survey An advanced course designed to investigate any rele- various theories of English grammar. Topics include: vant subject matter not included in any of the standard English phonetics and phonology, morphology, syntax, courses. The title, content, and credit will be determined semantics, and subfields of linguistics such as: sociolin- by current, mutual interests of students and faculty. This guistics (regional and ethnic dialects, issues of gender), course will usually be a course in literature, but it may be historical linguistics, and psycholinguistics (language sometimes be a course in language or writing. This acquisition, language and the brain). course may be offered to meet a group requirement for Prerequisites: English 1, 100, and junior standing. a major only by approval of the department chair. Prerequisite: Junior standing or instructor approval. 252. Origins of the English Language (Normally offered each fall semester.) 3 hours An introductory course in the historical and grammatical 292. Preparation for Pedagory Practicum development of Modern English from Old English and 1 hour Middle English. A course in pedagogical theory as it relates to teaching Prerequisites: English 1, 100, and junior standing. composition and introductory literature classes. This course is the required preparation for English 293 260. Early Rhetorical Traditions and Criticism (English 1 or 101 Student Instructor). 3 hours P/F only. Students will study the early history of rhetoric, drawing Prerequisites: Approval of instructor and department upon the Greek and Roman traditions and those of at chair, English 100, 101, and junior standing. least one additional culture. Students will focus on the (Only offered winter term.) major tenets of these rhetorical traditions, enabling them to analyze a variety of texts from multiple cultural 293. Pedagogy Practicum (English Student perspectives. Instructor) Prerequisites: English 1, 100, and junior standing. 2 hours Student instructors will apply their knowledge of disci- 265. Modern Rhetorical Traditions and pline-specific pedagogical theories by working with fac- Criticism ulty members in either English 1 or 101. Students will 3 hours plan class discussions; create and respond to student Students will study the later history of rhetoric, drawing assignments; and do independent projects designed to upon European rhetorical theorists, in addition to reflect on their experiences in class. All students in approaches from at least one non-Western culture. English 293 will meet once a month with the depart- Students will focus on the major tenets of these rhetori- ment chair to evaluate their progress. Course may not be cal traditions, enabling them to analyze a variety of texts repeated for credit. from multiple cultural perspectives. P/F only. Prerequisites: English 1, 100, and junior standing. Prerequisites: Approval of instructor and department chair and English 292. 270. Shakespearean Studies in Britain (Normally offered each spring semester.) 3 hours A study of Shakespeare's work and life on site in London 296. Special Projects and Stratford-upon-Avon. Coursework includes atten- 2 or 3 hours dance at six productions at the Royal Shakespeare A projects course designed to analyze and develop tech- Theatre, a visit to the Shakespeare Globe Museum and niques and subjects not involved in any of the standard New Globe Theatre in London, a theatre tour and work- courses. The topic, content, and credit will be deter- shop conducted by the Royal Shakespeare Company, lec- mined by current, mutual interests of students and fac- tures by resident scholars at the Shakespeare Centre, ulty. This course may be counted toward a major empha- and visits to all of the Shakespeare Trust Properties and sis area with the approval of the department chair. Holy Trinity Church. The course culminates in a major paper developed from research at the Shakespeare 297. Internship Centre Library and the Royal Shakespeare Collection. 2 or 3 hours Note: This course may be counted toward the English A project course in which students serve as apprentices major in lieu of English 200. in their chosen fields. Students' progress and perform- Prerequisites: Junior standing and permission of the ance will be supervised and evaluated jointly by the instructor. cooperating supervisor and instructor. Each project will be individually designed to suit the student's professional interests. P/F only. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 120 ENGLISH

298. Ways of Reading: Theory and Practice 164. Computerized Publishing I 3 hours 3 hours A course in the theory and development of literary criti- Study and practice of various print-media production cism including a general overview of theories of literary skills including typography, layout design, and printing criticism before the 20th- century and 20th-century criti- techniques. Students will learn several pagination and cal theories. design computer programs. Prerequisite: Senior standing. 169. Journalism Laboratory 299. Senior Workshop 1 hour 3 hours Working session during which staff members produce A senior-level research and writing seminar. In this the weekly newspaper, The Reveille. May be repeated. course students produce a research paper of approxi- Credit is limited to 3 hours. mately 20 pages or an original work (e.g., a short story) P/F only. supplemented with a 10-page essay that explains their (Normally offered each semester.) work critically. At the end of the term, students make panel presentations about their work to the entire 264. Computerized Publishing II department, and each paper is read by two faculty cho- 3 hours sen by each student. Advanced study and practice of computer-related print Prerequisite: Senior standing. production skills. Prerequisite: Journalism 164 or permission of the instructor. Courses in Journalism 297. Journalism Internship 2 or 3 hours 161. News Reporting On-the-job training with a newspaper or other sponsor 3 hours involved with communications. Work may include writ- An introductory course in journalism concentrating ing, photography, or production. Each internship will be upon basic techniques of news gathering and writing, designed individually to benefit both student and spon- including a basic history of news media. sor. Sponsors may be secured either by the student or by (Normally offered each fall semester.) the department. P/F only. 162. Feature Writing Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 3 hours Analysis of and practice in writing news feature stories for a variety of publications. The course will stress audience appraisal, interviewing, and research.

English Major Sample Course Schedules

First Year Second Year Fall Semester Fall Semester ENG 100: Introduction to Textual Study ...... 3 hrs. •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. ENG 107: American Literature ...... 3 hrs. •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar ...... 3 hrs. General Education or Electives...... 10-12 hrs. •HHP 15: Health and Wellness...... 2 hrs. 16-18 hrs. General Education or Electives ...... 6-8 hrs. 14-16 hrs. Spring Semester Spring Semester ENG 110: Advanced Composition...... 3 hrs. ENG 108: American Literature ...... 3 hrs. •Masterpieces of Literature ...... 3 hrs. General Education or Electives...... 10-12 hrs. •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech ...... 3 hrs. 16-18 hrs. •Mathematics Requirement...... 3-4 hrs. General Education or Electives ...... 6 hrs. 15-16 hrs.

–Completion of the Graduate Admission Application FORENSIC form –Official transcripts from all previously attended institutions SCIENCE –Completion of the MFS Admission Application form –Two letters of support verifying academic and profes- University College sional abilities Burt Hall –A cumulative undergraduate grade point average of 402.465.2227 3.00 or better –A criminal background check –An undergraduate/graduate statistics course Director of the Program: –An undergraduate/graduate research methods Jody Meerdink, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology course Email: [email protected] –A baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited institution Program Coordinator: –A personal goal statement Jeri Myers, M.A., D-ABMDI There will be specific requirements for each specialty area that may be waived upon request of evaluation of Director of Laboratory: transcripts and/or work experience. Daniel J. Strydom, Ph. D. Behavioral Science— Personality Psychology; Social Psychology; Abnormal Adjunct Professors: Psychology. Also recommended: Clincial Psychology Larry Barksdale, M.A. Forensic Biology/Chemistry— Melissa Connor, Ph.D. 1 semester of Biology or Organic Chemistry; 2 semes- Jill Holmquist, J.D. ters of Biochemistry (or 1 semester of Biochemistry Gary Plank, M.A. and 1 semester of Molecular Biology or Molecular Douglas Scott, Ph.D. Genetics); 1 semester of Quantitative Chemistry (or Rebecca Shacklett, R.N., M.Ed., M.F.S. Analytic Chemistry) or Statistics; 1 semester of Genetics or Cellular Biology This program, offered on weekends, is designed to provide knowledge of the field of forensic science. Through General Forensic Science— classroom and clinical experience, forensic science tech- prerequisites will vary upon courses chosen niques to employ in the preservation and collection of medicolegal evidence will be learned. This program pro- Contact the Director of the Program or the University vides an understanding of the integration of forensic sci- College Office for complete admission and program ence disciplines with criminal investigation. requirements.

Certificate M.F.S. (Behavioral Science or A certificate in Forensic Science is awarded to students General Track) requirements completing these 15 hours of undergraduate forensic (39 hrs.) science courses: Forensic Science 201, 202, 203, 204, and 297. Core courses...... 19 hrs. Forensic Science 501 (3 hrs.) Forensic Science 502 (3 hrs.) Master of Forensic Forensic Science 503 (3 hrs.) Forensic Science 504 (3 hrs.) Science Degree Forensic Science 597 (3 hrs.) The forensic science program at Nebraska Wesleyan Forensic Science 515 (4 hrs.) provides graduate-level preparation for individuals prac- Specialty area courses...... 12 hrs. ticing or pursuing careers in law, law enforcement, Behavioral Science: investigation, corrections, medicine, counseling, consult- Select 12 hours from: ing, government or private laboratories, and other fields Forensic Science 530, 531, 532, 533 in which forensic science impacts the legal process. General Forensic: The curriculum offers students a choice among three Select 12 hours from: tracks: behavioral science, forensic biology/chemistry, Forensic Science 520, 521, 522, 523 and general forensics. The program prepares all students for the merging sciences employed in the con- Special Session Seminars...... 2 hrs. stantly changing world of forensics. Select 2 hours from: Admissions requirements for the Master of Forensic Forensic Science 570-579, 591, 595, 596 Science include: Internship/Research Project...... 6 hrs. Forensic Science 599 122 FORENSIC SCIENCE

M.F.S. (Biology/Chemistry Track) 295. Independent Study 1, 2, or 3 hours requirements (39 hrs.) An opportunity for a student to engage in an individually arranged research project supervised by a member Core courses...... 19 hrs. of the faculty or other approved expert in the field. Forensic Science 501 (3 hrs.) Independent study is intended to broaden study oppor- Forensic Science 502 (3 hrs.) tunities beyond what is offered, not duplicate courses Forensic Science 503 (3 hrs.) offered in the catalog. Forensic Science 504 (3 hrs.) Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor or program Forensic Science 597 (3 hrs.) director. Forensic Science 540 (4 hrs.) Specialty area courses...... 13 hrs. 296. Special Projects Select 13 hours from: 1, 2, or 3 hours Forensic Science 541, 542, 544, 545 An opportunity for a student to engage in an individually arranged project supervised by a member of the fac- Special Session Seminar...... 1 hr. ulty or other approved expert in the field. Special proj- Select 1 hour from: ects are intended to broaden study opportunities Forensic Science 570-579, 591, 595, 596 beyond what is offered, not duplicate courses offered in Internship/Research Project...... 6 hrs. the catalog. Forensic Science 599 Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor or program director.

Courses 297. Internship 3 hours The internship consists of 90 contact hours and is 201. Forensic Science I arranged to expand clinical application of theory con- 3 hours tent. Sites are available out of state. This course provides an introduction to forensic science. P/F only. Specialized areas of forensics such as forensic pathology, Prerequisites: Forensic Science 201, 202, 203, and 204 forensic odontology, forensic anthropology, and forensic and permission of the coordinator or program director. entomology are introduced. Basic forensic science techniques are discussed. 299. Senior Research Prerequisite: Permission of the program coordinator. 1, 2, or 3 hours This is an empirical research investigation in which a stu- 202. Psychological, Sociological, and Legal dent formulates his or her own research topic, collects Aspects of Forensic Science and analyzes the data relevant to that topic, and pre- 3 hours pares a formal report of the investigation consistent This course introduces the participant to the psychologi- with the publication style of the American Psychological cal, sociological, and legal dimensions of forensic sci- Association. Either laboratory or field research is accept- ence. Discussion of expert witness testimony is included. able. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor or program 203. Forensic Science Techniques director. 3 hours This course introduces the participant to crime scene 501. Forensic Science I preservation and investigation. Collection, preservation, 3 hours and processing of evidence are included. This course provides an introduction to forensic science. Specialized areas of forensics such as forensic pathology, 204. Forensic Science II forensic odontology, forensic anthropology, and forensic 3 hours entomology are introduced. Basic forensic science tech- This course provides the participant with an exploration niques are discussed. of concepts and principles related to the medicolegal Prerequisite: Admittance to the graduate program. investigation of injury and death. Forensic (medicolegal) post-mortem examination procedures are included. 502. Psychological, Sociological and Legal Prerequisite: Forensic Science 201. Aspects of Forensic Science 3 hours This course introduces the participant to the psychological, sociological, and legal dimensions of forensic science. Discussion of expert witness testimony is included. Prerequisite: Admittance to the graduate program. FORENSIC SCIENCE 123

503. Forensic Science Techniques 520. Criminal Law/Laws of Evidence 3 hours 3 hours This course introduces the participant to crime scene In the course, the elements of violent crimes will be preservation and investigation. Collection, preservation, reviewed, as well as criminal procedure, constitutional and processing of evidence are included. and statutory limitations of criminal investigation, and Prerequisite: Admittance to the graduate program. the Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Amendments. The requirements of conviction, or burden of proof (criminal vs. civil 504. Forensic Science II standards), and rules and policies pertaining to evidence will be studied. 3 hours Prerequisites: Forensic Science 501, 502, 503, 504, 597 (or This course provides the participant with an exploration completion of Forensic Science 201, 202, 203, 204, 297, of concepts and principles related to the medicolegal and 511), and 515 or 540, with grades of “B-“ or better. investigation of injury and death. Forensic (medicolegal) post-mortem examination procedures are included. Prerequisites: Admittance to the graduate program and 221/521. Forensic Archaeology Forensic Science 501. 3 hours This course introduces the participant to the methods 510. Research Methods and Statistics for and techniques of anthropological archaeology relevant Forensic Science to forensic investigation. Prerequisites for 521: Forensic Science 501, 502, 503, 504, 3 hours 597 (or completion of Forensic Science 201, 202, 203, The intent of this course is to introduce the students to 204, 297, and 511), and 515 or 540, with grades of “B-“ the basics of statistics and research design. With respect or better. to design issues, special attention will be paid to the “rules of evidence” for the analysis of cause-and-effect relationships and the important differences among 522. Violence in Society experimental, quasi-experimental, and concomitant 3 hours measurement studies. With respect to data analytic Are there societal trends that explain violence against issues, primary attention will be given to the family of women, school shootings, and intrafamilial homicide? least-squares techniques that includes analysis of vari- This course will look at violence in the United States in ance and multiple linear regression. Emphasis will be on the context of changing roles and values, with a special the pragmatics of hypothesis testing, data analysis, and focus on predicting violence. the communication of findings. Prerequisites: Forensic Science 501, 502, 503, 504, 597 (or completion of Forensic Science 201, 202, 203, 204, 297, 511. Graduate Transition Course and 511) and 515 or 540, with grades of “B-“ or better. 2 hours This course is designed to “bridge the gap” for students 523. Document Analysis who have already completed the certificate program as 3 hours undergraduates and have been accepted for enrollment The course examines the issues involved in examining in the graduate program. This will include a re-examina- documents. Students will be introduced to questioned tion of the material from the original four courses as document examination techniques, handwriting analysis well as elements related to these courses. The student techniques, forensic discourse analysis, forensic linguis- will be completing the requirements needed to fulfill tics, and the application of logic and language to foren- the graduate level expectations of the original courses sic narrative analysis. (Forensic Science 201, 202, 203, and 204). Prerequisites: Forensic Science 501, 502, 503, 504, 597 (or Prerequisites: Forensic Science 201, 202, 203, and 204, completion of Forensic Science 201, 202, 203, 204, 297, with grades of “B-“ or better, and admittance to the and 511) and 515 or 540, with grades of “B-“ or better. graduate program. Pre- or corequisite: Forensic Science 297. 530. Forensic Psychology 3 hours 515. Advanced Crime Scene Investigation Forensic psychology is a growing and popular field of 4 hours inquiry. Forensic psychology is the application of psycho- This course focuses on recognizing, protecting, and pre- logical insights, concepts, and skills to the understanding serving all prospective physical evidence at a crime and functioning of the legal and criminal justice system. scene. Crime scene reconstruction involving the use of Students will examine the interaction between theories the scientific method and classical logic will be discussed. and applications of psychology and the practice of civil Students will learn about crime scene photography and criminal law. Insanity, malpractice, competency, civil methods, making impressions from imprints, collecting commitment, violence, jury selection, and expert-witness fingerprints and trace evidence, and analyzing and testimony will be discussed. interpreting blood spatter evidence through lectures Prerequisites: Forensic Science 501, 502, 503, 504, 597 (or and hands-on experiences. completion of Forensic Science 201, 202, 203, 204, 297 Prerequisites: Forensic Science 501, 502, 503, 504, and and 511) and 515 or 540, with grades of “B-“ or better; 597 (or completion of Forensic Science 201, 202, 203, Abnormal Psychology, Social Psychology, and Personality 204, 297, and 511), with grades of “B-“ or better. Psychology, or permission of the instructor. 124 FORENSIC SCIENCE

531. Violence, Mental Illness & Risk 541. Introduction to Forensic Biology Assessment 4 hours 3 hours Forensic serology has become one of the most important This course focuses on the physiological, cognitive, and areas in the crime laboratory because of the often high- learning factors involved in criminal behavior from a ly individual information which the analysis of blood psychological perspective. This will include an examina- and body fluids can provide. As a result of serological tion of the relationship between mental illness and crim- examination of blood and body fluids it is often possible inal behavior, especially violent behavior. Information to state with a high degree of probability the origin of regarding criminal behavior, violence, and mental illness the stains. Such information can be used to place the sus- will then be examined in terms of the assessment of risk. pect or victim at the crime scene. Course contact includes Risk assessment has developed as an important avenue information about immunology and blood group serol- for preventing crimes or preventing repeat offenses ogy, handling other body fluids, as well as various labo- from an individual perpetrator. In the field of Forensic ratory testing methods. Psychology, risk assessment is a very important skill. Prerequisites: Forensic Science 501, 502, 503, 504, 597 (or Prerequisites: Forensic Science 501, 502, 503, 504, 597 (or completion of Forensic Science 201, 202, 203, 204, 297, completion of Forensic Science 201, 202, 203, 204, 297, and 511) and 540, with grades of “B-“ or better, or per- and 511) and 515 or 540, with grades of “B-“ or better; mission of the instructor. Abnormal Psychology, Social Psychology, and Personality Psychology, or permission of the instructor. 542. DNA Testing, Lab Safety, & Quality Control and Lab Safety 532. Serial Offenders & Personality 6 hours 3 hours Forensic serology has become one of the most important This course focuses on the repeat offender, most notably areas in the crime laboratory because of the often high- the serial murderer. This course will also include an ly individual information which the analysis of blood examination of a variety of violent and nonviolent and body fluids can provide. In recent years, deoxyri- repeat offender crimes (i.e., serial rape, stalking, “peep- bonucleic acid (DNA) technology has been used to ers”). The course will concentrate on the nature of the detect individual variation. This course contains infor- repeat offender and the personality characteristics that mation regarding the structure of DNA, testing forensic tend to be associated with this type of criminal. DNA samples, and understanding the results and dis- Prerequisites: Forensic Science 501, 502, 503, 504, 597 (or cerning the information relevant in a forensic context. completion of Forensic Science 201, 202, 203, 204, 297, Prerequisites: Forensic Science 501, 502, 503, 504, 597 (or and 511) and 515 or 540, with grades of “B-“ or better; completion of Forensic Science 201, 202, 203, 204, 297, Abnormal Psychology, Social Psychology, and Personality and 511) and 515 or 540, with grades of “B-“ or better; Psychology, or permission of the instructor. Genetics, Molecular Biology, and Biochemistry, or permission of the instructor. 533. Behavior Profiling 3 hours 544. Forensic Drug Analysis Behavior profiling has become a very important aspect 3 hours of criminal investigation. This course will provide stu- This course will concentrate on the five groups of sub- dents with a combined theoretical and practical stance classifications as defined in the Controlled approach to criminal profiling. Several paradigms will be Substance Act. Students will be introduced to the spec- discussed, including those developed by the FBI and trum of screening, color, and specificity tests. Protocol Behavioral Evidence Analysis. Students will also be intro- and strategies for analytical procedure design will be duced to a variety of investigative techniques including discussed, as well as standards for using test results as statement analysis. Emphasis will be on profiling the evidence. offender, but profiling the victim will also be explored. Prerequisites: Forensic Science 501, 502, 503, 504, 597 (or Prerequisites: Forensic Science 501, 502, 503, 504, 597 (or completion of Forensic Science 201, 202, 203, 204, 297, completion of Forensic Science 201, 202, 203, 204, 297, and 511) and 540, with grades of “B-“ or better, or per- and 511) and 515 or 540, with grades of “B-“ or better; mission of the instructor. Abnormal Psychology; Social Psychology; Personality Psychology; or permission of the instructor.

540. Analytical Sciences as Bases for Forensic Investigation 4 hours This course will explore the place of analytical chemical concepts and instrumentation in the robust and depend- able identification and quantification of those biological and chemical compounds that are of interest for forensic investigations. Prerequisites: Forensic Science 501, 502, 503, 504, 597 (or completion of Forensic Science 201, 202, 203, 204, 297, and 511), with grades of “B-“ or better in each course. FORENSIC SCIENCE 125

545. Forensic Analysis of Accelerants and 274/574. Threat Assessment Explosives 1 hour 3 hours Threat assessment refers to the determination of risk The course will deal with the basics of arson and explo- posed by individuals or groups against specified targets sion investigations. Students will be introduced to the or institutions. The course examines the types of threats identification and detection of accelerants and explo- commonly encountered in law enforcement situations sives, and their residues. Development of laboratory pro- and the characteristics of approach (i.e., individuals like- tocols, handling and chemical analysis of evidence, and ly to engage in threatening or disruptive face-to-face reporting will be discussed. contact) vs. non-approach situations. The course exam- Prerequisites: Forensic Science 501, 502, 503, 504, 597 (or ines the information used to process these risk determi- completion of Forensic Science 201, 202, 203, 204, 297, nations. The course will also examine the way we view and 511) and 540, with grades of “B-“ or better. and perceive threats including stalking, workplace, and school violence. 270/570. Forensic Palynology 1 hour 275/575. Basic Forensic Photography Palynology is the study of pollen. Pollen assemblages can 1 hour be compared to determine whether or not two groups This course examines the theory and techniques of are from the same environment or not. This has been forensic photography. Students will be introduced to the used to determine if bodies or objects were moved, and single lens reflex (SLR) camera and its operation, the the- the source of plant-based drugs. This course will show ories of photographic utilities to forensics, theories of the student how pollen is collected and examined, and photographic composition, and keeping the chain of discuss the types of situations in which pollen is useful. custody for photographs.

271/571. GIS in Crime Mapping 276/576. Forensic Anthropology 1 hour 1 hour Geographic Information Systems (GIS) is a powerful tool The course will cover the basics of forensic anthropology when used to communicate and analyze patterns of with the goal of teaching the student the difference crime on a local, state, or national level. The course will between human and non-human skeletal characteristics, introduce the students to ArcView, one of the most com- and what can be expected of a forensic anthropologist. monly used GIS programs. The course will also provide Basic techniques for determining age, sex, stature, and an overview of how the program is used in forensic sci- ancestry will be discussed, and examples of non-metric ence and criminal justice. osteological variation, pathology, and trauma will be shown. The course will show how a basic forensic 272/572. Bloodspatter Analysis anthropological examination is complementary to DNA 1 hour analysis for identification of the deceased, and what This course focuses on an examination of blood and pat- should be expected in a forensic anthropological report. tern stain patterns as on scene forensic evidence. This course principally involves the consideration of the 277/577. Expert Witness Testimony dynamics associated with human blood after it leaves 1 hour the body. This course focuses on preparing the student to act as an expert witness in a civil or criminal trial. Expert witness- 273/573. Advanced Bloodspatter Analysis es are called to testify due to their expertise and experi- 1 hour ence in a specific subject, such as DNA analysis, scene This course will discuss an advanced level of blood spat- investigation, psychology, or many other fields. Many of ter analysis, including but not limited to, distinguishing these subjects can be difficult to present to a lay audi- false spatter patterns, identifying low, medium, and ence, such as a jury, in a limited amount of time. This high velocity spatter, calculating the angle of impact of course will show students how best to prepare in order a blood stain, patterns of impact spatters from blunt to present themselves, their credentials, and their testi- force and gunshot injuries, and patterns of blood spat- mony in a professional manner, and how to anticipate ter from different types of arterial damage, such as questions from opposing council. The students will be breaches, spurts, or gushes. given preparation techniques, familiarization with trial procedures, and will participate in a mock trial exercise. 126 FORENSIC SCIENCE

578. Forensic Linguistics 596. Special Projects 1 hour 1, 2, or 3 hours An introduction to forensic linguistics and description of An opportunity for a student to engage in an individu- the main measurements values such as word length ally arranged project supervised by a member of the fac- average, text length, etc. The limitations of text meas- ulty or other approved expert in the field. Special proj- urements are also outlined. Illustrations are given from ects are intended to broaden study opportunities actual forensic texts (e.g., Timothy John Evans and Susan beyond what is offered, not duplicate courses offered in Smith). The basics of forensic text transcription (as well the catalog. as text care) are outlined. Examples will also be exam- Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor or program ined and analyzed for signs of textual forgery. The director. course will also include information and data on the statistical distribution of text. 597. Internship 3 hours 579. Interviewing The internship consists of 90 contact hours and is 1 hour arranged to expand clinical application of theory con- This course will examine the issues involved in interview- tent. Sites are available out of state. ing. Students will be introduced to kinesic techniques, Prerequisites: Forensic Science 501, 502, 503, 504 and non-verbal communication, cognitive interviewing tech- permission of the coordinator or program director. niques, the process of taking a statement, as well as statement and content analysis, polygraph and voice 599. Research/Internship analysis, and interrogation techniques. 1-6 hours An opportunity for a student to engage in an individu- 591. Directed Readings ally arranged internship in an area closely aligned with 1 or 2 hours his/her interests and goals. Students will also engage in An opportunity for a student to engage in supervised a final research project in an area of interest to them. reading of specialized literature not covered in other Students will be required to complete a minimum of 6 courses. hours of 599, with the split between internship time and Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor or program research time agreed upon through a contract with the director. program director. One of the requirements for graduation is a formal 595. Independent Study presentation of the research project. This presentation 1 or 2 hours may occur at a local, regional, national, or international An opportunity for a student to engage in an individu- conference. The most likely place the presentation will ally arranged research project supervised by a member occur is in front of program students, faculty, and inter- of the faculty. Independent study may not duplicate ested community members at the annual Nebraska courses described in the catalog. Wesleyan University Forensic Science Symposium. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor or program Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor or program director. director and completion of two courses in chosen track. GLOBAL STUDIES 127

Research Method Requirement...... 3-8 hrs. GLOBAL STUDIES Choose one of the following: An Interdisciplinary Program Communication 150 (3 hrs.) English 298 (3 hrs.) Political Science 100 and 200 (5 hrs.) Program Chair: Psychology 110 and 111 (8 hrs.) Rick Cypert, Ph.D. (English) Sociology 236 or 237 (3 hrs.) Email: [email protected] Emphasis Areas...... 12 hrs. Select one emphasis area. Courses must be from at least This interdisciplinary major prepares students for three departments. careers in international business, law, journalism, inter- Asia (12 hrs.) national affairs, the Peace Corps, diplomatic service, (Anthropology 156, Economics 253, 258, History international agencies, and government. Students are 141, 142, 246, Political Science 160, 210.) taught by faculty members with expertise in such varied Latin America (12 hrs.) places as Spain, Russia, Greece, France, Mexico, Germany, (Anthropology 153, Economics 253, 258, Political India, Sri Lanka, Egypt, West Africa, and the Caribbean. Science 210, Spanish 204, 290.) Students may specialize in Asia, Latin America, indus- Foreign Policy (12 hrs.) trialized nations, foreign policy, and development stud- (Business Administration 205, Economics 253, 257, ies; and they are expected to spend at least one semes- Political Science 210.) ter studying in another country. Industrialized Nations (12 hrs.) (Business Administration 205, 228, Economics 253, 257, French 204, German 204, History 131, 142, 227, Degrees 231, 243, Modern Languages 134, Political Science Bachelor of Arts 161, 162, Spanish 204.) Development Studies (12 hrs.) Bachelor of Science (Anthropology 153, 155, 156, Business Administration 205, Economics 253, 257, 258, English 250, Political Science 160, 210.) Major Thesis ...... 3 hrs. Select from Global Studies major (B.A. or —senior thesis in an appropriate department with B.S., 48-54 hrs.) approval of the global studies chair or —Global Studies 299, Interdisciplinary Thesis. Core requirements ...... 18-19 hrs. Anthropology 151, Cultural Anthropology (3 hrs.) Electives ...... 6-12 hrs. Art History 101, Masterpieces of World Art Electives to complete 45 hours, in addition to 3 hours or Art History 103, Survey of Non-Western Art of thesis, are to be chosen from foreign language cours- History (3 hrs.) es, emphasis area courses not used for the emphasis, and Biology 250, Conservation Biology or other courses as approved by the global studies chair. Physics 54, Energy and the Global Environment (3-4 Selected topics courses may count in emphasis areas hrs.) with approval of the global studies chair. Courses that History 10, Studies in World Civilization (3 hrs.) are prerequisites for those listed in emphasis areas may Political Science 20, Introduction to Comparative also be counted as electives toward the major require- Politics (3 hrs.) ment with the approval of the global studies chair. Religion 120, World Religions (3 hrs.) Language Requirement...... 6-12 hrs. Students are expected to demonstrate foreign lan- Study Abroad guage competence. Normally, this will be fulfilled by Global studies majors are expected to study abroad completing Spanish 201 and 202, French 201 and 202, as part of their degree program. Courses taken abroad German 201 and 202, or Japanese 102. may count for the global studies major. The student Students studying abroad in countries with language should consult in advance with the Director of other than those taught at Nebraska Wesleyan may ful- International Education and with the global studies fill the language requirement by completing French, chair to ensure that course work will be transferable. Spanish or German 102 in addition to two semesters (or its equivalent) of a second foreign language not taught at Nebraska Wesleyan University. Students who wish to fulfill their language requirement through an intensive language program outside of Nebraska Wesleyan should consult with the program chair. 128 GLOBAL STUDIES

120. Culture of Spain Minor 3 hours An introduction to the culture and contemporary socie- Global Studies minor (24-25 hrs.) ty of Spain with an overview of language and communication, religion, tradition and celebration, art and architecture, film, literature, and government. The course is Core requirements ...... 6 hrs. of language designed to highlight the strong sense of identity that Select 9 hours from the following ...9-10 hrs. contemporary Spaniards feel at being part of the “New (Anthropology 151, Art History 101 or 103, Biology Spain” and members of the European Community. 250, History 10, Physics 54, Political Science 20, Religion 120.) 125. Experiencing the Culture of Spain Emphasis Area ...... 9 hrs. 3 hours This study abroad course will serve as an introduction to Select an emphasis area from the list under the major the culture and contemporary society of Spain with an program. Courses must be from at least two depart- overview of topics such as religion, tradition, literature, ments. government/politics, cultural and religious celebrations, art, architecture, and history. The course is designed to highlight the strong sense of regional identity that con- Courses temporary Spaniards feel at being part of the “New Spain” as well as their attitudes toward being members of the European community. This course will be taught 10. Preparing for Education Abroad in English. 1 hour This course will prepare students who are considering 130. French Culture and Civilization going abroad for study, work, or volunteer/service learn- 3 hours ing by investigating the many facets of facing life in A course dealing with the literature, culture, and contri- another culture. Topics to be covered include practical butions of France to civilization, leading to an under- travel information, intercultural communication, cross- standing of contemporary French culture and society. cultural value systems, foreign academic systems, and Included are surveys of art and architecture, the main cultural self-awareness. This course will give students the periods of French history, French literature, and film. The tools to make their experience more successful and course emphasizes the current state of French society. rewarding. The course is designed for both the student who has already applied for a program and for the student just beginning to explore the idea of going abroad. 140. Contemporary Germany P/F only. 3 hours An introduction to culture and daily life in contempo- 20. Global Studies: Processing the rary Germany, providing an overview of language cus- International Experience toms, social interaction, the arts, history, politics, the economy, and Germany’s role in the European Union. 1 hour Students should gain insight into how these factors This class is for students who have successfully complet- affect the lives of Germans today. ed a semester or year of study abroad and who would like to process that experience further by analyzing specific cultural and educational experiences and interact- 150. Greece: Tales from the Taverna ing with students who have had similar experiences 3 hours abroad. By meeting at a place with a casual atmosphere, we P/F only. attempt to recreate the Greek taverna or family restau- rant, a place where Greeks go to eat and talk and dance 110. Mexican Culture and “be Greek.” During our meetings, we too will eat and dance and (primarily) explore the history, art, litera- 3 hours ture, politics, and folk traditions of modern Greece. An introduction to the culture and contemporary society of Mexico with an overview of the country’s history, political system, art, festivals and religious celebrations, 155. It’s all Greek to Me: Ancient and Modern and cuisine. Students will read a recent novel and view a Sites and Cultures contemporary film in order to catch the full “flavor” of 3 hours the vitality and richness of Mexican culture. By visiting urban and rural sites and surveying public discourse, students will be introduced to ancient and modern Greece in order to discover how and why Greeks pre- serve the religious, political, literary, and artistic elements of their culture’s past. GLOBAL STUDIES 129

160. Russian Culture and Civilization 190. Selected Topics 3 hours 2 or 3 hours This course deals with the culture of contemporary A topical course designed to investigate any relevant Russia, including a survey of its art, architecture and his- subject matter not included in any of the standard cours- tory. Special emphasis will be placed on the impact of es. The title, content, and credit will be determined by the Stalinist years. current, mutual interests of students and faculty. This course may be offered to meet a group requirement for 170. Introduction to the Culture of Thailand a major only by approval of the department chair. 3 hours Thailand is the only country in southeast Asia that can 290. Selected Topics boast of never having been colonized by a western 2 or 3 hours nation. It is also a nation which distinguishes itself from A topical course designed to investigate any relevant all others by its three gems: Buddhism, the monarchy, subject matter not included in any of the standard cours- and the Thai language. The course will introduce stu- es. The title, content, and credit will be determined by dents to Thailand’s vibrant and distinctive economic, current, mutual interests of students and faculty. This political, and cultural traditions. By exploring Thailand’s course may be offered to meet a group requirement for geography, history, political structure, religion, lan- a major only by approval of the department chair. guage, cultural traditions, ecological status, and populations, students may gain an understanding of how this 299. Interdisciplinary Thesis ancient culture has been able to thrive in the modern 1-3 hours era without sacrificing its national identity. With the approval of the global studies chair, a student may elect an interdisciplinary thesis as a separate project under the directions of at least two faculty members, one of whom has expertise in the emphasis area.

Global Studies Major Sample Course Schedules Spring Semester First Year *Language 2: Stage II or Fall Semester *Language 102: Stage III or *Language 1: Stage I or *Language 201 or 202: Conv. or Comp. .3-4 hrs. *Language 101: Stage III or •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech ...... 3 hrs. *Language 201 or 202: Conv. or Comp.3-4 hrs. •HIST 10: World Civilization or •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar ...... 3 hrs. RELIG 120: World Religions or •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. POLSC 20: Comparative Politics ...... 3 hrs. HIST 10: World Civilization or General Education or Electives ...... 6 hrs. RELIG 120: World Religions or 15-16 hrs. POLSC 20: Comparative Politics ...... 3 hrs. General Education or Electives ...... 3 hrs. *Students will be placed in the appropriate course 15-16 hrs. according to their background and level of proficiency.

HEALTH AND Exercise Science major (58-62 hrs.) HUMAN Biology 9 ...... 4 hrs. Biology 10 ...... 4 hrs. PERFORMANCE Health/H.P. 101 ...... 3 hrs. Health/H.P. 106 ...... 2 hrs. Professional Division Health/H.P. 131 ...... 2 hrs. Marion and Marian Weary Center for Health and Health/H.P. 172 or 180 ...... 2-3 hrs. Fitness Health/H.P. 185 ...... 3 hrs. 402.465.2366 Health/H.P. 211 ...... 4 hrs. Health/H.P. 215 ...... 4 hrs. Health/H.P. 225 ...... 3 hrs. Health/H.P. 280 ...... 3 hrs. Faculty Health/H.P. 294 ...... 2 hrs. Health/H.P. 297...... 3-6 hrs. Department Chair: Psychology 118 or 231 ...... 3 hrs. Berniece M. Jones, Ph.D. Chemistry 51/51L ...... 4 hrs. Email: [email protected] Chemistry 120/120L ...... 4 hrs. Physics 101 ...... 4 hrs. Full-Time: Physics 102 ...... 4 hrs. Robert Buresh, M.S. Students interested in health-related professions Patricia Dotson Pettit, Ph.D. such as physical therapy and occupational therapy may elect to major in Exercise Science. Students should con- Part-Time: sult with their advisor regarding preprofessional Dana Bates, M.S., ATC requirements and suggested program of study. Ted A. Bulling, Ph.D. Gina Chambers, B.S. Mark Franzen, M.A. Health and Fitness Studies Jeff Geier, M.A., ATC,CSCS (59-63 hrs.) Nancy J. Hansen, M.S. Biology 9 ...... 4 hrs. Douglas Jones, M.A., ATC Biology 10 ...... 4 hrs. Brian J. Keller, M.S. Health/H.P. 34...... 1 hr. Sue A. Kozisek, B.S., M.A., MT, CSMT Health/H.P. 100 ...... 3 hrs. Cameron W. Schuknecht, M.S. Health/H.P. 101 ...... 3 hrs. Laura E. Steele, M.S., ATC Health/H.P. 102 ...... 3 hrs. Ira A. Zeff, Ph.D. Health/H.P. 103 ...... 3 hrs. Health/H.P. 104 ...... 2 hrs. Health/H.P. 106 ...... 2 hrs. Degrees Health/H.P. 131 ...... 2 hrs. Health/H.P. 135 ...... 3 hrs. Bachelor of Arts Health/H.P. 165 ...... 2 hrs. Health/H.P. 172, 180, or 280 ...... 2-3 hrs. Bachelor of Science Health/H.P. 185 ...... 3 hrs. Health/H.P. 210 ...... 3 hrs. Health/H.P. 211 ...... 4 hrs. Majors Health/H.P. 215 ...... 4 hrs. Health/H.P. 220 ...... 3 hrs. Credit earned in Health/Human Performance 15, Health/H.P. 225 ...... 3 hrs. Health and Wellness, does not count toward hour Health/H.P. 294 ...... 2 hrs. requirements for any major or minor in the Health and Health/H.P. 297...... 3-6 hrs. Human Performance department. Students majoring in Health and Fitness Studies may Athletic Training major pursue interest in such areas as personal training, See Department of Health Sciences. strength and conditioning training, worksite wellness, health promotions, fitness centers, and graduate school. See your advisor regarding possible career choices and graduate school requirements. HEALTH AND HUMAN PERFORMANCE 131

Health and Physical Education of approximately 37 hours of education requirements, the student will be eligible for a Nebraska Teaching major (53-57 hrs.) Certificate. (Students select this major if they are seeking a K-12 Field Endorsement or Grades 4-9 Subject Endorsement in Health and Physical Education) Sport Management major Biology 9 ...... 4 hrs. (52-54 hrs.) Biology 10 ...... 4 hrs. Sport and Wellness Focus (19-21 hrs.) Health/H.P. 33, 42, or 133...... 1-2 hrs. Health/H.P. 131 ...... 2 hrs. Health/H.P. 34...... 1 hr. Health/H.P. 170 ...... 2 hrs. Health/H.P. 100 ...... 3 hrs. Health/H.P. 197...... 1-3 hrs. Health/H.P. 101 ...... 3 hrs. Health/H.P. 210 ...... 3 hrs. Health/H.P. 102 ...... 3 hrs. Health/H.P. 220 ...... 3 hrs. Health/H.P. 103 ...... 3 hrs. Health/H.P. 240 ...... 3 hrs. Health/H.P. 104 ...... 2 hrs. Health/H.P. 275 ...... 3 hrs. Health/H.P. 106 ...... 2 hrs. Health/H.P. 294 ...... 2 hrs. Health/H.P. 131 ...... 2 hrs. Business Focus (21 hrs.) Health/H.P. 135 ...... 3 hrs. Economics 53 ...... 3 hrs. Health/H.P. 185 ...... 3 hrs. Accounting 31 ...... 3 hrs. Health/H.P. 211 ...... 4 hrs. Business Administration 100 ...... 3 hrs. Health/H.P. 215 ...... 4 hrs. Business Administration 115 ...... 3 hrs. Health/H.P. 250 ...... 3 hrs. Select three of the following...... 9 hrs. (for K-12 endorsement only) Accounting 32; Business Administration Health/H.P. 260 ...... 3 hrs. 204, 211, 225, 231, 247, 248 Health/H.P. 265 ...... 3 hrs. Internship (3 hrs.) Health/H.P. 270 ...... 3 hrs. Health/H.P. 297 or Health/H.P. 294 ...... 2 hrs. Business Administration 297 ...... 3 hrs. Supporting Areas (9 hrs.) Admission into the Education Department and addi- Phil 102 or 125 or Bus. Ad. 239...... 3 hrs. tional education departmental coursework is required. Select one of the following ...... 3 hrs. This major is designed to prepare students for the teach- Communication 40, 140, 155, 160 ing profession in Health and Physical Education. With Select one of the following ...... 3 hrs. the addition of approximately 37 hours of education English 110, 215; Journalism 161, requirements, the student will be eligible for a Nebraska 162, 164 Teaching Certificate.

Physical Education major Minors (38-40 hrs.) (Students select this major if they are seeking a Subject Coaching minor (20-25 hrs.) Endorsement in Physical Education for Grades K-6 or Education 185...... 3 hrs. 7-12) Health/H.P. 106 ...... 2 hrs. Biology 9 ...... 4 hrs. Select three of the following...... 6 hrs. Biology 10 ...... 4 hrs. Health/H.P. 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81 Health/H.P. 33, 42 or 133...... 1-2 hrs. Health/H.P. 150 ...... 2 hrs. Health/H.P. 34...... 1 hr. Health/H.P. 200 ...... 3-6 hrs. (7-12 endorsement only) Select 2 from the following...... 4-6 hrs. Health/H.P. 106 ...... 2 hrs. Health/H.P. 165, 170, 240, 275 Health/H.P. 131 ...... 2 hrs. Health/H.P. 135 ...... 3 hrs. Health and Human Performance Health/H.P. 185 ...... 3 hrs. Health/H.P. 211 ...... 4 hrs. minor (18-19 hrs.) Health/H.P. 215 ...... 4 hrs. Health/H.P. Basic Instruction (30-45)...... 3 hrs. Health/H.P. 250 or 260 ...... 3 hrs. Health/H.P. 70 or 106 ...... 1-2 hrs. (250 for K-6 endorsement; Health/H.P. 131 ...... 2 hrs. 260 for 7-12 endorsement) Health/H.P. elective hours (non-basic Health/H.P. 265 ...... 3 hrs. instruction) —at least one Health/H.P. 270 ...... 3 hrs. 200-level course ...... 12 hrs. Health/H.P. 294 ...... 2 hrs.

Admission into the Education Department and additional Education Departmental coursework is required. This major is designed to prepare students for the teaching profession in Physical Education. With the addition 132 HEALTH AND HUMAN PERFORMANCE

34. Weight Training Courses 1 hour A course designed to help students develop a healthier 1. Varsity Sports lifestyle through weight training. The course includes 0 or 1 hour information on proper technique and training program Participation on a varsity team regularly coached and organization. Safety is emphasized and there are no organized by a member of the staff. Course may be strength standards. May be repeated for a maximum of recorded on transcript a maximum of four times in each 2 credit hours. sport, with a limit of one recording per year per sport. P/F only. P/F only. 35. Handball 15. Health and Wellness 1 hour 2 hours A course designed to teach fundamental skills and A course designed to present various health and well- knowledge of beginning handball. ness topics, including substance abuse, nutrition, weight P/F only. control, fitness, sexuality, disease prevention and care, and other topics pertinent to college students. The 36. Dance course will examine physical, psychological, social, and 1 hour cultural dimensions of these topics, and will emphasize A course designed to teach basics techniques of dance the cultivation of a personal commitment to wellness and to introduce students to a variety of dance styles. through information gathering and self-assessments. A P/F only. one time test-out opportunity is available. To successfully test out, a student must record a 85% or better on a 37. Racquetball standardized test. If a student tests out of HHP 15, the 1 hour general education Area B2 requirement is waived. A course designed to teach fundamental skills and (Normally offered each semester.) knowledge of beginning racquetball. P/F only. 30. Advanced Anaerobic Conditioning 0-1 hour 38. Bowling A course designed for developing speed, agility, and 1 hour explosiveness for any sport. The course focuses on per- A course designed to teach fundamental skills and forming currently recognized plyometric, agility, speed, knowledge of beginning bowling. and timing drills in a station-to-station format. The P/F only. course is recommended for well-conditioned students. May be repeated for a maximum of 2 credit hours. 39. Golf P/F only. 1 hour (Normally offered each spring semester.) A course designed to teach fundamental skills and knowledge of beginning golf. 31. Fitness Walk/Run P/F only. 1 hour (Normally offered each semester.) A course designed to improve cardiovascular endurance through individual workouts, and to introduce students 40. Fitness Cycling to fitness-related principles. May be repeated for a max- 1 hour imum of 2 credit hours. A course designed to introduce students to outdoor P/F only. cycling and to improve cardiovascular endurance (Normally offered each spring semester.) through individual and group workouts. Bike and hel- met required. May be repeated for a maximum of 2 32. Tennis credits. 1 hour P/F only. A course designed to teach fundamental skills and techniques of beginning tennis. 41. Aerobics P/F only. 1 hour A course designed to introduce students to fitness-relat- 33. Fitness Swimming ed principles and to improve cardiovascular endurance 1 hour through aerobic activity. May be repeated for a maxi- A course designed to improve cardiovascular endurance mum of 2 credits. through individual workouts and to introduce students P/F only. to fitness-related principles. The student must have swimming competency. May be repeated for a maximum of 2 credit hours. P/F only. HEALTH AND HUMAN PERFORMANCE 133

42. Swimming those who want to increase their knowledge of the 1 hour game. A course designed to teach the fundamental skills of (Normally offered each fall semester.) water exploration, primary swimming skills, stroke readi- ness, and stroke development. 78. Sports Studies—An Introduction to P/F only. Basketball 2 hours 43. Scuba I: Open Water Dive A course designed to develop and expand information 1 hour about the game of basketball. This course will familiar- A course designed to introduce students to background, ize students with the rules, strategies, and skills associat- principles, and beginning techniques of scuba diving. ed with basketball. Information will be provided to ben- Certification may be awarded at the discretion of the efit students interested in coaching and officiating as instructor. Students must have basic swimming ability well as those who want to increase their knowledge of and be in general good health. the game. P/F only. (Normally offered each spring semester.) (Normally offered each semester.) 79. Sports Studies—An Introduction to 44. Cross Training Baseball/Softball 1 hour 2 hours A course designed to introduce students to a variety of A course designed to develop and expand information methods to develop cardiovascular endurance. Students about the game of baseball/softball. This course will will receive basic instruction in several proven cross train- familiarize students with the rules, strategies, and skills ing methods. May be repeated for a maximum of 2 cred- associated with baseball/softball. Information will be its. provided to benefit students interested in coaching and P/F only. officiating as well as those who want to increase their knowledge of the game. 45. Scuba II: Advanced Open Water Dive (Normally offered each spring semester.) 1 hour A course designed to introduce student to underwater 80. Sports Studies—An Introduction to Soccer navigation, deep diving, night diving, and confined 2 hours water skills. Students must have basic swimming ability A course designed to develop and expand information and be in general good health. about the game of soccer. This course will familiarize stu- Prerequisite: HHP 43. dents with the rules, strategies, and skills associated with (Normally offered each spring semester.) soccer. Information will be provided to benefit students interested in coaching and officiating as well as those 70. Standard First Aid and CPR who want to increase their knowledge of the game. 1 hour (Normally offered each fall semester.) A study and application of the principles and techniques involved in the administration of first aid. Students will 81. Sports Studies—An Introduction to earn American Red Cross Certification in Standard First Track/Cross Country Aid and CPR. 2 hours A course designed to develop an understanding of 76. Sports Studies—An Introduction to coaching methods used in track and field and cross coun- Football try. An elementary knowledge of sports science will be 2 hours integrated into the coaching applications. All track A course designed to develop and expand information events will be covered by emphasizing teaching progres- about the game of football. This course will familiarize sions and general fundamentals. Upon completion of students with the rules, strategies, and skills associated the course, students have the option of submitting an with football. Information will be provided to benefit application to USA Track & Field for Level I Certification. students interested in coaching and officiating as well as (Normally offered each summer.) those who want to increase their knowledge of the game. 100. Drugs in Modern Society (Normally offered each fall semester.) 3 hours A course designed to develop and expand information 77. Sports Studies—An Introduction to about the use and abuse of alcohol, drugs, and tobacco. Volleyball The course will include history of and facts about sub- 2 hours stances, the victims, prevention, and approaches to A course designed to develop and expand information treating the problem. about the game of volleyball. This course will familiarize Prerequisite: HHP 15. students with the rules, strategies, and skills associated (Normally offered each fall semester.) with volleyball. Information will be provided to benefit students interested in coaching and officiating as well as 134 HEALTH AND HUMAN PERFORMANCE

101. Nutrition for Health, Fitness and Sport 131. Foundations 3 hours 2 hours A course designed to study foods and their effects upon An overview of the fields of Physical Education, Human health, development, and performance of the individ- Performance, and Sports Studies will be studied, which ual. The student will be introduced to concepts of include teaching, exercise science, athletic training, sport healthful nutrition, sports nutrition, basic essential nutri- management, and related fields. Topics addressed will ents, and body composition relative to both exercise and include history; careers; current issues; girls and women nutrition for optimal health and physical performance. in sport; minorities in physical education and sport; Prerequisite: HHP 15. teacher, coach, athletic trainer, and exercise specialist (Normally offered each semester.) certifications; educational values of sports; and the importance of physical activity for all. The students will 102. Consumer, Community and Environment begin development of their professional web portfolio. Health Issues The format of the class is 50% web based. 3 hours (Normally offered each semester.) A course designed to develop and expand information about the environment, the informed health consumer, 133. Lifeguard Training/Head Lifeguard healthful aging and community health. The course will 2 hours acquaint students with the process of aging, consumer A course designed for prospective lifeguards and stu- protection, the environment, and community from a dents interested in becoming head lifeguards. Students health perspective. will be certified by the American Red Cross. Prerequisite: HHP 15. (Normally offered each even fall semester.) 135. Basic Instruction Block 3 hours 103. Understanding Human Sexuality A course designed to enhance students in skills and 3 hours teaching techniques used in team, dual, and individual A course designed to develop and expand current infor- activities. The students will have opportunity for partici- mation about human sexuality in a practical manner. pation and teaching of skills involved in selected activi- The course will present facts, statistics about physiology, ties. This class is designed for students interested in reproduction, sexual growth and development, relation- learning a variety of activities. ships, and sexual health. (Normally offered each spring semester.) Prerequisite: HHP 15. (Normally offered each spring semester.) 150. An Introduction to Coaching Theory 2 hours 104. Stress and Disease Management A course designed to develop and expand information 2 hours about coaching, coaching styles, and coaching strate- A course designed to develop and expand information gies. The course will cover practical coaching theories about stress, mental health, and major chronic diseases. and include information about organization, communi- The course will present causes and warning signs of cation, and motivation. major chronic diseases and coping strategies for emo- (Normally offered each spring semester.) tional stress. Prerequisite: HHP 15. 165. Strength Training and Conditioning for (Normally offered each fall semester.) Coaches 2 hours 105. Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries A course designed to provide coaches with solid guide- 3 hours lines for designing strength training and conditioning A study of injuries common to athletic participants and programs for athletes. The course will cover training the prevention and care of such injuries. guidelines and include information on designing year- (Normally offered each semester.) round programs, motivation, and physiological changes associated with training. 106. Advanced Emergency Care (Normally offered each fall semester.) 2 hours A study and application of the principles and techniques 170. Legal Issues involved in the advanced administration of first aid, car- 2 hours dio-pulmonary resuscitation (CPR), and automated elec- A course designed to address legal issues in the health tronic defibrillators (AEDs). Students will earn American and human performance arena. These issues are applied Red Cross certifications. In addition, students will be to the students’ specific area of study. introduced to Sport Safety Training. (Normally offered each fall semester.) 172. Introduction to Massage Therapy 3 hours A general survey of techniques and principles used in massage therapy and related disciplines. An introductory laboratory experience with methods in Swedish massage. HEALTH AND HUMAN PERFORMANCE 135

178. Curriculum and Methodology in 200. Coaching Practicum Elementary Health and Physical Education 3-6 hours 3 hours Practical experience in coaching in interscholastic athlet- An examination of the objectives of an elementary ic programs. The student will work with an athletic team health and physical education program and the develop- throughout a season and will be involved with all ment of a curriculum to meet these objectives. An intro- aspects of the program. This course requires a consider- duction to teaching methods and class management able amount of commitment from the student. May be skills are utilized in these programs. This course is repeated for a maximum of 6 credit hours. designed for elementary education majors. P/F only. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. Prerequisite: Approval of the coaching advisor. (Normally offered each fall semester.) (Normally offered each semester.)

180. Cardiac Rehabilitation 210. Worksite Health Promotion 2 hours 3 hours A course designed for those pursuing certification in car- A course designed to introduce students to concepts and diac rehabilitation. This course will involve learning the practices relating to worksite health promotion. phases of rehabilitation, appropriate exercise programs, Students will learn how to develop, implement, and and graded exercise testing procedures. Also included evaluate wellness promotion programs. Students will will be electrocardiogram interpretation, case-study complete a 20-hour field experience in an assigned analysis, and training for the American College of Sports worksite in the community to provide invaluable experi- Medicine’s certification program. ence. Prerequisites: Biology 9 and 10. (Normally offered each fall semester.) (Normally offered each even spring semester.) 211. Biomechanics and Kinesiology 185. Human Development and Motor 4 hours Performance A course that integrates the fields of Kinesiology and 3 hours Biomechanics to improve students’ understanding of A course in growth and motor development that pro- human movement from a qualitative perspective. vides a descriptive profile of the individual from birth Detailed analysis of human movement will be made. through adolescence. The course also offers practical Prerequisites: Biology 9 and junior standing. application of movement principles. (Normally offered each spring semester.) Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. (Normally offered each fall semester.) 215. Physiology of Exercise 4 hours 190. Selected Topics A course dealing primarily with classification and analy- 1, 2, or 3 hours sis of exercise and with the physiological effects of exer- An intermediate-level course to treat subject matter not cise on the human organism. Practical application of covered in other departmental courses. The title, con- these principles will be explored in the laboratory expe- tent, and credit will be determined for each offering. rience. This course may be used to meet major requirements One three-hour lab per week. only by approval of the department chair. Prerequisites: Biology 10 and junior standing. (Normally offered each fall semester.) 197. Field Experience 1, 2, or 3 hours 220. Sport and Fitness Management A course designed to provide students with on-the-job 3 hours experience in their chosen career within the Department A comprehensive course in sport management focusing of Health and Human Performance. Students will visit on specialization areas such as, sport finance and eco- locations that provide invaluable experience in the vari- nomics, ethics in sport management, sport governance ous professional tracks. Students will meet with the in the global community, sport marketing, sports infor- instructor at prearranged times during the semester. mation and communication, and sports journalism. The May be repeated for a maximum of 6 credit hours. course contains up-to-date information on major sport P/F only. management issues. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. (Normally offered each spring semester.) (Normally offered each semester.) 225. Exercise Testing and Programming 3 hours A course designed to provide students with the opportunity for instruction in graded exercise testing as well as other modes of fitness assessment. Students will receive instruction in the art of exercise and wellness programming. Prerequisite: HHP 215 (Normally offered each spring semester.) 136 HEALTH AND HUMAN PERFORMANCE

240. Administration of Physical Education and 270. Curriculum and Assessment of Health and Sport Physical Education Programs 3 hours 3 hours A study of the administration of physical education, A course designed for students interested in teaching recreation, and athletics programs, developing proce- health and physical education. Topics include: philosoph- dures by which administration, teaching, and coaching ical and historical aspects of health and physical educa- may become more effective. tion affecting curriculum and assessment development, constructing curriculum and assessment techniques and 250. Planning and Implementing Elementary tools, administering standardized health-related fitness, HPE Programs (K-6) motor skill fitness and sports skills tests, and the use of 3 hours technology in developing curricula and assessment A course designed for students interested in teaching strategies. elementary physical education and health. Topics Prerequisites: Acceptance into the Teacher Education include curriculum development, teaching goals and Program and completion of HHP 255 or 260 or 265. objectives, curriculum guide and lesson plans, construct- (Normally offered each even spring semester.) ing and using evaluation tools and measures, and methods and material (including technology) used in teach- 275. Psychosocial Aspects of Sport ing elementary physical education and health. A 10-hour 3 hours field experience in physical education and a 10-hour An in-depth look at the psychological and sociological field experience in health education. factors relative to physical movement and competition. Prerequisites: Acceptance into the Teacher Education This course will examine the nature and scope of sport as Program or permission of the department chair, and jun- an institutionalized game. ior standing. (Normally offered each spring semester.) (Normally offered every odd fall semester.) 280. Research and Statistical Methods 260. Planning and Implementing Middle and 3 hours Secondary HPE Programs A course designed to develop students' competencies in 3 hours understanding the rationales and computational proce- A course designed for students interested in teaching dures required for basic behavioral statistics. The stu- middle and secondary physical education and health. dents identify, select, compute, and interpret basic statis- Topics include curriculum development, teaching goals tical tests appropriate for exercise science and use SPSS, and objectives, curriculum guide and lesson plans, con- a sophisticated, professional statistical software pack- structing and using evaluation tools and measures, and age. Students will be introduced to experimental design methods and material (including technology) used in concepts in research methods. A research project will be teaching middle and secondary physical education and required. health. A 10-hour field experience in physical education Prerequisites: HHP 211 and 215 or permission of the and a 10-hour field experience in health education are instructor. required. Prerequisites: Acceptance into the Teacher Education Program or permission of the department chair, and jun- 290. Selected Topics 1, 2, or 3 hours ior standing. An advanced-level course to treat subject matter not (Normally offered every odd spring semester.) covered in other departmental courses. The title, content and credit will be determined for each offering. 265. Planning and Implementing Adapted This course may be used to meet major requirements Physical Education Programs only by approval of the department chair. 3 hours A course designed for students interested in activities for the adapted school population. The course stresses 294. Senior Integrative Seminar 2 hours appropriate assessment, programming, and implemen- A course designed as a capstone experience for students tation procedures. (In the summer, the course consists of interested in the field of human performance and well- 22 hours of lecture, 26 hours of training, and 65 hours of ness. This will be an opportunity for students to examine field experience.) previous coursework and discuss its practical application Prerequisites: Permission of the department chair and to their chosen career. Students will also explore the junior standing. relationship of human performance and health to socie- (Normally offered summers and each spring semester.) ty at large as well as other disciplines as it pertains to their beliefs. Prerequisites: Senior standing and a departmental major, or permission of the instructor. (Normally offered each semester.) HEALTH AND HUMAN PERFORMANCE 137

295. Independent Study 297. Internship 1, 2, or 3 hours 1-6 hours An opportunity for a student to engage in advanced, An on-the-job experience oriented toward the student’s supervised, individual field, lab, or library research. major interest. The student is to secure a position in an Independent study may not duplicate courses described organization that satisfies the mutual interests of the in the catalog. May be repeated for a maximum of 6 instructor, the sponsor, and the student. May be repeat- credit hours. ed for a maximum of 6 credit hours. Prerequisites: Junior standing and approval of the P/F only. department chair. Prerequisites: Junior standing and approval of the super- (Normally offered each semester.) vising faculty member. (Normally offered each semester.)

Exercise Science Major Health and Fitness Sample Course Schedules Studies Major Sample Course Schedules First Year Fall Semester First Year BIO 9: Human Anatomy and Physiology...... 4 hrs. Fall Semester CHEM 51/51L: Chemical Principles/Lab...... 4 hrs. •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar ...... 3 hrs. •HHP 15: Health and Wellness...... 2 hrs. •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar ...... 3 hrs. HHP 15: Health and Wellness...... 2 hrs. •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. General Education...... 6 hrs. 16 hrs. HHP 131...... 2 hrs. Spring Semester 16 hrs. BIO 10: Human Anatomy and Physiology.....4 hrs. Spring Semester HHP 101...... 3 hrs. •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech ...... 3 hrs. HHP 106: Adv Emergency Care ...... 2 hrs. HHP 103...... 3 hrs. •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech ...... 3 hrs. HHP 106: Adv Emergency Care ...... 2 hrs. •Mathematics Requirement or General Education...... 6 hrs. HHP 131: Foundations ...... 2-4 hrs. 14 hrs. 14-16 hrs. Health and Physical Sport Management Major Education: Teaching Sample Course Schedules Major Sample Course Schedules First Year Fall Semester First Year •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar ...... 3 hrs. Fall Semester •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech ...... 3 hrs. ED 1: Introduction to Education...... 2 hrs. ACCT 31: Principles of Accounting I ...... 3 hrs. ED 75: Field Experience ...... 1 hr. General Education ...... 3-5 hrs. BIO 9: Human Anatomy and Physiology or HHP 131: Foundations ...... 2 hrs. General Education ...... 4-6 hrs. HHP 197: Field Experience ...... 1 hr. •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar ...... 3 hrs. 15-17 hrs. •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech ...... 3 hrs. Spring Semester 13-15 hrs. •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. Spring Semester ECON 53: Macroeconomic Principles...... 3 hrs. •HHP 15: Health and Wellness...... 2 hrs. •HHP 15: Health and Wellness...... 2 hrs. HHP 131: Foundations ...... 2 hrs. General Education ...... 7-9 hrs. General Education...... 3 hrs. 15-17 hrs. BIO 10: Human Anatomy and Physiology or General Education ...... 4-5 hrs. •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. 14-15 hrs.

•The above schedules are samples. There are other ways of attaining the same objectives. For example, the English Language and Writing and Fundamentals of Speech requirements must be completed during the first year, but they may be taken either semester. It is recommended that courses meeting the Masterpieces of Literature, Health and Wellness, and Mathematics requirements be scheduled during the first or second year. The Liberal Arts Seminar is a required first semester course. 138 HEALTH SCIENCES HEALTH Majors SCIENCES Athletic Training major (65 hrs.) Admission Standards for the Athletic Training Education Program: Athletic Training: Due to the nature of the athletic training major, stu- College of Liberal Arts and Sciences dents who wish to pursue the Bachelor of Science in Professional Division Athletic Training degree must be formally admitted to Marion and Marian Weary Center for Health and the program, which is conducted toward the end of the Fitness second semester of the student’s first year. This is a selec- 402.465.2277 tive admissions program, which limits acceptance to 12 students per year, which includes an outside clinical component. In order to qualify for the admission, students Nursing: must have completed or be in the process of completing University College HHP/AT 105 (Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries) Burt Hall with a grade of “B” or better; AT 003; have had or be 402.465.2333 willing to have a TB skin test; be current on all vaccina- tions, have had, be willing to have, or sign a waiver regarding Hepatitis B vaccination; have a current physi- Faculty cal examination on file at the University; have read and signed the Technical Standards in Athletic Training doc- Department Chair: ument (located in the ATEP Policy and Procedure Stacey L. Ocander, Ed.D., ATC Manual; and be a full-time student at Nebraska Director of Athletic Training Education Wesleyan University. Retention within the Athletic Email: [email protected] Training Education Program policies specific to transfer students and student athletes are stated in the NWU ATEP Policy and Procedures Manual as well as the HHP Full-Time: Programs web page: Jeri L. Brandt, R.N., Ph.D. www.nebrwesleyan.edu/depts/hhp/HHPwebpage/ Linda Hardy, R.N., M.S.N. WebPageMill/programs.html Wende Heckert, R.N., M.S.N., M.F.S. Please direct all questions to: Dr. Stacey Ocander, Jeffrey Lang, M.A. Program Director, ATEP, [email protected], Laura E. Steele, M.S., ATC 402.465.2277. Clinical Coordinator, Athletic Training Education Rebecca Voight, R.N., M.S.N., Biology 9 ...... 4 hrs. Program Director of Nursing Biology 10 ...... 4 hrs. Chemistry 51/51L or 53 ...... 4 hrs. Part-Time: Psych 118...... 3 hrs. Dana Bates, M.S., ATC Athletic Training 3-8 ...... 6 hrs. Jeff Geier, M.A., ATC, CSCS Athletic Training 105 ...... 3 hrs. Douglas Jones, M.A., ATC Athletic Training 106 ...... 2 hrs. Athletic Training 140 ...... 3 hrs. Athletic Training 145 ...... 3 hrs. Degrees Athletic Training 160 ...... 3 hrs. For Athletic Training: Athletic Training 230 ...... 3 hrs. Athletic Training 233 ...... 3 hrs. Bachelor of Science Athletic Training 235 ...... 2 hrs. Athletic Training 294 ...... 2 hrs. For Nursing: Health/H.P. 100 ...... 3 hrs. Bachelor of Science in Nursing Health/H.P. 101 ...... 3 hrs. Health/H.P. 104 ...... 2 hrs. Master of Science in Nursing Health/H.P. 131 ...... 2 hrs. Health/H.P. 165 ...... 2 hrs. The Bachelor of Science in Nursing and Master of Science Health/H.P. 211 ...... 4 hrs. in Nursing degree programs are accredited by the Health/H.P. 215 ...... 4 hrs. National League for Nursing Accrediting Commission. An official copy of the Athletic Training Education National League for Nursing Program Technical Standards as set forth by the Accrediting Commission Educational Council can be found within the academic 61 Broadway - 33rd Floor section of the Nebraska Wesleyan University Athletic New York City, NY 10006 Training Education Program Policy and Procedure 800.669.1656 Manual. HEALTH SCIENCES 139

Nursing (B.S.N.) Failure to meet the admission requirements will The Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree program cause the student to be unable to enroll in those cours- is for individuals who have graduated from a diploma es that are open only to persons admitted to the nursing nursing school or from an associate degree program. program. Any student taking nursing courses must be a licensed After successful completion with a grade of “C” registered nurse in the state of Nebraska. (2.00) or above of Nursing 231 and 236, graduates of It is recommended that applications and supporting non-collegiate-based or non-NLNAC accredited associate documents be submitted by July 1 and November 1; degree nursing programs will receive 29 hours of credit however, applications will be accepted after those dates for previous nursing education. Graduates of NLNAC as long as class space is available. accredited associate degree nursing programs receive 29 Admission criteria for the Bachelor of Science in hours of nursing credits upon transfer. Nursing degree program include the following: —Admission to Nebraska Wesleyan University B.S.N. requirements (30 hrs.) —A 2.50 GPA Nursing 230 ...... 2 hrs. —A completed nursing application form Nursing 231/231L...... 3 hrs. —An official transcript from the school of nursing and Nursing 233...... 3 hrs. each college or university attended Nursing 234...... 3 hrs. —Three letters of reference Nursing 236...... 4 hrs. —A copy of current Nebraska nursing license Nursing 240...... 4 hrs. —A personal interview with a member or members of Nursing 245...... 5 hrs. the nursing faculty Nursing 250...... 4 hrs. —Completion of the following nursing pre-requisites: Nursing electives (190, 202, 204, 205, 296)...2 hrs. English Composition ...... 6 hrs. The following support courses are also required: Human Anatomy & Physiology*...... 8 hrs. pathophysiology (3 hrs.), statistics (3 hrs.), and a Microbiology* ...... 4 hrs. human lifespan growth and development course (3 General Chemistry* ...... 4 hrs. hrs.). Introductory Psychology...... 3 hrs. General Sociology ...... 3 hrs. Nursing (M.S.N.) *must include laboratory The Master of Science in Nursing degree is a 36 semester hour program that prepares leaders in the Individuals who have graduated from a diploma or roles of nurse educators, and administrators/managers an associate degree program in nursing and are await- and entrepreneurs. Transcultural nursing is emphasized ing the results of the National Council Licensure throughout the curriculum. Examination (NCLEX) for registered nurses may be The curriculum has two major areas: 1) “The Nurse as admitted to the Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree Educator,” and 2) “The Nurse as Leader, Manager, and program on probation if they meet all admission criteria Entrepreneur.” Content integrated throughout the cur- other than licensure as a registered nurse. riculum includes transcultural nursing, ethics, research, Upon notification by the State Bureau of Examining and application of knowledge and skills in the practice Boards that the NCLEX-RN has been passed, the student setting. must notify the program director of Nursing and present To maintain the “tradition of excellence” that a copy of the Nebraska nursing license for the nursing Nebraska Wesleyan University and the Nursing Program program’s files. At this time, the student is admitted to have established, flexibility and individual needs of the full status. students are incorporated into their learning experi- Upon notification by the State Bureau of Examining ences. The faculty members teaching in the MSN pro- Boards that the NCLEX-RN has been failed, the student gram are highly qualified and recognize the contribu- must notify the program director of Nursing. The stu- tion that the MSN students make as leaders in the health dent may complete the classroom portion of nursing care system. classes in which he or she is currently enrolled. However, The MSN program is a two-year program (24 he or she will not be allowed to complete the clinical months), and is offered on a part-time basis, with admit- portion of courses in which he or she is currently ted classes remaining together throughout the MSN pro- enrolled, and will therefore be given a grade of gram. Admissions requirements for the Master of Incomplete for these. The clinical component of the Science in Nursing include: course must be completed within 12 months. —Completion of the Graduate Admission Application The student is not eligible to take further nursing form courses that are open only to persons admitted to the —Official transcripts from all previously attended nursing program until the NCLEX-RN has been retaken institutions and passed. When the student receives notification that —Completion of the Master of Science in Nursing it has been passed, he or she must notify the program Admission Application form director of Nursing and present a copy of the Nebraska —Baccalaureate nursing degree from a program nursing license for the nursing program’s files. At this accredited by the National League for Nursing time, the student is admitted to full status and is again Accrediting Commission (NLNAC) or Commission on eligible to enroll in classes offered through the nursing Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE) program. 140 HEALTH SCIENCES

—Current Nebraska R.N. license 5. Clinical Athletic Training III —Two letters of support verifying academic and pro- 1 hour fessional abilities Practical experience supervised by an Approved Clinical —A cumulative undergraduate grade point average Instructor in an athletic training setting. A minimum of of 3.0 or better (on a 4.0 scale) 200 clock hours are required. Continued emphasis on —An undergraduate research course clinical proficiencies of risk management and injury, therapeutic exercise, and therapeutic modalities, and M.S.N. requirements (36 hrs.) team assignment during spring athletic season with emphasis on general medical conditions and disabilities, Core Courses ...... 12 hrs. equipment intensive, and upper and lower extremities. Nursing 505 (3 hrs) Prerequisite: Formal retention within the ATEP. Nursing 510 (3 hrs) (Normally offered each spring semester.) Nursing 515 (3 hrs) Nursing 520 (3 hrs) 6. Clinical Athletic Training IV Specialty Areas ...... 21 hrs. 1 hour The Nurse as Leader, Manager, and Entrepreneur Practical experience supervised by an Approved Clinical Select 21 hours from: Nursing 540, 541, 542, 546, Instructor in an athletic training setting. A minimum of 547, 548, 549 200 clock hours are required. Continued emphasis on The Nurse as Educator clinical proficiencies of general medical conditions and Select 21 hours from: 550, 552, 553, 554, 556, 557, disabilities, continued development of previous clinical 598, or approved elective course(s). proficiencies, and team assignment during fall athletic Major Project in Nursing Education/Nursing season with emphasis on general medical, upper and Administration...... 3 hrs. lower extremities and equipment intensive. Nursing 599 (3 hrs.) Prerequisite: Formal retention within the ATEP. (Normally offered each fall semester.)

Post-Masters Certificates 7. Clinical Athletic Training V 1 hour Post-Masters Certificates are also available in Nursing Practical experience supervised by an Approved Clinical Education, Nursing Administration, and Forensic Instructor in an athletic training setting. A minimum of Nursing. Twenty-one credit hours are required for each 200 clock hours are required. Emphasis on clinical profi- certificate. Contact the Nursing program or the ciencies of pharmacology, nutritional aspects of injury University College Office. and illness, psychosocial intervention and referral, health care administration and team assignment during spring athletic season with emphasis on upper and lower Courses in Athletic extremities. Prerequisite: Formal retention within the ATEP. Training (Normally offered each spring semester.)

3. Clinical Athletic Training I 8. Clinical Athletic Training VI 1 hour 1 hour Practical experience supervised by an Approved Clinical Practical experience supervised by an Approved Clinical Instructor in an athletic training setting. A minimum of Instructor in an athletic training environment. A mini- 200 clock hours are required. Emphasis on clinical profi- mum of 200 clock hours are required. This course is ciencies of basic first aid, wound care, preventative tap- designed as a capstone experience. Emphasis is on coming and wrapping, and general observation assignment petence of the proficiencies as set forth by the NATA during spring athletic season with emphasis on upper Athletic Training Educational Competencies (1999). and lower extremities. Students will be assigned to a team sport within the fall (Normally offered each spring semester.) athletic season with emphasis on upper and lower extremities, general medical conditions, and equipment 4. Clinical Athletic Training II intensive situations. Prerequisite: Formal retention within the ATEP. 1 hour (Normally offered each fall semester.) Practical experience supervised by an Approved Clinical Instructor in an athletic training setting. A minimum of 200 clock hours are required. Continued emphasis on 105. Prevention and Care of Athletic clinical proficiencies of basic emergency care, assessment Injuries and evaluation, record-keeping and team assignment See Health and Human Performance 105. during fall athletic season with emphasis on general medical considerations. 106. Advanced Emergency Care Prerequisite: Formal retention within the ATEP. See Health and Human Performance 106. (Normally offered each fall semester.) HEALTH SCIENCES 141

140. Recognition and Evaluation of Athletic 294. Senior Integrative Seminar Injuries See Health and Human Performance 294. 3 hours This class is a study of the principles and practices in the recognition and evaluation of athletic injuries. Prerequisites: Biology 9, 10 and permission of instructor. Courses in Nursing (Normally offered each fall semester.) 135. Lifespan Development 145. Therapeutic Modalities of Athletic Injuries 3 hours 3 hours This class will provide a perspective on the changes that This course is designed to provide an overview of the take place during an individual’s life from infancy to old theory, application, and knowledge necessary to provide age/death. Participants will study and describe the modalities to the physically active population. The use of developing person at different periods in the lifespan. heat, cold, electrical, and mechanical treatments will be The processes of growth and change taking place in explored. Students will have the opportunity to apply early, middle, and late adulthood will be considered as these theories in the clinical setting throughout the well as the more traditional concern with development semester. in childhood. Prerequisites: Biology 9, 10 and permission of instructor. (Normally offered each spring semester.) 190. Selected Topics 1, 2, or 3 hours 160. Rehabilitation of Athletic Injuries A topical course designed to investigate any relevant 3 hours subject matter not included in any of the standard cours- A course designed for those pursuing athletic trainer es. The title, content, and credit will be determined by certification. This course involves learning fundamentals the current mutual interests of students and faculty. of evaluation and assessment of injuries inherent to athletics, as well as rehabilitation of these injuries. Also 198. Adult: Early, Middle, Late Adulthood - included is a study of injury mechanisms, treatment, and Lifespan Development exercises. 1 hour Prerequisites: Athletic Training 105, Biology 9, 10 and This course will provide opportunities for varying per- permission of instructor. spectives on the changes that take place during an indi- (Normally offered each spring semester.) vidual's adult life. Participants will study and describe the developing person in early, middle, and late adult- 230. Issues in Sports Medicine hood. 3 hours A course designed for those pursuing athletic training 202. Nursing in Specialized Care Settings certification. An in-depth study of selected issues in ath- 1, 2, or 3 hours letic training pertaining to medical emergencies, This course is designed to enable the student to study advanced diagnostic techniques, orthopedics, drugs and the role of the professional nurse in a specific health pharmacology in sports, special medical conditions, care setting. Clinical judgments, critical thinking, and the administration and organization of the athletic training cognitive, psychomotor, and affective skills required to program, and legal aspects of sports medicine. provide quality nursing care in the health setting will be Prerequisites: Athletic Training 105, Biology 9 and 10. emphasized. (Normally offered each spring semester.) 204. Women’s Health: Global Perspective 233. Health Assessment 3 hours See Nursing 233. This course introduces women’s health with an emphasis on global issues. Women’s health will be examined using 235. Organization and Administration of the influences of social, political, economic, cultural, and Athletic Training geographical factors. Students will examine the basic 2 hours health needs of all women and compare the availability This course is designed to study the application of the of and types of services in different parts of the world. A organizational and administrative outlooks in regards to unique component of this course is the opportunity to the field of athletic training. It will address emergency work with women from another country to learn about care situations in respect to proper record keeping, facil- other women’s health concerns. ity management, and scheduling of medical staff and Prerequisite: Women’s Studies 90 or Sociology 3 or a equipment. In addition, an in-depth exploration of the beginning level anthropology course or permission of requirements set forth by OSHA and other federal agen- the instructor. cies will be incorporated into each learning environment. Prerequisites: Biology 9, 10 and permission of instructor. (Normally offered each spring semester.) 142 HEALTH SCIENCES

205. Issues of Professional Nursing Practice 234. Ethics in the Health Care System 3 hours 3 hours This course examines the role of the nurse in a variety of This course serves as an introduction to the study of health care organizations. Knowledge about the role of ethics and representative systems of ethics, along with the nurse is developed through an understanding of the the study of specific areas of ethical importance to nurs- history of nursing, comparisons of different nursing edu- ing such as advocacy, informed consent, death and cation programs, and an examination of the U.S. health dying, and newborn infant care. Its purpose is to help care system. the student confront the ethical problems in a reflective Prerequisites: Completion of 4 credits of Anatomy and and analytical manner, and aid the student in reaching Physiology; 4 credits of chemistry; 3 credits of English; his or her own position. and 3 credits of psychology, or permission of the instructor. 236. Introduction to Nursing Research 4 hours (3 theory, 1 laboratory) 230. Computers in the Health Care System Study of the research process. The course will provide an 2 hours opportunity to identify researchable problems in nurs- This course examines the applications of computers ing and to develop beginning skills in addressing them. related to provision of care, education, administration The course is designed to help the student develop com- and research in the health care system. The principles of petence as a consumer of nursing research through crit- computers and types of computer systems will be includ- ical evaluation of selected nursing research. ed in the course. Hands-on computer experiences are Prerequisite: Admission to the B.S.N. program. incorporated into the course. 240. Management and Leadership in Nursing 231. Philosophical Foundations in Nursing 4 hours (3 theory, 1 clinical) 2 hours This course assumes the student possesses basic leader- The philosophy of baccalaureate education in nursing is ship and management skills, and further examines the introduced. The concept of holistic health, the health-ill- role of the baccalaureate nurse as a manager in health ness continuum, and health needs of the individual care organizations. The roles of the nurse manager are related to the practice of the baccalaureate nurse are analyzed for each of the management functions: plan- discussed. Nursing theories/models and nursing diag- ning, organizing, directing, and controlling. External noses are applied within the context of the nursing factors influencing the nurse manager are also exam- process in the clinical setting. Contemporary nursing ined. Students are able to select their clinical experience issues influencing the delivery of health care and the in management from a variety of health care organiza- nursing profession are explored. tions and settings. Prerequisite: Admission to the B.S.N. program. Prerequisite or corequisite: Nursing 231. Corequisite: Nursing 231L. 245. Nursing of Families and Groups in the 231L. Philosophical Foundations in Nursing Community 1 hour 5 hours (3 theory, 2 clinical) Clinical component of Nursing 231. This course focuses on the application of community P/F only. health nursing concepts with individuals, families, and Corequisite: Nursing 231. groups. Emphasis is placed on applying the nursing process to problems of persons from a variety of cultur- 233. Health Assessment al groups and to those with developmental and situa- 3 hours (2 theory, 1 clinical) tional crises. In the clinical setting, students work with An introduction to basic knowledge and skills necessary persons throughout the age span and in a variety of to obtain a detailed health assessment of individuals community settings. across the age continuum. The biological, sociological, Prerequisites: Nursing 231, 233 and a lifespan develop- and psychological aspects of human beings are ment course. addressed. Emphasis is placed on obtaining a systematic health history and physical exam using the techniques of 250. Population Based Nursing Practice inspection, palpation, percussion, and auscultation. 4 hours (3 theory, 1 clinical) Supervised laboratory and clinical allow the student the This course focuses on the application of community opportunity to practice the assessment skills introduced health nursing concepts with selected individuals, fami- in class. lies, groups and communities. Health concerns of the group/community are identified and addressed using health program planning skills. Research is evaluated for its use in community health settings. Prerequisites: Nursing 230, 231, 233, 234, 236, 240, and 245. HEALTH SCIENCES 143

296. Special Projects 540. Nursing Administration I 1, 2, or 3 hours 3 hours An opportunity for individual students to engage in a This course examines the role of the nurse executive in a special project, research, clinical experience, writing, or variety of health care organizations, including long term guided readings. Conducted under the supervision of a care, community based care, hospitals, and larger inte- member of the nursing program. Special projects may grated delivery systems. Emphasis is placed on adminis- not duplicate courses described in the catalog. tration of human resources, including labor and legal Prerequisites: Admission to the B.S.N. program and issues, collective bargaining, labor laws, and the design approval of the program director. of effective policies and procedures to reflect these laws. Prerequisites: Nursing 505, 510, and 515. 505. Research in Nursing and Health Care Corequisite: Nursing 520. 3 hours This course focuses on quantitative and qualitative 541. Economics in the Health Care System research areas and methods used in health care. Analysis 3 hours of the research process and application of research find- This course provides background information about fed- ings to health care will be emphasized. Students will eral health programs, third party payments, and man- develop a guided research project related to an identi- aged care organizations and their relationships with fied problem in nursing and health care. health care organizations. The course also discusses pri- Prerequisite: Admission to the graduate program. vate and public health care systems, as well as propri- Corequisite: Nursing 510. etary and nonprofit organizations. It includes interpretation of financial data as well as forecasting and financial 510. Transcultural Health Care management. Macroeconomics related to health care 3 hours are introduced as well as some microeconomics. Using Leininger’s Cultural Care Diversity and Universality Prerequisite: Nursing 540. Theory, this course analyzes the social, political, economic, and cultural factors related to transcultural health 542. Finance and Accounting in the Health care. Students will examine the interactions of con- Care System sumers, providers, and health care systems in the provi- 3 hours sion of quality health care with an emphasis on persons This course provides primary concepts of health care of color and persons who are immigrants to the United finance, including managerial accounting and financial States. management concepts. Students will learn how to man- Prerequisite: Admission to the graduate program. age, control, and report financial information. Use of Corequisite: Nursing 505. the financial information is practiced via electronic spreadsheet applications. 515. Concepts and Theories in Nursing Prerequisites: Nursing 540 and 541. 3 hours Corequisite: Nursing 546. This course examines selected concepts and theories that are derived from nursing and other disciplines for appli- 546. Nursing Administration II cability to practice in a variety of health care settings. 3 hours Strategies used in applying and evaluating nursing the- This course examines the role of the nurse executive in a ories in relation to providing care will be discussed. variety of health care organizations, including long term Prerequisites: Nursing 505 and 510. care, community based care, hospitals, and larger integrated delivery systems. Emphasis is placed on adminis- 520. Critical Issues in Health Care tration of human resources, including labor and legal 3 hours issues, labor laws, and the design of effective policies This course examines multiple factors affecting the pro- and procedures to reflect these laws. The development vision of care in an ever-changing health care system. of compliance plans for health care regulations is also The U.S. health policy-making system; ethical, legal, and highlighted. political aspects of health care; and health care delivery Prerequisites: Nursing 540 and 541. systems will be explored, particularly in relation to their Corequisite: Nursing 542. impact on nursing practice and nurses’ ability to provide care. A historical perspective will facilitate a) identifica- 547. Practicum in Nursing Administration tion of critical issues, b) understanding of how they 3 hours developed to their current status, and c) examination of This course provides the student with experience func- what options might exist for current and future resolu- tioning within selected components of the role of the tion of these issues. nurse executive in a variety of health care organizations, Prerequisites: Nursing 505, 510, and 515. including long term care, community based care, hospi- Co-requisite: Nursing 540 or 550. tals, and larger integrated delivery systems. Students are paired with a nurse executive or case manager with a mutually agreed upon agency. Prerequisites: Nursing 540, 541, 542, and 546. Corequisite: Nursing 548. 144 HEALTH SCIENCES

548. Case Management 554. Nursing Education Clinical II 3 hours 3 hours This course prepares the student to develop the role of This course examines the role of the nurse educator in case manager in a variety of settings. The student will the area of program planning. Emphasis is placed on use the stages of managed care to determine current implementing programs designed in Nursing 557 and on agency progress and project future organizational status content from the teaching strategies courses. and programs. Students will develop a set of indicators Experiences previously encountered in Nursing 553 will of effectiveness and quality of care as well as plan for be incorporated throughout this course. their analyses. Prerequisites: Nursing 553 and 556. Prerequisites: Nursing 542 and 546. Corequisite: Nursing 557. Corerequisite: Nursing 547. 556. Teaching Strategies and Evaluation 549. Nurse as Entrepreneur 3 hours 3 hours This course focuses on teaching strategies to enhance This course presents information needed by a nurse the organization and the delivery of educational con- entrepreneur to develop innovative forms of nursing tent. Assessment of student outcomes and of education- practice and care delivery. Emphasis is placed on acquir- al programs is also emphasized. ing skills to develop a nursing business plan, including Prerequiste: Nursing 552. financial and legal components. Implementation of risk Corequisite: Nursing 553. management and total quality improvement plans within the role of the small business setting are also covered. 557. Program Planning in Nursing Prerequisites: Nursing 541 and 542. 3 hours This course focuses on the analysis and application of 550. Principles of Teaching and Learning program planning and on planning the development 3 hours and evaluation of programs for continuing education The focus of this course is on educational theories and for professionals and/or the public. issues, and their implications for the teaching process. Prerequisites: Nursing 553 and 556. Teaching and learning distinctions, the domains of learn- Corequisite: Nursing 554. ing, and assessment of student learning outcomes are components of this course. 560. Legal Medicine Prerequisites: Nursing 505, 510, and 515. 6 hours Corequisite: Nursing 520. This course will focus on the health care (specifically nursing) aspects of forensic science. The student will 552. Curriculum Development and Program study: pathology, Pathophysiology, assessment, diagno- Planning in Nursing sis, documentation, implementation, reporting, as well 3 hours as policy and procedure composition. Highlighted top- This course focuses on the analysis and application of ics include, but are not limited to: trauma, assault, curriculum theory in the development and evaluation of child/elder abuse, domestic violence, natural death, acci- programs in nursing education. Development of pro- dents/ accidental death, homicide, suicide, mass casual- grams for continuing education for professionals and/or ties, firearm injuries, Sudden Infant Death Syndrome the public also is a component of the course. (SIDS), Munchausen’s Syndrome (and by Proxy), and Prerequisite: Nursing 550. bioterrorism. Prerequisite: MSN from an accredited institution. 553. Nursing Education Clinical I 3 hours 562. Forensic Psychological Assessment This course examines the role of the nurse educator in an 3 hours area of practice emphasis of the student’s choice. This course will assist the student in proper and timely Emphasis is placed on research-based practice, applica- assessment/interviewing of victims, witnesses, and possi- tion of models/theories, and developing culturally sensi- ble suspects in the forensic realm. The student will also tive interventions for targeted populations. concentrate on critical incident stress situations. Prerequisite: Nursing 552. Prerequisite: MSN from an accredited institution. Corequisite: Nursing 556. 564. Crime Scene and Death Investigation 4 hours Because not every death can be labeled “routine” or “due to natural causes,” nurses need to be trained to differentiate a routine death from a forensic death. This course will instruct the students on scene identification, scene protocol, working with law enforcement, chain of custody, documentation, and how to present/report the evidence to the proper authorities. Prerequisites: Successful completion of Nursing 560 and 562. HEALTH SCIENCES 145

566. Heath Care in Testimony, Law, and Other Professional Roles 3 hours Explore the professional aspects of forensic science in health care. This course focuses on the nurse as an expert witness, health care and the law, and how to effectively move into the health care workforce with a Post-Master’s Certificate in Forensic Nursing. Curriculum Vitae building will also be undertaken. Prerequisites: Successful completion of Nursing 560 and 562.

597. Internship 3-6 hours The internship consists of a minimum of 45 contact hours, plus 15 hours of preparation/research (60 total); and is arranged to expand clinical application of theory and content. The student must complete a minimum of 3 credit hours. Prerequisites: Successful completion of Nursing 560, 562, 564, and 566.

598. The Research Process 3 hours This course will allow for students to focus on the first steps of the research process: completing a literature map; presenting a conceptual picture of how articles collected interact; gaining valuable knowledge on the topic of their choosing; defining what they intend to present for their final project; and becoming more comfortable in conducting research. Prerequisite: Nursing 505.

599. Major Project in Nursing Education/Nursing Administration 1, 2, or 3 hours This course is a culmination of the graduate nursing courses in which the student will develop, implement, and evaluate a multi-faceted program related to the student’s M.S.N. specialty area. The program will be research-based and incorporate theories, skills, and methodologies from prior course work. Emphasis will be placed on targeted populations and the compatibility of the project with the mission and culture of the organization in which the project is being conducted. Prerequisites: All other courses in the designated M.S.N. specialty area. 146 HEALTH SCIENCES

Athletic Training Major Pre-Nursing Sample Course Schedules Sample Course Schedules

First Year First Year Fall Semester Fall Semester BIO 9: Human Anatomy and Physiology...... 4 hrs. BIO 9: Human Anatomy and Physiology...... 4 hrs. CHEM 51/51L: Chemical Principles/Lab or CHEM 51/51L: Chemical Principles/Lab CHEM 53: General Chemistry ...... 4 hrs. or CHEM 53: General Chemistry ...... 4 hrs. AT 106: Adv Emergency Care ...... 2 hrs. •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar ...... 3 hrs. •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar ...... 3 hrs. •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. PSYCH 1 or 2: Basic or 16 hrs. Applied Psychological Science...... 3 hrs. 17 hrs. Spring Semester AT 105: Care and Prevention of Injuries ...... 3 hrs. Spring Semester AT 003: Clinical Athletic Training ...... 1 hr. BIO 8: Microbiology ...... 4 hrs. BIO 10: Human Anatomy and Physiology.....4 hrs. BIO 10: Human Anatomy and Physiology.....4 hrs. •HHP 15: Health and Wellness...... 2 hrs. •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech ...... 3 hrs. •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech ...... 3 hrs. NURS 135: Lifespan Development ...... 3 hrs. •Mathematics Requirement or SOC 3: Intro to Sociology...... 3 hrs. HHP 131: Foundations ...... 2-4 hrs. 17 hrs. 15-17 hrs.

Social Sciences Division 1. United States Society and Culture to 1877 Old Main 320 402.465.2439 3 hours A survey of United States history beginning with precontact cultures, examining the varied colonial and native Faculty cultures, and tracing the political, economic, social, and cultural development of the United States, and conclud- Department Chair: ing with Reconstruction. Elaine M. Kruse, Ph.D. (Normally offered each fall semester.) Email: [email protected] 2. United States Society and Culture Since Full-Time: 1877 Patrick M. Hayden-Roy, Ph.D. 3 hours Sandra K. Mathews, Ph.D. A survey of United States history beginning with post- Meghan K. Winchell, Ph.D. Civil War expansion into the trans-Mississippi West, tracing political, economic, social, and cultural development to the present, emphasizing the emergence of a domi- Part-Time: nantly urban-industrial society, the expanded role of James Hewitt, Ph.D. government, increasing government in the lives of individuals, and the increasing involvement of the United Emeritus: States in the world. Ronald C. Naugle, Ph.D. (Normally offered each semester.)

10. Studies in World Civilization Degrees 3 hours Bachelor of Arts An in-depth study of one timeframe across world cultures. The course is designed to introduce students to Bachelor of Science the uniqueness and interconnectedness of cultures in the global community. Historical dimensions of today’s ethical and political concerns will be examined in order to foster responsible world citizenship. Major (Normally offered each semester.) Modern foreign language study is expected of all history majors. Transfer students must earn in residence a 100. History: Theory and Method minimum of 12 hours in history, 6 hours of which must 3 hours be at the upper level (200-299). An introduction to historiography. This course is designed for majors and students interested in the the- History major ories and techniques utilized by historians to investigate the past. The first half of the course is devoted to read- (B.A. or B.S., 36 hrs.) ing and analyzing basic theoretical approaches to under- History 1 and 2 ...... 6 hrs. standing the past. The second part of the course focuses History 115 and 116 ...... 6 hrs. on research methods, resources, and the composition of History 100...... 3 hrs. a research essay. Additional history courses...... 18 hrs. (Normally offered each spring semester.) (including a minimum of 9 hours from courses numbered 200-296) 110. Introduction to Latin America Senior comprehensive requirement* ...... 3 hrs. 3 hours *Options include senior thesis (History 298 and An examination of the Latin American experience from 299), an internship approved by the department precontact and the earliest Spanish exploration and col- chair (History 297) or supervised student teach- onization. The course will examine the progress of ing plus History 265, Nebraska History. Indian/Spanish, Church/State, Spanish/Portuguese/ English/French and Spanish/English/United States relations from the mid-1400s into the 20th century. The Minor dynamics of political, religious, and agrarian movements throughout the many Latin American nations will also History minor (24 hrs.) be discussed, as will the historic trends behind current History 1 and 2 ...... 6 hrs. events in Latin America. History 115 and 116 ...... 6 hrs. History 100...... 3 hrs. Additional history elective(s)* ...... 9 hrs. *A minimum of 3 hours from courses numbered 200-291. 148 HISTORY

115. Western Civilization through Religion, to 142. Modern Japan 1648 3 hours 3 hours An introduction to Japanese culture, politics, and social A study of Western Civilization from the Ancient World history with an emphasis on the post-Tokugawa era. through the era of the Reformation focusing on the his- Japan’s response to the Western intrusion, rapid mod- tory of Western religious beliefs. Through the reading of ernization, adherence to traditional values, and partici- religious texts, students investigate the varying concep- pation in world events during the twentieth century will tions of God or the gods as well as the relationship of be covered. the divine to the physical universe and humanity. In the process, students will learn basic features of Western 150. U.S. West religion and how the circumstances of human existence 3 hours and broader cultural forces have shaped religious belief An exploration of the “real” U.S. West, in contrast to the in the West. Hollywood version. The course will focus on Native (Normally offered each fall semester.) Americans from the days when precontact Native American societies flourished, to subsequent European 116. Western Civilization through Literature: and Russian domination, and finally their loss of sover- 1500 to Present eignty under the U.S. government. The course will also 3 hours emphasize the nineteenth century when the West A chronological survey of Western Civilization from 1500 became a mecca for many people to whom the West to the present, focusing on the literary record which represented different visions: to the Chinese, it was the exemplifies changing societies; artistic and literary styles; “Golden Mountain;” to Spaniards and Mexicans, it was and philosophical, religious, and political patterns. The “El Norte;” to the newly-emancipated Africans, the West course will include a reexamination of Biblical texts in represented freedom; to many other newly arrived the Reformation, the revival and imitation of classical immigrants, it was a land of opportunity; to the Native texts in the Renaissance, absolutism and its critics, the Americans, it was their sacred home. Special emphasis revolutionary and Romantic movements, ethnic minori- will be placed on the above images which have often ties, colonialism, the crisis of Western thought in the clashed and erupted into conflict beginning in the nine- twentieth century, and the impact of totalitarianism. teenth century and continuing throughout the twenti- (Normally offered each spring semester.) eth century. Prerequisites: History 1 and 2, or permission of the 131. Women in Western Culture instructor 3 hours A survey of the philosophical and religious traditions 154. African-American History affecting the position of women in Western Civilization, 3 hours juxtaposing the images of women with the realities of A review that treats the contributions made to the their lives. This course will center on traditions which United States historic experience by persons of African begin with the Greeks; their development in Judeo- ancestry. Christian thought; the reformulations of those traditions Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. during the Reformation, Renaissance, and Enlightenment periods; and the movement towards a 156. American Indian History more egalitarian tradition in the nineteenth and twenti- 3 hours eth centuries. The course will focus on the reading and This course will serve as an overview of American Indian discussion of primary texts and key scholarly articles history from precontact to the present. It will explore which illuminate the traditions. numerous themes including cultural diversity, initial contact with Europeans, the different styles of interactions 137. History of Women in the (Spanish/English/French), accommodation and disposses- United States sion, the American treaty process, concentration, ward- 3 hours ship, education, land allotment, termination and reloca- Introduction to the experiences of women in the United tion, and modern American Indian issues. Utilizing States from colonization to the present, with an exami- assigned readings, discussion, and some short films, this nation of cultural meanings attached to gender; various class will eradicate misconceptions about American social inequalities in access to institutions, activities, and Indians and therefore eliminate the roots of discrimina- resources; and women’s status, well being, and power in tion and prejudice against the original Americans. American society. The course investigates the lives of Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. women from various social, ethnic, and racial groups, (Normally offered each spring semester.) analyzing the ways that they affected one another. The course emphasizes sexuality, reproduction, and materni- ty, and also covers politics, law, work, education, and other issues in women’s lives. HISTORY 149

161. Environmental History 208. The United States in the Inter-War Years 3 hours 3 hours A study of environmental history focusing primarily on A study of society and politics during the early 20th cen- the United States and including Canada and Mexico as tury emphasizing the transformation of the United they involve border environmental conflicts. Emphasis States from a rural to an urbanized society. The course will be placed on environmental philosophy, ethnic begins with an overview of World War I, emphasizes the minorities, power and politics, regionalism, industrial- inter-war period—the 1920s, the Great Depression, and ism, gender, and literature. Course format will be lec- the New Deal—and concludes with the U.S. entry into ture, class discussions based on assigned readings from World War II. assigned texts, as well as supplemental sources, reports, Prerequisite: History 2. videos and field trips. Prerequisite: History 1 or 2, or permission of the instruc- 209. The United States since 1945 tor. 3 hours A study of society and politics from World War II to the 190. Selected Topics present emphasizing the atomic age and the Cold War, 1, 2, or 3 hours domestic issues of the fifties and sixties, the United An intermediate-level course designed to treat subject States’ involvement in Vietnam, and concluding with matter not covered in any of the established history contemporary issues. courses. The title, content, and credit hours will be Prerequisite: History 2. determined by current mutual interests of faculty and students. 214. Biography in History 3 hours 195. Independent Study An examination of an historical topic through the study 1, 2, or 3 hours of biography, emphasizing historical background, com- After consultation with the department chair, a student parison and contrast of leading figures, and an analysis may engage in a supervised independent study or library of motivations and character. research. Independent study may not duplicate courses described in the catalog. 216. Myth in United States History 3 hours 203. Conquest, Resistance, and Resilience: A study of the role that myths have played in United Comparing American Colonial Experiences States history. The course covers U.S. history from colo- 3 hours nization to the present, and emphasizes both the posi- Colonial powers invaded previously occupied America as tive and negative aspects of stereotyping, images, and early as the fifteenth century. The colonial powers dic- assumptions written into U.S. history. tated the colonists’ encounters with indigenous peoples, Prerequisites: History 1 and 2. just as indigenous cultural traditions dictated responses to the colonial regimes. The course will necessarily inves- 218. The Reservation Era in American Indian tigate and compare the colonial experiences of Spain, History France, Holland, Russia, and Great Britain in the 3 hours Americas, as well as indigenous traditions and responses The course will investigate American Indian history from to the colonial invaders. the 1790s until the first decades of the early twentieth Prerequisite: History 1. century, often called the Reservation Era. The course is designed to provide an in-depth analysis of the 207. Gilded Age and Progressive Era Reservation experience for American Indians. This is the 3 hours most popularized period in American Indian history, yet A study of the growth of the United States from 1877 to also the most misunderstood and misrepresented in World War I, emphasizing the emergence of industrial- popular culture. ism and big business and their impact on social, political Prerequisite: History 1 or 156, or the permission of the and intellectual life. The course will also deal with the instructor. U.S.’s adaptations to industrialization and urbanization including social reform and social legislation, the chang- 222. The Ancient World ing role of the family, immigration patterns, religious 3 hours movements, developments in education, the economy, An examination of the political, social, and intellectual and entertainment. worlds of ancient Greece and Rome. The purpose of the Prerequisite: History 2. course is to introduce students to the seminal contributions of antiquity to the Western tradition. The course will concentrate on the setting and content of Greek culture from the age of Homer to the rise of the Macedonian Empire, and the development of Rome from city republic to empire. Prerequisite: History 115. 150 HISTORY

223. The Middle Ages 235. Nazi Germany 3 hours 3 hours A survey of European culture and society from the fall of An examination of Germany in the twentieth century the Roman Empire to the advent of the Renaissance. The focusing on the rise of Adolph Hitler, the weakness of course will focus on the creative religious, political, and the Weimar government, the institutions of the Nazi social movements of this period, and their influence on regime, and the events of World War II and the the development of the West. Among the subjects cov- Holocaust. ered: the Germanic tribes, the Carolingian Empire, the Prerequisite: History 10 or 116 or permission of the Church in the High Middle Ages, the culture of the High instructor. Middle Ages, the growth of centralized monarchy, the Crusades, and the evolution of the social order in the 243. Modern France Middle Ages. 3 hours Prerequisite: History 115. An examination of French civilization and culture since 1815 with special emphasis on the period from 1870 to 224. The Reformation the present. The course will focus on the ideological 3 hours legacies of the French Revolution, the distinctive social A study of the breakup of medieval Christianity and the and economic characteristics of French society, the emergence of Protestantism. Focus is on the intellectual impact of two world wars, and the achievements of movements that spark the Reformation, the social and French artists and intellectuals. political consequences of these new religious ideas, the Prerequisite: History 116. Wars of Religion of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, and the continuing impact of the Reformation on 251. Victorian Women Western society. 3 hours Prerequisite: History 115. A study of myths and realities of women’s lives in Victorian England, France, and the United States. 225. Early Modern Europe Emphasis will be placed on the “woman question” of 3 hours the nineteenth century: What is the nature of women A seminar on early modern European culture up to the and their role in society? Topics will include sexuality and French Revolution, with emphasis on changing family prostitution, marriage and family life, work and philan- relations, political structures, religious and scientific thropy, education, and the suffrage movement in light thought, and social and economic conditions, culminat- of the contrast between rich and poor women. ing in the Enlightenment and religious revivals. Prerequisite: History 116. Prerequisite: History 116. 252. Visionaries, Witches, and Madwomen 226. Nineteenth-Century Europe 3 hours 3 hours A study of social control of women from the 13th centu- An examination of European history in the nineteenth ry to the present. The course will emphasize the women century from the fall of Napoleon through the Victorian visionaries of the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries, age. Topics include the Congress of Vienna, Romanticism witch-hunting in sixteenth and seventeenth century and realism, nationalism, and the impact of the Europe and America, and the treatment of women and Industrial Revolution on society and politics. madness in nineteenth and twentieth century literature, Prerequisite: History 116. medical theory and society. Prerequisite: History 131 or permission of the instructor. 227. Twentieth-Century Europe 3 hours 255. Women of the American West An examination of European society and culture in the 3 hours twentieth century, including World Wars I and II, the This course highlights women’s experiences in the Cold War and the post Cold War society. American West from precontact to present, and explores Prerequisite: History 116. topics of myth and stereotypes; women’s roles in the home, family and community; and racial, class and eth- 233. The French Revolution nic differences in women’s experiences. 3 hours Prerequisites: History 1 and 2 or permission of the An examination of the period from 1789 to 1815 as a instructor. watershed in Western history. Topics will include the crisis of French absolutism and the social and economic 265. Nebraska History causes and consequences of the Revolution, the Terror, 3 hours and Napoleon. A survey of the social, cultural, and political history of Prerequisite: History 116. Nebraska with special emphasis on local and community histories. Prerequisites: History 1 and 2. (Normally offered each spring semester.) HISTORY 151

272. History of Mexico 295. Independent Study 3 hours 1, 2, or 3 hours This course will focus on the history of Mexico through After consultation with the department chair, a student the study of many sub-themes including cultural identi- may engage in a supervised independent study or library ty, conquest, stereotypes, economic and political devel- research. Independent study may not duplicate courses opment, the role of the Catholic Church, gender, and described in the catalog. political upheaval and reform. This course will rely upon Prerequisite: Permission of the department chair. lecture, class discussions based on assigned readings from our text and supplemental sources, reports, and 297. History Internship videos to enhance student learning. 1, 2, or 3 hours Prerequisite: History 110 or permission of the instructor. On-the-job training for advanced history majors in settings such as archives, museums, archeological sites, 273. History of Cuba libraries, or historical societies. The student will arrange 3 hours for the position in accordance with the guidelines estab- An exploration of the history of Cuba from precontact to lished by the department. the present day focusing primarily on social, cultural and P/F only. political history with economic history serving as a back- Prerequisite: Permission of the department chair. drop for the major upheavals that occurred in the Cuban experience. While the class will be introduced to precon- 298. Introduction to Senior Thesis tact cultures, emphasis will be placed on the Spanish 1 hour colonial period, early attempts at Cuban independence, To be taken during the spring semester of the junior the subsequent U.S. takeover, and Fidel Castro’s revolu- year or the fall semester of the senior year, this seminar tion. Inter-American relations will play an increasing role is designed to aid students in the development of their in classroom discussions as the semester progresses. senior thesis topics. Each will prepare a research propos- Prerequisite: History 110 or permission of the instructor. al and a plan of study. P/F only. 290. Selected Topics Prerequisite: Permission of the department chair. 1, 2, or 3 hours An upper-level course designed to treat subject matter 299. Senior Thesis not covered in any of the established history courses. 2 hours The title, content, and credit hours will be determined To be taken during the senior year, the student will uti- by current mutual interests of faculty and students. lize this semester to research the topic developed in History 298 and complete the senior thesis. 291. Directed Readings Prerequisite: Permission of the department chair. 1, 2, or 3 hours After consultation with the department chair, a student may engage in a supervised, independent reading program. Prerequisite: Permission of the department chair.

History Major Sample Course Schedules

First Year Fall Semester Spring Semester HIST 1: U.S. Society and Culture to 1877 ...... 3 hrs. •HHP 15: Health and Wellness...... 2 hrs. •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar ...... 3 hrs. •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech ...... 3 hrs. Language Requirement...... 3-4 hrs. Language Requirement...... 3-4 hrs. HIST 2: U.S. Society and HIST 115: Western Civilizations Culture from 1877...... 3 hrs. through Religion, to 1648...... 3 hrs. General Education or Elective...... 3 hrs. 15-16 hrs. 14-15 hrs.

Environmental Studies minor IDS (19-21 hrs.) INTERDISCIPLINARY Contact Sociology-Anthropology-Social Work. Natural Science 30 or Chemistry 10...... 4 hrs. STUDIES Sociology 115...... 3 hrs. Take at least two courses from...... 6-7 hrs. Biology 250 (4 hrs.) Interdisciplinary Studies houses programs and cours- Economics 215 (3 hrs.) es that do not directly fall under the purview of a regu- Sociology 215 (3 hrs.) lar College of Liberal Arts and Sciences department or Electives - at least two courses from...... 6-7 hrs. established major program. Below are interdisciplinary/ Anthropology 151 or 50 (3 hrs.) interdepartmental minors, as well as courses that have Biology 250 (4 hrs.) the IDS prefix. For additional information about specif- Economics 215 (3 hrs.) ic interdisciplinary programs, contact the appropriate Physics 54 (3 hrs.) coordinator listed or the Academic Affairs Office or Sociology 215 (3 hrs.) Registrar's Office. Additional Requirements – A student must have at least two courses each from natural/physical sciences and social sciences. Interdisciplinary/ – No student may count more than two courses in the Interdepartmental Minors minor towards any specific major.

American Minority Studies minor Family Studies minor (18 hrs.) (18 hrs.) Contact Dr. David Iaquinta, Sociology-Anthropology- Social Work. Contact Sociology-Anthropology-Social Work.

Required Courses...... 6 hrs. Required Courses...... 9 hrs. Sociology 3 (3 hrs.) Sociology 3 (3 hrs.) Sociology 120 (3 hrs.) Sociology 116 (3 hrs.) Sociology 216* (3 hrs.) Select courses from ...... 12 hrs. English 101 Masterpieces: Families (3 hrs.) Select from three different Communication 40 (3 hrs.) areas of study...... 9 hrs. Sociology 115 (3 hrs.) African-American Studies Psychology 130 (3 hrs.) History 154 (3 hrs.) Communication 145 (3 hrs.) Hispanic/Latino Studies Sociology 222 (3 hrs.) Sociology 150 (3 hrs.) Social Work 235 (3 hrs.) Native American Studies Student must take courses from at least three different Anthropology 154 or History 156 (3 hrs.) disciplines. Note that Psychology 130 has pre-requisite Humanities of Psychology 002, and Sociology 222 has pre-requisite English 180, Music 140 or of Sociology 003. Communication 50 (3 hrs.) *Prerequisite: 12 hours of minor completed or approval of instructor. INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES 153

Global Studies minor (24-25 hrs.) Electives...... 9 hrs. (Choose three from at least three different departments; Contact Global Studies. at least one at the 200 level) Political Science 221 (3 hrs.) Language ...... 6 hrs. Business Administration 211 (3 hrs.) Business Administration 212 (3 hrs.) Select from the following ...... 9-10 hrs. Criminal Justice 201 (3 hrs.) Anthropology 151 (3 hrs.) Political Science 197 (3 hrs.) Art History 101 or 103 (3 hrs.) English 110 (3 hrs.) Biology 250 (4 hrs.) Sociology 003 (3 hrs.) History 10 (3 hrs.) Selected topics course in any discipline may count when Physics 54 (3 hrs.) the subject matter is appropriate. Political Science 20 (3 hrs.) Religion 120 (3 hrs.) Emphasis Area ...... 9 hrs. Peace and Justice Studies minor Select an emphasis area from the list under the (15 hrs.) Global Studies major program. Courses must be Contact Dr. Kathy Wolfe, English department. from at least two departments. Peace and Justice Studies is interdisciplinary; knowledge from social science, humanities and professional International Affairs minor fields is used to explore the causes and effects of violence and/or injustice in a variety of social contexts. The (24 hrs.) program should enable students to help develop alter- Contact Political Science. natives to inequitable social structures and conditions.

Religion 125 Religion, Peace, Core Requirements ...... 12 hrs. and Social Justice ...... 3 hrs. Political Science 9 (3 hrs.) Political Science 20 (3 hrs.) Theme courses...... 12 hrs. Two intermediate and/or upper-level International Select at least 12 credits within one theme (the courses political science courses (1 must be 200-level) must be from at least two different disciplines, and may (6 hrs.) include appropriate special topics courses and/or intern- Area Requirements ...... 12 hrs. ships as approved by the PJS coordinator and appropriate program faculty). The themes are: Introduction to International Affairs: Conflict and Peace: Local, National, Global Select 2 of the following from 2 departments: -Criminal Justice 110 Police and Community (3 hrs.) Anthropology 151 (3 hrs.) -English 101 Masterpieces of Literature: Law and Art History 103 or 105 (3 hrs.) Justice (3 hrs.) History 10 (3 hrs.) -History 216 Myth in United States History (3 hrs.) Religion 120 (3 hrs.) -Political Science 9 International Relations (3 hrs.) Any course studying a specific non-U.S. culture -Political Science 270 International Law (3 hrs.) [approved by department chair] (3 hrs.) -Political Science 275 International Security (3 hrs.) International Policy: Select 2 of the following from 2 departments: Issues of Economic Justice Economics 257 (3 hrs.) -Anthropology 261 Economic Anthropology (3 hrs.) Economics 258 (3 hrs.) -Business Administration 239 Business Ethics (3 hrs.) Sociology 115 (3 hrs.) -Economics 215 Environmental Economics (3 hrs.) Nursing 204 (3 hrs.) -Economics 251 Labor Economics or Soc 223 Women’s Studies 204 (3 hrs.) Sociology of Work (3 hrs.) Any policy-oriented political science course [170, -Economics 258 Economic Development (3 hrs.) 210, 270, 275 or an approved Selected Topic]) -Economics 272 Contemporary Economic Problems (3 hrs.) of the World (3 hrs.) Courses may only count in one of the three areas for -Political Science 210 Modernization and minor. Development (3 hrs.) -Sociology 115 Population Resources and Environment (3 hrs.) -Sociology 227 Social Stratification (3 hrs.) Legal Studies minor (18 hrs.) -Social Work 120 Social Welfare Policy, Service and Contact Political Science. Delivery Systems (3 hrs.)

Core Requirements ...... 9 hrs. Political Science 1 (3 hrs.) Political Science 135 (3 hrs.) Philosophy 101 (3 hrs.) 154 INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES

Understanding Diversity, Promoting Justice Communication 130...... 3 hrs. -Communication 50 Intercultural Communication 155...... 3 hrs. Communication (3 hrs.) Communication 225...... 3 hrs. -Education 185 Education in a Pluralistic Communication 232...... 3 hrs. Society (3 hrs.) Business Administration 115 ...... 3 hrs. -Special Education 107 Understanding Human Computer/Writing electives...... 6 hrs. Differences (3 hrs.) Art 120 (3 hrs.) -English 101 Masterpieces of Literature: Computer Science 30 (3 hrs.) Encountering Others (3 hrs.) Communication 170 (3 hrs.) -English 250 Global and Postcolonial English 215 (3 hrs.) Literature (3 hrs.) Journalism 161 (3 hrs.) -History 10 World Civilizations (3 hrs.) Journalism 162 (3 hrs.) -Interdisciplinary Studies 150 Journalism 164 (3 hrs.) Urban Diversity (3-4 hrs.) Additional elective ...... 3 hrs. -Philosophy 130 Philosophy of Race Art 150 (3 hrs.) and Gender (3 hrs.) Communication 40 (3 hrs.) -Religion 120 World Religions (3 hrs.) Communication 150 (3 hrs.) -Religion 134 Religious Diversity in the Communication 210 (3 hrs.) United States (3 hrs.) Communication 260 (3 hrs.) -Sociology 3 Introduction to Sociology (3 hrs.) Business Administration 227 (3 hrs.) -Sociology 116 Race Relations and Minority Groups Business Administration 228 (3 hrs.) (3 hrs.) Business Administration 229 (3 hrs.) -Women’s Studies 90 Introduction to Women’s Studies (3 hrs.) Women's Studies minor (15 hrs.) Contact Women's Studies. Change Through Social Movements and Individual Action -Communication 40 Interpersonal Communication Women’s Studies 90...... 3 hrs. (3 hrs.) Electives...... 12 hrs. -Communication 160 Group Communication or Minimum of 3 hours from two different departments. Sociology 206 Group Dynamics (3 hrs.) Choose courses from the list of Women Focused -Criminal Justice 101 Introduction to Criminal Courses or Gender Focused Courses under the Justice (3 hrs.) Women’s Studies major. -English 101 Masterpieces of Literature: Revolution (3 hrs.) Additional courses and appropriate selected topics -Philosophy 102 Ethics (3 hrs.) courses may be included in the minor with the approval -Political Science 120 Minority Politics (3 hrs.) of the Women’s Studies Coordinator. -Political Science 170 Women and Power (3 hrs.) -Psychology 140 Social Psychology (3 hrs.) -Psychology 220 Applied Social Psychology (3 hrs.) -Sociology 4 Social Problems (3 hrs.) -Sociology 230 Social Change and Social Movements (3 hrs.) -Social Work 15 Introduction to Social Work (3 hrs.)

Public Relations minor (24 hrs.) Contact Communication and Theatre Arts. INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES 155

290. Selected Topics Courses 1, 2, or 3 hours A course designed to treat subject matter not covered in 1. The Liberal Arts Seminar other standard courses or to provide advanced study of 3 hours subject matter introduced in other courses. The title, The Liberal Arts Seminar is a course designed to intro- content, and credit hours will be determined by current duce first year students to the intellectual practices that mutual interests of faculty and students. must be cultivated and routinely exercised to make the most of a liberal education. Through a topic of intrinsic 293. Liberal Arts Seminar Student interest, students will practice and develop their capaci- Instructors ty for critical and analytical thought, their ability to con- 3 hours duct and report research on a given topic, and their abil- Student instructors work closely with faculty instructors ity to collaborate in solving problems. In addition, stu- in the Liberal Arts Seminars planning seminar sessions, dents will exercise their ability to express themselves facilitating class discussion, and responding to seminar orally and in writing. The instructor/advisor will help stu- assignments. In addition, student instructors will meet as dents become independent learners who understand a group to discuss and evaluate their experiences, and to the intent of Nebraska Wesleyan’s general education participate in student development activities. Three program. hours of lecture per week (the meeting of the Liberal No P/F. Arts Seminar). One hour of discussion per week or as needed. 150. Urban Diversity P/F oriented. 4 hours - fall or spring semester May be repeated for a maximum of 6 hours. 3 hours - summer Prerequisite: Selection as a student instructor for a This course introduces students to the major institutions, Liberal Arts Seminar (approved by the Associate Dean of ethnic communities, and systems of Chicago. Students the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences) and junior or interact with community organizers, performers, politi- senior standing. cal leaders, and business owners. Students visit neighborhoods, encounter the vast diversity of the city, and 296. Special Projects experience the connection between world events and 1-15 hours urban living. Supervised work on an approved project involving sub- Prerequisite: Permission of Urban Life Center Faculty ject matter not included in any of the standard courses. Liaison. Projects are normally developed individually but may be developed in organized groups. Registration should des- 170. Education Abroad ignate the area of work. 0-15 hours Students participating in approved programs abroad enroll in IDS 170 to maintain continuing student status and advance enrollment for the following semester. As official records are received, final determination of credit is made, and course titles, credits, and grades are post- ed on the permanent transcript in lieu of IDS 170. May be repeated. Prerequisite: Approval of the Director of International Education.

190. Selected Topics 1, 2, or 3 hours A course designed to treat subject matter not covered in other standard courses or to provide study of subject matter introduced in other courses. The title, content, and credit hours will be determined by current mutual interests of faculty and students.

196. Special Projects 1-15 hours Supervised work on an approved project involving subject matter not included in any of the standard courses. Projects are normally developed individually, but may be arranged for organized groups. Registration should designate the area of work. 156 MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE

Students seeking an education field endorsement in MATHEMATICS mathematics follow the above requirements with the following changes: • Take Mathematics 221 rather than 240. AND COMPUTER • Take Education 287 rather than Mathematics 299. • May use Mathematics 240 or 299 as part of the 3-4 hours of mathematics electives. SCIENCE See the Nebraska Wesleyan University Department of Education for information regarding education Natural Sciences Division courses required for teaching certification. Olin Hall of Science 134 402.465.2246 An approved supporting program of 20 hours that http://mathcs.nebrwesleyan.edu includes Computer Science 40 is also required for all Mathematics majors. Cooperatively designed by the stu- Faculty dent and advisor, the supporting program may overlap with one or more minors or a second major. Department Chair: For the mathematics and computer science majors, O. William McClung, Ph.D. the B.A. degree requires a minor from the humanities or Email: [email protected] arts, or more than 50 percent of the supporting program from these areas, while the B.S. degree requires a minor from the natural or social sciences, or more than 50 per- Full-Time: cent of the supporting program from these areas. Melissa Erdmann, Ph.D. Mathematics majors seeking an education endorsement Kristin Pfabe, Ph.D. whose supporting program consists of education cours- Muriel J. Skoug, D.A. es will receive a B.S. degree. Richard L. Vogt, Ph.D. Taixi Xu, Ph.D. Computer Science major (B.A. or B.S., 42 hrs.) Degrees Computer Science 30 ...... 3 hrs. Bachelor of Arts Computer Science 40 ...... 4 hrs. Computer Science 100 ...... 3 hrs. Bachelor of Science Computer Science 110 ...... 1 hr. Computer Science 120 ...... 1 hr. Computer Science 130 ...... 4 hrs. Computer Science 140 ...... 4 hrs. Majors Computer Science 200 ...... 3 hrs. Majors preparing for graduate study should take as Computer Science 235 ...... 4 hrs. many courses as possible in the department. Seniors in Computer Science 255 ...... 3 hrs. all majors in the department will take an assessment Computer Science 260 ...... 3 hrs. exam and participate in an exit interview. Computer Science electives ...... 9 hrs. (Computer Science 205, 210, 230, 240, 265, 299, Mathematics major Mathematics 212, including one of Computer Science 240 or 299.) (B.A. or B.S., 39-40 hrs.) Mathematics 105...... 5 hrs. An approved supporting program of 20 hours that Mathematics 106...... 5 hrs. includes two of Mathematics 105, 106, 111, and 210 is Mathematics 111 ...... 3 hrs. required. Cooperatively designed by the student, advi- Mathematics 204...... 4 hrs. sor, and department chair, the supporting program may Mathematics 206...... 3 hrs. overlap with one or more minors or a second major. Mathematics 210...... 3 hrs. For the mathematics and computer science majors, Mathematics 212 or 227...... 3 hrs. the B.A. degree requires a minor from the humanities or Mathematics 230...... 3 hrs. arts, or more than 50 percent of the supporting program Mathematics 235...... 1 hr. from these areas, while the B.S. degree requires a minor Mathematics 240...... 3 hrs. from the natural or social sciences, or more than 50 per- Mathematics electives cent of the supporting program from these areas. (not taken from above) ...... 3-4 hrs. (Mathematics 200, 207, 209, 212, 221, 224, 227, 231, 290) Mathematics 299...... 3 hrs. MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 157

Information Systems major Courses in Mathematics (B.S., 51 hrs.) Computer Science courses (30 hrs.) 2. Mathematics for Elementary Teachers Computer Science 30 ...... 3 hrs. 3 hours Computer Science 40 ...... 4 hrs. A course designed to deepen prospective elementary Computer Science 100 ...... 3 hrs. school teachers' understanding of mathematics. Using Computer Science 140 ...... 4 hrs. reasoning and logic to understand the connections Computer Science 205 ...... 3 hrs. between various mathematical ideas will be empha- Computer Science 235 ...... 4 hrs. sized. Computer Science 230, 295, or 297 ...... 3 hrs. (Normally offered each year.) Computer Science electives ...... 6 hrs. (Any other 100 or higher level computer 7. Statistics science course not taken from the above list.) 3 hours Business courses (21 hrs.) A study of topics essential to an understanding of statis- Accounting 31 ...... 3 hrs. tics and their applications. Topics include probability, dis- Accounting 32 ...... 3 hrs. crete and normal probability distributions, sample vari- Business Administration 100 ...... 3 hrs. ability, the central limit theorem, and linear regression. Economics 53 ...... 3 hrs. (Normally offered each year.) Economics 54 ...... 3 hrs. Business electives...... 6 hrs. 8. Mathematics for Liberal Arts 3 hours must be at the 200 level, 3 hours choose from: An investigation of the application of mathematical rea- Business Administration 110 (3 hrs.) soning and problem solving. Topics to be covered may Accounting 144 (3 hrs.) include networks, linear programming, data sampling Business Administration 204 (3 hrs.) and analysis, voting systems, game theory, measurement Business Administration 215 (3 hrs.) analysis, and coding. Business Administration 225 (3 hrs.) Prerequisite: Appropriate placement score. Accounting 230 (3 hrs.) (Normally offered each semester.) In the exceptional circumstance of a student who has already declared a first major in another department 10. College Algebra with the intent of earning a B.A. degree, a student may 3 hours submit a petition to the Department of Mathematics A study of linear and quadratic equations and inequali- and Computer Science seeking permission to declare a ties and their graphs; systems of equations and inequal- second major in information systems for a B.A. degree. ities, algebraic exponential and logarithmic functions and their graphs. Other topics may be selected from sets, complex numbers, sequences and series, and probability. Prerequisite: Appropriate placement score. Minors (Normally offered each semester.)

50. Pre-Calculus Mathematics minor (14-18 hrs.) 4 hours Two intermediate-level courses A study of elementary functions, their graphs, and appli- (100-199) ...... 8-10 hrs. cations, including polynomial, rational, algebraic, expo- Two upper level (200-299) courses ...... 6-8 hrs. nential, logarithmic, trigonometric, and metric functions. Scientific calculators are required and graphing Computer Science minor calculators are recommended. Prerequisite: Appropriate placement score or grade of (17-18 hrs.) “C” or better in Mathematics 10. Computer Science 30 ...... 3 hrs. (Normally offered each semester.) Computer Science 40 ...... 4 hrs. Computer Science 140 ...... 4 hrs. 60. Calculus for Management, Biological, and Computer Science electives Social Sciences (100 and above) ...... 6-7 hrs. 4 hours A calculus course for non-mathematics majors. Topics include limits, continuity, differentiation, and integration with emphasis on relevant applications. Prerequisite: Appropriate placement score or grade of “C” or better in Mathematics 10. (Normally offered each semester.) 158 MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE

105. Calculus I 206. Mathematical Statistics I 5 hours 3 hours An introduction to calculus of a single variable. Topics Elementary mathematical theory and applications of include limits, continuity, differentiation, and beginning basic probability to statistics. Topics studied include ran- integration with applications. Assignments are given dom variables, both discrete and continuous, and their that help build proficiency in the use of a computer alge- probability distributions with applications of a practical bra system. nature to numerous fields. Also studied are multivariate Prerequisite: Appropriate placement score or grade of probability distributions. “C” or better in Mathematics 50. Prerequisite: Grade of “C” or better in Mathematics 106. (Normally offered each semester.) (Normally offered alternate years.)

106. Calculus II 207. Mathematical Statistics II 5 hours 3 hours A continuation of Mathematics 105. Topics studied A continuation of Mathematics 206, with further appli- include integration techniques and applications, differ- cations of probability theory to statistical problems of ential equations, numerical approximations, sequences estimation and hypothesis testing, including least and series, and vectors. Assignments are given that help squares estimation and correlation. Also studied is analy- build proficiency in the use of a computer algebra sys- sis of variance with numerous applications of this tech- tem. nique. Prerequisite: Permission of department or grade of “C” Prerequisite: Grade of "C" or better in Mathematics 206. or better in Mathematics 105. (Normally offered each semester.) 209. Number Theory 3 hours 111. Introduction to Higher Mathematics A study of fundamental concepts in number theory, 3 hours including divisibility and factorization of integers, linear A study of mathematical induction and other methods and quadratic congruences, the quadratic reciprocity of proof, recursion, formal logic, and set theory. theorem, Diophantine equations, number-theoretic Prerequisite: Grade of “C” or better in Mathematics 105. functions, and continued fractions. Additional topics (Normally offered each year.) may include Euler’s theorem and cryptography, perfect numbers and Mersenne primes, Pythagorean triples, and 190. Selected Topics Fermat’s Last Theorem. 1, 2, or 3 hours Prerequisite: Grade of “C” or better in Mathematics 106. A course designed to treat subject matter not covered in other standard courses or to provide study of subject 210. Linear Algebra matter introduced in other courses. The title, content, 3 hours and credit hours will be determined by mutual interests A study of vector spaces, determinants, linear transfor- of faculty and students. mations, matrices, and matrix equations, and their appli- Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor and the cations in the natural and social sciences. department chair. Prerequisite: Grade of “C” or better in Mathematics 106. (Normally offered each year.) 200. Theory of Computation 3 hours 212. Numerical Analysis See Computer Science 200. 3 hours An introduction to the numerical approximation of solu- 204. Calculus III tions of various types of problems. Topics include root- 4 hours finding, interpolation and numerical differentiation, An introduction to multivariable calculus. Topics include and integration. Additional topics may be drawn from vector-valued functions, functions of several variables, numerical solutions of ordinary differential equations partial differentiation, multiple integrals, and analysis. and linear systems. Assignments are given that help build proficiency in the Prerequisite: Grade of “C” or better in Mathematics 106. use of a computer algebra system. Prerequisite: Permission of department or grade of “C” 221. Geometry or better in Mathematics 106. 3 hours (Normally offered each year.) Selected topics from Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometry, geometry as a mathematical structure, and geometry as a study of invariants of set transformations. Prerequisite: Grade of “C” or better in Mathematics 111. (Normally offered alternate years.) MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 159

224. Differential Equations gy, logic and set theory, advanced modeling, algebraic 4 hours number theory, group theory and ring theory. A study of ordinary differential equations. Topics include Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor and depart- first and higher order, and linear and nonlinear differen- ment chair. tial equations with applications. Additional topics may be chosen from systems of differential equations, trans- 295. Independent Study form techniques, and numerical methods. Use will be 1, 2, or 3 hours made of a computer algebra system. Individual study of a specific mathematical topic under Prerequisite: Grade of “C” or better in Mathematics 106. the supervision of a faculty member. Independent study (Normally offered each year.) may not duplicate courses described in the catalog. Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor and the 227. Mathematical Modeling department chair. 3 hours An introduction to the process and techniques of mod- 297. Internship eling “real-world” systems. Appropriate mathematics, 1- 4 hours including numerical methods, computer simulations, The student secures a firm to sponsor on-the-job train- and advanced analysis of differential equations will be ing satisfactory to the sponsor, the faculty coordinator, developed as needed. Models studied will be drawn and the student. The student submits a written report from the social, physical, and life sciences. and the sponsor supplies a statement regarding the sat- Prerequisite: Grade of “C” or better in Mathematics 106. isfactory completion of the internship. May be repeated (Normally offered alternate years.) up to a maximum of 4 credit hours. P/F only. 230. Abstract Algebra I Prerequisites: 17 hours of mathematics courses and per- 3 hours mission of the department chair. A study of various algebraic systems arising in modern mathematics, such as groups and rings. 299. Mathematics Seminar Prerequisites: Grade of “C” or better in Mathematics 111 3 hours and any 200-level mathematics course. A study of topics of special interest in mathematics. (Normally offered alternate years.) Students will be required to make at least three presentations including individual study of a specific mathe- 231. Abstract Algebra II matics topic under the supervision of the faculty. 3 hours Prerequisites: Major in mathematics, senior standing, A continuation of Mathematics 230. More study of and permission of the instructor. groups, rings, and fields. Additional topics may be (Normally offered each year.) drawn from modules and finite fields. Prerequisite: Grade of “C” or better in Mathematics 230.

235. Mathematical Problem Solving Courses in Computer 1 hour Science A seminar on problem solving skills and their application to nontrivial problems. The course will culminate with the students taking the Putnam Exam. May be repeated. 10. Microcomputer Applications 2 hours Prerequisite: Grade of “C” or better in Mathematics 106 A hands-on introduction to word processing, spread- or permission of the instructor. sheets, databases, and presentation graphics. (Normally offered each year.) (Normally offered each semester.) 240. Real Analysis 3 hours 30. Introduction to Computing 3 hours A formal approach to limits, continuity, differentiation, An overview of the main ideas of computer science: the and integration with emphasis on the proofs of theo- history of computer science, the role of computers in rems. Additional topics may include topology, uniform society, computer applications and programming, com- continuity, and uniform convergence. puter architecture, the theory of computation, and Prerequisites: Grade of “C” or better in Mathematics 111 advanced topics. Appropriate for all students. The and 204. course is recommended for those who wish to explore (Normally offered alternate years.) computer science. Hands-on labs use web-based technologies such as HTML and Javascript. 290. Selected Topics (Normally offered each semester.) 1, 2, or 3 hours Further study of a topic selected by the department, the selection based partially upon student demand. The title, content, and credit hours will be determined by current mutual interests of faculty and students. Possible topics include complex analysis, measure theory, topolo- 160 MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE

40. Program Design 200. Theory of Computation 4 hours 3 hours A disciplined approach to the development of programs An overview of formal models of computation and com- to solve problems on a computer. Topics include data plexity classes. Topics include formal languages (finite types, control structures, abstraction, and software automata, regular expressions, push-down automata, development. A lab component introduces a high-level context-free grammars, and Turing machines), Church’s programming language and software tools. thesis, computability, non-determinism, and NP-com- Corequisite: Computer Science 30 or permission of the pleteness. Same as Mathematics 200. instructor. Prerequisites: Grade of “C” or better in either Computer (Normally offered each semester.) Science 100 or Mathematics 111 and junior standing. (Normally offered alternate years.) 100. Discrete Mathematics 3 hours 205. Database Systems An introduction to fundamental concepts of discrete 3 hours mathematics with application to computer science. An introduction to the design, implementation, and Topics include sets, relations, functions, sequences, management of database systems. Topics include entity- Boolean algebra, difference equations, combinatorics, relation, relational, and object-oriented databases. A and graph theory. client-server database project is assigned. Prerequisite: Placement into Mathematics 105 or grade Prerequisite: Grade of “C” or better in Computer Science of “C” or better in Mathematics 50. 140. (Normally offered each year.) (Normally offered alternate years.)

110. Unix 210. Operating Systems 1 hour 3 hours Introduction to the Unix operating system, Unix file sys- A study of the fundamental concepts of operating system, Unix tools and utilities, and shell programming. A tems and distributed systems. Topics include process and laboratory course. storage management, protection and security, and the (Normally offered each year.) organization and coordination of systems having interacting processors. The material is illustrated by case stud- 120. Imperative Problem-Solving ies. 1 hour Prerequisite: Grade of “C” or better in Computer Science Students solve algorithmically complex problems using 140. an imperative language and will represent NWU in the (Normally offered alternate years.) ACM Programming Contest. A laboratory course. May be repeated. 230. Software Engineering I Prerequisite: Computer Science 40 with a grade of “C” or 3 hours better. Topics include design objectives, life-cycle model, relia- (Normally offered each year.) bility and risk assessment, maintenance, specification and design tools, implementation issues and strategies, 130. Computer Architecture and and verification and validation. Prerequisite: Grade of “C” or better in Computer Science Interfacing 140. See Physics 130. (Normally offered alternate years.) 140. Data Structures 235. Computer Networks 4 hours 4 hours A natural continuation of Computer Science 40 concen- This course focuses on the communications protocols trating on the motivation, design, implementation, and used in computer networks: their functionality, specifica- utilization of abstract data types. Topics include linked tion, verification, implementation, and performance. lists, stacks, queues, trees, and recursion. A lab compo- The course also considers the use of network architec- nent is incorporated. tures and protocol hierarchies to provide more complex Prerequisite: Grade of “C” or better in Computer Science services. Existing protocols and architectures will be used 40. as the basis of discussion and study. Includes formal lab- (Normally offered each spring semester.) oratory work. Prerequisite.: Grade of “C” or better in Computer 190. Selected Topics Science 140. 1, 2, or 3 hours (Normally offered alternate years.) An intermediate-level course designed to treat subject matter not covered in other computer science courses. The title, content, and credit hours will be determined by current mutual interests of students and faculty and availability of resources. Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor and the department chair. MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 161

240. Compiler Construction 295. Independent Study 3 hours 1, 2, or 3 hours A capstone course in which students design and imple- Individual study of a specific computer science topic ment a compiler as an application of the principles of under the supervision of a faculty member. Independent software engineering, formal language theory, algo- study may not duplicate courses described in the cata- rithms and data structures. Topics include lexical analysis, log. parsing, symbol table management, code generation Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor and and optimization and use of compiler tools. the department chair. Prerequisites: Grades of “C” or better in Computer Science 140 and 200. 297. Internship (Normally offered alternate years.) 3 hours The student secures a firm to sponsor on-the-job train- 255. Algorithms ing satisfactory to the sponsor, the department, and the 3 hours student. The student submits a written report and the A systematic study of the analysis and design of algo- sponsor supplies a statement regarding the satisfactory rithms, particularly those used for complex data struc- completion of the internship. tures and non-numeric processes. Topics include analysis P/F only. of complexity, complexity classes, dynamic program- Prerequisites: 17 hours in computer science and permis- ming, automata-based algorithms, backtracking, and sion of the department chair. parallel algorithms. Prerequisites: Grades of “C” or better in Computer 299. Software Engineering II Science 100 and 140. 3 hours (Normally offered alternate years.) A capstone course in which student teams undertake a large software project using contemporary software 260. Programming Languages engineering techniques. 3 hours Prerequisites: Computer Science 230 with a grade of “C” A survey of the principles and paradigms of program- or better and junior standing. ming languages. Topics include data types, scope and (Normally offered alternate years.) run-time storage, control structures, syntax, semantics, translation, and implementation. Paradigms discussed include: procedural, functional, logic, and object-oriented programming. Prerequisite: Grade of “C” or better in Computer Science 140. (Normally offered alternate years.)

265. Artificial Intelligence 3 hours A study of the techniques and theory of artificial intelligence. Topics include the history and philosophy of AI, knowledge representation, state space search, logic programming, AI languages, expert systems, natural language understanding, machine learning, and neural networks. Prerequisite: Grade of “C” or better in Computer Science 260.

290. Selected Topics 1, 2, or 3 hours An upper-level course designed to treat subject matter not covered in other computer science courses. The title, content, and credit hours will be determined by current mutual interests of students and faculty and availability of resources. Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor and department chair. 162 MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE

Second Year Mathematics Major Fall Semester Sample Course Schedules MATH 105: Calculus I ...... 5 hrs. CMPSC 100: Discrete Mathematics ...... 3 hrs. CMPSC 120: Imperative Programming...... 1 hr. First Year General Education/Electives/Supporting...... 7 hrs. Fall Semester 16 hrs. MATH 105: Calculus I ...... 5 hrs. Spring Semester •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar ...... 3 hrs. CMPSC 140: Data Structures...... 4 hrs. •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech ...... 3 hrs. MATH 106: Calculus II ...... 5 hrs. General Education or Electives ...... 3-4 hrs. General Education/Electives/Supporting...... 7 hrs. •HHP 15: Health and Wellness...... 2 hrs. 16 hrs. 16-17 hrs. Computer Science majors must complete two of the fol- Spring Semester lowing four mathematics courses: Math 105, 106, 111 or MATH 106: Calculus II ...... 5 hrs. 210. •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. General Education or Electives...... 9-10 hrs. 17-18 hrs. Information Systems Second Year Major Fall Semester MATH 204: Calculus III ...... 4 hrs. Sample Course Schedules CMPSC 40: Program Design...... 4 hrs. Students who are quantitative, business-oriented, and •Masterpieces of Literature ...... 3 hrs. who, in their own words, “enjoy working with comput- General Education or Electives ...... 6 hrs. ers” are prospective information systems majors. 17 hrs. Spring Semester First Year MATH 111: Introduction to Higher Fall Semester Mathematics ...... 3 hrs. ACCT 31: Principles of Accounting I ...... 3 hrs. MATH 210: Linear Algebra...... 3 hrs. •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar ...... 3 hrs. General Education or Electives...... 10-11 hrs. •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech ...... 3 hrs. 16-17 hrs. •Mathematics Requirement...... 3-4 hrs. CMPSC 30: Introduction to Computing...... 3 hrs. 15-16 hrs. Computer Science Major Spring Semester ACCT 32: Principles of Accounting II or Sample Course Schedules ECON 53: Macroeconomic Principles...... 3 hrs. CMPSC 40: Program Design...... 4 hrs. First Year •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. •HHP 15: Health and Wellness...... 2 hrs. Fall Semester General Education or Electives ...... 3 hrs. CMPSC 30: Introduction to Computing...... 3 hrs. 15 hrs. CMPSC 110: UNIX...... 1 hr. •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar ...... 3 hrs. •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech ...... 3 hrs. General Education/Electives/Supporting...... 6 hrs. 16 hrs. Spring Semester •HHP15: Health and Wellness...... 2 hrs. •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. CMPSC 40: Program Design ...... 4 hrs. General Education/Electives/Supporting....7-8 hrs. 16-17 hrs.

(See also http://mathcs.nebrwesleyan.edu) MODERN LANGUAGES 163

101 and 102) and third-year courses (201 and 202) upon MODERN the completion of the appropriate higher-level course with a grade of “B” (3.00) or better. Students will qualify for placement at advanced levels through testing LANGUAGES results and/or other criteria that the department determines relevant. In no case may one complete a major Humanities Division with fewer than 12 credit hours earned in residence Old Main 204 within the department. 402.465.2343 Students majoring in French, German, or Spanish are required to incorporate a study abroad experience of at least the equivalent of one semester (12+ credit hours) in Faculty the language of their major. For information on the many available exchange programs and financial aid Department Chair: and scholarship options, students should talk with the JoAnn M. Fuess, Ph.D. Director of International Education and visit the library Email: [email protected] of study abroad resources. Following study abroad, a major needs to complete one additional 3 hour upper- Full-Time: level course in residence at Nebraska Wesleyan, plus the Joyce E. Michaelis, M.A. 1 hour senior comprehensive. Rita Ricaurte, Ph.D. Majors preparing to teach a modern language Marie Trayer, Ph.D. should consult the education department. Catherine E. Weber, Ph.D. Yuko Yamada, Ph.D. **In the exceptional circumstance of a student who has already declared a first major in another department The department introduces students to the complex- with the intent of earning a B.S. degree, a student may ities of other cultures through the study of another lan- submit a petition to the Department of Modern guage. Learning a foreign language fosters the ability to Languages seeking permission to declare a second major cope with the unfamiliar, both linguistically and cultur- in language for a B.S. degree. ally, and to value diversity and understand interdependence. The study of modern foreign languages prepares French, German, or Spanish students to deal empathetically with people of other cultures and backgrounds, both within our country and major (31 hrs.*) abroad. Stages III-IV (101, 102)...... 6 hrs. The department stresses proficiency-oriented teach- 201-202...... 6 hrs. ing methodologies that are supported by appropriate Courses beyond 202...... 18 hrs. technologies including computer software programs Senior Comprehensive...... 1 hr. and audio/video programs. The proficiency orientation *12 of these hours must be earned abroad. stresses contextual and practical use of language; therefore the language is used in the classroom as much as International Business major possible. Modern language study at Nebraska Wesleyan See the Department of Business, Accounting, and University offers students the opportunity to enhance Economics. A minor or major in a modern foreign lan- their personal and professional opportunities regardless guage is also required. of their majors and future career goals.

Degree Minors A minor in French, German, or Spanish requires at Bachelor of Arts least 15 hours above Stage II in a single language, including both 201 and 202 in that language. For students Bachelor of Science** studying language abroad, a minor requires at least one upper-level course in the language in residence at NWU. In no case may one earn a minor with fewer than 4 hours Majors at Nebraska Wesleyan University. Up to 12 hours of retroactive credit (advanced cred- The department offers majors in French, German, it) is available for intermediate level (Stages III and IV, and Spanish. To complete a major, one must complete a 101 and 102) and third-year courses (201 and 202) upon minimum of 31 credit hours including 1 credit hour for a the completion of the appropriate higher-level course senior project. The minimum 31 hours must include 21 with a grade of “B” (3.00) or better. Students will quali- hours beyond Stage IV (102) and at least one literature fy for placement at advanced levels through testing course. Twelve of these hours must be earned abroad in results and/or other criteria that the department deter- the language of their major. The department also mines relevant. requires an exit interview of its graduates. Up to 12 hours of retroactive credit (advanced credit) is available for intermediate level (Stages III and IV, 164 MODERN LANGUAGES

French, German, or Spanish 201. French Conversation and Composition 3 hours minor (15 hrs.) A course designed to provide intensive practice in speak- Stages III-IV (101, 102)...... 6 hrs. ing and writing French with a detailed study of gram- 201 and 202 ...... 6 hrs. matical and stylistic usage. Course(s) beyond 202...... 3 hrs. Prerequisite: French 102 or equivalent. (Normally offered each fall semester.) Japanese minor (20 hrs.) Stages I-IV ...... 20 hrs. 202. French Conversation and Composition 3 hours Continuation of French 201. Courses in French Prerequisite: French 201 or equivalent. (Normally offered each spring semester.)

1. French: Stage I French 203 and beyond, being language acquisition 4 hour courses, are not open to native speakers of French. An introduction to the French language designed to develop skills in aural comprehension, speaking, read- 203. French Phonetics ing, writing, and culture. Students work with French 3 hours audio and video tapes outside of class. A study with practical exercises of the sound system of (Normally offered each fall semester.) French. Includes readings, oral interpretations, and recorded laboratory exercises. 2. French: Stage II Prerequisite: Two years of French or permission of the 4 hours department. Continuation of French 1. Prerequisite: French 1 or equivalent. 204. French Culture and Civilization (Normally offered each spring semester.) 3 hours A course dealing with the literature, culture, and contri- 90. Selected Topics in French butions of France to civilization, with emphasis on con- 1, 2, or 3 hours temporary culture, history, and life in France. A course designed to treat subject matter not covered in Prerequisite: French 202 or permission of the depart- other departmental courses for students who have not ment. reached the intermediate level. The title, content, and credit hours will be determined by current mutual inter- 206. French Literature of the Nineteenth ests of faculty and students. Century 3 hours 101. French: Stage III Emphasis is on the novel with some readings in the poet- 3 hours ry of the period. Continuation of French 2. Prerequisite: French 202 or permission of the depart- Prerequisite: French 2 or equivalent. ment. (Normally offered each fall semester.) 207. French Literature of the Twentieth 102. French: Stage IV Century 3 hours 3 hours Continuation of French 101. An introduction to the prose, drama, and poetry of Prerequisite: French 101 or equivalent. modern France. (Normally offered each spring semester.) Prerequisite: French 202 or permission of the department. 190. Selected Topics in French 1, 2, or 3 hours 208. Business French A course designed to treat subject matter not covered in 3 hours other departmental courses or to provide intermediate- An introduction to French business language and prac- level study of subject matter introduced in other cours- tices, emphasizing vocabulary and cultural awareness. es. The title, content, and credit hours will be deter- Prerequisite: French 202 or permission of the depart- mined by current mutual interests of faculty and stu- ment. dents. This course may be offered to meet a requirement for a major only by approval of the department chair. MODERN LANGUAGES 165

290. Selected Topics in French 201. German Conversation and Composition 1, 2, or 3 hours 3 hours A course designed to treat subject matter not covered in A course designed to provide intensive practice in speak- other departmental courses or to provide advanced ing and writing German with a detailed study of gram- study of subject matter introduced in other courses. The matical and stylistic usage. title, content, and credit hours will be determined by Prerequisite: German 102 or equivalent. current mutual interests of faculty and students. (Normally offered each fall semester.) Prerequisite: French 202 or permission of the department. 202. German Conversation and Composition 3 hours Courses in German A continuation of German 201. Prerequisite: German 201 or equivalent. (Normally offered each spring semester.) 1. German: Stage I 4 hours German 204 and beyond, being language acquisition An introduction to the German language designed to courses, are not open to native speakers of German. develop skills in aural comprehension, speaking, reading, writing, and culture. Students work with German 204. German Culture and Civilization language audio materials outside of class. 3 hours (Normally offered each fall semester.) An introduction to culture and daily life in contemporary Germany providing an overview of language, cus- 2. German: Stage II toms, social interaction, the arts, history, politics, the 4 hours economy, and Germany’s role in the European Union. Continuation of German 1. Students should gain insight into how these factors Prerequisite: German 1 or equivalent. affect the lives of Germans today. (Normally offered each spring semester.) Prerequisite: German 202 or permission of the department. 90. Selected Topics in German 1, 2, or 3 hours 206. German Literature of the Nineteenth A course designed to treat subject matter not covered in Century other departmental courses for students who have not 3 hours reached the intermediate level. The title, content, and Reading of original works. The writers of the Romantic credit hours will be determined by current mutual inter- period are emphasized. ests of faculty and students. Prerequisite: German 202 or permission of the department. 101. German: Stage III 3 hours 207. Modern German Literature Continuation of German 2. 3 hours Prerequisite: German 2 or equivalent. Reading of original works. Emphasis is on the literary (Normally offered each fall semester.) movements of naturalism, impressionism, expressionism, and of the postwar period. 102. German: Stage IV Prerequisite: German 202 or permission of the depart- 3 hours ment. Continuation of German 101. Prerequisite: German 101 or equivalent. 208. Business German (Normally offered each spring semester.) 3 hours An introduction to German business language and prac- 190. Selected Topics in German tices, emphasizing vocabulary and cultural awareness. 1, 2, or 3 hours Prerequisite: German 202 or permission of the depart- A course designed to treat subject matter not covered in ment. other departmental courses or to provide intermediate- level study of subject matter introduced in other courses. The title, content, and credit hours will be determined by current mutual interests of faculty and students. This course may be offered to meet a requirement for a major only by approval of the department chair. 166 MODERN LANGUAGES

209. Media Images of Europe in German- 101. Japanese: Stage III Speaking Countries 5 hours 3 hours Continued study of the Japanese language and its cul- This course is designed to introduce students to current tural context with emphasis on practical aural-oral com- topics of the German language media. The scope of top- munication. Study of reading and writing based on ele- ics will vary by semester, but will include politics, social mentary level structures. issues, culture, the economy, history as it informs the cur- Prerequisite: Japanese 2. rent situation, immigration, and environmental issues. (Normally offered each fall semester.) Original language texts from German-language print and online newspapers and magazines, as well as radio 102. Japanese: Stage IV and TV broadcasts, will serve as the primary texts and 5 hours basis for class discussion and projects. Students will also Continuation of Japanese 101. have an opportunity to compare and contrast German Prerequisite: Japanese 101. coverage of some global and local events with news cov- (Normally offered each spring semester.) erage in the U.S. Prerequisite: German 202 or permission of the depart- 190. Selected Topics in Japanese ment. 1, 2, or 3 hours A course designed to treat subject matter not covered in 290. Selected Topics in German other departmental courses or to provide intermediate- 1, 2, or 3 hours level study of subject matter introduced in other cours- A course designed to treat subject matter not covered in es. The title content and credit hours will be determined other departmental courses or to provide advanced by current mutual interests of faculty and students. study of subject matter introduced in other courses. The title, content, and credit hours will be determined by 290. Selected Topics in Japanese current mutual interests of faculty and students. 1, 2, or 3 hours Prerequisite: German 202 or permission of the depart- A course designed to treat subject matter not covered in ment chair. other departmental courses or to provide advanced study of subject matter introduced in other courses. The title, content, and credit hours will be determined by Courses in Japanese current mutual interests of faculty and students. Prerequisite: Japanese 102.

1. Japanese: Stage I 5 hours Study of the Japanese language and its cultural context Courses in Spanish with emphasis on practical aural-oral communication. Introduction to the beginning level of the writing sys- 1. Spanish: Stage I tem. 4 hours (Normally offered each fall semester.) An introduction to the Spanish language designed to develop skills in aural comprehension, speaking, read- 2. Japanese: Stage II ing, writing, and culture. Students work with Spanish 5 hours audio and video materials outside of class. Continuation of Japanese I. (Normally offered each fall semester.) Prerequisite: Japanese I (Normally offered each spring semester.) 2. Spanish: Stage II 4 hours 90. Selected Topics in Japanese Continuation of Spanish 1. 1, 2, or 3 hours Prerequisite: Spanish 1 or equivalent. A course designed to treat subject matter not covered in other departmental courses for students who have not 5. Spanish: Spanish for Communication reached the intermediate level. The title, content, and 3 hours credit hours will be determined by current mutual inter- Spanish 5 is designed to offer an opportunity for learn- ests of faculty and students. This course may be offered ers to develop very basic Spanish communication skills. to meet a requirement for a major only by approval of The course will concentrate on developing pronuncia- the department chair. tion skills and vocabulary as well as providing a basic knowledge of Spanish grammar on which learners will be able to build future skills should they choose to do so. This course is designed for students who have not previously studied the language; students who have had limited previous contact with the language may enroll in the course only by permission of the instructor. (This course meets general education requirement Area C1 for students in the Wesleyan Advantage program only.) MODERN LANGUAGES 167

10. Spanish: Spanish for Health 203. Reading Strategies Professionals 1 hour 3 hours Students will read a variety of materials using specific This course is designed to offer an opportunity for strategies designed to help them comprehend texts health professionals to develop basic communication taught in traditional literature classes as well as other skills and will focus on the language structures and materials written in Spanish. This course is designed as a vocabulary most needed to use with their clients in the bridge between third-year and upper-level courses. work place. This course is designed for students who Prerequisite: Spanish 201. have not previously studied the language; students who have had limited previous contact with the language Spanish 204 and beyond, being language acquisition may enroll in the course only by permission of the courses, are not open to native speakers of Spanish. instructor. (This course meets general education requirement Area C1 for students in the Wesleyan Advantage 204. The Culture of Spain program only.) 3 hours A course that will introduce students to the culture and 90. Selected Topics in Spanish contemporary society of Spain with an overview of lan- 1, 2, or 3 hours guage and communication, religion, tradition and cele- A course designed to treat subject matter not covered in bration, art and architecture, film, literature, and gov- other departmental courses for students who have not ernment. The course is designed to highlight the strong reached the intermediate level. The title, content, and sense of identity that contemporary Spaniards feel at credit hours will be determined by current mutual inter- being part of the “New Spain” and members of the ests of faculty and students. European community. Prerequisites: Spanish 201 and 202 or permission of the 101. Spanish: Stage III department. 3 hours Continuation of Spanish 2. 206. Survey of Spanish Literature Prerequisite: Spanish 2 or equivalent. 3 hours Reading and discussion of selected works from Spanish 102. Spanish: Stage IV literature. Prerequisites: Spanish 201 and 202 or permission of the 3 hours department. Continuation of Spanish 101. Prerequisite: Spanish 101 or equivalent. 207. Readings in Spanish-American Literature 190. Selected Topics 3 hours Reading and discussions of selected Spanish-American 1, 2, or 3 hours authors. A course designed to treat subject matter not covered in Prerequisites: Spanish 201 and 202 or permission of the other departmental courses or to provide intermediate- department. level study of subject matter introduced in other courses. The title, content, and credit hours will be determined by current mutual interests of faculty and stu- 208. Business Spanish dents. This course may be offered to meet a requirement 3 hours for a major only by approval of the department chair. An introduction to Spanish and Latin American business language and practices, emphasizing vocabulary and 201. Spanish Conversation cultural awareness. Prerequisites: Spanish 201 and 202 or permission of the 3 hours department. A course designed to provide intensive practice in con- versational Spanish. Students will prepare assigned discussion topics and/or readings and will make class pre- 209. Love Theme in Spanish Literature sentations in Spanish. 3 hours Prerequisite: Spanish 102. An examination of the theme of love in Hispanic litera- Note: Spanish 201 and 202 may be taken in either order ture from medieval times to the present, including or may be taken simultaneously. works by the Arcipreste de Hita, Rojas, Ortega y Gasset, Hartzenbush, Tirso de Molina, Valera, Becquer, and 202. Spanish Composition Unamuno. Prerequisites: Spanish 201 and 202 or permission of the 3 hours department. A course designed to develop writing skills in Spanish. Students will study the grammatical and stylistic structures of the Spanish language and will complete a range of specified writing assignments in Spanish. Prerequisite: Spanish 102. Note: Spanish 201 and 202 may be taken in either order or may be taken simultaneously. 168 MODERN LANGUAGES

210. Spanish Advanced Grammar Review 134. Masterpieces of European Literature 3 hours 3 hours A course which will present a sequenced review of the Readings, written composition, and discussion of a selec- grammar of the Spanish language, with an emphasis on tion of significant European writers from the areas of particular difficulty for persons whose first lan- Renaissance to modern times. guage is English. This course will not substitute for either Spanish 201 or 202 for the Spanish minor. 190. Selected Topics in Modern Languages Prerequisites: Spanish 201 and 202. 1, 2, or 3 hours A course designed to treat subject matter not covered in 211. Culture Through Literature other departmental courses or to provide intermediate- 3 hours level study of subject matter introduced in other cours- A study of Hispanic culture through the reading and dis- es. The title, content, and credit hours will be deter- cussion of selected literary works. mined by current mutual interests of faculty and stu- Prerequisites: Spanish 201 and 202. dents.

214. Mexican Culture 295. Independent Study 3 hours 1, 2, or 3 hours This course will introduce students to the culture and An opportunity for a student to engage in advanced, contemporary society of Mexico with an overview of the supervised, individual field, lab, or library research. country’s history, political, art, festivals and religious cel- Independent study may not duplicate courses described ebrations, and cuisine. Students will read a recent novel in the catalog. and see a contemporary film in order to catch the full Prerequisite: Permission of the department. “flavor” of the vitality and richness of Mexican culture. Prerequisites: Spanish 201 and 202. 296. Special Projects 1, 2, or 3 hours 271. Hispanic Film Supervised work on an approved project involving sub- 3 hours ject matter not included in any of the standard courses. This course is designed to examine Hispanic film as a Projects are normally developed individually but may be reflection of the cultural and political context in which it developed in organized groups. Registration should des- is conceived and produced. Students will view, discuss, ignate the area of work. When Special Projects 296 is and write about 10-15 films from Latin America and taken to fulfill the senior comprehensive requirement, Spain. The films assigned will be chosen for their cultur- the exit interview process will be part of the course al value and artistic merit. Students will watch films out- requirements. side of class and discuss them in class. Although there Prerequisite: Permission of the department. will be a heavy emphasis on listening comprehension and speaking, research and writing assignments will be 297. Internship included. 1, 2, or 3 hours Prerequisites: Spanish 201 and 202. The language internship is designed for those students who wish to pursue an experience using the target lan- 290. Selected Topics in Spanish guage outside the traditional classroom environment. It 1, 2, or 3 hours is the responsibility of the student to secure a situation A course designed to treat subject matter not covered in with an appropriate sponsor. With the help of the other departmental courses or to provide advanced appropriate faculty member, the student should design study of subject matter introduced in other courses. The an internship according to departmental guidelines. A title, content, and credit hours will be determined by maximum of 2 hours may be applied toward the major. current mutual interests of faculty and students. When Internship is taken to fulfill the senior comprehen- Prerequisites: Spanish 201 and 202 or permission of the sive requirement, the exit interview process will be part department. of the course requirements. P/F only. Prerequisite: Permission of the department. Courses in Modern Languages

90. Selected Topics in Modern Languages 3 hours A course designed to treat subject matter not covered in other departmental courses or to provide lower-level study of subject matter introduced in other courses. The title, content, and credit hours will be determined by current mutual interests of faculty and students. Prerequisite: Permission of the department. MODERN LANGUAGES 169

Modern Language Majors (French, German, or Spanish) Sample Course Schedules Second Year First Year Fall Semester Fall Semester Language 101: Stage III or *Language 1: Stage I or Language 201 or 202: Conv. or Comp. or *Language 101: Stage III or *An Upper Level Language Course...... 3 hrs. *Language 201 or 202: •Masterpieces of Literature ...... 3 hrs. Conv. or Comp...... 3-4 hrs. General Education or Electives...... 9-12 hrs. •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar ...... 3 hrs. 15-18 hrs. •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech ...... 3 hrs. General Education or Electives ...... 6 hrs. Spring Semester 15-16 hrs. *Language 102: Stage III or *Language 201 or 202: Conv. or Comp. or Spring Semester *An Upper Level Language Course...... 3 hrs. *Language 2: Stage II or •Mathematics Requirement...... 3-4 hrs. *Language 102: Stage III or •HHP 15: Health and Wellness...... 2 hrs. *Language 201 or 202: General Education or Electives ...... 6-9 hrs. Conv. or Comp...... 3-4 hrs. 14-18 hrs. •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. General Education or Electives ...... 9 hrs. 15-16 hrs.

*Students will be placed in the appropriate course according to their background and level of proficiency. Students may elect to major in French, German or Spanish.

•The above schedules are samples. There are other ways of attaining the same objectives. For example, the English Language and Writing and Fundamentals of Speech requirements must be completed during the first year, but they may be taken either semester. It is recommended that courses meeting the Masterpieces of Literature, Health and Wellness, and Mathematics requirements be scheduled during the first or second year. The Liberal Arts Seminar is a required first semester course. 170 MUSIC MUSIC Degrees Bachelor of Arts Fine and Applied Arts Division Rogers Center for Fine Arts 182 Bachelor of Music 402.465.2269 Faculty General Information Admission to status as a music major is by audition or Department Chair: interview, and all first year music students are tested for Larry E. Jones, D.M.A. their competence in music theory to assess their back- Email: [email protected] ground and to determine the level at which their theoretical courses should begin. Every effort is made to Full-Time: assign first year music students to classes with students of similar backgrounds. Boyd Bacon, M.M. Maxine Fawcett-Yeske, Ph.D. Jean E. Henderson, D.M.A. Ensembles Jana Holzmeier, D.M.A. Each music major must participate in a large ensem- William A. Wyman, D.M.A. ble (University Band, Orchestra [strings only], or Choir) Jeannette R. Young, Ph.D. during each semester of full-time enrollment (except J. Samuel Zitek, M.M. during student teaching). Assignment to a specific ensemble is made by the Director of Choral Activities for Part-Time: choral ensembles, the Director of Instrumental Studies for instrumental ensembles, and/or chair of the depart- Masako Nakamura Bacon, D.M.A. ment. Participation in two ensembles may be required, Dean W. Haist, M.M. according to the student’s educational and professional Mary D. Howell, M.M. plans. Any variation from this policy must be approved Richard K. Jones, B.M. by the department chair. Mary Chantry Nelson, M.M. Dawn Pawlewski, D.M.A. Tami Pederson, M.M. Recital attendance Jon Peterson, M.M. Music majors (B.M. or B.A.) must attend 13 recitals Richard Ricker, M.M. per semester (except when student teaching) as Janene Sheldon, D.M.A. described in the Music Major’s Handbook in each semes- Nancy Vogt, M.M. ter of residence as a graduation requirement. Tamara R. Wyman, M.M. All music majors must enroll in and pass Music 55 (recitals) during each semester of full-time enrollment, with the exception of the semester of student teaching A training ground, performance center, and labora- for those students in any of the B.M. Music Education tory, the Department of Music is an accredited member degree programs. of the National Association of Schools of Music. Facilities include the 1,500-seat O’Donnell Auditorium, the 250 seat Emerson Recital Hall, and a recording and listening- Recitals and Concerts center that offers students computer-assisted instruction Candidates for the Bachelor of Music degree with the latest software in theory and ear-training. The (Performance) are required to perform a partial or full MIDI laboratory features technology for music sequenc- recital in the junior year and a full recital in the senior ing and composition. year. Candidates for the Bachelor of Music degree (Music Instruments include a French double manual harpsi- Education) are required to perform a partial or full chord, several synthesizers, an electronic keyboard sam- recital in the senior year in addition to successful com- pler, a recently refurbished 49-rank Aeolian-Skinner pipe pletion of student teaching. Bachelor of Arts candidates organ, Roland Digital Piano laboratory, Yamaha are required to present a partial or full recital in the sen- Disklavier computerized piano, and 39 pianos including ior year. With permission of the music faculty, Bachelor a Bösendorfer Imperial grand (the only one in Nebraska) of Arts candidates may substitute a senior research proj- and a Steinway-D concert grand piano. ect for the senior recital. Students must enroll in the The department offers a great number of profession- appropriate applied music course for their major every al-quality band instruments including: Hinger touch- semester until their senior recital requirement is com- tone timpani, Mirafone tubas, Conn and Holton French pleted. Permission for any student recital must be horns, a Loree English horn, Buffet bass clarinets, and received from the music office and is contingent upon a others. satisfactory hearing by the recital committee. In addition Students may participate in seven vocal music ensem- to formal concerts and recitals by student soloists and bles and eight instrumental music ensembles. Several university ensembles, the department presents groups tour nationally and the University Band and opera/musical and opera workshop performances, University Choir tour internationally. department student recitals, and faculty solo and chamber music concerts. MUSIC 171

Piano Proficiency Performance Course Work ...... 36 hrs. All music majors must pass a piano proficiency exam- Major instrument (24 hrs.) ination. Music education majors must pass piano profi- Large ensemble (8 hrs.) ciency before taking Music 230, 232, or 236. Music 80-83 Small ensemble (2 hrs.) (Piano Techniques) must be taken each semester of full- Music 295 and 299 (2 hrs.) time enrollment until the examination is passed. Any Supporting Music Course Work...... 44 hrs. exception, allowing completion of the piano proficiency Music history and literature (11 hrs.) requirement through enrollment in applied piano les- (Music 150, 213, 214, 215) sons instead of enrollment in Music 80-83, is at the dis- Music theory (19 hrs.) cretion of the piano faculty. (Music 2, 4, 101, 102, 103, 201, 203, 205, 207) Music education (4 hrs.) Instrument Proficiencies (Music 225 and 226) Performance pedagogy (1 hr.) Music Education majors must demonstrate perform- (Music 240, 241, 242, 243, 244 or 245) ance proficiency and pedagogical competency in the Music Technology: Music 180 (2 hrs.) areas listed with the requirements for each major Senior Seminar: Music 298 (1 hr.) emphasis. The proficiencies/competencies may be com- Electives appropriate to major (6 hrs.) pleted either through 1) enrolling and passing the corre- Performance (voice) majors must take a minimum sponding techniques class, or 2) passing a of 3 hours in each of two modern foreign lan- proficiency/competency examination. Competencies guages: German and French. A 3-hour college level must be completed before enrolling for student teach- class in Italian may be substituted for either French ing. Exceptions are at the discretion of the chair of the or German. Department of Music.

Student Teaching Prerequisites Before enrolling in student teaching, all music educa- Music Education major, Vocal tion students must have successfully completed the (B.M., 90 hrs.) appropriate method and technique courses in their degree program. Music education students must also Performance Course Work ...... 21 hrs. complete 100 hours of field experience, pass the Pre- Major instrument (14 hrs.) Professional Skills Test (PPST), and be accepted into the Major large ensemble (7 hrs.) Teacher Education Program (TEP). Supporting Music Course Work...... 41 hrs. Music history and literature (11 hrs). (Music 150, 213, 214, 215) Majors Music theory (15 hrs.) (Music 2, 4, 101, 102,103, 201, 207) Music education (12 hrs.) Performance major (Music 225, 226, 227, 230, 232) (B.M., 80 hrs.) Music Technology: Music 180 (2 hrs.) In the Bachelor of Music degree with a performance Senior Seminar: Music 298 (1 hr.) major, specialization and intensive study of the major Proficiencies required for piano and guitar instrument or voice are emphasized. Entering candi- Professional Education Courses dates will be accepted conditionally for two semesters. Required for Certification ...... 28 hrs. At the end of two semesters, a committee will deter- Education 1 (2 hrs.) mine the student’s acceptance or rejection for further Education 75 (1 hr.) pursuit of the applied degree by means of an audition. Education 105 and 106 (4 hrs.) In all cases, the audition committee will consist of at Education 185 (3 hrs.) least four music faculty to be selected by the chair in Education 278 and 283 (14 hrs.) consultation with the applied instructor. At least two Special Education 107 or 207 (3 hrs.) members of the audition committee are to be related to Education 299 (1 hr.) the candidate’s field (woodwind, brass, strings, percussion, keyboard, or voice). Any student wishing to change from a Bachelor of Music degree with a music education major to a Bachelor of Music degree with a performance major must perform before an audition committee (see above), since a higher level of performance is required for the applied music major. 172 MUSIC

Music Education major, Vocal emphasis students must be in a choral ensemble as their major ensemble and an instrumental ensem- Instrumental (B.M., 92 hrs.) ble as their secondary ensemble. Instrumental emphasis Performance Course Work ...... 21 hrs. students must be in an instrumental ensemble as their Major instrument (14 hrs.) major ensemble and a choral ensemble as their second- Major large ensemble (7 hrs.) ary ensemble. Supporting Music Course Work...... 39 hrs. It is expected that students desiring the music educa- Music history and literature (11 hrs.) tion (combination emphasis) major will have competen- (Music 150, 213, 214, 215) cy on a secondary instrument. Those not meeting this Music theory (15 hrs.) secondary competency must register in the appropriate (Music 2, 4, 101, 102, 103, 201, 207) applied music courses. In case of questions, a secondary Music education (10 hrs.) instrument competency audition will be required as (Music 225, 226, 228, 229 and 236) determined by the department. Music Technology (Music 180) (2 hrs.) Senior Seminar (Music 298) (1 hr.) Instrumental Competencies ...... 4 hrs. Music major Woodwind (Music 85) (1 hr.) (B.A., 43-51 hrs.) Brass (Music 86) (1 hr.) The Bachelor of Arts in music is comprised of a basic String (Music 87) (1 hr.) core of courses that provides a solid foundation in music. Percussion (Music 88) (1 hr.) Through advisement, students can develop areas of Proficiency required for piano. additional interest such as applied music, music Professional Education Courses theory/composition, and music history. Minors may also Required for Certification ...... 28 hrs. be constructed in other disciplines. (See course listing under Music Education, Vocal.) Applied music ...... 8 hrs. (on one instrument or voice) Music theory ...... 11 hrs. Music Education major, (Music 2, 4, 101, 102, 103) Combination with Music history and literature...... 11 hrs. (Music 150, 213, 214, 215) Vocal Emphasis (B.M., 96 hrs.) Large ensemble...... 0-8 hrs. Instrumental Emphasis (8 semesters appropriate to the major instrument/voice) (B.M., 100 hrs.) Music 180 ...... 2 hrs. Performance Course Work ...... 23 hrs. Music 225 ...... 2 hrs. Major instrument (14 hrs.) Music 298...... 1 hr. Major large ensemble (7 hrs.) Additional music course work ...... 8 hrs. Secondary large ensemble (2 hrs.) Supporting Music Course Work...... 43 hrs. Music history and literature (11 hrs.) Minor (Music 150, 213, 214, 215) Music theory (15 hrs.) (Music 2, 4, 101, 102, 103, 201, 207) Music minor (21-26 hrs.) Music education (14 hrs.) Music Theory ...... 8 hrs. (Music 225, 226, 229, 230, 232 and 236) Music 1 (3 hrs.) Music Technology (Music 180) (2 hrs.) Music 2 (3 hrs.) Senior Seminar (Music 298) (1 hr.) Music 3 (1 hr.) One of the following Music 4 (1 hr.) concentrations ...... 2hrs. Music History/Literature ...... 3 hrs. Music 13 or 150 (3 hrs.) Choral/Vocal (Music 227) (2 hrs.) Instrumental (2 hrs.) Performance ...... 10-15 hrs. (Music 228, Vocal Technique Competency) Four semesters of applied music in the same instru- Instrumental Competencies ...... 4 hrs. ment (4-8 hrs.) Four semesters of major large ensemble (4 hrs.) Woodwind (Music 85) (1 hr.) Music electives (2-3 hrs.) Brass (Music 86) (1 hr.) Music 55 (four semesters) (0 hrs.) String (Music 87) (1 hr.) Percussion (Music 88) (1 hr.) Proficiencies required for piano and guitar.

Professional Education Courses Required for Certification ...... 28 hrs. (See course listing under Music Education, Vocal.) MUSIC 173

Course numbers for applied music are as follows. Courses Each course is offered for 1, 2, or 3 credit hours. Only Music courses are classified into categories. Course music majors may register for more than 1 credit hour. descriptions are provided in numerical order immediate- 61, 161, 261 Piano ly following the classified listing. 62, 162, 262 Organ 63, 163, 263 Harpsichord 64, 164, 264 Voice Applied Music 65, 165, 265 Flute The term “applied music” refers to private instruc- 66, 166, 266 Oboe tion in any instrument (including voice). Primary consid- 67, 167, 267 Clarinet eration is given to the principles of performance and lit- 68, 168, 268 Saxophone erature of that instrument. All music majors, regardless 69, 169, 269 Bassoon of the degree program, must designate a major instru- 70, 170, 270 French Horn ment. 71, 171, 271 Trumpet Non-music majors may take no more than 1 credit 72, 172, 272 Trombone and Baritone hour in applied music in any instrument in a semester. 73, 173, 273 Tuba Students pursuing the Bachelor of Music degree with 74, 174, 274 Percussion a performance major must carry 3 credit hours per 75, 175, 275 Guitar semester in their major instrument all four years. 76, 176, 276 Violin Applied music may not be taken Pass/Fail. 77, 177, 277 Viola Any exceptions must be approved by the department 78, 178, 278 Cello chair. 79, 179, 279 String Bass Credit Credit for applied music instruction is given as fol- Ensembles lows: Students participating in any ensemble must register —3 credit hours (major instruments only) for two 30- for the course. Courses may be repeated. Those not minute lessons per week. A minimum of three wishing to receive academic credit should register for hours daily practice and participation in depart- zero credit. In any case, a grade will be recorded on the ment recitals are required. student’s transcript. —2 credit hours (major instrument only) for two 30- Ensembles may not be taken P/F. minute lessons per week. Two hours daily practice 40. Lincoln Civic Choir and participation in department recitals are 41. University Choir required. 42. University Orchestra —1 credit hour for one 30-minute lesson per week. 43. University Band One hour daily practice is required. 44. Women’s Choir 45. Men’s Glee Club Registration 46. Chamber Music Ensembles 47. Touch of Class Jazz Choir Students may register for one of three levels in 48. Prairie Wolves Pep Band applied music courses, numbered as follows: 49. Jazz Ensemble —61-79: All first year students or any other students 50. Opera Workshop registering for the first or second semester of an 51. Opera - Musical instrument except by permission of the department 52. Chamber Singers chair. 55. Recitals —161-179: Any student registering for the third or fourth semester of an instrument. —261-279: Any student registering for the fifth Music Theory and Composition semester or more of an instrument. 1. Fundamentals of Music Theory Courses may be repeated. 2. Theory II Prerequisite: Music majors must have completed the 3. Fundamentals of Basic Musicianship sophomore interview in order to enroll in Music 261-279. 4. Basic Musicianship II No Pass/Fail. 101. Theory III 102. Theory IV 103. Basic Musicianship III 105. Music Technology 130. Intro to Jazz Improvisation 201. Arranging and Instrumentation 203. Counterpoint 205. Composition I 206. Composition II 207. Form Analysis 174 MUSIC

Music History and Literature patterns; drills in rhythmic and melodic coordination; 12. American Music and rhythmic, melodic, and elementary harmonic dicta- 13. Music Appreciation tion. 140. African-American Music Prerequisite or corequisite: Music 1. 150. Introduction to World Music 213. Medieval and Renaissance Music 4. Basic Musicianship II 214. Baroque and Classic Music 1 hour 215. Music Since 1800 Continuation of Music 3. 220. Introduction to Vocal Literature Prerequisite: Music 3 or permission of the instructor.

Music Education 12. American Music 3 hours 80. Piano Techniques I The entire range of American folk, popular, and art 81. Piano Techniques II musical styles, and the history of music in the United 82. Piano Techniques III States since the beginning of European settlement in 83. Piano Techniques IV Florida in 1565 will be presented. 84. Vocal Techniques 85. Woodwind Techniques 86. Brass Techniques 13. Music Appreciation 87. String Techniques 3 hours 88. Percussion Techniques An introduction to the art of music with emphasis on 89. Guitar Techniques aural skills, historical styles, musical forms, and the gen- 121. Music Methods and Material eral literature of music. Not open to music majors. for Elementary Teachers 180. Computers and Technology for the 40. Lincoln Civic Choir Musician and the Music Educator 0 or 1 hour 225. Conducting I Large choral ensemble open to college and community 226. Conducting II members. Not available to fulfill the large ensemble 227. Advanced Conducting - Vocal requirement for music majors. 228. Advanced Conducting - Instrumental Prerequisite: Admission by audition. 229. Marching Band Techniques 230. Elementary General Music Methods 41. University Choir 232. Secondary Vocal Music Methods 0 or 1 hour 236. Public School Music - Instrumental Large ensemble. 239. Singer’s Diction Prerequisite: Admission by audition. 240. Piano Pedagogy 241. Vocal Pedagogy 42. University Orchestra 242. Organ Pedagogy 0 or 1 hour 243. Brass Pedagogy Counts as large ensemble only for students with strings 244. Woodwind Pedagogy as their primary instrument. 245. Percussion Pedagogy Prerequisite: Admission by audition or permission of the instructor.

1. Fundamentals of Music Theory 43. University Band 3 hours 0 or 1 hour A review of the fundamentals of music (scales, key signa- Large ensemble. tures, intervals) and the presentation of triads and their Prerequisite: Admission by audition or permission of the harmonic and melodic implications. instructor.

2. Theory II 44. Women’s Choir 3 hours 0 or 1 hour A continuation of Theory I including inversions of triads, Large ensemble. non-harmonic tones, dominant seventh chords, and Prerequisite: Admission by permission of the instructor. their resolutions. Emphasis is on four-part writing and analysis of music from the Common Practice Period. 45. Men’s Glee Club Prerequisite: Music 1 or permission of the instructor. 0 or 1 hour Large ensemble. 3. Fundamentals of Basic Musicianship Prerequisite: Admission by permission of the instructor. 1 hour A graded course in the fundamentals of sight-singing, sight-reading, and ear training. Exercises in rhythm; meter; clef-reading; scales; intervals; error correction; singing of single melodies; duets and simple harmonic MUSIC 175

46. Chamber Music Ensembles 84. Vocal Techniques 0 or 1 hour 1 hour Class instruction in voice primarily intended for students 47. Touch of Class Jazz Choir with a nonvoice emphasis. 0 or 1 hour Prerequisite: Admission by audition. 85. Woodwind Techniques 1 hour 48. Prairie Wolves Pep Band Class instruction on all woodwind instruments with 0 or 1 hour emphasis on performance and teaching techniques. The Prairie Wolves Pep Band provides musical entertain- Students will develop proficiency on three woodwind ment at various Nebraska Wesleyan University football instruments. and basketball events on campus. The music played in the pep band includes examples from swing, jazz, classic 86. Brass Techniques rock and roll, and other appropriate genres. 1 hour Class instruction on all brass instruments with emphasis 49. Jazz Ensemble on performance and teaching techniques. Students will 0 or 1 hour develop proficiency on three brass instruments. Prerequisite: Admission by audition or permission of the instructor. 87. String Techniques 1 hour 50. Opera Workshop Class instruction in violin, viola, cello, and bass with 0 or 1 hour emphasis on performance and teaching techniques. Prerequisite: Admission by permission of the instructor. 88. Percussion Techniques 51. Opera - Musical 1 hour 0 or 1 hour Class instruction in the performance and teaching tech- Prerequisite: Admission by audition or permission of the niques of percussion instruments. instructor. 89. Guitar Techniques 52. Chamber Singers 1 hour 0 or 1 hour Class instruction in the performance and teaching tech- Prerequisite: Admission by audition. niques of guitar.

55. Recitals 101. Theory III No credit 3 hours P/F only. Seventh chords, including the diminished seventh chord; various types of modulation; introduction of secondary 80. Piano Techniques I dominants; analysis and writing of the period, binary, and ternary song forms; choral harmonization; and 1 hour modal scales. Class instruction in piano with emphasis on the function Prerequisite: Music 2 or permission of the instructor. of the keyboard as a teaching tool.

81. Piano Techniques II 102. Theory IV 3 hours 1 hour Ninth chords and altered chords; modulation to distant Continuation of Music 80. keys; 20th century harmonic and melodic styles; intro- Prerequisite: Music 80 or permission of the instructor. duction of new scale patterns; introduction to serial techniques of composition; and writing and singing 82. Piano Techniques III applicable to later developments of harmony and 1 hour melody. Continuation of Music 81. May be repeated. Prerequisite: Music 101 or permission of the instructor. Prerequisite: Music 81 or permission of the instructor. 103. Basic Musicianship III 83. Piano Techniques IV 1 hour 1 hour A review of advanced sight-singing, sight-reading and Continuation of Music 82. May be repeated. ear training, drills in more complex rhythmic and melod- Prerequisite: Music 82 or permission of the instructor. ic materials including chromatic formations, and increased emphasis on individual part-singing and harmonic dictation. Prerequisite: Music 4 or permission of the instructor. 176 MUSIC

105. Music Technology, Introduction to Music 180. Computers and Technology for the Technology Musician and the Music Educator 1 hour 2 hours An introduction to basic Macintosh computer operation, The course is offered to explore the essential topics a MIDI and synthesis, sequencing and notation software, musician should consider when using computers and and basic use of the internet. The course may be repeat- technology – whether for the purpose of listening, per- ed. forming, composing, or teaching. Covering subjects Prerequisite: Music 2 or permission of the instructor. ranging from music CAI (Computer Assisted Instruction) and desktop publishing to notation sequencing and 121. Music Methods and Materials for MIDI and multimedia and CD audio, this course is Elementary Teachers designed as an introductory undergraduate course 2 hours devoted to computers as applied to music technology A study of the theoretical materials of music and the for the musician and music educator. methods of teaching music in the elementary schools. Intended primarily for elementary education majors and 190. Selected Topics not open to music majors. 1, 2, or 3 hours Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or permission of the A course designed to treat subject matter not covered in instructor. other departmental courses or to provide intermediate- level study of subject matter introduced in other cours- 130. Introduction to Jazz Improvisation es. The title, content, and credit will be determined by 1 hour current mutual interests of students and faculty. Explores jazz improvisation with an emphasis on jazz Prerequisite: To be determined. chords/scale relationships taught from the keyboard. Includes jazz solo transcriptions and small group improv- 201. Arranging and Instrumentation isation. 2 hours Prerequisite: Music 2 or permission of the instructor. The study of arranging techniques for instrumental and vocal ensembles, including the ranges and capabilities of 140. African-American Music instruments and voices and scoring procedures. 3 hours Prerequisite: Music 102. A study of the history of African Americans in the United States, as seen through their musical life, and the place 203. Counterpoint of black concert, popular, and folk music in African 2 hours American society. Two-part counterpoint based on styles developed in the sixteenth and eighteenth centuries, beginning with the 150. Introduction to World Music five species, followed by canon and invention. Invertible 3 hours counterpoint. Students are exposed to various musical styles and tradi- Prerequisite: Music 102 or permission of the instructor. tions from selected world cultures, including Latin America, Asia, and Africa. Emphasis is placed both on 205. Composition I the study of music in its cultural, social, and historical 2 hours contexts, and the study of musical sounds. Popular, folk, Beginning composition in small forms for voice, piano, and art music styles and practices are examined. and small instrumental groups. May be repeated one time. 160. Music of Women Composers Prerequisite: Music 102 or permission of the instructor. 3 hours This course focuses on the music of women composers 206. Composition II and women's involvement in the Western art and popu- 2 hours lar traditions from roughly the tenth century to the pres- Continuation of Music 205 with emphasis on large ent, examining the roles of women and their consider- forms, choral, and orchestral composition. May be able influence as patrons, teachers, performers, and repeated one time. composers during various periods of music history. Prerequisite: Music 205 or permission of the instructor. Course work incorporates biographical study with methodologies for the analysis of music based upon cur- 207. Form and Analysis rent research, scholarship, and paradigms, and ends with 2 hours a discussion of contemporary feminist aesthetics. A historical and analytical study of musical forms. Prerequisite: Music 102. MUSIC 177

213. Medieval and Renaissance Music 228. Advanced Conducting - Instrumental 2 hours 2 hours The study of composers, forms, and styles of Western A study of the advanced conducting techniques as music from Antiquity to about 1600. applied to the needs of the student (i.e., band directing, Prerequisites: Music 2 and sophomore standing or per- orchestral conducting, and others). mission of the instructor. Prerequisite: Music 226 or permission of the instructor.

214. Baroque and Classic Music 229. Marching Band Techniques 3 hours 2 hours The study of composers, forms, and styles of Western A survey of the organization, rehearsal, and production music from about 1600 to the early nineteenth century. of shows for the marching band. Prerequisites: Music 2 and sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 230. Elementary General Music Methods 3 hours 215. Music Since 1800 A survey of teaching vocal music in the elementary 3 hours school (grades K-6). Emphasis is on methods, materials, The study of composers, forms, and styles of Western and the philosophy of music as a public school subject. music from the early nineteenth century to the present. Prerequisites: Acceptance in the Teacher Education Prerequisites: Music 2 and sophomore standing or per- Program or by permission of the chair of the mission of the instructor. Department of Education. Must have passed piano proficiency. 220. Introduction to Vocal Literature 1 hour 232. Secondary Vocal Music Methods A general survey/overview of music written for the solo 3 hours voice from 1600 to the present. The development and A survey of teaching vocal music in the secondary transformation of song style throughout the Baroque, schools (grades 7-12). Emphasis is on administration, Classical, Romantic, and Modern eras will be traced organization, rehearsal procedures, materials, and the through listening assignments, lectures, and student philosophy of music as a public school subject. presentations of specific composers and songs. Other Prerequisites: Acceptance in the Teacher Education selected topics will be covered, which may include: Program or by permission of the chair of the repertoire selection and programming for recitals and Department of Education. Must have passed piano pro- other occasions (weddings, funerals, church, etc.), poetic ficiency. analysis, performance preparation, song study techniques, memorization, song translation, acting for the 236. Public School Music - Instrumental singer, and research techniques. 2 hours Prerequisite: 4 semesters of Applied Voice or permission A survey of teaching instrumental music in the public of the instructor. schools. Emphasis is on administration, organization, repertoire, and the philosophy of music as a public 225. Conducting I school subject. 2 hours Prerequisites: Acceptance in the Teacher Education An introduction to technique and conducting style with Program or by permission of the chair of the emphasis given to developing a nonbaton competency. Department of Education. Must have passed piano pro- Attention also will be given to vocal interpretation and ficiency. choral score reading. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or permission of the 239. Singers’ Diction instructor. 1 hour A study of the phonetics and pronunciation of the inter- 226. Conducting II national phonetic alphabet (IPA) and languages appro- 2 hours priate to the singer. Continuation of Music 225 with emphasis on instrumen- Prerequisites: Music major status, two semesters of pri- tal pedagogy, principles of instrumental transcription, vate voice study and/or permission of the instructor. orchestration, instrumental ranges and idiomatic characteristics, and score preparation. 240. Piano Pedagogy Prerequisite: Music 225 or permission of the instructor. 1 hour A study of teaching techniques, method books, and 227. Advanced Conducting - Vocal repertoire for the novice piano teacher. 2 hours Prerequisite: Four semesters of college piano study or A study of advanced conducting techniques adapted to permission of the instructor. individual student need. Emphasis will be placed on an in-depth study of choral style, literature, and various philosophies of choral singing. Prerequisite: Music 226 or permission of the instructor. 178 MUSIC

241. Vocal Pedagogy 298. Senior Capstone Seminar 1 hour 1 hour A course designed to prepare voice students to teach pri- To assist music students with integration and synthesis of vate lessons. Includes a study of methods of voice pro- knowledge as they approach the end of their under- duction, selected exercises for correcting vocal problems, graduate work, the Senior Capstone Seminar prompts and a survey of vocal literature for beginning and inter- students to reflect upon their learning experiences and mediate singers. revisit them in greater depth and with added perspec- Prerequisite: Four semesters of college voice study or tive. Preparation of a portfolio, student presentations, permission of the instructor. guest speakers, and individual oral examinations (Senior Dialogues) are the primary components of this enriching 242. Organ Pedagogy culminating experience. The Senior Capstone Seminar is 1 hour to be taken in the student’s last semester in residence at A study of materials and pedagogy of the organ. Nebraska Wesleyan. Prerequisite: Four semesters of college organ study or P/F only. permission of the instructor. Prerequisite: Music major with a senior standing or permission of department chair. 243. Brass Pedagogy 1 hour 299. Senior Recital A study of materials and pedagogy of brass instruments. 1 hour Prerequisite: Four semesters of college brass study or Final performance demonstrating the ability of perform- permission of the instructor. ance or other music majors. Prerequisite: Permission of the department chair. 244. Woodwind Pedagogy 1 hour A study of materials and pedagogy of woodwind instruments. Prerequisite: Four semesters of college woodwind study or permission of the instructor.

245. Percussion Pedagogy 1 hour A study of materials and pedagogy of percussion instruments. Prerequisite: Four semesters of college percussion study or permission of the instructor.

290. Selected Topics 1, 2, or 3 hours A course designed to treat subject matter not covered in other departmental courses or to provide advanced study of subject matter introduced in other courses. The title, content, and credit will be determined by current mutual interests of students and faculty. Prerequisite: To be determined.

295. Independent Study 1, 2, or 3 hours Individual study of a specific music topic under the supervision of a staff member. Independent study may not duplicate courses described in the catalog. Prerequisite: Permission of the department chair.

297. Music Internship 1, 2, or 3 hours An on-the-job training situation to satisfy the mutual interests of the department, the sponsor, and the student. P/F only. Prerequisites: Senior standing and permission of department chair. MUSIC 179

Spring Semester Music Education Major MUSIC 2: Theory II...... 3 hrs. (B.M.) MUSIC 4: Basic Musicianship II...... 1 hr. *MUSIC 81: Piano Tech II...... 1 hr. Sample Course Schedules MUSIC 55: Recitals...... 0 hrs. Large Ensemble...... 1 hr. First Year Applied Music...... 3 hrs. Fall Semester HHP 15: Health and Wellness...... 2 hrs. *MUSIC 1: Fundamentals of Music Theory..3 hrs. •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. *MUSIC 3: Fundamentals of General Education (as needed)...... 3 hrs. Basic Musicianship...... 1 hr. 14-17 hrs. *MUSIC 80: Piano Tech I...... 1 hr. MUSIC 55: Recitals...... 0 hrs. Music Major (B.A.) Large Ensemble...... 1 hr. Applied Music...... 2 hrs. Sample Course Schedules •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar...... 3 hrs. PSYCH 1: Basic Psychological Science ...... 3 hrs. First Year EDUC 1: Introduction to Fall Semester Education in the U. S...... 2 hrs. *MUSIC 1: Fundamentals of Music Theory..3 hrs. EDUC 75: Field Experience ...... 1 hr. *MUSIC 3: Fundamentals of 17 hrs. Basic Musicianship ...... 1 hr. Spring Semester *MUSIC 80: Piano Tech I...... 1 hr. MUSIC 2: Theory II...... 3 hrs. MUSIC 55: Recitals...... 0 hrs. MUSIC 4: Basic Musicianship II...... 1 hr. Large Ensemble...... 0-1 hrs. *MUSIC 81: Piano Tech II...... 1 hr. Applied Music...... 2 hrs. MUSIC 55: Recitals...... 0 hrs. •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar...... 3 hrs. Large Ensemble...... 1 hr. •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech...... 3 hrs. Applied Music...... 2 hrs. General Education (as needed)...... 3 hrs. •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech...... 3 hrs. 13-17 hrs. •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. Spring Semester EDUC 105: Human Development MUSIC 2: Theory II...... 3 hrs. & Learning I ...... 2 hrs. MUSIC 4: Basic Musicianship II...... 1 hr. •HHP 15: Health and Wellness...... 2 hrs. *MUSIC 81: Piano Tech II...... 1 hr. 18 hrs. MUSIC 55: Recitals...... 0 hrs. Large Ensemble...... 0-1 hr. Applied Music...... 2 hrs. Performance Music Major HHP 15: Health and Wellness...... 2 hrs. •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. (B.M.) General Education (as needed)...... 3 hrs. Sample Course Schedules 12-16 hrs.

First Year Fall Semester *MUSIC 1: Fundamentals of Music Theory..3 hrs. *MUSIC 3: Fundamentals of Basic Musicianship...... 1 hr. *MUSIC 80: Piano Tech I...... 1 hr. MUSIC 55: Recitals...... 0 hrs. Large Ensemble...... 1 hr. Applied Music...... 3 hrs. •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar...... 3 hrs. •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech...... 3 hrs. General Education (as needed)...... 3 hrs. 15-18 hrs.

*Classes offered, needed as prerequisites for further study, but not required of the major.

Dual-Degree Engineering PHYSICS AND Program The Dual-Degree Program is a cooperative academic ASTRONOMY program between Nebraska Wesleyan University and The Fu Foundation School of Engineering and Applied Natural Sciences Division Science at Columbia University in New York; The School Olin Hall of Science 134 of Engineering and Applied Science at Washington 402.465.2235 University in St. Louis; and the College of Engineering Email: [email protected] and Technology at the University of Nebraska. The Dual- Degree Program enables a student to devote three years to the study of sciences and liberal arts at Nebraska Faculty Wesleyan before transferring to one of these schools for two years of engineering studies. This program leads to Department Chair: a Bachelor of Science degree from Nebraska Wesleyan Robert W. Fairchild, Ph.D., CHP and the appropriate engineering bachelor’s degree from Email: [email protected] Columbia University, Washington University, or the University of Nebraska. Full-Time: The Dual-Degree Program is designed to give the student the best of both liberal arts and engineering David Goss, Ph.D. and to provide the practicing engineer with a back- William M. Wehrbein, Ph.D. ground in the humanities and social sciences. The program encourages engineers to be aware of the changing Part-Time: values and priorities of society, and to be concerned Kent E. Reinhard, M.S. about the effects of science and technology upon the environment and the quality of life. Degrees Engineering fields of study include the following: Bachelor of Arts Columbia University Applied Mathematics Bachelor of Science Applied Physics Biomedical Engineering Chemical Engineering Civil Engineering Majors Computer Engineering Computer Science Physics major (B.A., 30 hrs.) Earth and Environmental Engineering Electrical Engineering Physics 101 and 102 or 111 and 112...... 8 hrs. Engineering Management Systems Physics 121 ...... 4-5 hrs. Engineering Mechanics Physics 162 ...... 4-5 hrs. Industrial Engineering Physics 281 and 295 ...... 2-4 hrs. Materials Science and Engineering Physics electives...... 8-12 hrs. Mechnical Engineering Operations Research Physics major (B.S., 33 hrs.) Physics 101 and 102 or 111 and 112...... 8 hrs. Washington University Physics 121 and 162 ...... 8-10 hrs. Aerospace Engineering Physics 209 or 241 ...... 3 hrs. Biomedical Engineering Physics 242 or 251 ...... 3 hrs. Chemical Engineering Physics 281 and 295 ...... 2-4 hrs. Civil Engineering Physics electives...... 5-9 hrs. Computer Engineering Computer Science An approved supporting program of 25 hours from Electrical Engineering the Natural Sciences Division is required, possibly includ- Engineering Management ing one or more minors or a second major. Mechanical Engineering System Science and Engineering Physics Education major See the Education Department brochure on interdisciplinary majors in physical sciences and physics, natural sciences education, and applicable endorsements. PHYSICS AND ASTRONOMY 181

University of Nebraska 10. Astronomy Agricultural Engineering 4 hours Architectural Engineering An introductory course on the solar system, stars, and Biological Systems Engineering galaxies. Chemical Engineering Three lectures per week. Civil Engineering One laboratory per week. Computer Engineering Prerequisite: One year of high school algebra or permis- Construction Engineering Technology sion of the instructor. Construction Management (Normally offered each semester.) Electrical Engineering Eletronics Engineering 20. Introduction to Meteorology Industrial Engineering 4 hours Mechanical Engineering A survey of and explanation of weather and climate phenomena in terms of the physical characteristics and processes of the atmosphere. Minor Three lectures per week. One laboratory per week. Prerequisite: One year of high school algebra or permis- Physics minor (15 hrs.) sion of the instructor. Select from Physics courses numbered 100 or greater. (Planned for fall 2006.)

53. Earth Science 4 hours Other information A survey of geology and geophysics. Topics include char- In addition to the regular course offerings, the acteristics of minerals and rocks, plate tectonics, Earth’s department provides opportunities to participate in interior, Earth history and time scales, surface processes, research projects on an individual basis. These projects and ocean processes. may be of a theoretical or experimental nature. The Three lectures per week. department is especially well equipped in digital elec- One laboratory per week. tronics and microcomputer interfacing, x-ray fluores- (Planned for fall 2005.) cence spectroscopy, nuclear spectroscopy, health physics, and radiation protection. 54. Energy and the Global Environment 3 hours A course covering some of the most critical problems fac- Courses ing the world today—those relating to the production, distribution, and use of energy. Text material may be Courses numbered below 100 are suitable for stu- supplemented with films, video tapes, and guest speak- dents who are not natural science majors. They may not ers. be counted toward a major or minor in physics. Three lectures per week. (Normally offered each spring semester.) NatSc 30. Introduction to Environmental Science 55. Energy and the Global Environment Lab 4 hours 1 hour An introduction to environmental science that provides Laboratory experiments associated with Physics 54. an interconnected grounding in the natural sciences. One laboratory per week. Topics include energy, ecosystems, photosynthesis, biodi- Corequisite: Physics 54. versity, population dynamics, air pollution, water pollution, radon/radioactivity, and hazardous waste. 100. Physics in Modern Society Laboratory activities, computer exercises, guest speak- 1 hour ers, and multimedia presentations will also be a part of Applications of physics and technology and their impact the course. When possible, the course will be team on the individual, society, and the enviroment. taught by faculty from at least two of the three natural One hour of discussion/recitation per week. science departments: Biology, Chemistry, and Physics. Corequisite: Physics 101 or Physics 102 Three lectures per week. One three-hour lab per week. 182 PHYSICS AND ASTRONOMY

101. Principles of Physics I 140. Introduction to Health Physics 4 hours 4 hours The principles of classical mechanics, energy and motion An introduction to health physics with emphasis on the designed for majors in the natural sciences. Algebra and practical aspects of radiation detection, protection, and trigonometry will be used in descriptions and problems. regulation. Basic interaction of radiation with matter, Three two-hour workshop sessions per week. biological effects of radiation, radiation dosimetry, and Corequisite: Mathematics 50 or permission of the radiation protection regulations will be covered. instructor. Laboratory experience includes radiation spectroscopy, (Normally offered each fall semester.) radiation dosimetry, environmental radiation monitoring, and radiation protection program design. 102. Principles of Physics II Three lectures per week. 4 hours One laboratory per week. A continuation of Physics 101 with emphasis on waves, Prerequisite: Physics 101 or Physics 111 or permission of sound, electricity, magnetism, and eletronics. the instructor. Three two-hour workshop sessions per week. Prerequisite: Mathematics 50 or permission of the 162. Introduction to Modern Physics instructor. 4 or 5 hours (Normally offered each spring semester.) An introduction to modern physics with emphasis on atomic and nuclear physics. Both analytical and experi- 111. General Physics I mental techniques will be used. Basic principles of 4 hours physics and wave mechanics will be applied to atomic An introduction to classical mechanics, energy and and nuclear models. The practical aspects of atomic and motion designed for majors in the natural sciences. nuclear radiation detection and safety will also be cov- Elements of calculus will be used in descriptions and ered. problems. Three lectures per week. Three two-hour workshop sessions per week. One or two laboratories per week. Corequisite: Mathematics 60 or 105 or permission of the Prerequisites: Physics 102 or 112, and Mathematics 106 instructor. or permission of the instructor. (Normally offered each spring semester.) 112. General Physics II 4 hours 190. Selected Topics A continuation of Physics 111 with emphasis on waves, 1, 2, 3, or 4 hours sound, electricity, magnetism, and electronics. A course designed to treat subject matter not covered in Three two-hour workshop sessions per week. other departmental courses. The title, content, and cred- Prerequisite: Mathematics 60 or 105 or permission of the it hours will be determined by current mutual interests instructor. of faculty and students. This course may be offered to meet a requirement for a major only by approval of the 121. Electronic Measurements department chair. Prerequisite: To be determined by the instructor. 4 or 5 hours An integrated treatment of analog and digital circuits and measurements using the techniques of solid state 209. Electromagnetic Theory electronics and integrated circuits. Emphasis is placed on 3 hours laboratory techniques. A development of Maxwell’s equations from basic prin- Three lectures per week. ciples with the object of achieving a macroscopic One or two laboratories per week. description of the electric and magnetic properties of Prerequisites: Physics 102 or 112, and Mathematics 105. matter, including a relativistic description of electromag- (Normally offered each fall semester.) netic fields and their interaction with charged particles. Vector calculus is developed and used as needed. 130. Computer Architecture and Interfacing Three lectures per week. Prerequisites: Physics 102 or 112, Mathematics 106, and 4 hours computer programming skills or permission of the A first course in the levels of architecture of a modern instructor. computer, from digital logic, through circuits and regis- Corequisite: Mathematics 204 or 224 or permission of ter level components, to programming. Topics include the instructor. data representation, memory organization, input/out- (Planned for fall 2006.) put control, interfacing, and communication. Three lectures per week. One laboratory per week. Prerequisite: Physics 121 or Computer Science 40 or permission of the instructor. (Planned for spring 2006.) PHYSICS AND ASTRONOMY 183

210. Optics 251. Introduction to Quantum Physics I 3 hours 3 hours The study of the production, transmission, diffraction, An introduction to quantum theory, statistical physics, interference, refraction, polarization, and absorption of and atomic spectra and properties. electromagnetic radiation. Three lectures per week. Three lectures per week. Prerequisites: Physics 162, Mathematics 204 or 224, and Prerequisites: Physics 102 or 112, Mathematics 106, and computer programming skills or permission of the computer programming skills or permission of the instructor. instructor. (Planned for spring 2007.) Corequisite: Mathematics 204 or 224 or permission of the instructor. 252. Introduction to Quantum Physics II (Planned for spring 2007.) 3 hours A continuation of Physics 251 that treats phenomena in 229. Mathematical Methods for Physics and atomic, molecular, nuclear, solid-state, and high-energy Engineering physics as applications of the principles of microscopic 3 hours physics. Topics may include: Laplace transform and applications; Three lectures per week. series solution of differential equations, Bessel’s equa- Prerequisites: Physics 251 and computer programming tion, Legendre’s equation, and special functions; matri- skills or permission of the instructor. ces, eigenvalues and eigenfunctions; vector analysis and applications; boundary value programs and spectral rep- 261. Thermal Physics resentations; Fourier series and Fourier integrals; and 3 hours solution of partial differential equations of mathemati- A theoretical treatment of macrophysics. The basic prin- cal physics. ciples of thermodynamics and kinetic theory, and statis- Three lectures per week. tical mechanics and information theory will be devel- Prerequisite: Math 224 or permission of instructor. oped and applied to topics of current interest. (Planned for fall 2006.) Three lectures per week. Prerequisites: Physics 101 or 111, Mathematics 106, and 241. Classical Mechanics I computer programming skills or permission of the 3 hours instructor. A theoretical treatment of classical mechanics of parti- Corequisite: Mathematics 204 or 224 or permission of cles and systems of particles with emphasis on the con- the instructor. servation laws of energy, momentum, and angular (Planned for fall 2005.) momentum. Particular topics in Newtonian, celestial, and continuum mechanics are studied. Vector calculus is 262. Fluid Dynamics developed and used as needed. 3 hours Three lectures per week. A theoretical treatment of nonrelativistic continuum Prerequisites: Physics 101 or 111, Mathematics 106, and fluid dynamics that emphasizes incompressible viscous computer programming skills or permission of the flow phenomena, particularly those from within the instructor. field of geophysics. Corequisite: Mathematics 204 or 224 or permission of Prerequisites: Physics 101 or 111, Mathematics 106, and the instructor. computer programming skills or permission of the (Planned for fall 2005.) instructor. Corequisite: Mathematics 204 or 224 or permission of 242. Classical Mechanics II the instructor. 3 hours (Planned for spring 2006.) A continuation of Physics 241 involving the use of LaGrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Matrix meth- 281. Advanced Laboratory ods are used in the study of rigid body motion, oscilla- 1 or 2 hours tion theory, and the theory of relativity. The mechanics An advanced laboratory in which students extend and of continuous media are also investigated. amplify the work of other courses. Work may be chosen Three lectures per week. in electrical measurements, physical optics, modern Prerequisites: Physics 241 and computer programming physics, or other areas of mutual interest. skills or permission of the instructor. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor and approval (Planned for spring 2006.) of the department chair. (Normally offered each semester.) 184 PHYSICS AND ASTRONOMY

290. Selected Topics 297. Physics Internship 1, 2, 3, or 4 hours 3-8 hours A course designed to treat subject matter not covered in On-the-job training for physics majors in situations that other departmental courses. The title, content, and cred- satisfy the mutual interests of the student, the supervi- it hours will be determined by current mutual interests sor, and the instructor. The student will arrange for the of faculty and students. position in accordance with the guidelines established Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor and approval by the department. of the department chair. P/F only. Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor and approval 295. Independent Study of the department chair. 1 or 2 hours (Normally offered each semester.) Individual projects of a creative nature for qualified physics students. Projects may be of a theoretical or experimental nature. Independent study may not duplicate courses described in the catalog. Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor and approval of the department chair. (Normally offered each semester.)

Second Year Physics Major Fall Semester Physics Major— PHYS 121: Electronic Measurements ...... 5 hrs. MATH 204: Calculus III ...... 4 hrs. Engineering Dual Degree CHEM 51: Chemical Principles...... 3 hrs. CHEM 51L: Chemical Principles Lab...... 1 hr. Sample Course Schedules General Education...... 3 hrs. 16 hrs. First Year Fall Semester Spring Semester PHYS 101: Principles of Physics I or PHYS 162: Intro. to Modern Physics ...... 5 hrs. PHYS 111: General Physics I...... 4 hrs. MATH 224: Differential Equations...... 4 hrs. MATH 105: Calculus I ...... 5 hrs. CHEM 122: Analytical and Inorganic...... 3 hrs. •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar ...... 3 hrs. CHEM 122L: Analytical and Inorganic Lab .....1 hr. •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech ...... 3 hrs. •Masterpieces of Literature ...... 3 hrs. •HHP 15: Health and Wellness...... 2 hrs. 16 hrs. 17 hrs. The curriculum for the dual degree is designed to Spring Semester meet the requirement for admission to Washington PHYS 102: Principles of Physics II or University, which includes 18 hours in the humanities PHYS 112: General Physics II...... 4 hrs. and social sciences, including 3 hours at the 200-level, MATH 106: Calculus II ...... 5 hrs. and at least a “B” average both overall and in science •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. and math courses. The requirements at Columbia CMPSC 40: Program Design...... 4 hrs. University and the University of Nebraska-Lincoln are 16 hrs. similar. Students may consider taking general education courses during summer session or winter term in order to take additional mathematics and physics electives. See the pre-engineering liason officer for details.

Political Communication major POLITICAL (B.A. or B.S., 56 hrs.) Political Science 1 ...... 3 hrs. SCIENCE Political Science 9 or 20 ...... 3 hrs. Political Science 100 ...... 2 hrs. Social Sciences Division Political Science 146 ...... 3 hrs. Old Main 305 Political Science 197 ...... 3 hrs. 402.465.2434 Political Science 200 ...... 3 hrs. Political Science 299 ...... 3 hrs. Communication 40...... 3 hrs. Faculty Communication 50...... 3 hrs. Communication 130...... 3 hrs. Department Chair: Communication 155...... 3 hrs. Kelly E. Eaton, Ph.D. Communication 225...... 3 hrs. Email: [email protected] Communication 280...... 3 hrs. Communication 297...... 3 hrs. Full-Time: Select courses from the Robert C. Oberst, Ph.D. following areas ...... 15-16 hrs. Jan P. Vermeer, Ph.D. One additional course in American Politics (3 hrs.) One additional course in International Politics (3 hrs.) Part-Time: One course in Political Theory (3 hrs.) Larry Ruth, J.D. One course from: Communication 120, 219, 270 (1-3 hrs.) Degrees One or two courses from: Communication 130, 140, 210, 232 (3-6 hrs.) Bachelor of Arts Bachelor of Science Minors

Majors Political Science minor (18 hrs.) One course must be a 200-level course Political Science 1 ...... 3 hrs. Political Science major Political Science 9 or 20 ...... 3 hrs. (B.A. or B.S., 35 hrs.) American Politics area ...... 3 hrs. Political Science 1 ...... 3 hrs. (See Political Science major) Political Science 9 or 20 ...... 3 hrs. International Politics area ...... 3 hrs. Political Science 100 ...... 2 hrs. (See Political Science major) Political Science 200 ...... 3 hrs. Political Theory area ...... 3 hrs. Political Science 299* ...... 3 hrs. (See Political Science major) American Politics area ...... 6 hrs. Political Science elective at (Select from Political Science 103, 109, 120, 135, 100 level or higher...... 3 hrs. 146, 221, and 190 and 290 when applicable) International Politics area ...... 6 hrs. (Select from Political Science 160, 161, 162, 170, 210, and 190 and 290 when applicable) Political Theory area ...... 3 hrs. (Select from Political Science 155 and 156, and 190 and 290 when applicable) Political Science electives at 100 level or higher ...... 6 hrs.

*In some cases, senior research may be completed instead through a project undertaken in conjunction with Political Science 197.

Political Science majors must also complete one or more minors of at least 18 hours. Students pursuing a double major may substitute their second major for the minor requirement. 186 POLITICAL SCIENCE

International Affairs minor Political Science 181: The Internship Seminar (3 hours); Political Science 182: Public Policy II: How Washington (24 hrs.) Works (3 hours).) Offered in the fall and the spring Core Requirements ...... 12 hrs. semesters. Contact campus representative Kelly Eaton Political Science 9 (3 hrs.) for more information. Political Science 20 (3 hrs.) Two intermediate and/or upper-level International political science Courses courses (one must be 200-level) (6 hrs.) Area Requirements ...... 12 hrs. Introduction to International Affairs: 1. U.S. Government and Politics Select two of the following from two departments: 3 hours Anthropology 151; Art History 103 or 105; History An examination of the context, processes, institutions, 10; Religion 120; any course studying a specific non- and outcomes of the U.S. political system. This course U.S. culture [approved by department chair] introduces the student to basic concepts and theories International Policy: central to the study of political science. Select 2 of the following from 2 departments: (Normally offered each semester.) Economics 257; Economics 258; Sociology 115; Nursing 204; Women’s Studies 204; any policy-ori- 9. Introduction to International Relations ented political science course [170, 210, 270, 275 or 3 hours an approved Selected Topic] This course provides an introduction to a basic understanding of the concepts of international relations. It Courses may only count in one of the three areas for focuses on the interrelationship of nations and how they minor. coexist and interact with each other. It will expose the student to the theories of international relations and how these theories apply to current problems and expe- Legal Studies minor (18 hrs.) riences. Core Requirements ...... 9 hrs. Political Science 1 (3 hrs.) 20. Introduction to Comparative Politics Political Science 135 (3 hrs.) 3 hours Philosophy 101 (3 hrs.) This course provides an introduction to the concepts and Electives...... 9 hrs. methods of comparative politics. It highlights those fac- (Choose three from at least three different depart- tors that are common to all political systems and the ments; at least one at the 200 level) ways in which political behavior and institutions differ Political Science 221 (3 hrs.) between nations. It will achieve these goals by examin- Business Administration 211 (3 hrs.) ing the problems that all political systems face: political Business Administration 212 (3 hrs.) violence, power transfer, public policy, and what role the Criminal Justice 201 (3 hrs.) government plays in the society. Political Science 197 (3 hrs.) English 110 (3 hrs.) 100. Introduction to Statistics and SPSS Sociology 003 (3 hrs.) 2 hours Selected topics course in any discipline may count when This course introduces students to the Statistical Package the subject matter is appropriate. for the Social Sciences and its statistical procedures. The course will teach students how to run programs with the software and to interpret the output from those programs. Students will enter, edit, and learn how to ana- Capitol Hill Internship lyze data it using SPSS. Program Corerequisite: Political Science 200. (Normally offered each fall semester.) Nebraska Wesleyan University’s Capitol Hill Internship Program (CHIP) offers students the experience of living, interning, and studying in the heart of 103. Political Parties and Pressure Groups Washington, D.C. The public-affairs focused program 3 hours provides students of any major with a total Washington A study of the role of political parties and interest experience through an academically rigorous program groups in national, state, and local government, and of with a focus on experiential learning. In addition to elections in the United States. interning in either government or non-governmental offices, students will discover the role of government in fields including law, the media, health care, and the arts and sciences. Challenging seminars and courses that are tailored to enrich students’ internship experiences are an integral part of the internship program. (Political Science 180: The Washington Experience (9 hours); POLITICAL SCIENCE 187

109. Public Policy 160. South Asian Politics and Society 3 hours 3 hours The focus of this course is the development and imple- A study of the social, historical, and political factors that mentation of public policy. The course will consider the have affected the countries of South Asia (India, actors constituting the environment in which policies are Pakistan, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, and Nepal). The course formulated. Next it will survey the major areas of public will examine the historical origins of the culture; the policy to understand the processes that constrain ongo- development of Hinduism and Buddhism; and the cur- ing policy implementation. Finally, it will study one or rent political, economic, and social problems that the two particular factors that influence the development countries of the region face. and implementation of policy. Prerequisite: Political Science 9 or 20. Prerequisites: Political Science 1 and sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 161. Politics of Europe 3 hours 120. Minority Politics This course will examine the current state of politics in 3 hours the sustained democracies of Western Europe as well as An examination of the political role of minorities in U.S. the new democracies of Eastern Europe. Attention will society. The course will focus on the historical evolution be given to the challenges of political and economic of minority rights with emphasis on current debates and transition in the former communist countries. The course controversies. It will also apply political science theories will also examine issues of ethnicity and nationalism in to the relationship between majority and minority com- Europe. Implications of the enlargement of NATO and munities in the U.S. the deepening and widening of European integration will be studied. 135. Judicial Politics Prerequisite: Political Science 9 or 20 or approval of the 3 hours instructor. In this course students will examine the organization, functioning, and impact of courts in the United States. 162. Russian Politics and Society Attention will be paid to the role of lawyers in the judi- 3 hours cial system, trial and appellate court procedures, selec- This course will examine Russian culture and its impact tion of judges, and the relationship of courts to other on politics, paying special attention to Russian political elements of the U.S. political system. Topics will include culture and traditional Russian political thought. The the nature of law, the role of juries, plea bargaining, development and decay of Russian communism, its polit- alternative conflict resolution, court workload, and pro- ical traditions, institutions, and processes will be posals for reform. explored. Special attention will be paid to the current Prerequisite: Political Science 1. challenges presented by the dual transition to a market (Normally offered alternate years.) economy and to a democracy. Prerequisite: Political Science 9 or 20 or approval of the 146. Media and Politics instructor. 3 hours This course examines the impact of the contemporary 170. Women and Power mass media on politics in the United States, focusing 3 hours most directly on the effect of news gathering and This course examines the participation of women in soci- reporting practices on political processes and institu- ety and politics, and their ability to influence the policy tions, and on the responses of political actors to those decisions related to the issues of concern to them. The journalistic norms. Questions about the nature of course will take a cross-national perspective, although democracy in a media society will arise and be addressed primary emphasis will be women in Middle Eastern and over the course of the semester. South Asian societies. Prerequisite: Political Science 1. 180. The Washington Experience (CHIP) 155. Classic Political Thought 9 hours 3 hours Students enrolled in this course complete a 15 week, 32 Analysis and discussion of two major works of classic hour/week internship in an organization related to Greek political philosophy by Plato and Aristotle. This national or international politics in Washington, D.C. course introduces students to the kind of close reading The primary goal of this course in to introduce the stu- and thoughtful writing necessary to deal effectively with dent to the world of practical politics in the nation’s such works. Capitol. A secondary goal of the course is to enrich the participants’ understanding of self; sharpen their career 156. Modern Political Thought goals; and foster networking, professional skills, and civil 3 hours literacy. An examination of significant works of political philoso- Prerequisite: Acceptance into Capitol Hill Internship phy in the modern era, including pieces by Hobbes, Program. Locke, Rousseau, and Mill with emphasis on close read- Corequisite: Political Science 181. ing of and thoughtful writing about these works. 188 POLITICAL SCIENCE

181. The Internship Seminar (CHIP) 210. Modernization and Development 3 hours 3 hours Each week interns gather (in the classroom in our build- The problems faced by the political systems of the coun- ing on Hill-510 C St, NE) to discuss their internship and to tries of Asia, Africa, and Latin America. Specific topics extract its deeper meaning. The goal of the course is to will include their attempts to maintain political stability expose students to generalizations about politics and and resolve such issues as the food and population prob- how their internships are either confirming or challeng- lems. ing those generalizations. The readings for the course Prerequisites: Political Science 9 or 20 and junior stand- vary according to the internship placements of the stu- ing or permission of the instructor. dents. Students are exposed to various research methodologies for understanding Washington politics. Guest 221. Constitutional Law speakers are used in this course. 3 hours Prerequisite: Acceptance into Capitol Hill Internship An advanced course focusing on an examination of the Program. basic principles of U.S. constitutional law, based on study Corequisite: Political Science 180. of U.S. Supreme Court cases. Trends in interpretation of the Constitution and the role of Supreme Court deci- 182. Public Policy II: How Washington Works sions in U.S. politics will be stressed. (CHIP) Prerequisites: Political Science 1 and junior standing or 3 hours permission of the instructor. This course focuses on the policy process model–-agenda setting, policy formation, and implementation. In this 270. International Law and Organization course, students take advantage of their setting by 3 hours focusing on politics in Washington, for it shows where In this course the sources, content, and impact of inter- their organization fits in the policy making process. It national law will be examined in detail. Special atten- broadens the experience of the internship–which nar- tion will be given to some of the modern substantive rows their focus to their organization’s concerns–by areas of international law such as human rights, interna- showing students how their internship relates to that of tional economic relations, and the international environ- their peers. After covering the public policy process, time ment. This course is also designed to familiarize the stu- should be allotted to apply the model to specific policy dent with the rise and role of public international organ- areas–-which should be chosen to comport with the izations since 1945. internship organizations represented in the course. Prerequisite: Junior standing or permission of the Prerequisites: Political Science 1 or approval of the instructor. department chair, and acceptance into Capitol Hill Internship Program. 275. International Security 3 hours 190. Selected Topics In this course the student will examine the theoretical 1, 2, or 3 hours body of literature on international security. We will con- A topical course designed to investigate relevant subject sider traditional topics in international security, such as matter not included in any of the standard courses. The the role of conventional and nuclear weapons, arms con- title, content, and credit will be determined by current trol, the impact of alliances and collective security agree- mutual interests of students and faculty. ments, and the stability of bipolar vs. multipolar international systems. We will also broaden our definition of 197. Political Internship security politics to include environmental degradation, 1, 2, or 3 hours ethnic conflicts, and even organized crime. This course allows students to participate at a meaning- Prerequisite: Junior standing or permission of the ful level in an internship with a public official, political instructor. figure, public agency, campaign or interest group and to use that experience as the basis for an academic paper. 290. Selected Topics P/F only. 1, 2, or 3 hours Prerequisite: Permission of the department chair. A course designed to treat subject matter not covered in other departmental courses or to provide advanced 200. Research Methods in Political Science study of subject matter introduced in other courses. The 3 hours title, content, and credit hours will be determined by An examination of social science research with an current mutual interests of faculty and students. emphasis on the development of research skills and methodology. Corerequisite: Political Science 100. Prerequisite: Junior standing or permission of the department chair. (Normally offered each fall semester.) POLITICAL SCIENCE 189

295. Independent Study 299. Senior Seminar 2 or 3 hours 3 hours An opportunity for individual students to engage in A research seminar in which students conducting their advanced field or library research. A formal paper research to satisfy the senior comprehensive require- reviewing the research, suitable for placement in the ment meet regularly to share insights, progress, and college or departmental library, is required. problems encountered along the way. Independent study may not duplicate courses described Prerequisites: Political Science 200 and senior standing or in the catalog. permission of the department chair. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chair. (Normally offered each spring semester.)

296. Special Projects 1-9 hours This course is designed to allow students to pursue interests in political science or government beyond the extent possible in Political Science 295. Open only to qualified seniors with approval. Special projects may not duplicate courses described in the catalog. Prerequisites: Political Science 200, senior standing and approval of the department chair.

Political Science Major Political Communication Sample Course Schedules Major Sample Course Schedules First Year Fall Semester POLSC 1: U. S. Government or First Year POLSC 9 or 20 ...... 3 hrs. Fall Semester •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. POLSC 1: U. S. Government...... 3 hrs. •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar ...... 3 hrs. COMM 40: Interpersonal Communication....3 hrs. General Education or Electives...... 3-4 hrs. •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar ...... 3 hrs. •Mathematics Requirement...... 3-4 hrs. •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. 15-17 hrs. General Education or Elective...... 3 hrs. Spring Semester 15 hrs. POLSC 1: U. S. Government or Spring Semester POLSC 9 or 20 ...... 3 hrs. POLSC 20: Comparative Government...... 3 hrs. •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech ...... 3 hrs. •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech ...... 3 hrs. •Masterpieces of Literature ...... 3 hrs. COMM 50: Intercultural Communication .....3 hrs. General Education or Electives ...... 6 hrs. General Education or Electives ...... 6 hrs. 15 hrs. 15 hrs.

Second Year Second Year Fall Semester Fall Semester Any 100-level Political Science course...... 3 hrs. Political Science Elective ...... 3 hrs. One Course Toward a Minor...... 3 hrs. One Course Toward Minor...... 3 hrs. •HHP 15: Health and Wellness...... 2 hrs. Communication Elective...... 3 hrs. General Education or Electives ...... 7-9 hrs. •Masterpieces of Literature ...... 3 hrs. 15-17 hrs. General Education or Electives ...... 3-4 hrs. Spring Semester 15-16 hrs. Any 100-level Political Science course ...... 3 hrs. Spring Semester One Course Toward a Minor...... 3 hrs. POLSC 146: Media and Politics...... 3 hrs. General Education or Electives ...... 10 hrs. COMM 155: Mass Media ...... 3 hrs. 16 hrs. •HHP 15: Health and Wellness...... 2 hrs. •Mathematics Requirement...... 3-4 hrs. General Education or Electives ...... 5-6 hrs. 16-18 hrs.

212/512. Tools and Technology of Project PROFESSIONAL Management 3 hours This course is a survey of project management tools DEVELOPMENT designed to meet the increasing need to plan, schedule, University College track, control, and report on every aspect of project management. The class text reviews some 200 software Wesleyan Advantage project management tools. In addition, the functions and applicability of the “Project Office” will be Associate Dean/Director of Wesleyan Advantage: reviewed. The class will also conduct a tutorial on Stacey Ocander, Ed.D. Microsoft Project with students able to purchase the Email: [email protected] software at a significant discount through the University. Prerequisites: Professional Development 210/510 and Courses 211/511. 213/513. Case Study and Application of Project 210/510. A Framework for Project Management Management 3 hours 3 hours This core completion course will focus on case studies This course in project management delivers an overview with students assigned to teams and chartered to devel- of the core competencies necessary for success and how op a detailed study solution and supporting project the student can focus on applying the corporate model plan. It will incorporate the materials covered in previ- to industry trends. “Framework” refers to an intellectu- ous course work and give the student a real world feel al model or way of thinking, talking about, and solving for the rigors of the Project Management Process. programs pertaining to all aspects of project manage- The case study course will be a dynamic “simulation” ment. It will enable you to: reach a common definition process. The project cases will be impacted weekly with of basic project management terms and concepts; typical business world problems including conflicts, lack understand the processes and activities involved in man- of information, staff issues, etc. Students will be aging a project; define project phases, objectives, and required to respond to scripted changes and adjust their boundaries; describe an overview of the knowledge project case solution until course completion. At the areas of project management, such as scope, time, and final class, each team will present a solution of their cost; and grasp the impact of organizational psychology respective case to a “management committee” using on the change management process. the full suite of project management techniques. Prerequisite: MS Windows/Suite (Word, Excel, Prerequisites: Professional Development 210/510, PowerPoint). 211/511, and 212/512.

211/511. The Practice of Project Management 3 hours The Practice of Project Management is a systematic examination of the core methods and techniques of the project management process. This class will focus in more depth on such topics as the project manager and work styles, the project management life cycle, teamwork and conflict, planning fundamentals, precedence diagramming tools and use, managing risk and project lessons learned. Prerequisite: Professional Development 210/510. PSYCHOLOGY 191

PSYCHOLOGY Biopsychology major

Social Sciences Division (B.S., 66 hrs.) Smith-Curtis Classroom-Administration Building 340 Psychology 1 and 2...... 6 hrs. 402.465.2427 Psychology 110, 111, 160...... 12 hrs. Psychology 212, 213, 292, 299...... 8 hrs. Psychology elective group...... 3 hrs. Faculty (Psychology 118, 165, 180 or 231) Biology 50, 160, 170...... 12 hrs. Department Chair: Biology elective group...... 5 hrs. Jerry Bockoven, Ph.D. (Select two courses from Biology Email: [email protected] 200, 246, 262, 264, 265, 269, 270, 275, 276, 281, 282, 283, 291, 297) Full-Time: Chemistry 51/51L ...... 4 hrs. Chemistry 120/120L ...... 4 hrs. Mary Beth Ahlum, Ph.D. Chemistry 121/121L ...... 4 hrs. William McNeil, Ph.D. Chemistry 122/122L ...... 4 hrs. Jody Meerdink, Ph.D. Physics 101 or 111 ...... 4 hrs. Spencer Morrison, Ph.D. Michael Tagler, Ph.D. Business-Psychology major Part-Time: (B.S., 66 hrs.) Carol Dean, Ed.D. Psychology 1 and 2...... 6 hrs. Stephanie Sic, M.A. Psychology 110, 111, 140, 160...... 15 hrs. Psychology 170, 217, and 220 ...... 9 hrs. Accounting 31 and 32...... 6 hrs. Degrees Business Administration 100 and 115 or 248 ...... 6 hrs. Bachelor of Arts Business Administration 231, 235, 247, 297...... 12 hrs. Bachelor of Science Philosophy 125 or Business Administration 239 ...... 3 hrs. Economics 53 ...... 3 hrs. Majors Sociology 206, 223 or 230 ...... 3 hrs. Psychology 299 or For each major, at least 20 hours must be taken in the Business Administration 295 ...... 3 hrs. Department of Psychology at Nebraska Wesleyan University. Psychology majors who wish to meet teach- This major is administered jointly by the Department ing certification requirements must obtain a Bachelor of of Psychology and the Department of Business Science in psychology with a supporting program in edu- Administration, Accounting, and Economics. cation and a second teaching endorsement area. See the education department brochure for information. Minor Psychology major At least 9 credit hours must be taken in the psychol- (B.A. or B.S., 32-34 hrs.) ogy Department at Nebraska Wesleyan University. Psychology 1 and 2...... 6 hrs. Psychology 110 and 111 ...... 8 hrs. Psychology 225, 292, 294, 299...... 9 hrs. Psychology minor (18 hrs.) Psychology 1 and 2...... 6 hrs. One course from the following...... 3-4 hrs. Psychology 160, 165, 170, 180 or 212...... 3 hrs. (Psychology 160, 165, 170, 180 or 212) Psychology 130, 140, 203, 217 or 231 ...... 3-4 hrs. One course from the following ...... 3 hrs. Psychology electives...... 6 hrs. (Psychology 130, 140, 203, 217 or 231) Psychology electives*...... 3-4 hrs.

*General graduation requirements include 12 hours of upper-level (200-299) credit in the major.

The degree for each student will be determined in conjunction with the department, based on the overall composition of the student’s program. 192 PSYCHOLOGY

115. Introduction to Counseling Skills Courses 2 hours A practical introduction to the skills and techniques of 1. Basic Psychological Science counseling in a variety of human service settings. 3 hours Emphasis is on skill development and application. Lectures and demonstrations that present psychology as Includes an overview of different counseling methods a science of behavior and mental processes. Emphasis is and exposure to individuals using these methods in the on the topics of scientific methodology, learning, mem- helping professions. ory, thinking, states of consciousness, language, sensa- Prerequisite: Psychology 2 or permission of the tion, perception, motivation, emotion, and the nervous instructor. system. Basic Psychological Science and Applied Psychological Science are not sequential. Basic 118. Health Psychology Psychological Science may be taken prior to or following 3 hours Applied Psychological Science. An introduction to the field of health psychology, which (Normally offered each semester.) is devoted to understanding how people stay healthy, why they become ill, and how they respond to illness 2. Applied Psychological Science and disease. Topics will be discussed from local, national, 3 hours and global perspectives, and will include the behavioral Lectures and demonstrations that present psychology as aspects of the health care system, exercise and nutrition, a science of behavior and mental processes. Emphasis is health-compromising behaviors, stress, AIDS, and the on the topics of scientific methodology, development, etiology and correlates of health, disease, and dysfunc- intelligence, personality description and assessment, psy- tion. chopathology, psychotherapy, social psychology, and Prerequisite: Psychology 1 or 2. health psychology. Applied Psychological Science and (Normally offered in the spring semester.) Basic Psychological Science are not sequential. Applied Psychological Science may be taken prior to or following 120. Psychology of Women Basic Psychological Science. 3 hours (Normally offered each semester.) An investigation of psychological theories and issues relating to the psychology of women from a feminist 110. Psychological Statistics perspective. Gender bias in traditional psychological the- 4 hours ories, research, and practice will be examined and tradi- An introduction to descriptive and inferential statistics tional models will be evaluated in relation to the effica- as decision-making guides in psychology and related cy with which they explain women’s attitudes, beliefs, fields. Topics include organization, analysis, presenta- and behaviors. By examining the social construction of tion, and interpretation of data with emphasis on the gender, students will gain a better understanding of hypothesis testing model of inference. Specific proce- women’s psychology across the lifespan. How other dures include t-tests, z-tests, F-tests, correlation, and Chi- interacting constructs such as race, ethnicity, class, sexu- square tests. A laboratory section is required for compu- al orientation, nationality, and disability influence tational experience. women’s experiences will also be assessed. The social Prerequisites: Proficiency in high school algebra and and political implications of how we understand women sophomore standing. and gender will be explored, and emphasis will be Recommended: Psychology 1 or 2. placed on envisioning possibilities for individual (psycho- (Normally offered each semester.) logical) and social change. (Normally offered each fall semester.) 111. Research Methods in Psychology 4 hours 125. Psychology of Gender A course designed to introduce and apply the basic 3 hours research methods of psychology. Emphasis is placed A course examining the construct of gender. Topics upon problems of research design and analysis in the include gender development and socialization, cross-cul- laboratory and in natural settings. Students conduct tural gender differences, institutions affecting gender investigations applying various designs and methods. roles, the social maintenance systems for gender roles, Interpretation of findings and preparation of research and gender issues in contemporary literature and the reports are treated. arts. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. One two-hour lab per week. Prerequisites: Psychology 1 and 110. 130. Child and Adolescent Psychology (Normally offered each semester.) 3 hours An introduction to development from infancy through adolescence. Topics include cognitive, physical, social and personality development, and child-rearing practices. Prerequisite: Psychology 1 or 2. PSYCHOLOGY 193

131. Child and Adolescent Psychology 180. Psychology of Sleep and Dreaming Practicum 3 hours 1 hour Emphasis is on the psychological and physiological A supervised, experiential type of learning in which the aspects of sleep and dreaming in humans. Topics include student is assigned to an agency dealing with children or comparative studies, developmental changes, physiolog- adolescents. Students prepare weekly written reports ical and biochemical mechanisms of REM and NREM and a summary paper at the close of the semester. sleep and arousal, sleep disorders, dream content and P/F only. dream recall, and functional theories of sleep and Prerequisite or corequisite: Psychology 130. dreaming. Some laboratory experience will be required involving electrophysiological methods of sleep record- 135. Lifespan Development ing, and methodologies for analysis of sleep records. Prerequisite: Psychology 1. See Nursing 135. Recommended: Biology 1 or 60. (Normally offered each fall semester of even-numbered 140. Social Psychology years.) 3 hours A scientific study of the way in which thoughts, feelings, and behaviors are influenced by other people and situa- 190. Selected Topics 1, 2, or 3 hours tional factors. Topics include research methodology, con- An intermediate-level course designed to treat subject formity, social cognition, attitudes, persuasion, aggres- matter not covered in other departmental courses. The sion, prejudice, and interpersonal attraction. title, content, and credit hours will be determined by Prerequisite: Psychology 1 or 2. current mutual interests of faculty and students. Prerequisites: Psychology 1 or 2 plus additional require- 160. Basic Learning Principles ments as may be determined or permission of the 4 hours instructor. This course is designed to illustrate the experimental process using the study of basic learning processes as the medium. The course will first review the theory of evo- 196. Special Projects 1 or 2 hours lution, and its contribution to the historical derivation of An intermediate-level course for a student to engage in early learning theory. Secondly, the course will illustrate an individually arranged project supervised by a member how data, generated from classical and operant condi- of the staff. Special projects may not duplicate courses tioning procedures, have been used to develop compo- described in the catalog. nents of associative learning theory. Further experimen- P/F oriented. tal findings will provide insights into the validity of asso- Prerequisites: Major or minor program in psychology ciative theory. A practical non-human laboratory experi- and permission of the instructor. ence is employed to demonstrate important learning principles. Prerequisite: Psychology 1. 197. Psychology Practicum (Normally offered each fall semester.) 1-8 hours Supervised field experience in settings providing psycho- 165. Perception logical services with opportunities for observation and participation. Reading assignments, written reports, and 3 hours class meetings typically are included, although the exact An overview of different perceptual modalities and their nature of a student’s responsibilities are individually corresponding principles and mechanisms, as well as an arranged. examination of the methods used in studying the rela- Students spend 45 hours per semester in the assigned tionship between perception and physical stimuli. setting for each hour of the academic credit. Enrollment Emphasis is on visual perception. The active role of the generally is limited to 1-4 hours of academic credit in any individual in shaping perceptions is considered, as exem- given semester with the possibility of enrollment for a plified by depth perception, perceptual constancies, and second semester. illusions. Approval from the cooperating agency also is Prerequisite: Psychology 1. required. Enrollment reflects a volunteer experience. (Normally offered each spring semester.) P/F only. Prerequisite: Psychology 1 or 2 170. Cognitive Psychology (Normally offered each semester.) 3 hours An introduction to the theories and research literature pertaining to memory, language, problem solving, creativity, cognitive development, and perception. Cognitive demonstrations on the computer will be involved. Prerequisite: Psychology 1. (Normally offered each fall semester.) 194 PSYCHOLOGY

203. Theories of Personality 220. Applied Social Psychology 3 hours 3 hours A survey of leading theories of personality and support- A course that emphasizes how the scientific methods ing research. Includes consideration of psychodynamic, and theories of social psychology are used to better behavioral, cognitive, trait, humanistic, and interaction- understand and solve real-world social issues and prob- ist approaches. Important historical figures in personali- lems. The course will include methodological topics such ty theory, current day applications, personality testing, as reliability, validity, establishing causality, and attitude and basic methods of personality research will be measurement. These methods along with the theoretical explored. content of social psychology will be applied to topics Prerequisite: Psychology 2. such as persuasion, prejudice, violence, conflict, terror- (Normally offered each spring semester.) ism, politics, the law, the environment, and health. Prerequisites: Psychology 1, 2 and 140 or permission of 205. Art Therapy the instructor. 3 hours (Normally offered each spring semester.) A survey of the field of art therapy in its various applications and theoretical orientations. Taught by a regis- 221. Psychology of Religion tered art therapist through lectures, readings, and expe- 3 hours riential methods. This course is designed to explore religious thought and Prerequisites: 9 hours of psychology, including behavior from a psychological perspective. Examination Psychology 2, and 9 hours of art, or permission of the of the empirical research and predominate theories instructor. related to the function and structure of religiosity will be explored. General topics to be considered will include 212. Physiological Psychology the nature of religiosity through the lifespan, the psy- 3 hours chological understanding of religious phenomena such An introduction to neurophysiological bases of general as conversion and mysticism, and the relationship behavior, sleep, perception, emotion, learning, cogni- between religiosity and coping, mental illness, personal- tion, and mental disorders. The relevance of these topics ity, and social interaction. to applied problems in psychology will also be consid- Prerequisite: Psychology 2. ered, as will the methods for investigating the relationship between brain and behavior. 225. History and Systems of Psychology Prerequisites: Psychology 1 and Biology 50. 3 hours (Normally offered each spring semester.) A critical study of the history of psychology, prominent contemporary schools of thought, and the philosophy of 213. Laboratory in Physiological science as it relates to psychological theory. Research Psychology paper included. Prerequisite: 12 hours in psychology. 1 hour Recommended: Senior standing. The laboratory experience familiarizes the student with (Normally offered each fall semester.) methods of investigation in physiological psychology. Laboratory exercises include the administration of anes- thetics, EEG hookup procedures and interpretation, 231. Abnormal Psychology sheep brain dissections, and computerized brain map- 3 hours ping. An investigation of the symptoms, etiology, and treat- Prerequisite or corequisite: Psychology 212. ment of mental disorders including those associated with anxiety, moods, psychosis, dissociation, somatoform 217. Psychological Testing reactions, personality, substance use, sexual dysfunction/deviance, eating, aging, child/adolescent develop- 3 hours ment, and brain dysfunction. Students are encouraged An introduction to the theory, construction, administra- to enroll concurrently in Psychology 232. tion, and interpretation of standardized psychological Prerequisites: Psychology 1 and 2 or permission of the tests. Tests considered include IQ assessments, general instructor. interest surveys, personality inventories, and projective (Normally offered each semester.) techniques. General methodological and statistical issues in testing and measurement are also covered. Prerequisite: Psychology 2. Recommended: Psychology 110. (Normally offered each fall semester.) PSYCHOLOGY 195

232. Abnormal Psychology Practicum 295. Independent Study 1 hour 1, 2, or 3 hours A supervised, experiential type of learning in which the An opportunity for a student to engage in an individu- student is assigned to an individual or group of resi- ally arranged research project supervised by a member dents/outpatients at one of the community mental of the faculty. Independent study may not duplicate health facilities. Students prepare weekly written courses described in the catalog. reports and a summary paper at the close of the semes- P/F oriented. ter. Students spend 45 hours per semester in the Prerequisites: Major or minor program in psychology assigned setting for each hour of academic credit. and permission of the instructor. P/F only. Prerequisite or corequisite: Psychology 231. 296. Special Projects (Normally offered each semester.) 1 or 2 hours An opportunity for a student to engage in an individu- 245. Introduction to Clinical Psychology ally arranged project supervised by a member of the fac- 3 hours ulty. Special projects may not duplicate courses described A survey of the assessment and treatment procedures in the catalog. utilized in clinical and counseling psychology, along with P/F oriented. a discussion of professional issues in the field. Students Prerequisites: Major or minor program in psychology are given rudimentary training in interviewing and case and permission of the instructor. study of a nonclinical population. Prerequisite: Psychology 231. 297. Psychology Practicum (Normally offered each fall semester.) 1-8 hours 290. Selected Topics Supervised field experience in settings providing psychological services with opportunities for observation and 1, 2, or 3 hours participation. Reading assignments, written reports, and A course designed to treat subject matter not covered in class meetings typically are included, although the exact other department courses or to provide advanced study nature of a student’s responsibilities are individually of subject matter introduced in other courses. The title, arranged. content, and credit hours will be determined by current Students spend 45 hours per semester in the assigned mutual interests of faculty and students. setting for each hour of the academic credit. Enrollment Prerequisites: Psychology 1 and 2, plus additional generally is limited to 1-4 hours of academic credit in any requirements as may be determined. given semester with the possibility of enrollment for a second semester. 291. Directed Readings Openings are limited to advanced psychology majors 1 or 2 hours who meet the prerequisites set by the department and An opportunity for a student to engage in supervised by the cooperating clinical or research agency. Approval reading of specialized literature not covered in other from the cooperating agency also is required. courses. Enrollment reflects a volunteer experience. P/F oriented. P/F only. Prerequisites: Major or minor program in psychology Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing and permission and permission of the instructor. of the instructor. (Normally offered each semester.) 292. Introduction to Senior Research 1 hour 299. Senior Research In preparation for the psychology major’s senior 3 hours research project, the Introduction to Senior Research This is an empirical research investigation in which each class allows the student to explore potential topics, to student majoring in psychology formulates his or her evaluate the literature within the student’s topic of own research topic, collects and analyzes the data rele- choice, to identify appropriate measurement instru- vant to that topic, and prepares a formal report of the ments for the senior research project, and to write a investigation consistent with the publication style of the research proposal using APA style. Small group collabo- American Psychological Association. Either laboratory or ration and peer review will be encouraged. Typically field research is acceptable. Normally taken during the taken the semester prior to Psych 299. fall semester of the senior year, although selection of the Prerequisites: Major in psychology and Psychology 111. research topic may be done during the second semester of the junior year in Introduction to Senior Research 294. Senior Seminar (Psychology 292). 2 hours Prerequisites: Psychology 110, 111, 292 and permission A reflection upon the field of psychology in general and of the instructor. selected issues in particular. The relationships of psychology to the larger academic community, to society, and to an individual philosophy of life are considered. Informal discussion and student presentation are featured. Prerequisites: Senior standing and a major in psychology, or permission of the instructor. 196 PSYCHOLOGY

Second Year Psychology Major Fall Semester Sample Course Schedules A 100-Level Psychology Course...... 3 hrs. BIO 160: Cell Biology...... 4 hrs. First Year CHEM 121: Organic Chemistry II...... 3 hrs. Fall Semester CHEM 121L: Organic Chemistry II Lab...... 1 hr. PSYCH 1: Basic Psychological Science or •Masterpieces of Literature ...... 3 hrs. PSYCH 2: Applied Psychological Science.....3 hrs. General Education or Electives ...... 3 hrs. •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar ...... 3 hrs. 17 hrs. •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech ...... 3 hrs. Spring Semester General Education or Electives ...... 6-7 hrs. PSYCH 110: Psychological Statistics ...... 4 hrs. 15-16 hrs. CHEM 122: Analytical and Inorganic...... 3 hrs. Spring Semester CHEM 122L: Analytical and Inorganic Lab .....1 hr. PSYCH 1: Basic Psychological Science or BIO 170: Genetics ...... 4 hrs. PSYCH 2: Applied Psychological General Education or Electives ...... 3-6 hrs. Science...... 3 hrs. 15-18 hrs. •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. •HHP 15: Health and Wellness...... 2 hrs. General Education or Electives ...... 8-9 hrs. Business-Psychology 16-17 hrs. Major Second Year Sample Course Schedules Fall Semester A 100-Level Psychology Course...... 3 hrs. First Year •Mathematics Requirement...... 3-4 hrs. Fall Semester •Masterpieces of Literature ...... 3 hrs. PSYCH 1: Basic Psychological Science or General Education or Electives...... 6-7 hrs. PSYCH 2: Applied Psychological Science.....3 hrs. 15-17 hrs. ACCT 31: Principles of Accounting I ...... 3 hrs. Spring Semester •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar ...... 3 hrs. PSYCH 110: Psychological Statistics ...... 4 hrs. •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech ...... 3 hrs. A 100-Level Psychology Course...... 3 hrs. General Education Requirements...... 3-4 hrs. General Education or Electives...... 9-10 hrs. 15-16 hrs. 16-17 hrs. Spring Semester PSYCH 1: Basic Psychological Science or PSYCH 2: Applied Psychological Biopsychology Major Science...... 3 hrs. Sample Course Schedules ACCT 32: Principles of Accounting II...... 3 hrs. ECON 53: Macroeconomic Principles...... 3 hrs. First Year •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. Fall Semester General Education or Electives...... 3-4 hrs. PSYCH 1: Basic Psychological Science or 15-16 hrs. PSYCH 2: Applied Psychological Science.....3 hrs. Second Year BIO 50: General Biology of Plants ...... 4 hrs. Fall Semester CHEM 51: Chemical Principles...... 3 hrs. BUSAD 100: Principles of Management...... 3 hrs. CHEM 5lL: Chemical Principles Lab...... 1 hr. *PSYCH 160: Learning and Motivation...... 4 hrs. •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar ...... 3 hrs. •Masterpieces of Literature ...... 3 hrs. •COMM. 1: Fundamentals of Speech ...... 3 hrs. •Mathematics Requirement...... 3-4 hrs. 17 hrs. •HHP 15: Health and Wellness...... 2 hrs. Spring Semester 15-16 hrs. PSYCH 1: Basic Psychological Science or Spring Semester PSYCH 2: Applied Psychological Science.....3 hrs. *BUSAD 115: Marketing...... 3 hrs. CHEM 120: Organic Chemistry I...... 3 hrs. *PSYCH 140: Social Psychology...... 3 hrs. CHEM 120L: Organic Lab...... 1 hr. *PSYCH 170: Cognitive Psychology ...... 3 hrs. •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. *PSYCH 110: Psychological Statistics ...... 4 hrs. •HHP 15: Health and Wellness...... 2 hrs. General Education or Elective...... 3 hrs. •Mathematics Requirement...... 3-4 hrs. 16 hrs. 15-16 hrs.

*These courses may be taken during either the second or third year. •The above schedules are samples. There are other ways of attaining the same objectives. For example, the English Language and Writing and Fundamentals of Speech requirements must be completed during the first year, but they may be taken either semester. It is recommended that courses meeting the Masterpieces of Literature, Health and Wellness, and Mathematics requirements be scheduled during the first or second year. The Liberal Arts Seminar is a required first semester course. RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY 197 RELIGION AND Minors PHILOSOPHY Religion minor (18 hrs.) Religion 24 ...... 3 hrs. Religion 20, 21 and 120...... 9 hrs. Humanities Division Religion 131...... 3 hrs. Old Main 102 Theological studies course (200-level)...... 3 hrs. 402.465.2343 (Religion 226 or 227) Philosophy minor (18 hrs.) Faculty Philosophy electives ...... 18 hrs. Department Chair: Peter G. Heckman, Ph.D. Email: [email protected] Courses in Religion Full-Time: 20. Introduction to the Old Testament Rita M. Lester, Ph.D. 3 hours David B. Peabody, Ph.D. A survey of the contents of the Jewish Bible/ Christian Lisa A. Wilkinson, Ph.D. Old Testament. These texts will be studied as they developed within the unfolding history of the Hebrew people in relationship to other nations and cultures of the Part-Time: ancient Near East from about 1200 B.C.E. - 150 B.C.E. William M. Draper Finlaw III, Ph.D. Emphasis will be placed upon the literary, historical, and theological issues presented by these ancient texts. The methods, tools, and technical language of scholarly Degree research appropriate to the texts of the Bible will be introduced. Bachelor of Arts (Normally offered each fall semester.) 21. Introduction to the New Testament 3 hours Majors A survey of the contents of the Christian New Testament. These texts will be studied within the context of the unfolding history of the earliest Christian community as Religion major (B.A., 33 hrs.) it sought to relate to the Hellenistic-Jewish culture, Religion 20 ...... 3 hrs. which gave it birth. Emphasis will be placed upon the lit- Religion 21 or 99 ...... 3 hrs. erary, historical, and theological issues presented by Religion 24 ...... 3 hrs. these ancient texts. The methods, tools, and technical Religion 120 and 299 ...... 6 hrs. language of scholarly research appropriate to the texts Religion 131...... 3 hrs. of the Bible will be introduced. Religion 212 or 213...... 3 hrs. (Normally offered each spring semester.) Religion 224 and 225 ...... 6 hrs. Religion electives...... 6 hrs.

Philosophy major (B.A., 30 hrs.) Philosophy 101 and 102...... 6 hrs. Philosophy 201 ...... 3 hrs. Philosophy 202 ...... 3 hrs. Philosophy 203 ...... 3 hrs. Philosophy 298 ...... 3 hrs. Philosophy 299 ...... 3 hrs. Philosophy electives ...... 9 hrs. 198 RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY

24. Understanding Religion Zoroastrianism, Judaism, Christianity, Islam, Sikhism, and 3 hours Bahai. Readings, visitations to differing religious com- An inquiry into the meaning and function of religion munities, videos, and websites will help introduce and through a comparison of different religious traditions. illustrate not only the cultural settings in which these Students will gain an understanding of the religious religions appear, but also the voices and faces of con- experience through a comparative analysis of different temporary religious practitioners. religious practices. Students will discuss how the differ- (Normally offered each semester.) ent traditions understand the divine, worship, and scrip- ture. Emphasis will be placed on the development of the 123. Theology and Film students’ own perspective on religion and the ability to 3 hours express this perspective clearly and effectively. A discussion of various theological themes as portrayed “Understanding Religion: Jews and Christians” in classical and current films. Such topics as transcen- This course considers historical, comparative, and dence, suffering, evil, salvation, conscience and the methodological issues in the academic study of religion state, sin, savior figures, human meaning, and destiny by focusing on the scriptures and history of two differ- will provide the focal point for the character develop- ent religious traditions and how their theologies and ment, plot, and purpose in the films to be viewed. ethical systems originated and developed. “Understanding Religion: Greco-Romans and 125. Religion, Peace and Social Justice Christians” 3 hours This course considers historical, comparative, and This course explores religious responses to social justice methodological issues in the academic study of religion issues such as conflict, poverty, oppression, discrimina- by focusing on religious practice in Ancient Greece and tion, and the environment. Rome. “Understanding Religion: Christians and Muslims” 126. Religion and the Short Story This course considers historical, comparative, and 3 hours methodological issues in the academic study of religion An investigation of the major themes of theology in by focusing on the two different religious traditions that terms of classical and contemporary statements and the originated in the Middle East. contribution of short fiction to the discussion. It is a delib- erate attempt to understand theology through the disci- 98. New Testament Greek I pline of literature using short story writers and theolo- 3 hours gians from classical, modern, and contemporary periods. An introduction to the alphabet, the basic vocabulary, grammar, and elementary syntax of koine Greek, the 130. Women and Religion Greek used by the writers of the New Testament. The 3 hours course will focus on developing a reading knowledge of This course will examine the roles of women in religious koine Greek and sufficient skills in pronunciation so that traditions. Students will encounter scholarship on gen- Greek texts may be cited orally and discussed. der, religion, and feminist theology in different traditions. The primary focus of this course will be on the reli- 99. New Testament Greek II gious traditions of Judaism, Christianity, and Islam, 3 hours although other traditions and contemporary religious A continuation of Religion 98. More elements of Greek movements may be considered. syntax, the standard reference works, and the basic (Normally offered each fall semester.) methods for the study of the Greek New Testament will be introduced. Representative texts from the entire 131. Christian History Greek New Testament will be used for translation assign- 3 hours ments. This course is an examination of the Christian movement Prerequisite: Religion 98 or permission of the instructor. from its rise in the Apostolic Age through the ancient, medieval, Reformation, and modern periods. Attention 120. World Religions will be given to developments in theology, worship, and 3 hours church organization; the religious and cultural factors This course is a study of the cultural settings, lives of which shaped this development; and the relationship of founders when appropriate, oral or written traditions these developments to the history of Western civiliza- and literature, worldviews, myths, rituals, ideals of con- tion in general. duct, and development of some of the world’s religions. Following a brief examination of possible evidence of religious practice among pre-historic peoples, religions studied will typically include tribal religions, Hinduism, Jainism, Buddhism, Taoism, Confucianism, Shinto, RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY 199

134. Religious Diversity in the United States 196. Special Projects 3 hours 1, 2, or 3 hours Religion in the U.S. is vital and diverse and its study illu- Individualized study of the history, doctrine, or practice minates not only early American society, but also the of any of the world’s religions for beginning and inter- current pluralism within our contemporary culture. This mediate students in religion. The student and instructor course will introduce religious traditions in the U.S. will determine the scope and direction of the course. It through thematic, historical, denominational, and cul- may involve a reading program, a specific project relat- tural considerations. Though the Puritan roots of U.S. ed to the church and/or religious concerns, or a project religious history will be considered, this course empha- relating religion to other disciplines. Special projects sizes the variety and diversity of religious experiences in may not duplicate courses described in the catalog. the U.S., including Native American, Protestant, Catholic, Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. African-American, Judaism, Islamic, Hindu, and Buddhist traditions. 197. Intern Practicum 1, 2, or 3 hours 181. The World of Classical Greece The student is assigned 10 hours of work each week 3 hours dealing with youth, church school, administration, or This course will investigate English translations of the any area of a local church program assigned by the host great works of Greek literature. Students will become pastor and approved by the department coordinator. All familiar with the uniquely rich and influential world of interns must attend a weekly session to discuss the the- Classical Greece. ological, moral, and social implications of problems com- Offered as part of the Classics Department at the mon to their tasks. A student may repeat the course and University of Nebraska-Lincoln. earn a maximum of 3 hours credit. A student may also serve as an intern without registering for credit. 186. Literature of the Ancient East P/F only. 3 hours (Normally offered each semester.) This course will investigate literary works from ancient Mesopotamia, Canaan, and Egypt, seeking to under- 206. Religion and Science stand their culture and values. It will end with literature 3 hours from one of the founding documents of our own cul- An exploration of the making and discovery of meaning ture, the Hebrew Bible, to see how it was effected by the through the broad based disciplines of science and reli- surrounding culture. gion. Are these disciplines hostile, separate, convergent, Offered as part of the Classics Department at the or complementary? This course will examine diverse pos- University of Nebraska-Lincoln. sibilities of synthesis and relationship. Prerequisites: One course in philosophy or religion and 190. Selected Topics one course in science, or the instructor’s permission. 1, 2, or 3 hours A topical course designed to investigate any relevant 212. Life and Letters of Paul subject matter not included in the standard courses. The 3 hours title, content, and credit will be determined by current A study of Pauline literature, Paul’s interpretation of mutual interests of students and faculty. This course may Jesus, and his work as missionary to the Gentiles. Acts be offered to meet requirements for a major or minor and the Pauline Epistles are primary sources. Some con- only by approval of the department chair. temporary analyses of Pauline thought and its importance for the contemporary situation will be empha- 195. Independent Study sized. 1, 2, or 3 hours An examination of a particular topic selected by the 213. Life and Teachings of Jesus instructor and the student. This course is primarily 3 hours research oriented and serves to fill in gaps in the stu- A discussion of the sources used in the attempt to write dent’s academic program or to pursue topics not covered the life of Jesus. by the regular course offerings. Depending on the topic and the material available, it will be decided whether 221. Psychology of Religion one final paper, a series of papers, or a reading program See Psychology 221. is the format to be followed. The student may take this course no more than four times. Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor and approval of the department chair. 200 RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY

226. Christian Theology from the 296. Special Projects Enlightenment to the Mid-Twentieth Century 1, 2, or 3 hours 3 hours Supervised individual projects for advanced students in This course examines the beginnings of modern theolog- religion on topics selected by the student in consultation ical reflection, following the Reformation, and moves with the instructor. Special projects may not duplicate forward, following historical developments in Christian courses described in the catalog. theology, into the first half of the twentieth century. The Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. impact of the Enlightenment on theology characterizes the first third of the course. The rise of nineteenth cen- 299. Senior Thesis tury liberal theology and varied responses to it charac- 3 hours terize the second, while the last third of the course takes Every religion major is required to write a senior up neo-orthodoxy, process, and secular theologies. research paper dealing with a topic selected by the student in consultation with any member of the depart- 227. Religious Studies from the Mid-Twentieth ment. Century to the Present Prerequisites: Senior standing and approval of the 3 hours department chair. This course is an examination of movements in theology and religious studies from the mid-twentieth century to the present. Jewish, Catholic, and Protestant theologians and other contemporary scholars of religion will be con- Courses in Philosophy sidered. Topics to be covered will include theological responses to the Holocaust, the modern state of Israel, 10. Introduction to Philosophy the debate over the historical Jesus, liberation theolo- 3 hours gies, and the place of theological and religious scholar- An introduction to philosophical thinking by way of an ship in both the academy and society. examination of persistent philosophical questions raised by significant and representative voices in our (primarily 241. Women in the Biblical World Western) philosophical heritage. We will attempt to clar- 3 hours ify the meanings of such concepts as good and evil, right This course will examine the role and status of women as and wrong, justice, virtue, the beautiful, and the ugly. depicted in the Hebrew Bible and New Testament. We will attempt, further, to use this understanding to Students will focus on the stories and laws concerning evaluate our own philosophical views and those of our women that are found in the Bible as well as in extra- society. biblical materials. (Normally offered each semester.) Prerequisite: Junior standing. Offered as part of the Classics Department at the 101. Logic University of Nebraska-Lincoln. 3 hours An introduction to the principles of deductive argu- 290. Selected Topics ment. We will study informal fallacies, Aristotelian syllo- 1, 2, or 3 hours gistic logic, and modern symbolic logic through quantifi- A topical course designed to investigate any relevant cation theory. Along the way we will consider questions subject matter not included in the standard courses. The having to do with the relation between language and title, content, and credit will be determined by current logic and the philosophy of logic. mutual interests of students and faculty. This course may (Normally offered each spring semester.) be offered to meet requirements for a major or minor only by approval of the department chair. 102. Ethics 3 hours 295. Independent Study An introduction to moral philosophy. We will analyze 1, 2, or 3 hours the meanings of moral concepts such as virtue and vice, An examination of a particular topic selected by the good and evil, and moral obligation, and consider his- instructor and the student. This course is primarily torical attempts (mostly Western) to determine what, if research oriented and serves to fill in gaps in the stu- any, moral system is true. We will look at exemplification dent’s academic program or to pursue topics not covered of those concepts in fiction and movies, in historical by the regular course offerings. Depending on the topic events, and in our own lives. Our aim will be to sustain and the material available, it will be decided whether and strengthen our capacity for the making of moral one final paper, a series of papers, or a reading program decisions. is the format to be followed. The student may take this (Normally offered each fall semester.) course no more than four times. Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor and approval of the department chair. RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY 201

130. Philosophies of Race and Gender 202. History of Philosophy: From Descartes 3 hours through Nietzsche Most Americans have some understanding of how the 3 hours categories of race and gender influence our personal A study of significant and representative philosophers, and social identities. Yet many Americans also assume primarily Western, from the Renaissance to the twenti- that race and gender are “natural,” i.e., that we are eth century. We will begin with Descartes and move born into a certain race and naturally embody a certain through the Continental rationalists and the British sex. In this course, we will examine these assumptions by empiricists to Kant, Hegel and the early existentialists. reading, discussing, and critically assessing the arguments for and against the “naturalness” of race and 203. History of Philosophy: The 20th Century gender. We will consider how categories of race and and the Post-Moderns gender position us, historically and philosophically, as a 3 hours person of a certain “type” from whom certain behaviors A study of the evolution of philosophical thought, pri- are expected. We will look at socio-economic conditions marily Western, from Nietzsche’s pronouncement of the and philosophic positions that support or challenge death of God to Richard Rorty’s pronouncement of the racism, sexism, classism, segregation, and violence. death of philosophy.

190. Selected Topics 223. Aesthetics 1, 2, or 3 hours 3 hours A course designed to treat subject matter not covered in An inquiry into the nature of art, creativity, and aesthet- other departmental courses or to provide study of sub- ic experience. We will study representative topics and ject matter introduced in other courses. The title, con- figures in the history, primarily Western, of philosophical tent, and credit hours will be determined by current aesthetics and hope to enhance skills in critical thinking mutual interests of faculty and students. about art and its evaluation. We will attempt to draw connections between the aesthetic point of view and 195. Independent Study other ways of evaluating persons and the world. 1, 2, or 3 hours An examination of a particular topic selected by the 227. Feminist Theories instructor and the student. This course is primarily 3 hours research oriented and serves to fill in gaps in the stu- An exploration of the varieties of contemporary feminist dent’s academic program or to pursue topics not covered thought. We will examine the points of convergence by the regular course offerings. Depending on the topic among feminist philosophers but also attend seriously to and the material available, it will be decided whether the issues that divide them. Special consideration will be one final paper, a series of papers, or a reading program given to race, class, and diverse attitudes toward mar- is the format to be followed. The student may take this riage and reproduction. Having established that femi- course no more than four times. nism is not a single, homogeneous system, we will Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor and approval inquire as to whether this constitutes a flaw or a liberat- of the department chair. ing potential.

196. Special Projects 290. Selected Topics 1, 2, or 3 hours 1, 2, or 3 hours Supervised individual projects for students on topics A topical course designed to investigate any relevant selected by the student in consultation with the instruc- subject matter not included in the standard courses. The tor. Special projects may not duplicate courses described title, content, and credit will be determined by current in the catalog. mutual interests of students and faculty. This course may Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. be offered to meet requirements for a major or minor only by approval of the department chair. 201. History of Philosophy: From Thales to Descartes 295. Independent Study 3 hours 1, 2, or 3 hours An introduction to philosophical thinking by way of a An examination of a particular topic selected by the survey of significant historical figures and movements, instructor and the student. This course is primarily primarily in the West, beginning with the pre-Socratic research oriented and serves to fill in gaps in the stu- thinkers and moving from Plato and Aristotle through dent’s academic program or to pursue topics not covered representative medieval philosophers to the by the regular course offerings. Depending on the topic Renaissance. and the material available, it will be decided whether one final paper, a series of papers, or a reading program is the format to be followed. The student may take this course no more than four times. Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor and approval of the department chair. 202 RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY

296. Special Projects 299. Senior Thesis 1, 2, or 3 hours 3 hours Supervised individual projects for students on topics A semester-long project for philosophy majors involving selected by the student in consultation with the instruc- a study of some philosopher or philosophical problem or tor. Special projects may not duplicate courses described movement and a paper submitting the results. The stu- in the catalog. dent will present an oral defense of the thesis to mem- Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. bers of the department and, usually, nondepartmental readers. 298. Seminar in Philosophy (Normally offered each semester.) 3 hours An advanced course in which special philosophical problems or particular philosophers or certain philosophical movements are selected for study. The subject matters for the course will be determined by a configuration of student and faculty interest. Topics may include: problems in political philosophy, philosophy in the Americas, issues in the philosophy of religion, issues in the philosophy of science, existentialism and phenomenology, Aristotle, Nietzsche, the life and death of Western epis- temology and Holocaust studies. May be repeated with permission of the instructor. Prerequisite: Junior standing or permission of the instructor.

Religion and Philosophy Majors Sample Course Schedules

First Year Fall Semester An Introductory Religion or Philosophy Course...... 3 hrs. •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar ...... 3 hrs. •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech ...... 3 hrs. General Education or Electives ...... 6-7 hrs. 15-16 hrs. Spring Semester A Religion or Philosophy Course ...... 3 hrs. •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. General Education or Electives...... 9-10 hrs. 15-16 hrs.

ogy and including one course in statistics. The program SOCIOLOGY- must be approved by the department chair.

ANTHROPOLOGY- Social Work major (B.A. or B.S., 71-72 hrs.) SOCIAL WORK The social work major is designed to prepare graduates for beginning professional practice. Sociology and Anthropology: Social Sciences Division Social Work: Professional Division Social Work 15...... 3 hrs. Smith-Curtis Classroom-Administration Building 140 Social Work 120...... 3 hrs. 402.465.2296 Social Work 127...... 3 hrs. Social Work 128...... 3 hrs. Social Work 206...... 3 hrs. Faculty Social Work 209...... 3 hrs. Social Work 210...... 3 hrs. Department Chair: Social Work 297...... 9 hrs. Ellen B. Dubas, Ph.D. Social Work electives...... 7 hrs. Email: [email protected] Sociology 3 or 4 ...... 3 hrs. Sociology 120 or 234...... 3 hrs. Sociology 116, 150 or Full-Time: Anthropology 154...... 3 hrs. Lisa M. Borchardt, M.S.W., L.C.S.W. Sociology 236 and 237...... 6 hrs. Joan Gettert Gilbreth, Ph.D. Sociology 242...... 3 hrs. David L. Iaquinta, Ph.D. Sociology or Social Work 299...... 3 hrs. Jeffrey A. Mohr, M.S.W., L.C.S.W. Biology 1 ...... 4 hrs. Gregory J. Rosenbaum, M.A. Psychology 2 ...... 3 hrs. Sociology, Economics or Part-Time: Psychology 110 ...... 3-4 hrs. Political Science 1 ...... 3 hrs. John C. McQuinn, J.D. James E. Perry, J.D. For the Bachelor of Arts degree in social work, a min- Jose Soto, J.D. imum of 15 hours of a modern foreign language is Sheila Dorsey Vinton, M.A. required in addition to the requirement for the Bachelor of Science in social work. (Spanish is highly recommended.) Degrees Application to the social work program may be made during the sophomore year by contacting the director. Bachelor of Arts Admission requires a minimum grade point average of Bachelor of Science 2.00 overall. Declaration of a social work major does not guarantee acceptance into candidacy status. Only accepted candidates may enroll in Social Work 297. Candidacy (usual- Majors ly during the junior year) requires a grade of “C+” or better in all social work courses, a 2.00 overall grade point average, 60 hours of approved volunteer work, Sociology-Anthropology major and an interview before the Social Work Executive (B.A. or B.S., 36 hrs.) Council. The social work program at Nebraska Wesleyan Sociology 3...... 3 hrs. University complies with the standards of and is fully Sociology 236 and 237...... 6 hrs. accredited by the Council on Social Work Education Sociology 242...... 3 hrs. (C.S.W.E.). Anthropology 50 or 151...... 3 hrs. Sociology 299 or Anthropology 299...... 3 hrs. Sociology and/or anthropology electives....18 hrs. (6 hours must be upper level)

For the Bachelor of Arts degree, students must complete a supporting program of 20 hours from departments in the Humanities Division or complete a minor in a department of the Humanities Division. For the Bachelor of Science degree, students must complete a supporting program of 20 hours (or a minor) selected from disciplines related to sociology-anthropol- 204 SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY-SOCIAL WORK

Business-Sociology major Environmental Studies minor (B.S., 57 hrs.) (19-21 hrs.) Sociology 3, 4 and 115...... 9 hrs. Natural Science 30 or Chemistry 10...... 4 hrs. Sociology 206 and 223...... 6 hrs. Sociology 227 or 234...... 3 hrs. Sociology 115...... 3 hrs. Sociology 236, 237 and 242...... 9 hrs. Take at least two courses from:...... 6-7 hrs. Sociology 299...... 3 hrs. Biology 250 (4 hrs.) Sociology, Business Administration or Economics 215 (3 hrs.) Economics 110 ...... 3 hrs. Sociology 215 (3 hrs.) Accounting 31 ...... 3 hrs. Electives - Business Administration 100 ...... 3 hrs. at least two courses from:...... 6-7 hrs. Business Administration 231 and 235 ...... 6 hrs. Anthropology 151 or 50 (3 hrs.) Business Administration 248 or 297 ...... 3 hrs. Biology 250 (4 hrs.) Business Administration 211 or 225 ...... 3 hrs. Economics 215 (3 hrs.) Economics 53 or 54 ...... 3 hrs. Physics 54 (3 hrs.) Political Science 109 or Sociology 215...... 3 hrs. Sociology 215 (3 hrs.) Additional Requirements: • A student must have at least two courses each from Minors natural/physical sciences and social sciences. • No student may count more than two courses in the minor towards any specific major. Sociology-Anthropology minor (18 hrs.) Family Studies minor (18 hrs.) Sociology 3...... 3 hrs. Required Courses...... 6 hrs. Sociology 236 or 237*...... 3 hrs. Sociology 3 (3 hrs.) Sociology 242...... 3 hrs. Sociology 120 (3 hrs.) Anthropology 151...... 3 hrs. Sociology/anthropology electives...... 6 hrs. Select courses from ...... 12 hrs. *A student may substitute any other 100 or 200 level English 101 Masterpieces: Families (3 hrs.) sociology or anthropology course if he/she has taken Communication 040 (3 hrs.) Psychology 111. Sociology 115 (3 hrs.) Psychology 130 (3 hrs.) Communication 145 (3 hrs.) Criminal Justice minor (18 hrs.) Sociology 222 (3 hrs.) Sociology 3...... 3 hrs. Social Work 235 (3 hrs.) Criminal Justice 101 ...... 3 hrs. Criminal Justice 211 ...... 3 hrs. *Student must take courses from at least three dif- Criminal Justice electives ...... 9 hrs. ferent disciplines. Note that Psychology 130 has pre- (Up to 9 hours of criminal justice requisite of Psychology 002 and Sociology 222 has courses can be transferred with prerequisite of Sociology 003. approval of the department chair.)

American Minority Studies minor (18 hrs.) Sociology 3...... 3 hrs. Sociology 116...... 3 hrs. Sociology 216*...... 3 hrs. Select from three different areas of study...... 9 hrs. African-American Studies (History 154) Hispanic/Latino Studies (Sociology 150) Native American Studies (Anthropology 154 or History 156) Humanities (English 180, Music 140 or Communication 50) *Prerequisite: 12 hours of minor completed or approval of instructor. SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY-SOCIAL WORK 205

120. Sociology of the Family Courses in Sociology 3 hours An analysis of various interrelationships of man and 3. Introduction to Sociology woman with emphasis on love, courtship, marriage, and 3 hours family. Institutional, social, and legal perspectives are This introductory course presents the basic processes of presented in a cross-cultural and historical frame of ref- human interaction in everyday life while introducing erence to elucidate the dynamic relationship between students to the theories and methods governing social the family, its members, and broader U.S. society. inquiry. The sociological perspective is used to study the (Normally offered each semester.) impact of the forces of culture, socialization, social stratification, race, gender, and population on human 150. Hispanics and Latinos in U.S. Society thoughts and actions. 3 hours (Normally offered each semester.) This course is designed to introduce students to the diverse relationships between minority groups of 4. Social Problems Spanish speaking ancestry and U.S. society. Mexican- 3 hours American experiences will be featured along with the By studying the interconnections between social struc- topics of immigration and bilingualism. The course will ture, social forces, and societal problems, students learn also cover the contributions and experiences of Cuban to apply the sociological perspective to analyze and Americans, Puerto Ricans, and people of Central and understand selected social problems in the United South American ancestry. States. A primary objective is to show that the social (Normally offered each fall semester.) forces which produce institutional arrangements and social problems operate to shape students’ own views of 190. Selected Topics those arrangements and problems. Strong emphasis is 1, 2, or 3 hours placed on the relationship between culture and social A course designed to treat subject matter not covered in inequality and the various social problems under study. other departmental courses or to provide study of sub- (Normally offered each year.) ject matter introduced in other courses. The title, content, and credit hours will be determined by current 110. Social Statistics mutual interests of faculty and students. 3 hours An introduction to descriptive and inferential statistics 206. Group Dynamics and their applications to sociological and social work 3 hours research. Statistical procedures include central tendency This course introduces students to the basic principles of measures, variability, I-test, one-way ANOVA, correla- small group structure and interaction. Topics such as tion, univariate regression, and chi square. The course goals, cohesiveness, communication, conflict, and lead- also includes specific emphasis on probability, hypothesis ership will be investigated. testing, data presentation, and computer analysis of Prerequisite: Sociology 3. data using existing standard packages such as SPSS and (Normally offered each spring semester.) MicroCase. Prerequisite: Sociology 3 or 4. 211. Crime and Delinquency (Normally offered each spring semester.) 3 hours An examination of contemporary problems in crime and 115. Population, Resources, and Environment delinquency with emphasis upon the theories of deviant 3 hours behavior and correction. Cross listed with Criminal An examination of population in its demographic, Justice 211. dynamic, and social aspects. The course also examines Prerequisites: Criminal Justice 101 and Sociology 3 or 4. the problems associated with the interaction between (Normally offered each fall semester.) populations and the environment. Strong cross-cultural emphasis. 213. Correction and Penology (Normally offered each spring semester.) 3 hours Analysis of the history, theory, structure, and function of 116. Race Relations and Minority Groups contemporary penal institutions. Cross listed with 3 hours Criminal Justice 213. An analysis of the characteristics and problems of racial Prerequisites: Criminal Justice 101 and Sociology 3 or 4. and minority groups with special emphasis on the (Normally offered every third spring.) themes of prejudice and discrimination. This course focuses primarily on race relations and minority experiences in the United States. (Normally offered each semester.) 206 SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY-SOCIAL WORK

215. Environmental Sociology and Social 227. Social Stratification Impact Assessment 3 hours 3 hours This is an advanced level sociology course that uses the This course will identify and explore problems that arise basic concepts, theories, and principles of sociology to specifically because of the impacts of human beings on analyze social inequality and its consequences in society. the environment, and impacts of the environment on Emphasis is placed on the American class system and its human activity. The course will focus especially on social consequences as they pertain to wealth, poverty, and impact as a method systematically identifying the effects social mobility. A section of the course will focus on the of both development and decline of communities as a analysis of global inequality. consequence of changes in resource exploitation. Prerequisite: Sociology 3 or 4. Prerequisite: Sociology 3 or 115. (Normally offered alternate years.) (Normally offered alternate years.) 230. Social Change and Social Movements 216. Seminar: Racial-Ethnic Experiences 3 hours 3 hours This course examines the processes of social change from Intended as a capstone course for students minoring in a sociological perspective. In particular, it looks at the American minority studies, this seminar assumes signifi- origins, dynamics, and consequences of social move- cant prior knowledge and interest on the part of the stu- ments such as the labor movement, civil rights, femi- dent. It features experiential learning and strong stu- nism, gay rights, and the environmental movement. dent involvement focused on the meaning and signifi- Social movements emphasized vary with instructor. cance of race and ethnicity. Responsibility for classroom Prerequisite: Sociology 3 or 4. activity will be shared by students and instructor. The (Normally offered alternate years.) course also requires field experience in the community. Topics covered include stratification, family structure, 234. Community in Urban Society subcultural variation, religion, heritage, social psycholo- 3 hours gy, interpersonal communication, and conflict resolu- An examination of urban communities and societies and tion. their historical roots. The course also examines demo- Prerequisites: Sociology 3 and 116 or approval of the graphic and ecological trends, cross-cultural variations, instructor. and current theories about urban processes and commu- (Normally offered alternate years.) nity in order to foster an understanding of this dominant form of human social organization. 222. Sociology of Gender Prerequisite: Sociology 3 or 4. 3 hours (Normally offered alternate years.) This course explores sex and gender relations as major features of social life; it considers the social construction 236. Research Methods in Social Science I of gender and examines the impact of gender ideologies 3 hours on the social positions of women and men. In particular, Analysis of methods and techniques used in sociological it emphasizes the inequality of women’s social positions and social work research and their relationships with in modern societies, and the embedded gender inequal- theory and research design. Course content emphasizes ity in social institutions. survey research, questionnaire construction, experimen- Prerequisite: Sociology 3 or 4. tal design, use of statistics, secondary analysis, and eval- (Normally offered alternate years.) uation research. Prerequisite: Sociology 3. 223. Sociology of Work (Normally offered each fall semester.) 3 hours This course is a sociological exploration of the structure 237. Research Methods in Social Science II and function of the world of work. It includes an empha- 3 hours sis on the changing structure of the economy, the nature Introduction to research methods used in sociological, of work groups, the problems of labor/management anthropological, and social work research. Course con- relations, and gender inequality in the workforce. tent includes ethnomethodology, observation, partici- Prerequisite: Sociology 3 or 4. pant observation, in-depth interviewing, content analy- (Normally offered alternate years.) sis, case study, and single-subject research design. Prerequisite: Sociology 3 or 4. (Normally offered each spring semester.) SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY-SOCIAL WORK 207

242. Sociological Theory 154. Native American Cultures 3 hours 3 hours This course is an analysis of the major theoretical per- This course examines a wide range of Native American spectives of classical and contemporary sociological the- cultures. It includes an exploration of cultures before ory. It is oriented toward the understanding, application, contact by European populations and contemporary and continued development of these theoretical per- issues facing both reservation and urban Native spectives. American populations. Prerequisite: Sociology 3. (Normally offered alternate years.) (Normally offered each semester.) 155. Sub-Sahara African Cultures 291. Independent Advanced Readings 3 hours 3 hours This course examines selected cultures from Sub-Sahara Intensive readings in the discipline. Africa with careful attention to culture formation before contact with European culture as well as the 296. Special Projects effects of colonization and the effects of increases in 1, 2, or 3 hours technology. Supervised individual projects in conjunction with (Normally offered alternate years.) departmental research and student interest. Special projects may not duplicate courses described in the cat- 156. Asian Cultures alog. 3 hours Prerequisite: Approval of the instructor. This course examines selected Asian cultures from an anthropological perspective, including the effects of 297. Directed Field Work stratification and culture change. It provides a general 3-6 hours survey of prehistoric cultures as well as some of the Supervised field work and study in conjunction with an issues related to Western expansion in Asia. institution. May be repeated for a maximum of 6 credit (Normally offered alternate years.) hours. Prerequisite: Approval of the instructorr. 158. Cultures and Economics of Europe 3 hours 299. Senior Thesis This course is designed to examine Europe as a culture 3 hours area. Specific emphasis will be on class systems, peas- Independent field research required for all majors. antry, contemporary life, and tradition and change. Prerequisites: Sociology 236, 237, 242 and approval of Although there are clearly differences among European the instructor. cultures, they also share common roots in the feudal system. It will also study romance language formation and the drive for the contemporary European economic community. Courses in Anthropology (Normally offered alternate years.)

50. Introduction to Anthropology 162. Political Anthropology 3 hours 3 hours An introduction to human biological evolution, prehis- This course will be an examination of the relationships toric cultural development and nature, and significance between population density and the formation of polit- of race differences. ical structures. It will also study contemporary peoples in Africa, India, and the Near East. It will set the stage for a 151. Cultural Anthropology discussion of some of the current political difficulties 3 hours that traditional peoples face in their interactions with This course reviews the origin and development of cul- Western cultures from the United States and Europe. ture in preliterate human societies. It focuses on the (Normally offered alternate years.) major social institutions of family, economics, political organization, and religion. 163. Anthropology of Religion (Normally offered each semester.) 3 hours This course summarizes anthropological theories on reli- 153. Latin American Cultures gious systems and ritual systems. It will also examine rela- 3 hours tionships between religious systems, population density, This course deals with Latin American cultures from an and environment in pre-industrial societies. anthropological perspective. It will cover stratification Ethnographic studies from pre-industrial Europe, the and its effects on indigenous populations and contem- Near East, Polynesia, and Asia will be included. porary cultures, and the effects of culture change on (Normally offered alternate years.) them. (Normally offered alternate years.) 208 SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY-SOCIAL WORK

190. Selected Topics 1, 2, or 3 hours Courses in Social Work A course designed to treat subject matter not covered in other departmental courses or to provide study of sub- 15. Introduction to Social Work ject matter introduced in other courses. The title, con- 3 hours tent, and credit hours will be determined by current Survey of the field of professional social work, including mutual interests of faculty and students. the roles, philosophy, values, skills, and knowledge base needed. Areas of practice and career expectations are 261. Economic Anthropology explained and agencies visited. 3 hours (Normally offered each fall semester.) This course examines the relationships between economic and environmental forces in pre-industrial soci- 120. Social Welfare Policy, Services, and eties. Many contemporary pre-industrial societies are Delivery Systems still struggling with issues centering around Communism 3 hours and Capitalism. This course will trace some of those This course studies the historical development of social issues to their origin and point out potential scenarios welfare policies, services, and institutions and addresses for contemporary non-Western societies. African, Latin contemporary policy and service delivery. The social, American, and Polynesian cultures will be the focus of political, and value systems that create policies are stud- this course. ied. A systems perspective focuses on the relationship Prerequisite: Anthropology 151 or permission of the between policy, services, and institutions at the local, instructor. state, and federal levels. International perspectives on social policy are discussed for comparative purposes. 291. Independent Advanced Readings Primary areas of focus are public welfare, aging, and 3 hours mental health. Policy implementation and change are Intensive readings in the discipline. discussed. (Normally offered each spring semester.) 292. Field Studies: A Foreign Culture 3 hours 127. Human Behavior and the Social An opportunity for students to learn from direct expe- Environment I rience and personal interaction guided by lectures in the 3 hours field and selected readings. Students will be guided to A course to synthesize and examine the body of knowl- formulate and carry out specific research and/or estab- edge concerning how the individual, group, family, and lish constructive relationships with the subjects. community systems interrelate with each other and the Prerequisites: Sociology 3 and Anthropology 151 or larger social context from the lifespan stages of birth approval of the instructor. through early adulthood. Content will be drawn from the biological, psychological, sociological, eco-political, 293. Field Studies: Native American Life and cultural-environmental systems. The importance of 3 hours professional ethics in the assessment process is also See Anthropology 292. examined. (Normally offered each fall semester.) 296. Special Projects 1, 2, or 3 hours 128. Human Behavior and the Social Supervised individual projects in conjunction with Environment II departmental research and student interest. Special 3 hours projects may not duplicate courses described in the cat- A course to synthesize and examine the body of knowl- alog. edge concerning how the individual, group, family, and Prerequisite: Approval of the instructor. community systems interrelate with each other and the larger social context from the lifespan stages of middle adulthood through aging and death. Content will be 299. Senior Thesis drawn from the biological, psychological, sociological, 3 hours eco-political, and cultural-environmental systems. The Independent field research required for all majors. importance of professional ethics in the assessment Prerequisites: Anthropology 162, Sociology 236, 242 and process is also examined. approval of the instructor. (Normally offered each spring semester.)

190. Selected Topics 1, 2 or 3 hours A course designed to treat subject matter not covered in other departmental courses or to provide study of subject matter introduced in other courses. The title, content, and credit hours will be determined by current mutual interests of faculty and students. SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY-SOCIAL WORK 209

197. Field Experience 235. Family Violence 1 or 2 hours 3 hours Supervised actual observation and care of people who This course provides a knowledge base in the types of have problems in living. violence experienced by individuals, and how to inter- Prerequisite: Approval of the social work program vene with individuals, couples, and families who experi- director. ence violence across the lifespan. The implementation of generalist intervention skills, family systems theory, and 206. Systems of Group Work the understanding of how external systems affect fami- 3 hours ly functioning and the individuals within it will be dis- This course provides an understanding of the theoretical cussed and practiced. The influence of societal “isms” as underpinnings as well as the practical applications of well as race, gender, sexual orientation, organizations, group work as a vehicle for social work. It also explores and communities are integrated throughout the course. how and why groups function and develop skills and techniques of membership and leadership. 245. Social Work in Health Care Prerequisites: Sociology 3 or 4 and Social Work 120 or 3 hours permission of the social work program director. The course surveys the field of social work in the health (Normally offered each spring semester.) care arena. A generalist social work perspective will be used to address the social work roles of assessment, 209. Macro Social Work Methods: Community intervention, advocacy, and policy analysis in the health Organization Planning and Administration care environment. Social work roles at the individual, 3 hours group, and organizational/community levels will be An introductory course to the administration and plan- addressed. ning of social service organizations. Major emphasis Prerequisites: Social Work 15 and junior standing or per- upon community, organization, and legislative analysis; mission of the social work program director. management skills; program planning; and evaluation. (Normally offered alternate years.) A practice-oriented course including simulations, in-class projects, volunteer experience, and personal introspec- 291. Independent Advanced Readings tion. 3 hours Prerequisite: Social Work 120 or permission of the social Intensive readings in the discipline. work program director. (Normally offered each spring semester.) 296. Special Projects 1, 2, or 3 hours 210. Micro Social Work Methods: Individuals Supervised individual projects in conjunction with and Families departmental research and student interest. Special 3 hours projects may not duplicate courses described in the cat- Emphasis on social work theory and practice skills. Study alog. of communication patterns, empathic response and Prerequisite: Approval of the social work program assessment of client situations. Experiential learning director. through role playing, observation, and discussion. Prerequisite: Social Work 127 or permission of the social 297. Directed Field Work work program director. 1-9 hours (Normally offered each fall semester.) Supervised learning experiences in selected social work agencies. This experience introduces a variety of social 225. Strengthening Troubled Individuals, work practice roles and enables the student to apply Families and Communities social work knowledge, skills, and values in a real prac- 3 hours tice situation. May be taken as a block placement for 9 This course is designed to introduce students to the fun- credit hours or as a concurrent placement over two damentals of strengths perspective theory, assessment, semesters for a total of 9 credit hours. and intervention with individuals, families, and commu- Prerequisites: Social Work 210 and approved candidacy. nities. Students are also introduced to concepts from related solution-oriented intervention approaches. 299. Senior Thesis Strategies and techniques for structuring the helping 3 hours process in a way that maximizes client self-determina- Independent field research required for all majors. tion and the probability of successful goal attainment Prerequisites: Sociology 236, 237, 242 and approval of will be emphasized. the instructor. Prerequisites: Social Work 15 and junior standing or permission of the social work program director. (Normally offered alternate years.) 210 SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY-SOCIAL WORK

297. Directed Field Work Courses in Criminal 4-8 hours Justice Supervised field work and study in a criminal justice institution. May be repeated for a maximum of 8 credit hours. 101. Introduction to Criminal Justice Prerequisites: Minor in criminal justice and approval of 3 hours instructor. A survey course providing an overall view of the criminal justice system, the law, law enforcement, the courts, and corrections. (Normally offered each fall semester.)

110. Police and Community 3 hours The analysis of the structure-function of law enforcement and the dilemma confronting the police in relation with the community. Prerequisites: Criminal Justice 101 and Sociology 3 or 4. (Normally offered each fall semester.)

190. Selected Topics 1, 2, or 3 hours A course designed to treat subject matter not covered in other departmental courses or to provide study of subject matter introduced in other courses. The title, content, and credit hours will be determined by current mutual interests of faculty and students.

201. Criminal Law 3 hours Survey of criminal law with emphasis on basic legal procedure developed by the courts and legal problems of law enforcement. Prerequisites: Criminal Justice 101 and Sociology 3 or 4. (Normally offered every third spring.)

211. Crime and Delinquency 3 hours An examination of contemporary problems in crime and delinquency with emphasis upon the theories of deviant behavior and correction. Cross listed with Sociology 211. Prerequisites: Criminal Justice 101 and Sociology 3 or 4. (Normally offered each fall semester.)

213. Correction and Penology 3 hours Analysis of the history, theory, structure, and function of contemporary penal institutions. Cross listed with Sociology 213. Prerequisites: Criminal Justice 101 and Sociology 3 or 4. (Normally offered every third spring.)

296. Special Projects 1, 2, or 3 hours Supervised individual projects in conjunction with departmental research and student interest. Special projects may not duplicate courses described in the catalog. Prerequisite: Approval of the instructor. SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY-SOCIAL WORK 211

Spring Semester Sociology-Anthropology SOCWK 120: Soc Welfare Policy, Major Services and Delivery Systems ...... 3 hrs. SOC 120: Sociology of the Family or Sample Course Schedules SOC 234: Community in Urban Society...3 hrs. SOC 110: Statistics ...... 3 hrs. First Year General Education or Electives ...... 3 hrs. Fall Semester Social Work 128: Human Behavior SOC 3: Intro to Sociology...... 3 hrs. and the Social Environment II...... 3 hrs. •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar ...... 3 hrs. 15 hrs. •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. General Education or Electives ...... 6-7 hrs. 15-16 hrs. Business-Sociology Major Spring Semester Sample Course Schedules SOC 4: Social Problems ...... 3 hrs. ANTHR 151: Cultural Anthropology...... 3 hrs. First Year •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech ...... 3 hrs. Fall Semester •HHP 15: Health and Wellness...... 2 hrs. SOC 3: Intro to Sociology...... 3 hrs. General Education or Electives ...... 4-6 hrs. •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar ...... 3 hrs. 15-17 hrs. •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. ACCT 31: Accounting I ...... 3 hrs. General Education or Electives ...... 3 hrs. Social Work Major 15 hrs. Sample Course Schedules Spring Semester SOC 4: Social Problems (recommended) ...... 3 hrs. First Year •COMM 1: Fund of Speech...... 3 hrs. Fall Semester ECON 53 or 54: Micro or SOCWK 15: Intro to Social Work ...... 3 hrs. Macro Econ Principles...... 3 hrs. •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar ...... 3 hrs. ACCT 32: Accounting II ...... 3 hrs. •ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. •HHP: Health and Wellness...... 2 hrs. POLSC 1: U.S. Government ...... 3 hrs. General Ed Courses ...... 3 hrs. General Education or Electives ...... 3-4 hrs. 17 hrs. 15-16 hrs. Second Year Spring Semester Fall Semester SOC 4: Social Problems or SOC 116: Race Relations ...... 3 hrs. SOC 3: Introduction to Sociology ...... 3 hrs. BUSAD 211 or 225...... 3 hrs. SOCWK 15: Introduction to Social Work ...... 3 hrs. General Education Electives...... 3-6 hrs. •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech ...... 3 hrs. •Masterpieces of Literature ...... 3 hrs. •Masterpieces of Literature ...... 3 hrs. BUSAD 100: Management...... 3 hrs. •HHP 15: Health and Wellness...... 2 hrs. 15-18 hrs. PSYCH 2: Applied Psychological Science ...... 3 hrs. 17 hrs. Spring Semester SOC 115: Population ...... 3 hrs. Second Year BUSAD 231: Human Resource Management...... 3 hrs. Fall Semester POLSC 109: Public Policy ...... 3 hrs. SOCWK 127: Human Behavior and the SOC or ECON 110: Statistics...... 3 hrs. Social Environment ...... 3 hrs. •Mathematics Requirement...... 3-4 hrs. SOC 116: Race Relations & Minority Groups 15-16 hrs. or ANTHR 154: Native American Cultures or SOC 150: Hispanics and Latinos...... 3 hrs. General Education electives ...... 3 hrs. •Mathematics Requirement...... 3-4 hrs. BIO 1: Perspectives in Biological Sciences .....4 hrs. 16-17 hrs.

English 240 (3 hrs.) WOMEN’S History 131 (3 hrs.) History 137 (3 hrs.) History 251 (3 hrs.) STUDIES History 252 (3 hrs.) An Interdisciplinary Program History 255 (3 hrs.) Music 160 (3 hrs.) Nursing 204 (3 hrs.) Program Coordinator: Philosophy 227 (3 hrs.) C. Gerise Herndon, Ph.D. (English) Political Science 170 (3 hrs.) Email: [email protected] Religion 130 (3 hrs.) Sociology 222 (3 hrs.) Faculty Teaching in the Program: Women’s Studies 196 or 296 (1-3 hrs.) Mary Beth Ahlum, Ph.D. (Psychology) Women’s Studies 197 or 297(1-3 hrs.) Lisa M. Borchardt, M.S.W. (Social Work) Women's Studies 160 (3 hrs.) Jay Scott Chipman, Ph.D. (Theatre Arts) Women’s Studies 204 (3 hrs.) Kelly E. Eaton, Ph.D. (Political Science) Gender Focused Courses ...... 6 hrs. Maxine Fawcett-Yeske, Ph.D. (Music) Select two courses from the following: Peter G. Heckman, Ph.D. (Philosophy) Communication 250 (3 hrs.) Wende Heckert, M.S.N., M.F.S. (Nursing) English 101: Coming of Age or Sexualities (3 hrs.) Sarah A. Kelen, Ph.D. (English) Philosophy/Women’s Studies 130 (3 hrs.) Elaine M. Kruse, Ph.D. (History) Psychology 125 (3 hrs.) Rita M. Lester, Ph.D. (Religion) Social Work 235 (3 hrs.) Sandra Mathews, Ph.D. (History) Theatre 170 (3 hrs.) Robert C. Oberst, Ph.D. (Political Science) Theatre 200: Performance of Gender Rachel M. Pokora, Ph.D. (Communication) topic only (3 hrs.) Lisa A. Wilkinson, Ph.D. (Philosophy) Women's Studies 131 (3 hrs.) Meghan K. Winchell, Ph.D. (History) Women’s Studies 170 (3 hrs.) Women's Studies 227 (3 hrs.) The study of women, gender, and feminist scholar- Women's Studies 235 (3 hrs.) ship is an interdisciplinary field that draws upon research Additional courses and appropriate selected topics in the humanities, the social sciences, the natural sci- courses may be included in the minor with the ences, the arts, and professional education. Women’s approval of the Women’s Studies Committee. Studies courses encourage both male and female stu- Research Methods requirement ...... 3-5 hrs. dents to make strong personal connections between Select one course from the following: classroom material and their own experience. Through Communication 150: Research Methods (3 hrs.) applying feminist theories to their own lives, students English 298: Ways of Reading: Theory & learn, interpret, and evaluate various cultural phenome- Practice (3 hrs.) na, using a broad range of criteria, including gender, History 100: Theory & Method (3 hrs.) ethnicity, race, class, age, and sexual orientation. Nursing 236: Introduction to Nursing Research (4 hrs.) Political Science 100 and 200: Introduction Degrees to Statistics and SPSS; Research Methods in Polical Science (5 hrs.) Bachelor of Arts (corequisites) Psychology 111: Research Methods (4 hrs.) Bachelor of Science Sociology 236: Research Methods in Social Science I (3 hrs.) Sociology 237: Research Methods in Social Majors Science II (3 hrs.) or an approved research methods class. *Note: A major must complete a minimum of 12 Women’s Studies major (B.A. or hours from upper-level (200-299) courses. B.S., 33-35 hrs.) Core requirements ...... 12 hrs. Women’s Studies 90 (3 hrs.) Philosophy 227 (3 hrs.) Psychology 120 (3 hrs.) Women’s Studies 299 (3 hrs.) Woman Focused Courses ...... 12 hrs. Select courses from the following; three different disciplines must be represented: WOMEN’S STUDIES 213

190. Selected Topics Minor 1, 2, or 3 hours A course designed to treat subject matter not covered in Women’s Studies minor (15 hrs.) other courses or to provide advanced study of subject matter introduced in other courses. The title, content, The study of women, gender, and feminist scholar- and credit hours will be determined by current mutual ship is an interdisciplinary field that draws upon research interests of women’s studies faculty and students. in the humanities, the social sciences, the natural sci- Prerequisites: Women’s Studies 90, plus additional ences, the arts, and professional education. The minor in requirements as may be determined by the instructor. women’s studies requires at least 15 credit hours in courses that are primarily concerned with women’s issues. 196. Women’s Studies Special Projects Women’s Studies 90 ...... 3 hrs. 1, 2, or 3 hours Electives...... 12 hrs. An opportunity for a student to engage in an individu- Minimum of 3 hours from two different depart- ally arranged project supervised by a women’s studies ments. faculty member. Special projects may not duplicate Choose courses from the list of Woman Focused courses described in the catalog. Courses or Gender Focused Courses under the P/F only. Women’s Studies major. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Additional courses and appropriate selected topics courses may be included in the minor with the 197. Women’s Studies Practicum approval of the Women’s Studies Coordinator. 1, 2, or 3 hours A supervised, experiential learning opportunity in which the student is assigned to an agency dealing with women’s concerns. Students prepare weekly written Courses reports and a summary paper at the close of the semester. All students enrolled in the practicum will meet reg- 90. Introduction to Women’s Studies ularly with the faculty coordinator to discuss their 3 hours practicum activities and their relevance to women’s This course serves as an introduction to feminist theory studies. and the study of women’s experience from biological, P/F only. social, political, psychological, and historical perspec- Prerequisite or corequisite: Women’s Studies 90. tives. The students will consider images of women in various media compared to the realities of women’s lives. 204. Women’s Health: Global Perspective Special attention will be given to the differences in See Nursing 204. women’s and men's lives due to race, class, and ethnicity. Field work addresses the problems women confront 227. Feminist Theories in U.S. society such as rape, incest, abuse, poverty, and See Philosophy 227. discrimination. (Normally offered each spring semester.) 235. Family Violence See Social Work 235. 130. Philosophies of Race and Gender See Philosophy 130. 240. Women Writing Across Cultures See English 240. 131. Women in Western Culture See History 131. 241. Women in the Biblical World See Religion 241. 137. History of Women in the United States See History 137. 250. Communication and Gender See Communication 250. 160. Music of Women Composers See Music 160. 295. Independent Study 1, 2, or 3 hours 170. Gender and the Art of Film An opportunity for a student to engage in an individu- See Theatre 170. ally arranged research project supervised by a member of the women’s studies faculty. Independent study may not duplicate courses described in the catalog. Prerequisites: Minor in women’s studies, junior or senior standing, and permission of the women’s studies instructor. 214 WOMEN’S STUDIES

296. Women’s Studies Special Projects 299. Feminist Research 1, 2, or 3 hours 3 hours An opportunity for a student to engage in an individu- A student may elect to complete a research project ally arranged project supervised by a women’s studies under the direction of at least two women’s studies fac- faculty member. Special projects may not duplicate ulty members. The student will present an oral defense courses described in the catalog. of the thesis. P/F only. Prerequisites: Senior standing and permission of the Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. women’s studies faculty members.

297. Women’s Studies Practicum 1, 2, or 3 hours A supervised, experiential learning opportunity in which the student is assigned to an agency dealing with women’s concerns. Students prepare weekly written reports and a summary paper at the close of the semester. All students enrolled in the practicum will meet regularly with the faculty coordinator to discuss their practicum activities and their relevance to women’s studies. P/F only. Prerequisite or corequisite: Women’s Studies 90.

Women’s Studies Major Sample Course Schedules

First Year Fall Semester •IDS 1: Liberal Arts Seminar ...... 3 hrs. ENG 1: English Language and Writing...... 3 hrs. Psych 120 or General Education ...... 3 hrs. or Electives...... 6-7 hrs. 15-16 hrs.

Spring Semester •COMM 1: Fundamentals of Speech ...... 3 hrs. WS 90: Introduction to Women’s Studies .....3 hrs. General Education or Electives...... 9-11 hrs. 15-17 hrs.

Members UNIVERSITY James P. Abel President & Chairman of Board NEBCO, Inc. REGISTER Lincoln, Nebraska

Teri Adam Board of Governors Student Nebraska Wesleyan University The Board of Governors of Nebraska Wesleyan Lincoln, Nebraska University is the governing body of the institution. Membership on the Board includes not more than 31 Thomas C. Ball persons elected by the Board of Governors, two mem- Chairman & President bers elected by the students, two elected by the faculty, FMA Realty, Inc. the Bishop of The United Methodist Church having Lincoln, Nebraska supervision of the area in which Lincoln, Nebraska, is located, the President of the Alumni Association, and Claire E. Bender, M.D. ('71) the President of the University. Dean, School of Health Sciences Members of the Board of Governors as of May 1, Mayo Clinic 2005, are: Rochester, Minnesota

Kenneth M. Bird, Ed.D. Officers Superintendent Marc E. LeBaron, Chair and Chair, Executive Committee Westside Community Schools Chairman and CEO Omaha, Nebraska Lincoln Plating Lincoln, Nebraska Ivan Adin Bullock, CPCU, CLU ('80) Agent Kent Seacrest, Secretary State Farm Insurance Company Attorney Plano, Texas Seacrest & Kalkowski, P.C. Lincoln, Nebraska John H. Conley ('75) President & CEO Lawrence J. Arth, Treasurer and Chair, Finance Conley Investment Counsel, Inc. Chairman & CEO Omaha, Nebraska Ameritas Holding Company Lincoln, Nebraska Steve Erwin President John Haessler, Chair, Board Affairs U.S. Bank Lincoln, Nebraska Lincoln, Nebraska

Lindy Mullin, Ed.D. ('67), Chair, Academic Affairs John M. Guthery Lincoln, Nebraska President Perry, Guthery, Haase & Gessford, PC, LLC James R. Kruse ('67), Chair, Student Affairs Lincoln, Nebraska Attorney Kruse, Landa, Maycock & Ricks, LLC Ronald C. Jensen ('74) Salt Lake City, Utah Attorney/Partner Baird Holm Law Firm, LLP Gerry A. Dunlap ('70), Co-chair, University Advancement Omaha, Nebraska President Farmers & Merchants Bank Jim Keyser ('70) Milford, Nebraska Senior Pastor Trinity United Methodist Church Laura Acklie Schumacher, M.D. ('78), Co-chair, Lincoln, Nebraska University Advancement Lincoln, Nebraska Brad Korell Lincoln, Nebraska Lynne M. Mills ('77), Chair, University Enrollment and Marketing David J. Lux Senior Vice President Senior Pastor Advantus Capital Management, Inc. Saint Paul United Methodist Church Mendota Heights, Minnesota Lincoln, Nebraska UNIVERSITY REGISTER 217

John E. Martin Governors Emeriti Chief Executive Officer Eugene A. Conley Acceptance Insurance Company Carmel, California Council Bluffs, Iowa B. Keith Heuermann Matthew J. McKelvey ('98) President West Lafayette, Indiana BKH Popcorn, Inc. Phillips, Nebraska Anthony O. Messineo, Jr. President Gordon "Mac" Hull ('59) Valentino’s President Lincoln, Nebraska Tasty Toppings, Inc. Columbus, Nebraska Joyce Michaelis Professor of Spanish Arlene Sorensen Nebraska Wesleyan University Lincoln Wholesale Florists Lincoln, Nebraska Lincoln, Nebraska

Richard Patrick John W. Stewart Associate Professor of Business Administration Lincoln, Nebraska Nebraska Wesleyan University Lincoln, Nebraska Warren K. Urbom ('50) US Senior District Judge Ann Brookshire Sherer US Courts Bishop Lincoln, Nebraska Nebraska Area United Methodist Church Lincoln, Nebraska F. Thomas Waring, M.D. ('53) Fremont, Nebraska Quentin E. Stenger Student Nebraska Wesleyan University Lincoln, Nebraska

James Stuart, III Managing Director Cardinal Management, LLC Lincoln, Nebraska

Dean Swanson ('70) President Ernie's in Ceresco Ceresco, Nebraska

Jeanie Watson President Nebraska Wesleyan University Lincoln, Nebraska

Jill Schechinger Yeutter ('75) President Yeutter Benefits Management Omaha, Nebraska 218 UNIVERSITY REGISTER

Betty J. Grassmeyer (1972-1993) Faculty Emeriti Professor Emerita of Education (Dates in parentheses indicate original appointment B.A., 1951, Kearney State College; M.Ed., 1970, year and official retirement year.) University of Nebraska-Lincoln.

Ronald L. Bachman (1969-1997) Norman E. Griswold (1963-1998) Professor Emeritus of Health and Human Performance Professor Emeritus of Chemistry B.A., 1960, Nebraska Wesleyan University; M.S., B.A., 1957, University of Kansas; M.S., 1961, 1964, Kearney State College; Ed.D., 1980, Ph.D., 1966, University of Nebraska. University of Nebraska-Lincoln. Harold E. Hall (1953-1989) Henry H. Blanke, Jr. (1958-1999) Professor Emeritus of English Professor Emeritus of Communication and Theatre Arts A.B., 1948, Simpson College; A.M., 1950, Ph.D., B.A., 1953, Doane College; M.A., 1958, University 1953, University of Pennsylvania. of Nebraska-Lincoln. Chelys M. Hester (1954-1980) William M. Cascini (1957-1996) Professor Emerita of Health and Physical Education Professor Emeritus of Sociology B.S., 1941, Nebraska State College, Kearney; A.B., 1948, Asbury College; Th.M., 1953, Th.D., M.A., 1959, University of Wyoming. 1955, Iliff School of Theology. Daniel B. Howell (1965-2002) Harold G. Chaffee (1967-1992) Professor Emeritus of Chemistry Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education B.A., 1959, Yankton College; M.S., 1962, Ph.D., B.A., 1950, Colorado State University; M.P.E., 1965, University of Nebraska. 1976, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. Philip Kaye (1956-1990) David M. Clark (1962-1999) Professor Emeritus of Speech Professor Emeritus of Communication and Theatre Arts A.B., 1942, Dakota Wesleyan University; Th.M., B.S., 1958, M.A., 1962, Northern Illinois 1945, M.R.E., 1951, Iliff Theological Seminary; University; Ph.D., 1976, University of Nebraska- M.A., 1947, Ph.D., 1955, University of Denver. Lincoln. William C. Kloefkorn (1962-1997) Lois T. Coleman (1970-1994) Professor Emeritus of English Professor Emerita of Education Nebraska State Poet. B.A., 1952, M.A., 1967, Ed.D., 1969, University B.S. Ed., 1954, M.S., 1958, Emporia State of California, Berkeley. College.

Lois W. Collings (1967-1983) John P. Krejci (1984-2000) Professor Emerita of Library Science Professor Emeritus of Sociology, Anthropology, Social B.A., 1938, Rockford College; B.L.S., 1946, Work University of Chicago. B.A., 1959, Immaculate Conception Seminary, Missouri, S.T.L. (Licentiate in Theology), 1963 Glen E. Dappen (1969-2003) Pontifical Gregorian University of Rome, Italy; Professor Emeritus of Biology M.A., 1971, Ph.D., 1974, University of Notre B.A. 1960, Sioux Falls College; M.S., 1962, Ph.D. 1971, Dame; M.S.W., 1983, University of Nebraska at University of Nebraska-Lincoln. Omaha.

Milton D. Evans (1954-1982) Paul H. Laursen (1959-1993) Professor Emeritus of Education and former Vice Professor Emeritus of Chemistry and former Dean of the President for Student Affairs College and Provost B.A., 1940, Nebraska State Teachers College, B.A., 1951, Dana College; Ph.D., 1961, Oregon Wayne; M.A., 1947, Ph.D., 1954, University of State University. Nebraska. Robert A. Meininger (1968-2000) Walter Russell French, Jr. (1951-1988) Professor Emeritus of French Professor Emeritus of Physics B.A., 1961, University of Wyoming; M.A., 1964, A.B., 1948, Nebraska Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph.D., 1970, University of Nebraska Lincoln. 1950, State University of Iowa; Ph.D., 1957, University of Nebraska. V. Patricia Rieper Meyers (1961-1980) Professor Emerita of German Nanette H. Graf (1965-1993) A.B., 1935, Midland College; M.A., 1937, Professor Emerita of English University of Nebraska. B.A., 1949, M.A., 1964, Stanford University; Ph.D., 1991, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. UNIVERSITY REGISTER 219

David Hopwood Mickey (1946-1987) Paul R. Swanson (1976-1992) Professor Emeritus of History Professor Emeritus of Music A.B., 1939, Nebraska Wesleyan University; A.B., 1951, Nebraska Wesleyan University; M.A., M.A., 1942, Ph.D., 1954, University of Nebraska. 1959, Ed.D., 1967, University of Northern Colorado. Robert R. Morrow (1967-1997) Professor Emeritus of Music Lawrence E. Vaughan (1957-1984) B.M., 1954, Oklahoma City University; M.S., Professor Emeritus of Education 1956, University of Illinois; D.M.A., 1970, A.B., 1946, Nebraska Wesleyan University; M.A., Eastman School of Music. 1953, Northwestern University; Ed.D., 1959, University of Nebraska. Ronald C. Naugle (1966-2004) Professor Emeritus of History John M. Walker (1969-2002) B.A. 1964, M.A. 1966, Purdue University; M.Phil, Professor Emeritus of Philosophy 1972, Ph.D., 1976, University of Kansas. A.B., 1962, Oklahoma City University; A.M., 1964, Ph.D., 1967, Brown University. Art C. Nicolai (1966-1989) Professor Emeritus of Education Joe F. Wampler (1954-1992) B.S. in Ed., 1950, M.Ed., 1942, Ed.D., 1966, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics University of Nebraska. A.B., 1950, M.A. 1962, University of Kansas; Ph.D., 1967, University of Nebraska. William E. Pfeffer (1966-1992) Professor Emeritus of Philosophy B.A., 1949, Westminster College; M.Div., 1952, McCormick Seminary.

John M. Robson (1981-1996) Professor Emeritus of Library and Information Technology B.S., 1953, University of Nebraska; M.A., 1959, University of Denver.

LaVerne C. Rudell (1966-1996) Professor Emerita of Business Administration B.A., 1965, Nebraska Wesleyan University; M.A., 1970, Ph.D., 1982, University of Nebraska- Lincoln; PHR, 1990.

Leon J. Satterfield (1960-2000) Professor Emeritus of English A.B., 1958, M.A., 1959, Kansas State Teachers College; Ph.D., 1969, University of Nebraska- Lincoln.

Lewis A. Schafer (1956-1987) Professor Emeritus of Biology B.S., 1947, M.S., 1948, Kansas State University; Ph.D., 1954, Cornell University.

Clifford A. Sexton, Jr. (1985-2001) Professor Emeritus of Accounting B.S., 1965, University of Kentucky; M.A., 1972, University of Houston; CPA, Texas and Nebraska.

W. Leonard Staudinger (1968-1999) Professor Emeritus of Biology B.S., 1957, Oregon State University; M.S., 1959, Ph.D., 1961, Iowa State University.

Ruth O. Stephenson (1961-1997) Professor Emerita of Music B.M., 1952, M.M., 1953, University of Michigan. 220 UNIVERSITY REGISTER

D.M.A., 2005, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. 2004-2005 Faculty James C. Banks* (2004) Adjunct Instructor in Music Jeanie C. Watson** (1997) B.M., 1996, University of Montevallo; M.M., 2003, President of the University; Professor of English The Florida State University. B.A., 1965, Baylor University; M.A., 1967, Midwestern State University, Texas; Ph.D., 1975, Ohio University. Larry Barksdale* (2001) Adjunct Instructor in Forensic Science Joe Gow** (2004) B.S., 1972, University of Nebraska at Provost and Dean of the College of Liberal Arts and Omaha; M.A., 1989, University of Nebraska- Sciences Lincoln. B.A., 1982, Pennsylvania State University; M.A., 1985, University of Alabama; Linda K. Barnett (1992) Ph.D., 1989, Pennsylvania State University. Associate Professor of Education; Chair of the Professional Division Mary Beth Ahlum (1985) B.S., 1979, M.Ed., 1985, Ph.D., 1997, Professor of Psychology University of Nebraska-Lincoln. B.S., 1978, Denison University; M.S., 1981, Ph.D., 1983, The Pennsylvania State University. Dana K. Bates** (2004) Assistant Athletic Trainer and Instructor in Health and Timothy P. Anderson (1984) Human Performance Professor of Education; Chair of the Department of B.S., 1999, Whitworth College; M.S., 2001, Oregon Education State University B.S., 1973, M.A., 1978, Ph.D., 1984, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. Maureen Bauermeister* (2005) Adjunct Professor of Education Wendy A. Anderson* (2004) B.S.1968, M.S. 1978, Ph.D., 1998, University of Adjunct Instructor in Health and Human Performance Nebraska-Lincoln. B.S., 1998, Concordia University James L. Beckmann**(2001) Cody L. Arenz (1999) Head Men’s Soccer Coach Assistant Professor of Biology B.A., 1998, Nebraska Wesleyan University; J.D., 2003, B.S., 1993, Oklahoma State University; Ph.D., 1998, University of Nebraska College of Law University of Nebraska-Lincoln. Dale M. Benham (1989) Boyd Bacon** (1988) Professor of Biology Director of Performance Ensembles and Adjunct A.S., 1978, South Plains College; Professor of Music B.S., 1980, M.S., 1982, Angelo State University; B.M.E., 1970, M.M., 1972, University of Ph.D., 1989, Northern Arizona University. Nebraska-Lincoln. Sara A. Boatman** (1990) Masako Nakamura Bacon* (2004) Vice President for Student Life and Campus Community; Adjunct Instructor in Music Associate Professor of Communication B.M., 1987, Kobe College, Japan; M.C.M., 1999, B.A., 1965, Nebraska Wesleyan University; Concordia University, Wisconsin. M.A., 1973, Ph.D., 1985, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. Courtney C. Baillie (1999) Assistant Professor of Accounting Jerry Bockoven (1999) B.S., 1989, M.P.A., 1990, University of Assistant Professor of Psychology; Chair of the Nebraska-Lincoln; CPA Certificate, 1989.; Ph.D., 2003, Department of Psychology University of Nebraska-Lincoln. B.A., 1976, Sioux Falls College; M.DIV., 1981, North American Baptist Seminary; Kathleen A. Baker* (2004) M.S., 1985, Ph.D., 1988, University of Adjunct Instructor in Communication Oregon. B.S., 1999, Oklahoma Christian University; M.A., 2001, Abilene Christian University. William E. Boernke (1971) Professor of Biology; Chair of the Natural Sciences Christine A. Kucera Banks* (1998) Division Adjunct Instructor in Music B.A., 1966, Ph.D., 1972, University of B.M., 1996, University of Nebraska-Lincoln; Minnesota. M.M., 1998, Florida State University; ( ) denotes year of original appointment *Part-time Faculty **Administrators who teach or hold faculty rank UNIVERSITY REGISTER 221

Melisa Borchardt (2002) Mary Sue Carter* (2002) Assistant Professor of Social Work Adjunct Professor of Economics B.S., 1992, Nebraska Wesleyan University; B.S., 1980, Southwest Missouri State M.S.W., 1997, University of Denver. University; M.A., 1984, University of Missouri-Columbia; Ph.D., 1989, Texas A&M. Jeri L. Brandt (1990) Professor of Nursing Gina Chambers* (2002) B.S.N., 1974, University of Iowa; Adjunct Instructor in Health and Human Performance M.S.N., 1978, University of Nebraska College of B.S., 1997, Nebraska Wesleyan University. Nursing; Ph.D., 1988, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. Robert Chase* (2004) Adjunct Instructor in Theatre Arts Jerald S. Bricker (2003) B.A., 1976, M.E., 1979, University of Nebraska- Assistant Professor of Biology Kearney. B.S., 1986, Western Michigan University; M.S., 1988, Ph.D., 1993, Arizona State University. Jay Scott Chipman (1994) Associate Professor of Communication and Theatre Arts; Margaret Brockman* (2003) Chair of the Fine Arts Division Adjunct Instructor in Nursing A.A., 1974, Mid-Plains Community College, B.S.N., 1981, University of Nebraska College Nebraska; B.S., 1977, Nebraska Wesleyan of Nursing-Lincoln; M.S.N., 1985, University University; M.A., 1987, Louisiana State of Nebraska College of Nursing at Omaha. University; Ph.D., 1997, University of Pittsburgh.

Bradley Buffum* (2005) Roger A. Cognard (1971) Adjunct Instructor in Theatre Arts Professor of English B.F.A., 1984, University of Utah. B.A., 1967, Nebraska Wesleyan University; M.A., 1969, Ph.D., 1971, Texas Christian University. Inger Bull** (1998) Director of International Education; Assistant Professor Melissa Connor* (2002) of Global Studies Adjunct Instructor in Forensic Science B.S., 1991, M.B.A., 1993, University of B.A., 1977, M.A., 1979, University of Nebraska-Kearney; Ph.D., 1996, University Wisconsin-Madison. of Nebraska-Lincoln. Barbara A. Cornelius** (2000) Ted A. Bulling** (1981) Head of Library Technology and Assistant Professor of Director of Cross Country and Track and Field; Adjunct Library and Information Technology Professor of Education B.A., 1989, M.L.I.S., 1996, M.A., 2000, University of B.S., 1981, Nebraska Wesleyan University; South Carolina. M.A., 1983, Ph.D., 1992, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. Rick Cypert (1987) Professor of English Robert J. Buresh (2004) B.S., 1981, McMurry College; M.A., 1983, Visiting Instructor in Health and Human Performance Iowa State University; Ph.D., 1987, Texas B.S., 1999, M.S., 2002, University of Nebraska-Omaha. Christian University.

Jefferson Campbell* (2004) Glen E. Dappen* (1966) Adjunct Professor of Music Professor Emeritus of Biology B.A., 1960, Sioux Falls College; M.S., 1965, Jackie Canterbury* (2001) Ph.D., 1971, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. Adjunct Instructor in Biology B.A., University of Washington; M.S., 2000, Carol Jo Dean* (2003) University of Nebraska-Lincoln. Adjunct Instructor in Psychology B.A., 1969, Syracuse University; M.S., 1973, Ed.D., Marzia M. Caparole* (2005) 1988, Northern Illinois University. Adjunct Instructor in French Bachelor’s Degree., 1993, University of Florence, Carrie A. Denton* (2004) Italy; M.A., 1996, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. Adjunct Instructor in Mathematics B.S., 2001, M.S. 2002, Pittsburg State University.

( ) denotes year of original appointment *Part-time Faculty **Administrators who teach or hold faculty rank 222 UNIVERSITY REGISTER

Shannon L. Doering* (2004) Maxine Fawcett-Yeske (1999) Adjunct Professor of Business Administration Associate Professor of Music B.A., 1996, Dakota Wesleyan University; J.D., 1999, B.S., 1983, University of Colorado at University of Nebraska College of Law. Denver; M.M., 1987, University of Nebraska at Omaha; Ph.D., 1997, University of Colorado. Ellen B. Dubas (1984) Associate Professor of Anthropology; Chair of the William W. Draper Finlaw III** (1994) Department of Sociology, Anthropology and Social University Minister Work B.A., 1977, Philosophy, B.A., 1977, B.A., 1970, M.A., 1975, University of Religious Studies, University of West Florida; Nebraska-Lincoln; Ph.D., 1990, University of M.Div., 1981, Pacific School of Religion; M.A., 1986, Michigan. University of Nebraska-Lincoln; Ph.D., 1993, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. Garry A. Duncan (1979) Professor of Biology; Chair of the Department of Biology Thomas A. Fogarty* (2003) B.S., 1972, M.S., 1975, Arizona State Adjunct Instructor in the Capitol Hill Internship Program University; Ph.D., 1979, University of B.A., 1971, Regis College; M.A., 1974, Arizona. University of Missouri-Columbia.

Kelly E. Eaton (1997) Edward M. Fox* (2005) Associate Dean for Academic Affairs, Assistant Professor Adjunct Instructor in Political Science of Political Science, Chair of the Department of Political B.A., 2001, M.A., 2003, University of Nebraska- Science. Lincoln. B.A., 1982, M.A., 1984, Ph.D., 1994, George Washington University. Mark J. Franzen** (2004) Head Men’s Basketball Coach Margaret L. Emons (2000) B.A., 1994, Wartburg College; M.A., 1998, University Head of Technical Services and Audio Visual; Assistant of Northern Iowa. Professor of Library and Information Technology B.S., 1984, Nebraska Wesleyan University; Jo Ann M. Fuess (1990) M.L.I.S., 1994, Emporia State University. Associate Professor of Modern Languages; Chair of the Department of Modern Languages Anthony R. Epp (1971) B.A., 1983, University of Delaware; Professor of French M.A., 1985, Purdue University; B.A., 1963, Bethel College; M.S., 1964, Ph.D., 1992, University of Nebraska Lincoln. University of Wisconsin-Madison; Certificate of Studies, 1965, L’Ecole d’Administration, Christie B. Gantz* (2003) Brussels, Belgium; Ph.D.,1971, University of Colorado. Adjunct Instructor in Business Administration B.S. 1990, Nebraska Wesleyan University. Melissa Erdmann (2001) Assistant Professor of Mathematics Jeffry Geier** (2002) B.A., 1996, Luther College; M.S., 1998, Assistant Athletic Trainer/Head Strength Coach Ph.D., 2001, Colorado State University. A.S., 1991, M.B.A., 1993, University of Nebraska-Kearney; Ph.D., 1996, University Nathanael L. P. Fackler (1998) of Nebraska-Lincoln. Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.A., 1990, Valparaiso University; Amber B. Geiger** (2003) Ph.D., 1995, Northwestern University. Assistant Director of Residence Life B.A., 2001, Nebraska Wesleyan University Loretta L. Fairchild (1975) Professor of Economics A. Denise George (1978) B.A., 1966, Nebraska Wesleyan University; Professor of Chemistry M.A., 1969, Ph.D., 1972, Cornell University. B.Sc.Tech. (Hons.), 1963, Ph.D., 1966, Manchester University, England (in absentia Robert W. Fairchild (1975) Bristol University, England, 1965-1966). Professor of Physics, Chair of the Department of Physics and Astronomy Joan Gettert Gilbreth (2000) B.S., 1971, Rensselaer-Polytechnic Assistant Professor of Sociology Institute; Ph.D., 1975, Cornell University; B.S. 1985, Southwest Texas State University; M.S., 1993, Colorado State University. M.S., 1994, Ph.D., 2000, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. ( ) denotes year of original appointment *Part-time Faculty **Administrators who teach or hold faculty rank UNIVERSITY REGISTER 223

David Goss (1964) Wende Heckert (2003) Professor of Physics Visiting Instructor in Nursing; Director of the Post- B.S., 1959, Southwestern University, Texas; Master’s Certificate Program in Forensic Nursing M.S., 1961, Michigan State University; B.S.N., 1994, Mount Marty College; M.S.N., 1998, Ph.D., 1964, University of Texas at Austin; University of Nebraska Medical Center, Kearney; B.S. (Geology), 1982, University of M.F.S., 2004, Nebraska Wesleyan University. Nebraska-Lincoln. Peter G. Heckman (1993) Lois M. Goss* (2002) Associate Dean for Academic Affairs; Associate Professor Adjunct Instructor in Mathematics of Philosophy; Chair of the Department of Religion and B.A., 1993, M.S., 2002, University of Philosophy Nebraska-Lincoln. B.A., Grinnell College; M.A., 1980, Ph.D., 1988, Northwestern University. David R. Gracie (2004) Assistant Professor of Art Nancy R. Heltzel (2003) B.F.A., 2000, University of Hartford; M.F.A., 2004, Visiting Instructor in Political Science Northwestern University. B.A., 1997, University of South Dakota; M.A., 2000, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. Dean W. Haist* (1983) Adjunct Professor of Music Jean E. Henderson (1973) B.M., 1975, M.M., 1984, University of Associate Professor of Music Nebraska-Lincoln. B.A., 1965, Nebraska Wesleyan University; M.A., 1970, Eastman School of Music; Faith E. Beyer Hansen* (2004) M.M., 1976, D.M.A., 2003, University of Nebraska- Adjunct Instructor in English Lincoln. B.A., 1999, Nebraska Wesleyan University; M.A., 2004, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. C. Gerise Herndon (1993) Associate Professor of English Nancy J. Hansen** (1976) B.A., 1985, Drury College; M.A., 1990, Director of the Weary Center for Health and Fitness; Ph.D., 1993, University of Texas at Austin. Director of Intramurals; Instructor in Health and Human Performance James W. Hewitt* (2001) B.S., 1975, M.S., 1985, University of Adjunct Professor of History Nebraska-Lincoln. B.A., 1954, J.S., 1956, M.A., 1994, Ph.D., University of Nebraska-Lincoln. Linda K. Hardy (2004) Visiting Assistant Professor of Nursing Krista B. Hight* (2003) B.S.N., 2001, M.S.N., 2003, Nebraska Wesleyan Adjunct Instructor in Education University. B.S., 1992, Ed.M., 1993, University of Illinois, Champaign. Patricia A. Hawk* (1997) Coordinator of Communication 001; Adjunct Instructor Donna Bell Himmelberger* (1997) in Communication Adjunct Instructor in Communication B.A., 1985, Chadron State College; M.A., B.A., 1976, Auburn University; M.F.A., 1995, Doane College Lincoln. 1979, Michigan State University.

Peggy Hawkins* (2002) Jill Holmquist (2002) Adjunct Professor of Nursing Adjunct Instructor in Forensic Science B.S.N., 1974, University of Nebraska College B.A., 1985, University of Nebraska-Lincoln; J.D., 1993, of Nursing; Ph.D., 2000, University of Boston University School of Law. Nebraska-Lincoln. Jana Holzmeier (1999) Patrick M. Hayden-Roy (1989) Assistant Professor of Music Associate Professor of History; Chair of the Social B.M.E., 1985, Truman State University, Sciences Division M.M., 1988, Indiana University; B.A., 1981, University of Southern California; D.M.A., 2003, University of Texas at Austin. M.A., 1983, Ph.D., 1988, Stanford University. Susan G. Horn* (1984) Adjunct Professor of Art B.F.A., 1975, M.F.A., 1982, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. ( ) denotes year of original appointment *Part-time Faculty **Administrators who teach or hold faculty rank 224 UNIVERSITY REGISTER

Mary D. Howell* (1966) Berniece M. Jones (1997) Adjunct Professor of Music Associate Professor of Health and Human Performance; B.A., 1960, Carleton College; Chair of the Department of Health and Human M.M., 1963, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. Performance B.S., 1974, Concordia College, Nebraska; Thomas K. Hudson (1988) M.Ed., 1981, University of Nebraska- Professor of Business Administration Lincoln; Ph.D., 2000, University of St. Louis. B.S., 1962, M.Ed., 1963, M.B.A., 1966, Ph.D., 1991, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. Douglas B. Jones** (2003) Assistant Athletic Trainer; Instructor in Health Sciences Brian A.T. Husby (2000) B.S., 2001, Creighton University; M.A., 2005, Associate Professor of Education University of Nebraska-Lincoln. B.A., 1980, B.Ed., 1981, University of Lethbridge, M.S., 1986, University of Oregon; Larry E. Jones (1976) Ph.D., 1991, University of Arizona. Professor of Music; Chair of the Department of Music B.M., 1973, Nebraska Wesleyan University; David L. Iaquinta (1990) M.M., 1975, Yale University; D.M.A., 1990, Professor of Sociology University of Colorado. B.A., 1972, M.S., 1976, M.S., 1977, Ph.D., 1982, University of Wisconsin-Madison. Richard K. Jones* (1981) Adjunct Instructor in Music Jeffrey Isaacson (2000) B.M., 1978, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. Assistant Professor of Biology B.S., 1983, Nebraska Wesleyan University; Sarah K. Kahler* (2003) D.V.M., 1987, Kansas State University; Adjunct Instructor in Business Administration Ph.D., 1996, Iowa State University. B.S., 1998, Nebraska Wesleyan University; M.A., 2000, Golden State University. Ann Jablonski* (2004) Adjunct Instructor in Education Julie M. Karavas* (2003) B.S., 1976, M.Ed., 1986, University of Nebraska- Adjunct Professor of Business Administration Lincoln. B.S., 1988, Nebraska Wesleyan University; J.D., 2002, University of Nebraska College of Law Thomas A. Jackman (1991) Associate Professor of Business Administration Sarah A. Kelen (1999) B.S., 1984, Nebraska Wesleyan University; Assistant Professor of English M.B.A., 1986, DePaul University. B.A., 1990, University of California, Berkeley; M.A., 1991, M.Phil., 1993, Alice J. Jaswal (1967) Ph.D., 1996, Columbia University. Professor of Communication and Theatre Arts; Chair of the Department of Communication and Theatre Arts Brian J. Keller** (1996) B.A., 1962, Kearney State College; M.A., Head Football Coach; Assistant to the Athletic Director; 1963, Central Missouri State College; Ph.D., Instructor in Health and Human Performance 1968, Michigan State University. B.S., 1983, Nebraska Wesleyan University; M.S., 1991, Eastern Oregon State College. Karla Kay Jensen (2000) Associate Professor of Communication Suzanne E. Kemp* (2005) B.A., 1988, University of Nebraska-Lincoln; Adjunct Professor of Education M.A., 1991, Ph.D., 1994, University of Kansas. B.A., 1987, University of Northern Colorado; M.A., 1991, University of Colorado; Ph.D., 2003, University Jeanine F. Jewell* (2004) of Nebraska-Lincoln. Adjunct Instructor in English B.A., 1977, University of Iowa; Mary Kiani (2000) M.A., 1996, Western Washington University. Assistant Professor of Education B.S., 1992, University of Maryland; Melvin A. Johnson* (2000) M.Ed., 1994, George Mason University. Adjunct Instructor in Business Administration B.A., 1970, Nebraska Wesleyan University; Thomas J. Kiefer* (2004) M.B.A., 1991, Keller Graduate School of Adjunct Professor of Philosophy Management; M.A., 1999, Wichita State University. B.A., 1991, M.A., 1998, Ph.D., 2003, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. UNIVERSITY REGISTER 225

Bruce E. Kopplin* (1983) Rita M. Lester (1998) Adjunct Professor of Geography Assistant Professor of Religion B.S., 1965, University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; B.A., 1989, Graceland College; M.A., 1967, Eastern Michigan University. M.T.S., 1991, Garrett Evangelical Theological Seminary; Ph.D., 1997, Northwestern University and Joan Korte** (1999) Garrett Evangelical Theological Seminary. Box Office/Theatre Publicity Manager; Adjunct Professor of Communication and Theatre Arts Lisa A. Lockman (1990) B.F.A., 1990, Nebraska Wesleyan University; Ralph W. and Esther E. Petersen Associate Professor of M.F.A., 1994, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. Art; Chair of the Department of Art B.A., 1985, Indiana University; Matthew K. Kosmicki* (2003) M.F.A., 1988, Indiana State University. Adjunct Professor of Business Administration B.S., 1994, University of Nebraska-Lincoln; Janet C. Lu** (1979) J.D., 1999, University of Nebraska College of Law. Head of Library Public Services; Professor of Library and Information Technology Sue A. Kozisek* (1990) B.A., 1961, National Cheng-Kung University, Taiwan; Adjunct Instructor in Health and Human Performance M.S. in L.S., 1967, Case Western Reserve University B.S., 1979, University of Nebraska-Lincoln; Graduate School of Library Science. Didactic Training: Massage Therapy, Midwest Institute of Health Sciences, Cynthia J. Marolf** (1990) Council Bluffs, Iowa; Certification: Sports Pre-Health Professions Advisor; Adjunct Instructor in Massage Therapist, American Massage Biology Therapy Association, 1988; Licensure: B.S., 1986, M.S., 1988, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. Massage Therapist, Nebraska Department of Health. Georgianne Mastera** (1987) Elaine M. Kruse (1985) Associate Dean for Academic Affairs; Associate Huge-Kinne Professor of History; Chair of the Professor of Business Administration Department of History B.S., 1965, M.Ed., 1976, Ph.D., 1996, A.B., 1962, Augustana College; M.A., 1964, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. University of Illinois; Ph.D., 1983, University of Iowa. Sandra K. Mathews (1996) Marlene Kay Kwiatkowski (2004) Associate Professor of History Visiting Instructor in Education B.A., 1986, Nebraska Wesleyan University; B.S., 1982, University of Nebraska-Lincoln; M.S., 1997, M.A., 1988, Ph.D., 1998, University of New Mexico. Doane College. Mark D. Mathewson* (2003) Valerie J. Lane** (2004) Adjunct Professor of Philosophy Costume Technologist; Costume Library Supervisor B.A., 1992, Montana State University; M.A., 1994, B.F.A., 1995, University of Memphis; Denver Seminary; Ph.D., 2003, University of M.F.A., 2003, Pennsylvania State University. Nebraska-Lincoln.

Jeffrey D. Lang (2004) Sandra J. McBride* (1991) Visiting Instructor in Nursing Visiting Instructor in English B.S., 1994, M.A. 1997, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. B.A., 1984, Nebraska Wesleyan University; M.A., 1991, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. Holly Leach* (2003) Adjunct Instructor in Nursing Laurence L. McClain* (1993) B.S.N., 1990, Purdue University; Associate Professor of English M.S.N., 2003, Nebraska Wesleyan University. B.A., 1984, M.A., 1986, Ph.D., 1993, University of Texas at Austin. Elizabeth M. Leader-Janssen* (2005) Adjunct Instructor in Education O. William McClung (1992) B.S. 1999, M.Ed., 2001, University of Nebraska- Anderson-Trimble-Maurer Professor of Mathematics and Lincoln. Computer Science; Chair of the Department of Mathematics and Computer Science Nancyruth Leibold* (1994) B.A., 1967, Williams College; Adjunct Instructor in Nursing M.A., 1968, Columbia University; B.S.N., 1991, Nebraska Wesleyan Ph.D., 1978, University of Oregon; University; M.S., 1993, Creighton M.S., 1987, Stanford University. University. 226 UNIVERSITY REGISTER

Michael L. McDonald (1995) Ronald C. Naugle* (1966) Associate Professor of Education Professor Emeritus of History B.S., 1984, M.E., 1988, Ph.D., 1996, B.A., 1964, M.A., 1966, Purdue University; University of Nebraska-Lincoln. M.Phil., 1972, Ph.D., 1976, University of Kansas.

Angela McKinney (1998) Yong-Kad Ng* (2004) Associate Professor of Biology Adjunct Professor of Economics B.A., 1989, Taylor University; M.S., 1991, Ph.D., 1996, B.S., 1997, M.A., 2000, The University of Tennessee, Knoxville. Ph.D. 2004, University of Nebraska-Lincoln.

William J. McNeil* (1990) Carolyn M. Nolte* (2003) Assistant Professor of Psychology Adjunct Instructor in English B.A., 1973, M.A., 1980, Ph.D., 1985, B.A., 1996, Nebraska Wesleyan University; University of Nebraska-Lincoln. M.A., 2002, University of Nebraska-Lincoln.

John McQuinn* (1996) Lindsay J. Novak* (2005) Adjunct Instructor in Sociology Adjunct Instructor in Psychology B.A., 1976, University of Nebraska-Lincoln; J.D., 1978, B.S., 2001, University of Nebraska-Lincoln; University of Nebraska College of Law. M.A., 2003, University of Nebraska-Omaha.

Jo Ellen Meerdink (1990) Robert C. Oberst (1982) Professor of Psychology; Director of Forensic Science Associate Professor of Political Science B.A., 1985, Coe College; M.A., 1988, Ph.D., B.A., 1970, Bucknell University; 1990, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. M.A., 1975, University of Idaho; Ph.D., 1981, Syracuse University. Kara J. Meusch** (2004) Manager, Burt Hall North Residential Community Stacey Ocander (1999) B.A., 2003, Nebraska Wesleyan University. Associate Dean of University College; Director of Wesleyan Advantage; Assistant Professor of Athletic Joyce E. Michaelis (1968) Training Education; Chair of the Department of Health Professor of Spanish Sciences B.A., 1965, Central Michigan University; B.A., 1989, Wayne State College; M.A., 1996, M.A., 1967, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. Ed.D., 1998, University of South Dakota.

Jeffrey A. Mohr (2002) Nanne Kirkhoff Olds (1999) Associate Professor of Social Work; Director of the Social Assistant Professor of Accounting Work Program B.A., 1978, Case Western Reserve University; B.A., 1980, University of Nebraska-Lincoln; C.P.A., 1987; M.P.A., 1987, University of Nebraska- M.S.W., 1983, University of Kansas. Lincoln.

John Montag** (1995) Donald Paoletta (1993) University Librarian; Professor of Library and Professor of Art History Information Technology B.F.A., 1971, Ohio State University; M.A., 1974, B.A., 1970, Midland Lutheran College; Ph.D., 1991, University of Iowa. M.A., 1976, University of Iowa. John L. Parkhurst (1999) Spencer K. Morrison (2000) Professor of Theatre Assistant Professor of Psychology A.B., 1969, Nebraska Wesleyan University; B.A., 1986, Wake Forest University; M.A., 1983, Southwest Missouri State University; M.S., 1989, Villanova University; M.F.A., 1988, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. Ph.D., 1995, University of Colorado. Richard R. Patrick (1995) Jeri Myers** (2000) Charles W. and Margre H. Durham Associate Professor of Program Coordinator, Forensic Science Business Administration; Chair of the Department of B.A., 1994, M.A., 1996, University of Business, Economics and Accounting Nebraska-Lincoln; Certificate of Forensic Science, B.A., 1984, Simpson College; 1996; D-ABMDI, 2001. M.B.A., 1992, Purdue University; Ph.D., 1997, University of Nebraska-Lincoln.

( ) denotes year of original appointment *Part-time Faculty **Administrators who teach or hold faculty rank UNIVERSITY REGISTER 227

Dawn M. Pawlewski* (1999) Kent E. Reinhard* (1997) Adjunct Instructor in Music Adjunct Instructor in Physics and Astronomy B.M., 1989, Simpson College; M.M., 1991, B.S., 1985, University of Nebraska-Lincoln; University of Missouri-Kansas City Conservatory of M.S., 1989, University of New Hampshire. Music; D.M.A., 2005, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. Shanggeun Rhee* (2004) David B. Peabody (1984) Adjunct Professor of Business Administration Professor of Religion; Chair of the Humanities Division B.B.A., 1988, M.B.A., 1990, Seoul National University; B.A., 1968, Southern Methodist University; Ph.D., 2003, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. M.Th., 1971, Perkins School of Theology, Southern Methodist University; Ph.D., 1983, Rita Ricaurte* (1989) Southern Methodist University. Associate Professor of Spanish and Language Acquisition B.A., 1975, M.A., 1977, Kansas State University; Tami Osborne Pederson* (2003) Ph.D., 1998, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. Adjunct Instructor in Music B.M.E., 1980, M.M., 1984, University of Richard Ricker* (1996) Nebraska-Lincoln. Adjunct Instructor in Music B.M., 1973, University of Tennessee; Ashley Penington* (2003) M.M., 1977, Southern Methodist University. Adjunct Instructor in Theatre Arts B.S., 1998, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. William E. Rogge* (1993) Adjunct Professor of Education Chuck Penington* (2003) B.A., 1966, Augustana College; M.A., 1970, Adjunct Instructor in Theatre Arts Ed.D., 1980, University of Nebraska-Lincoln.

Gary Perry* (2005) Gregory J. Rosenboom (2003) Adjunct Instructor in Sociology Visiting Instructor in Sociology B.S., 1999, Southern University-Baton Rouge; B.S., 1983, University of Nebraska-Omaha; M.A., 2001, University of Arkansas-Fayetteville. M.A., 2000, University of Nebraska-Lincoln.

James E. Perry* (1987) Larry L. Ruth* (1995) Adjunct Professor of Sociology Adjunct Professor of Political Science B.A., 1979, J.D., 1982, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. B.A., 1967, Nebraska Wesleyan University, J.D., 1970, George Washington University National Law Center. Patricia Dotson Pettit (1980) Professor of Health and Human Performance Jodi Ryter (2003) B.S., 1977, University of Tennessee, Knoxville; Assistant Professor of Chemistry M.P.E., 1978, Ph.D., 1989, University of Nebraska- B.S, 1990, Nebraska Wesleyan University; Lincoln. Ph.D., 1997, University of Colorado.

Kristin Pfabe (2000) James R. Schaffer (1990) Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Associate Professor of English; Chair of the Department Science of English B.A., 1987, Concordia College; M.S., 1990, B.A., 1971, University of Nebraska-Lincoln; Ph.D., 1995, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. M.A., 1972, University of Virginia; Certification in Journalism, 1983, University of Nebraska-Lincoln; Gary Plank* (2002) Ph.D., 1990, University of Virginia. Adjunct Instructor in Forensic Science B.A., 1986, M.A., 1990, Chadron State College. Sue Schlichtemeier-Nutzman* (2000) Adjunct Instructor in Communication Rachel M. Pokora (1996) B.A., 1972, M.A., 1988, University of Associate Professor of Communication Nebraska-Lincoln. B.A., 1990, Michigan State University; M.A., 1993, Ph.D., 1996, Purdue University. Cameron W. Schucknect** (2004) Assistant Men’s Basketball Coach and Instructor in Michael W. Reese (2003) Health and Human Performance Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts B.A., 1998, Wartburg College; B.A., 1989, University of Nebraska-Omaha; M.S., 2001, University of Kansas. M.F.A., 1992, University of Kansas.

( ) denotes year of original appointment *Part-time Faculty **Administrators who teach or hold faculty rank 228 UNIVERSITY REGISTER

Robert Schwieger* (2002) Laura E. Steele** (2000) Adjunct Professor of Art Visiting Instructor in Athletic Training Education; Interim B.F.A., Chadron State College; Program Director M.A., University of Northern Colorado; B.A., 1997, Chadron State College; M.F.A., University of Denver. M.S., 1998, Fort Hayes State University.

Douglas Scott* (2002) Douglas Steinel** (2001) Adjunct Professor of Forensic Science Director, Capitol Hill Internship Program; Visiting B.A., 1970, M.A., 1973, Ph.D., 1977, Assistant Professor University of Colorado. B.S., 1972, College of St. Thomas; M.A., 1982, University of Kansas; M.Phil., 1998; Janene L. Sheldon* (2004) Ph.D., 1991, George Washington University. Adjunct Professor of Music B.A., 1986, Kearney State College; M.M., 1992, Carmella Strong* (2004) D.M.A., 2003, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. Adjunct Instructor in Forensic Science B.S., 1996, University of Nebraska-Lincoln; M.F.S., Tracey E. Shell* (2005) 2003, Nebraska Wesleyan University. Adjunct Instructor in Art B.F.A., 1997, University of Montevallo; M.F.A., 2002, Daniel J. Strydom (2002) Rochester Institute of Technology School for Associate Professor of Chemistry; Director of Laboratory- American Crafts. Forensic Science B.Sc., 1964, B.Sc., 1967, University of Pretoria; M.Sc., Kathy L. Shellogg** 1968, Ph.D., 1972, University of South Africa. Assistant Vice President for Student Life and Campus Community Christopher Swift (2001) B.A., 1979, Wittenberg University; M.A., 1981, Assistant Professor of Accounting University of Notre Dame. B.S., 1987, M.B.A., 1994, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. Stephanie L. Sic* (2004) Adjunct Instructor in Psychology Michael J. Tagler (2004) B.A., 2001, Nebraska Wesleyan University. Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A., 1995, Eastern Illinois University; M.S., 2000, Erin E. Sims* (2004) Ph.D., 2003, Kansas State University. Adjunct Instructor in Forensic Science B.S., 1982, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. DeLoris Tonack* (2003) Adjunct Instructor in Mathematics Muriel J. Skoug (1980) B.A., 1965, M.S., 1970, University of Nebraska at Professor of Mathematics Kearney; Ph.D., 1993, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. B.S., 1961, Wisconsin State University, River Falls; M.S., 1966, University of Minnesota; Marie Trayer (2003) D.A., 2000, Idaho State University. Visiting Assistant Professor of Spanish B.S., 1970, M.S., 1977, Ph.D., 1989, Jose Soto* (1993) University of Nebraska-Lincoln. Adjunct Professor of Sociology B.A., 1975, Inter-American University of Puerto Rico; David A. Treichel (1994) J.D., 1984, College of Law, Associate Professor of Chemistry University of Nebraska-Lincoln. B.A., 1987, Carleton College; M.S., 1988, Ph.D., 1993, Northwestern University. Stuart M. Spero (1990) Associate Professor of Business Administration Samuel Van Pelt* (2004) B.S., 1972, Colorado State University; Adjunct Professor of Political Science M.A., 1978, Ball State University; B.A., 1957, University of Nebraska-Lincoln; J.D., 1961, M.B.A., 1985, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. University of Nebraska College of Law.

P. Scott Stanfield (1989) Jan P. Vermeer (1974) Professor of English Professor of Political Science B.A., 1976, Grinnell College; B.A., 1968, University of California, Santa Barbara; M.A., 1978, Ph.D., 1984, Northwestern University. A.M., 1972, Ph.D., 1979, Princeton University.

( ) denotes year of original appointment *Part-time Faculty **Administrators who teach or hold faculty rank UNIVERSITY REGISTER 229

Sheila K.Vinton* (2003) William M. Wehrbein (1981) Adjunct Instructor in Anthropology Professor of Physics B.S., 1994, Nebraska Wesleyan University; B.S., 1970, Nebraska Wesleyan University; M.A., 1997, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. Ph.D., 1977, University of Colorado.

Nancy Vogt* (2004) Mark T. Werth (1993) Adjunct Instructor in Music Associate Professor of Chemistry; Chair of the B.M., 1980, M.M. 1982, Department of Chemistry University of Michigan at Ann Arbor. A.S., 1979, Alpena Community College, Michigan; B.S., 1981, Michigan State University; Richard L. Vogt (1983) Ph.D., 1989, Iowa State University. Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science B.S., 1967, M.S., 1969, University of Nebraska-Lincoln; David F. Whitt** (1991) Ph.D., 1974, University of Illinois at Visiting Assistant Professor of Communication Urbana-Champaign. B.S., 1989, Wayne State College; M.A., 1991, Ph.D., 2002, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. Rebecca Wagner Voight (1989) Assistant Professor of Nursing Lisa Atwood Wilkinson (2002) B.S.N., 1974; M.S.N., 1979, University of Nebraska Assistant Professor of Philosophy College of Nursing at Omaha. B.A., 1987, M.A., 1994, M.A., 2000; Ph.D., 2002, University of South Florida. David G. Wagaman* (1977) Adjunct Professor of Economics Meghan K. Winchell (2004) B.A., 1969, Kutztown State College; M.A., 1971, Assistant Professor of History Washington State University; Ph.D., 1977, University B.A., 1994, State University of New York at Genesco; of Nebraska-Lincoln. M.A., 1998, Ph.D., 2003, University of Arizona.

Elizabeth M. Walls** Katherine J. Wolfe (2000) Writer Associate Professor of English B.A., 1990, Nebraska Wesleyan University; Marissa K. Wanamaker* (2004) Ph.D., 1994, Texas Christian University. Adjunct Instructor in German B.A., 2001; M.A., 2004, University of Tamara Riley Wyman* (1986) Nebraska-Lincoln. Adjunct Professor of Music B.M., 1980, Nebraska Wesleyan University; Loy Watley* (1998) M.M., 1983, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. Assistant Professor of Business Administration B.S., 1982, Creighton University; William A. Wyman (1975) B.A., 1990, Kearney State College; Professor of Music M.B.A., 1983, Southern Methodist University; B.A., 1964, Bethany College, West Virginia; Ph.D., 2002, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. M.M., 1968, D.M.A., 1971, West Virginia University.

Randall Watson* (2004) Taixi Xu (2001) Adjunct Instructor in Spanish Assistant Professor of Computer Science B.A., 1981, M.A., Spanish, 1983, M.A., English, 1990, Bachelors, 1984, Shijiazhuang Railway Institute Ph.D., 1999, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. (China); M.S., 2000, Ph.D., 2000, Emory University.

Caroline C. Watt* (2004) Yuko Yamada** (1993) Adjunct Instructor in Accounting Coordinator of Japanese Language Instruction; Adjunct B.S., 2001, Nebraska Wesleyan University; Professor of Japanese M.P.A., 2002, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. B.F.A., 1980, University of Nebraska-Lincoln; M.Ed., 1996, Doane College; Catherine E. Weber* (1997) Ph.D., 2001, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. Visiting Assistant Professor of Spanish B.A., 1993, Texas Christian University; M.A., 1994, New York University in Spain; Ph.D., 2000, University of Nebraska-Lincoln.

( ) denotes year of original appointment *Part-time Faculty **Administrators who teach or hold faculty rank 230 UNIVERSITY REGISTER

Jeannette R. Young (1998) Associate Professor of Music B.M.E., 1971, University of Nebraska- Lincoln; Kodály Certificate, 1991, Silver Lake College, Wisconsin; M.M., 1992, University of Nebraska at Omaha; Ph.D., 2002, University of Nebraska-Lincoln.

Ira Zeff** (1998) Director of Athletics; Assistant Professor of Health and Human Performance B.A., The College of Wooster; M.Ed., East Stroudsburg University; Ph.D., University of New Mexico.

J. Samuel Zitek (2003) Assistant Professor of Music B.F.A., 1989, Wayne State College; M.M., 1994, University of Nebraska-Lincoln.

2004-05 Officers of the Faculty

Faculty Council Richard R. Patrick Faculty President (2004-2006)

Joyce E. Michaelis Vice President for Faculty Affairs (2003-2005)

Karla K. Jensen Vice President for Curriculum (2004-2006)

Garry Duncan Vice President for Faculty Development (2003-2005)

Courtney C. Baillie Secretary-Archivist (2004-2006)

( ) denotes year of original appointment *Part-time Faculty **Administrators who teach or hold faculty rank UNIVERSITY REGISTER 231

Timothy A. Holtzen, B.S. Administration Campus Network Administrator (as of May 31, 2005) Crystal Jefferson James, B.A. Office of the President Associate Registrar Travis T. Jensen, M.A. JEANIE WATSON, Ph.D. Curriculum/Faculty Coordinator, Wesleyan President of the University; Professor of English Advantage

Julia Larson, M.S.E. Jay L. Kahler, M.Ed. Administrative Assistant to the President Assistant Director of Instructional Technology

C. Ebb Munden, J.D., M.Th., S.T.D. Theresa Lassek, B.A. Special Assistant to the President for Church Personal Computer Specialist Relations Janet C. Lu, M.S. Jack Siemsen, Ph.D. Head of Library Public Services; Professor of Library Executive Assistant to the President and Information Technology

Division of Academic Affairs Georgianne Mastera, Ph.D. Associate Dean of the College of Liberal Arts and JOE GOW, Ph.D. Sciences; Associate Professor of Business Provost and Dean of the College of Liberal Arts and Administration Sciences; Professor of Communication Sandra J. McBride, M.A. Penny Berger, J.D. Coordinator of Services for Students with Disabilities; Dean of University College and General Counsel Instructor in English

Inger Bull, Ph.D. Janice A. McChesney, B.A. Director of International Education; Assistant Associate Registrar Professor of Global Studies John J. Montag, M.A. Barbara A. Cornelius, M.A., M.L.I.S. University Librarian; Professor of Library and Head of Library Technology; Assistant Professor of Information Technology Library and Information Technology Mark A. Murphy, B.S. Peggy L. Dillon, B.A. Manager of Database Systems Telecomunications Manager Stacey L. Ocander, Ed.D. Steven R. Dow, M.A. Associate Dean of University College and Director of Director of Computing Services and Instructional Wesleyan Advantage; Assistant Professor of Athletic Technology Training Education

Jane E. Eggers, B.S. Julie Pracheil, B.A. Academic Advisor, Wesleyan Advantage-Lincoln Microcomputer Systems Manager

Margaret L. Emons, M.L.I.S. Christopher A. St. Pierre, B.A. Head of Library Technical Services; Assistant Professor Unix Systems Administrator of Library and Information Technology Gredon P. Turner Melissa J. Green, B.A. Manager of Administrative Computer and Telephone Assistant Director for Recruiting and Corporate Systems Relations, Wesleyan Advantage-Lincoln Michael K. Turner, M.A. Patricia Grafelman Hall, M.P.A. Director of Wesleyan Honors Academy and Assistant University Registrar to the Dean of University College

Stephanie Hand, B.S. Terri Vadovski, B.S. Academic Advisor, Wesleyan Advantage-Omaha Assistant Director for Recruiting and Corporate Relations, Wesleyan Advantage-Omaha Peter G. Heckman, Ph.D. Associate Dean of the College of Liberal Arts and Dominic T. Vu, B.S. Sciences; Associate Professor of Philosophy Manager of Microcomputer Systems 232 UNIVERSITY REGISTER

Division of Student Life Nancy J. Hansen, M.S. Director of the Weary Center for Health and Fitness; SARA A. BOATMAN, Ph.D. Director of Intramurals; Instructor in Health and Vice President for Student Life and Campus Human Performance Community; Associate Professor of Communication Rick Harley, B.S., M.A. Janelle S. Andreini, M.A. Head Coach, Tennis Assistant Director of Career Development John Harris, B.A. Brett Balak, B.S. Coordinator of Service Learning Associate Director of Admissions; Head Coach, Men’s Golf Taylor Haynes Head Coach, Women’s Soccer Dana Bates, M.S. Assistant Athletic Trainer Heather Hoops, B.A. Assistant to the Director of Career Development John Bates, M.Ed. Athletic Recruiting Coordinator Pat Jaacks Staff Assistant to the Director of the Weary Center James Beckman, B.A. Head Coach, Men’s Soccer Doug Jones, B.S. Assistant Athletic Trainer Julie E. Buss, B.A. Administrative Assistant to the Vice President for Brian Keller, M.S. Student Life and Campus Community Head Coach, Football; Assistant to the Athletic Director; Adjunct Instructor in Health and Ted A. Bulling, Ph.D. Human Performance Director of Cross Country and Track and Field; Adjunct Professor of Education Lance Kingery, B.A. Head Coach, Women’s Softball Jo E. Bunstock, B.S. Assistant Athletic Director Kimberly McLaughlin, R.N. Assistant Director of Student Health and Wellness Gina Chambers, B.S. Head Coach, Volleyball Shelly Morris Mumma, M.S. Associate Director of Student Life Programs; Director Geraldine E. Cotter, M.A. of Campus Center Director of Career Development Nancy J. Newman, B.S., R.N.C. Leslie K. Doyle, M.S. Director of Student Health and Wellness Multicultural Student Advisor and Program Coordinator Christopher Orr, M.A., LMHF Clinical Counselor William M. Draper Finlaw III, M.Div., Ph.D. University Minister Kristina M. Pajeda, B.S. Residence Life Coordinator Kris Franzen, M.A. Coordinator of Townhouses and Madison Erin Patton, B.A. Apartments Director of Intramural Sports

Mark Franzen, M.A. Patricia O. Ullrich, B.A. Head Coach, Men’s Basketball; Assistant Football Staff Assistant to the University Minister; Staff Coach; Instructor in Health and Human Performance Assistant to the Special Assistant to the President for Church Relations Jeff Geier, M.A., ATC/L Head Athletic Trainer; Head Strength Coach Amy Sander, M.Ed. Head Coach, Women’s Basketball Stacy Graham Head Coach, Women’s Golf Kathy L. Shellogg, M.A. Associate Vice President for Student Life and Campus Community UNIVERSITY REGISTER 233

Karl W. Skinner, B.A. Lisa Jurgensmier, B.S. Sports Information Director Events Coordinator

Matt Vasey Ashley Karges, B.S. Assistant to the Director of the Weary Center Development Officer

Ira Zeff, Ph.D. Brenda McCrady, J.D. Director of Athletics; Assistant Professor of Health Senior Development Officer-Planned Giving and Human Performance Jacquelyn R. Rezac, M.S. Janis A. Zegers, M.S.W. Donor Relations and Research Manager Clinical Counselor Lois Schroeder Information Systems Specialist

Division of Business and Sherry K. Tomek Administrative Affairs Manager of Information Systems for University Advancement CLARK T. CHANDLER, B.A. Vice President for Finance Administration Craig Wanamaker, B.A. Development Officer Nancy B. Cookson, B.A., SPHR Assistant Vice President for Human Resources

Benjamin L. Dahl, M.P.A., CPA Division of University Enrollment Assistant Controller and Marketing

Diane Hawkins PATRICIA FARLEY KARTHAUSER, B.S. Assistant Controller Vice President for University Enrollment and Marketing Matthew T. Kadavy, B.A. Assistant Vice President and Director of Physical Plant Susanne R. Beckmann, B.A. Admissions Counselor Gregory D. Maschman, B.S. Assistant Vice President for Administration and Brett Balak, B.S. Controller Associate Director of Admissions; Head Coach, Men’s Golf

Sandra Dingman, B.S. Division of University Application Administrator Advancement Janice L. Duensing GARY KORNELL, B.A., M.Div, D.Min. Assistant Director of Scholarships and Financial Aid Vice President for University Advancement Melanie K. Falk, B.F.A. Linda Birkes-Lance, B.A. Art Director Development Officer Claire D. Fredstrom, M.Ed. Lisa Brockhoff, B.S., M.S. Assistant Vice President for Scholarships and Senior Development Officer-Annual Giving Financial Aid

Harry Bullerdiek, M.P.A. Robbyn Hohensee, B.S. Development Officer – Foundations and Government Administrative Assistant to the Office of Scholarships Grants and Financial Aid

Clifford Carlson, B.S. Kara Holtz, B.A. Development Officer – Corporate Support Website and Marketing Coordinator

Natalie A. Cummings, B.A. N. Gaye Mason, B.S. Director of Alumni and Special Programs Scholarships and Financial Aid Assistant

Mary Hawk, B.A., M.A. Jeff W. Moors, B.A. Director of Development Admissions Counselor 234 UNIVERSITY REGISTER

Jennifer F. Muller, B.F.A. Graphic Designer

Thomas J. Ochsner, B.S. Director of Scholarships and Financial Aid

Sara Olson, B.S. Director of Public Relations

Heather O’Neill, B.S. Campus Visit Adminsitrator

Kara K. Peters, B.S. Marketing and Production Manager

Jennifer J. Pospisil, B.S. Admissions Counselor

Stephan N. Reyes, B.A. Admissions Counselor and Director of Multi-Cultural Recruitment

Deborah R. Rogers, B.A. Admissions Counselor

Amy M. Santos, B.A. Director of Marketing and Communications

Kendal E. Sieg, A.B. Director of Enrollment Systems

Tara Sintek, B.M. Admissions Counselor

Wendy L. Waller, B.A. Director of Pre-Collegiate Programs

Eric C. Wendt, M.S.A. Writer and Editor of University Publications Endowed Funds Catalog 2005-2007 236 ENDOWED FUNDS

Raleigh and Mary Jane Barker Scholarship— ENDOWED established by the estate of Raleigh and Mary Jane Barker and through gifts from their children, Raleigh E. Barker, Jr., D. Boyd Barker, class of 1948, and Mary Lou FUNDS Barker Harkness, class of 1947, in memory of Raleigh and Mary Jane Barker. Income is to be used to assist students majoring in the areas of religion and religious Scholarships studies. Alumni and friends of the University have made gifts for endowed, memorial, and special scholarships and Genevieve Bartlett Scholarship—established in loans. The majority of those scholarship funds provide honor of her parents, Frank and Lizzie Addleman of income to underwrite Nebraska Wesleyan’s scholarship Hastings. Income is to be used annually to provide and financial aid program. Income from the loan funds scholarships for students with a promising future in is used to finance deferred tuition payments. All cities communication and theatre. and counties referred to in catalog descriptions are located in Nebraska unless otherwise noted. Clara S. Beebe Scholarship—established in memory of this devoted and faithful alumna of the class of Named Endowed Scholarship 1911. The scholarship is to be given to a deserving stu- Funds dent with preference shown to a direct descendant of Mrs. Beebe.

James N. Ackerman Scholarship—established in Mildred Ellis Beers Scholarship—established by 1994 in honor of this class of 1933 distinguished gradu- Robert I. Beers, class of 1937, in memory of his wife, ate and former Chairman of the Board of Governors of Mildred Ellis Beers, also a member of the class of 1937. Nebraska Wesleyan, prominent attorney, civic leader Income is to be used to assist deserving students with and businessman in Lincoln. Gifts creating the fund preference given to students majoring in music. were received from family, friends, Wesleyan classmates, business and legal associates, from his fraternity—the Omicron Chapter of Zeta Psi at Nebraska Polley A. Bignell Scholarship—established through Wesleyan—and many of its alumni members, and from a bequest by this loyal and dedicated alumna, class of Ameritas Life Insurance Corporation (formerly Bankers 1924. Income is to be used to aid worthy students in Life of Nebraska), where he served as Vice President need of financial assistance with first preference given and general counsel. Income is to be used to provide to relatives of Polley A. Bignell wishing to attend scholarship assistance to deserving and needy students. Nebraska Wesleyan University.

Madge C. French Aden Scholarship—established H. Gordon Birky Scholarship—established by Amy in honor and memory of Madge C. Aden, class of 1915. and Erica Birky, Wilma Birky, class of 1942, and Thekla Income from the scholarship is to be used to assist wor- Eisentrager, in honor of H. Gordon Birky, class of 1934. thy and needy students. Proceeds are to be used to provide scholarships for women of color, either American-born, naturalized citi- Dr. N. Paul E. and Doris C. Anderson zens, or legal aliens, majoring in the humanities or social services. Scholarship—established in honor of the 60th anniversary of the graduation of Dr. Anderson, class of 1929. Income is to be used for needy students with a G. Elaine Blowers Scholarship—established by G. grade point average of 2.0 or above who show aca- Elaine Blowers, long-time friend of Nebraska Wesleyan, demic promise and a desire for higher education. to fund a scholarship for a graduate of a Nebraska high school with enrollment of fewer than 300 students. Gladys Argabright Scholarship—established by Gladys Argabright in memory of her husband, John Lucile C. Bonsall Scholarship—established by Argabright. Income is to be used for scholarships for Lucile Bonsall, class of 1930, in honor and memory of needy and worthy students. her parents, Sim and Bessie M. Bonsall. Preference is to be given to needy and worthy students planning careers in education. Robert and Janice Banks Family Scholarship— established by Robert R. Banks, class of 1943, and his wife, Janice, generous supporters of Nebraska Barbara A. Botsch Scholarship—established by Wesleyan. Scholarship awards will be made annually to Barbara A. Botsch, class of 1951. Income is to be needy and deserving students. First preference shall awarded to students with financial need. always be shown to students from the city of Lexington, or those residing in Dawson County. ENDOWED FUNDS 237

Bowman Scholarship—established by Hannah Ann E. Buman Scholarship—established through Johnston Bowman, class of 1937, in memory of her hus- an estate gift from Ann E. Buman, a native of Pawnee band, Harry Melvin “Tat” Bowman, class of 1939. County and friend of Nebraska Wesleyan University. Income is to be used to assist deserving students major- Income is to provide assistance to students who were ing in communication or political science. residents of Pawnee County for five years immediately preceding their enrollment as full-time students at Bowmaster Family Scholarship—established with Nebraska Wesleyan University. Preference is given to gifts made to Nebraska Wesleyan by members of the students with financial need as opposed to other selec- Bowmaster family. The scholarship fund is established tion criteria. to recognize Ralph M. and Leota Bowmaster and members of the Bowmaster family including their daughter, Mr. and Mrs. T. A. Butcher Scholarship—estab- Velma, two sons, Jim and Marshall, daughter-in-law, lished by Mr. and Mrs. T.A. Butcher. Income is to be Mary Beth, and great-grandson, Andy. The fund was used to assist a worthy student selected by the scholar- initiated by Ralph J. and Opal Bowmaster, of Seward, in ship committee. recognition of the many members of the Bowmaster family who have attended Nebraska Wesleyan. Income Mary Beth Gottula Byrne Scholarship—estab- from the fund is to be used to provide an annual schol- lished by Mary Beth Gottula Byrne, class of 1962, in arship to a student who is in need of financial assis- honor and memory of her parents, Orville and Fern tance. Gottula. Income is to be given annually to students planning a career in education or church vocations. Robert S. and Donna J. Bowne Scholarship— established by Robert S. Bowne, class of 1961, and wife, Charles N. Cadwallader Scholarship—established Donna J. Bowne, class of 1967. The income from this by Dr. Ruth Grievish Cadwallader, class of 1915, as a scholarship is to be used to assist students majoring in memorial to her husband, Charles N. Cadwallader. elementary or special education. Income is to be used to provide scholarships for worthy students. C. Floyd and Ruth Emily Boydston Scholarship—established by Floyd Boydston, class of A. Natelle Cahoy Scholarship—established 1948, and Ruth Boydston, his wife. First preference for through a bequest by this loyal class of 1930 graduate, scholarship recipients shall always be shown to the and through gifts from family and friends. Funds are to family of Floyd and Ruth Boydston, specifically to their provide a scholarship for a student studying in the area grandchildren and great-grandchildren, which would of technical theatre and/or theatre design. The recipi- be the children (adoptive or born) to Tom Boydston’s ent will be selected by the theatre department staff family or the children (adoptive or born) to Jean and announced at the annual theatre awards banquet Boydston’s family. each spring.

H. Eugene and Wanda E. Boyer Scholarship— Alfred B. Calvert and Blanche Larson Calvert established by H. Eugene Boyer in memory of his wife, Scholarship—established by family and friends in Wanda E. Boyer. Preference is to be given to students memory of Alfred B. Calvert, class of 1928, and Blanche from rural communities in Pawnee, Jefferson, and Calvert, class of 1929. Income is to be used to aid wor- southern Gage counties who are planning careers in thy students in need of financial assistance with prefer- medicine. ence given to relatives of Al and Blanche Calvert wishing to attend Nebraska Wesleyan University. Brox Student Aid Fund—established by Jane A. Brox as a memorial to Joseph B. Brox, class of 1919; Dr. John H. and Alma C. Calvert Scholarship— John P. Brox, class of 1928; and Daniel D. Brox, class of established by their family in memory of Alma C. 1922. Annual income is to be used to assist worthy stu- Calvert, class of 1927, and Dr. John H. Calvert, class of dents in financial need. 1925. First preference is to relatives of John and Alma Calvert. If not used by relatives, income from said schol- Buerstetta Scholarship—established by a bequest arship should be awarded to students from Pierce, or from Katherine M. Buerstetta, class of 1954, and a gift to students studying in a medically-related field. from her brother, Charles E. Buerstetta. Income is to be awarded to a needy ministerial student or a student going into full-time Christian work. 238 ENDOWED FUNDS

Estel and Mazel Worthington Carriker through education and the constant love and support Scholarship—established in honor and memory of of LoRene, he and she ennobled their own lives and Estel and Mazel Carriker by their son and daughter-in- those of many others. The Colón family is very proud of law, A. Wendell Carriker, class of 1953, and Marlene W. the life accomplishments of these two wonderful peo- Carriker, class of 1954. This scholarship shall be award- ple and in their honor wish to help others who face ed to students majoring in the field of science or edu- challenges similar to those that they encountered in cation and involved in extracurricular activities. their life experiences. Students from the communities of Harvard, Clay Center, Aurora, and Giltner will receive first preference. The Dr. Virgil R. and Marilyn J. Condon Scholarship—established by Dr. Virgil R. Condon, William and Edythe Peden Cascini Family Class of 1951, and his wife, Marilyn. Income is to be Scholarship—established by the Cascini family to awarded to nursing or pre-med students. assist junior or senior level students with financial need who have a major or minor in sociology, anthropology, LeRoy and Marjorie Cook Scholarship—estab- social work, psychology, criminal justice, or American lished by their daughter, Judith Cook Vielbig, class of minority studies. The scholarship honors Dr. William 1957, in appreciation for their gift to her of an educa- Cascini’s nearly 40 years of service at Nebraska tion at Nebraska Wesleyan University. Income from this Wesleyan as teacher, counselor, and administrator, and fund is to be used to benefit a young woman who is in the many contributions made by Edythe Peden Cascini the top 25 percent of her class, who shows financial during her own 37 years as a teacher and public school need, and who plans to enter either the field of ele- librarian. mentary or secondary education, nursing or a medically-related field, or social work. Wilbur and Elizabeth Cass Scholarship—established by Elizabeth Cass, class of 1926, in memory and Melvin R. Cornell Scholarship—established by honor of her husband, Wilbur Cass, class of 1927. Phyllis M. Gordon Cornell, class of 1935, in memory of Income is to be used to provide financial assistance to her husband, Melvin R. Cornell, who attended worthy and needy students. Nebraska Wesleyan in 1929-30. Income is to be used to assist needy and deserving students with preference William and Isabella Coatman Scholarship— given to students majoring in music. established by Mary E. Gollaher in honor of her parents. Income is to be used to assist students majoring in James M. Cox Scholarship—established by the English or other disciplines in the humanities. James M. Cox Foundation to provide assistance to talented students from rural areas in the eastern one- Doloris C. Cogan Scholarship—established by the third of Nebraska who have financial need. estate of this appreciative member of the class of 1945. Income to be used annually to award scholarships to Critchett Family Scholarship—established by the women. Selection to be made by the Director of Reverend Hugh Critchett, class of 1937, and his wife, Scholarships and Financial Aid in conjunction with the Edith. Awards are to be made to worthy students with Woman’s Wesleyan Educational Council. Preference to financial need. Priority will be given to students prepar- be given to juniors and seniors planning careers in the ing for full-time Christian service. communication field or work dealing with public policy issues, including election or appointment to positions in Senator Carl T. and Mildred M. Curtis government. Scholarship—established by Senator Carl T. Curtis, class of 1928, and his wife, Mildred. Income is to be Vicente A. and LoRene M. Colón Family used to provide an annual scholarship for students Scholarship—established in honor of Vicente A. and majoring in the area of political science. First prefer- LoRene M. Colón to assist needy and worthy students, ence to be given to, but not limited to, students from preferably foreign born and of Latin American origin, the Minden area. in their quest for an outstanding education. Vicente A. Colón was Nebraska Wesleyan’s Director and Dean of Admissions and Professor of Modern Languages from 1949 to 1974. With the full support of LoRene he trav- eled throughout the United States to recruit students. Vince and LoRene’s goal was to illuminate educational opportunity to all who earnestly sought it. They helped students in acquiring education and frequently lent additional support by their direct interest in them and hosting them in their home. They espoused the ideal that education is the pathway to personal fulfillment and compassion for others. They deeply understood the value of education. Vince came to America in 1929 with few resources and no knowledge of English, but ENDOWED FUNDS 239

Diers Family Scholarship—established by Charles H. Phyllis M. Dunlap Scholarship—established by and Mary Lou Diers and their children, Michael C. Diers, Gerry A. Dunlap, class of 1970, and his wife, Verlyn, in class of 1995, Charles E. Diers, class of 1993, Suzanne L. honor of his mother, Phyllis M. Dunlap. First year appli- Diers, class of 1985, and Maggie Diers Yost. This schol- cants must reside in one of the following counties: arship is to provide students from the Fremont area Seward, Saline, Lancaster, Otoe, or Cass; must rank in with assistance in pursuing their educational goals. the top 20% of their high school class; or have Recipient selection will be based on financial need and achieved an ACT of 25 or above. Upperclass applicants maintaining a 2.0 or better grade point average. must have a 3.0 grade point average at Nebraska Wesleyan University. Recipients must maintain a 3.0 Eleanor Engleman Dixon Scholarship—estab- grade point average to continue the scholarship. lished by Eleanor Engleman Dixon, a 1937 graduate, in Recipients are selected based on academic achieve- memory of her husband, Don E. Dixon, also a 1937 ment. Financial need is not a consideration in the selec- graduate and long-time member of the Board of tion process. Trustees and the Board of Governors of Nebraska Wesleyan University. Income is to be used to aid worthy William Byron and Ella M. Ewer Scholarship— students in need of financial assistance with preference established by Ella M. Ewer, loyal friend of Nebraska given to students majoring in economics or business Wesleyan University, to provide assistance to students administration. with financial need. First preference will go to students who are members of the United Methodist Constance C. Dowden Scholarship—established Church of Elwood; second preference will go to stu- by Constance Dowden, a loyal friend of Nebraska dents who are graduates of Elwood High School; and Wesleyan University. Income from the fund is to be third preference will go to students who are members awarded to worthy and needy students. Because of of the United Methodist Church. her lifelong love for music, first preference shall always be shown to students majoring in music. Wendell and Sarah Fairbanks Scholarship— established by Wendell L. Fairbanks, class of 1960, and Arnold J. and Gwen Draucker Scholarship— Sarah S. Fairbanks, class of 1962, in memory of their established in honor and memory of Arnold J. Draucker fathers, Lyle Fairbanks and Reverend Marshal R. Hinds. by Gwen Draucker and family. Income from the scholar- Preference is given to graduates of Wood River High ship fund is to be awarded to upperclass students from School. The scholarship is to be awarded to students of Keith, Arthur, and Grant counties, with first preference promising achievement without regard to financial to be shown to those entering the fields of the sciences need. and fine arts. Also, preference should be shown to any member or relative of the Draucker family. Dorothy B. Farmer Scholarship—established through a bequest by Mrs. Farmer, class of 1924. Van C. and Georgia L. Duling Scholarship— Income is to be used annually to provide a scholarship established by Van C. and Georgia L. Duling of Lincoln to a needy and deserving student. to provide scholarships to a sophomore or junior student from Nebraska who has proven leadership poten- Clayton D. Feis Economics and Finance tial on campus during his or her undergraduate study. Scholarship Award—established in memory of Clayton D. Feis, Professor Emeritus of Business G. Alan Dunlap Scholarship—established by Administration and Economics at Nebraska Wesleyan Duane and Phyllis Acklie to honor G. Alan Dunlap for University. The award provides assistance to students his lifelong commitment to leadership and service, and with a major or emphasis in economics or finance who to assure the education of promising young women are working hard under adverse conditions. It will also and men from Nebraska who will lead and serve our consider financial need and academic performance. nation, state, and communities in the future. Ellen L. Fellers Scholarship—established by her estate to assist a deserving junior or senior student. Preference is given to those studying in the field of remedial speech.

W. R. Fetzer Scholarship—established by the estate of Dr. Walter R. Fetzer, class of 1917. 240 ENDOWED FUNDS

Dr. Frank I. Finch Scholarship—established by fam- Galaway Foundation Scholarship—established to ily and friends in his memory. Special consideration is provide tuition scholarship for first year students whose given to juniors and seniors who are preparing for serv- parents have not completed college degrees. Special ice to the church in the field of religious education. consideration is given to new students from foster homes or graduates of Bradshaw or McCool Junction Finley-Marsland-Nolte Scholarship—established high schools. by Vivian L. Nolte, class of 1941, in honor and memory of her parents, Reuel E. and Eva Wood Finley, and her Charles and Rosa Gathman and Ross W. sister, Margaret Finley Marsland. This scholarship is to Gathman Scholarship—established through a be awarded to students with financial need. bequest in honor of their parents and brother by Eila McVicker and Dr. Leroy T. Gathman. Preference is to be First United Methodist Church, Lincoln, shown to students from Cheyenne County. Centennial Scholarship—established by the congregation to commemorate the 100th anniversary of the Richard and Marilyn Hunkins Gentry founding of the First United Methodist Church and the Scholarship—established by Richard and Marilyn congregation’s 100-year partnership with Nebraska Gentry, both members of the class of 1953. Income is to Wesleyan University in Christian higher education. be used annually to assist needy students with high Income is to be used to assist worthy students who scholastic and leadership ability. Preference is to be show financial need with preference given to students given to junior and senior students majoring in mathe- from the congregation. matics or the natural sciences.

Freda P. Fish Scholarship—established by a gener- Lavina George Scholarship—established by ous bequest from Freda P. Fish of Benkelman to assist Reverend E. T. George in memory of his wife. Proceeds worthy students demonstrating financial need. First are to be used to assist a student designated by the preference is to be given to students from the scholarship committee. Benkelman area. Reverend Richard Gibb Scholarship—established Mavis Folsom Scholarship—established by her husby his daughter, Lillian M. Gibb Swan, class of 1936. band, Lowe R. Folsom, in memory of this member of First preference is always to be shown to needy and the class of 1947. First preference is to be given to deserving students preparing for careers in full-time members of the Willard sorority majoring in music or Christian service. the performing arts. Glenn and Hazel Gildersleeve Scholarship— M. Evelyn Fosbury Scholarship—established by M. established by Helen Gildersleeve to honor these life- Evelyn Fosbury, class of 1939, in memory of her mother, long educators in the field of music. Awards are to be Emma Jayne Fosbury. Income is to be awarded to stu- made annually to needy and deserving students major- dents majoring in music with preference to those ing in music. studying stringed instruments or the piano. Gildersleeve Scholarship—established by Mr. and Dr. Lloyd R. and Shirley A. Miller Frederick Mrs. Charles E. Gildersleeve, and later increased by Scholarship—established in honor of the Frederick their children, Glenn and Helen, in their parents’ mem- and Miller families by these loyal members of the class ory. of 1943. First preference is to be shown to members of the Frederick and Miller families wishing to attend Helen Gildersleeve Scholarship—established by Nebraska Wesleyan. Income is to be used to assist Helen Gildersleeve, a devoted supporter of Nebraska deserving students with preference given to those Wesleyan University, whose generosity has helped majoring in the sciences or fine arts. many students achieve their goal of a Nebraska Wesleyan education. This fund is to help worthy stu- Fullriede Endowed Scholarship—established by dents in need of financial assistance with first prefer- Paul and Janet Fullriede Revare, class of 1957. Income is ence shown to students majoring in business adminis- to be used to assist deserving junior and senior stu- tration from the Wayne County area. dents who are residents of the state of Nebraska and exhibit financial need. Jessie June Glass Scholarship—established in 1962 with an estate gift by Miss Glass. The fund is to be used only for arts and sciences students. ENDOWED FUNDS 241

Jesse P. Gollaher Scholarship—established Elizabeth Griggs Scholarship—established by Alice through a bequest by Mr. Gollaher of Grand Island. G. Wilson. Scholarship aid is to be given to worthy and Awards are to be made to needy and worthy students deserving piano students in the Department of Music. by the scholarship committee. Clifford and Luella Groom Scholarship—estab- Dorothea Deuel Good Scholarship—established lished by a generous gift from Clifford and Luella by a bequest from Dorothea Deuel Good, class of 1930, Groom, friends of Nebraska Wesleyan. Income is to be and her husband, Dr. Leonard F. Good, class of 1928. used to assist selected students in premedical studies. Awards to be made to worthy and needy students with preference given to students preparing for careers in Dr. B. Ross Guest Scholarship—established by Dr. elementary schools and/or secondary education and/or B. Ross Guest, a dedicated and loyal member of the educational administration. class of 1942. Income is to be used for scholarships with first preference given to students from Harlan County Norman A. and Ruth J. Good Scholarship— with financial need. established by Norman A. Good, class of 1937, and Ruth J. Good, class of 1935, due to their deep interest Bernard R. and Eunice Stauffer Gyger in Christian higher education. Income is to be awarded Scholarship—established by Dr. Bernard Gyger, class to deserving junior and senior students with above- of 1934, and Dr. Eunice Stauffer Gyger, of Omaha. average grades. Income is to be used annually to award a scholarship to a deserving student from Chappell. The Gygers, long- Dorothy R. and Norman A. Good, Jr., time Nebraska educators, have a deep interest in edu- Scholarship—established by Norman A. Good, Jr., cation and hope to encourage graduates of Chappell class of 1961, in memory of his wife, Dorothy R. Good. High School to attend Nebraska Wesleyan. Income is to be used to provide scholarships for worthy students with preference given to assist students with Hamilton County Scholarship—established by B. financial need. Keith and Norma Heuermann of Phillips, loyal friends of Nebraska Wesleyan University. High school seniors W. Stanley Good Scholarship—established by W. applying for the scholarship must reside in Hamilton Stanley Good, class of 1937, in honor and memory of County and have achieved an ACT composite score of Cleora Hanscom Good, class of 1937. Preference is to be 29 or above. The recipient will be selected based on shown to students preparing for teaching at the sec- academic achievement, test scores, and high school cur- ondary level. Income is awarded annually based on riculum. The recipient must maintain a 3.25 grade point need. average to continue the scholarship.

Mr. and Mrs. William L. Good Scholarship— Esther M. Harms and Olivia H. Pieper established by their children to memorialize a deep Scholarship—established by Esther M. Harms and her interest in Christian higher education. The fund is to be sister Olivia H. Pieper. Income from the fund is to be used to benefit deserving upperclass students with used for scholarships to assist needy and worthy stu- above-average grades. dents.

Clinton W. and Daisy F. Gorst Scholarship— Dr. Walter C. and Mary M. Harvey established by these loyal friends of Nebraska Wesleyan Scholarship—established by Dr. Walter C. and Mary University to provide scholarships for deserving stu- M. Harvey, members of the class of 1945, in memory of dents who demonstrate financial need and who intend long-time Nebraska Wesleyan professors, Ethel L. to major in full-time church-related work. Booth, class of 1910 and head of the English and humanities departments, and Dr. Claude J. Shirk, head Dr. William Gorst Scholarship Fund—established of the biology department and pre-med student advi- by Vera Gorst Kilborn and Mr. and Mrs. Clinton W. sor. Income is to be awarded to students majoring in Gorst in memory of their uncle. Reverend William English or pre-medicine. Gorst, D.D., was a member of the Executive Committee of the Board of Trustees of Nebraska Wesleyan from 1898 to 1913. The income is to be used to help a worthy pre-ministerial young man.

Gottschalk Family Scholarship—established by Louise Gottschalk Larrick, class of 1940, in memory of her parents, Herbert E. and Elizabeth M. Gottschalk, and her brothers, Robert H. Gottschalk, class of 1940, and Benjamin E. Gottschalk. Income is to be used for scholarships with first preference to Native American or other minority students. 242 ENDOWED FUNDS

Ruth Haverland Scholarship—established by Fred Lois A. and Albert W. Hoesch Scholarship— A. Haverland, class of 1939, in memory of his wife, Ruth established by Lois Hoesch, class of 1954, and her hus- Haverland, also a member of the class of 1939. Income band, Albert, to aid Nebraska Wesleyan University stu- from the scholarship is to assist needy and promising dents. Preference is to be given to students majoring in students. music.

Rosemary Haverland Scholarship—established by Lois A. and Albert W. Hoesch Scholarship— Fred A. Haverland, class of 1939, in memory of his wife, established by Lois Hoesch, class of 1954, and Albert Rosemary Haverland. Income is to be awarded to assist Hoesch, to aid Nebraska Wesleyan University students. students with financial need. Preference is to be given to students planning careers in education or the natural sciences. William Randolph Hearst Scholarship—established by the William Randolph Hearst Foundation. Hattie and Elvena Holling Scholarship—estab- Scholarships are to be awarded to students with high lished through the generosity of these sisters from academic achievement and demonstrated financial Grand Island as a tribute to their interest in and con- need. cern for private higher education. Income is to be used annually to provide scholarships for the continuing Glenn and Grace Hefner Scholarship—estab- benefit of Nebraska Wesleyan students with preference lished through the generosity of Glenn L. Hefner, class given to students from the Wood River area. of 1918, and Grace C. Swanson Hefner, class of 1920. Income is to be used to aid worthy and deserving stu- John L. Hoppe Family Scholarship—established dents. by this Lincoln businessman to underwrite a scholarship to a student actively studying courses related to the William J. Hellerich Scholarship—established by housing industry or activities related to the industry. family and friends in memory of William J. Hellerich, class of 1988. This scholarship is to be awarded to sen- Margaret McKeag Hossack Scholarship—given ior students who show strong leadership potential, a in her honor by a bequest from her husband, John dedication to humanitarian ideals and involvement in Hossack. Income is to be used to provide scholarships to campus activities. students preparing for a career in elementary education with preference to be shown to junior or senior Winifred Henderson Scholarship—established by students. Thora Henderson Stice, class of 1930, in memory and honor of her mother, Winifred Henderson. Income is to Cleo TeSelle Hull Endowed Scholarship—estab- be awarded annually, based on scholarship and need, lished in honor of Cleo TeSelle Hull, class of 1952, by to a student who shows varied interest and talents. Gordon M. Hull, class of 1959. Cleo TeSelle Hull was the 1952 “W” Club Sweetheart and a member of Elmer E. and Minnie B. Hester Scholarship— Cardinal Key and Psi Chi honoraries. This scholarship is established by a bequest from Mr. and Mrs. E. E. Hester to be awarded to encourage students in psychology. of Benkelman. The annual earnings of this fund are matched by Nebraska Wesleyan from earnings provid- Donald Ray Hull Endowed Scholarship—estab- ed by the benevolent apportionment of the Nebraska lished in honor of Donald Ray Hull, class of 1952 and Annual Conference of The United Methodist Church class president, by his cousin, Gordon M. Hull, class of and provide eight scholarships each semester. The 1959. This scholarship is to be awarded to students scholarships are available to United Methodist students who plan to pursue a career in coaching or teach preparing for the ministry or for full-time Christian English. service.

Marvin and Sally Hester Scholarship—established by Marvin Hester, class of 1949, and Sally Hester, in memory of Marvin Hester’s parents. This scholarship is to provide assistance to a deserving student who needs financial aid and is selected by the scholarship committee. First preference is to be given to relatives of Marvin and Sally Hester.

Irma Deuser Hodge Scholarship—established by Mrs. Irma Deuser Hodge. Income is to be used to award an annual scholarship to a worthy and needy student. ENDOWED FUNDS 243

Harvard and Alta Hull Scholarship—established Helen C. Kendall Jensen Scholarship—estab- through the generosity of Dr. and Mrs. Harvard L. Hull, lished by this loyal and devoted alumna to aid deserv- members of the class of 1927. Dr. Hull had a distin- ing and promising students in need of financial assis- guished career as a physicist and was awarded an hon- tance. orary degree in 1984. Income from the scholarship fund is awarded annually to a junior or senior majoring in Ethel M. Johnson Scholarship—established by the departments of the natural science division. Preference long-time Dean of Women at Nebraska Wesleyan is given to students who show academic promise, University. The scholarship is to be awarded to a wor- financial need and are planning to attend graduate thy or needy student desiring higher education. school. Arch H. and Frances W. Jorgensen Josephine Jenkins Hull Scholarship—established Scholarship—established through a bequest of in honor of Josephine Jenkins Hull, class of 1928, by her Frances W. Jorgensen. Income is to be used to assist nephew, Gordon M. Hull, class of 1959. This scholar- honor students. ship is to be awarded to students who plan to pursue a career in education. Jessie E. Keller Scholarship—established by Jessie E. Keller of Lincoln through a gift from her estate. Kenneth H. Hull Scholarship—established in mem- Income is to be used to assist deserving students in the ory and celebration of Kenneth H. Hull, class of 1927, field of education. and his life of public service and community involvement by his nephew, Gordon M. Hull, class of 1959. The Benjamin N. and Cora M. Kemp Scholarship— scholarship is to be awarded to a deserving scholar pur- established through a bequest by their daughter, suing a career in education, especially coaching. While Mildred E. Kemp, a former teacher. at Nebraska Wesleyan University from 1923 to 1927, Kenneth Hull was a member of the Glee Club and track —established in team, a sport in which he took second running a 9.9 Louisa E. Kennedy Scholarship memory of Louisa E. Kennedy, class of 1916, by 100-yard dash and a 21.8 220-yard dash in the same Genevieve Kennedy Mumford. Income is to be used to day. assist worthy students.

Vera Marjorie McAllister Hull Scholarship— —established in established in memory of Vera M. Hull by her son, Fenn C. Kenower Scholarship memory of Fenn C. Kenower to assist worthy graduates Gordon McAllister Hull, class of 1959. Income from this of Nebraska high schools who are in need of financial fund is to be awarded to a student with strong scholas- assistance. tic achievement majoring in vocal music, drama or elementary and/or secondary education. Glen T. and Lillian G. Kepler Scholarship— established in 1983 through an estate gift by Big W. Gordon Hull Scholarship—established in mem- Springs resident Lillian Kepler, whose husband, Glen, ory of W. Gordon Hull, class of 1934, by his son, Gordon graduated from Nebraska Wesleyan University in 1928. M. Hull, class of 1959, and his daughter-in-law, Mary L. Income is to be used to assist deserving students who Hull. Income from this fund is to be awarded annually show financial need. to a student majoring in the Department of Music who has demonstrated strong musical ability and scholastic achievement. Violin and voice were W. Gordon Hull’s Stewart R. and Pearl S. Kirkpatrick accomplishments and interests. Scholarship—established by these loyal friends of Nebraska Wesleyan to assist needy and promising students. Lewis R. Hunter Scholarship—established in 1966 in honor of this 1955 graduate of Nebraska Wesleyan by his parents, Mr. and Mrs. R. L. Hunter of Superior. Charles E. and Norma L. Knight Scholarship— The scholarship is awarded to deserving students in established by Charles and Norma Knight to assist wor- communication or theatre. thy students attending Nebraska Wesleyan. First preference is to be shown to members of the Knight family wishing to attend Nebraska Wesleyan University. Elizabeth Jones James Scholarship—established by Vance G. James, class of 1940, in memory of his wife, Elizabeth Jones James, class of 1942. Income is to be used to assist deserving students with preference given to students majoring in business administration or economics. 244 ENDOWED FUNDS

George A. Knight Scholarship—established by the Dr. L. Dean Lane Scholarship—established through family to honor Mr. Knight’s long-time service to a bequest by Dr. L. Dean Lane, a 1936 graduate and a Nebraska Wesleyan University as a Trustee. Income is to physician for many years. This scholarship shall be be used annually to provide scholarships for worthy awarded to students from Buffalo, Phelps, Harlan, and needy students. Franklin, and Kearney counties who show high scholastic and leadership ability. George W. and Jo Knight Scholarship—established by George and Jo Knight in memory and honor Wayne W. and Phyllis J. Lang Scholarship— of their son, Jim. Consideration is to be given to stu- established by Wayne W. Lang, class of 1956, and dents entering the field of education and coaching Phyllis J. Martin Lang, class of 1960. This scholarship will with first preference given to members of the Knight be awarded to deserving and promising students in family. need of financial assistance.

Helen E. Gruver Knight Scholarship—established Dorothy A. LaSelle Scholarship—established by by this dedicated United Methodist woman and loyal Dorothy A. LaSelle, class of 1923, to assist students alumna through her will. Income from this scholarship studying in the field of art. is to be used to aid worthy students in need of financial assistance. Ruth J. Lawrence Scholarship—established by Ruth J. Lawrence, class of 1939. Income shall be award- John E. and Ruth L. Knight Scholarship—estab- ed to deserving students attending Nebraska Wesleyan. lished by John and Ruth Knight to assist deserving stu- First preference will be shown to students majoring in dents attending Nebraska Wesleyan. First preference is elementary education. to be shown to members of the Knight family wishing to attend Nebraska Wesleyan University. Marian Lehman Scholarship—established by Marian Lehman, loyal friend to Nebraska Wesleyan Kronen Scholarship—established by Leif C. and University. The scholarship is to assist students majoring Maxine Kronen, members of the class of 1936, in recog- in education. nition of the contributions made to their lives by Nebraska Wesleyan University. Income is to be used to Elijah A. Levitt Scholarship—established by assist deserving, needy students with preference given Lorraine L. Levitt to assist Nebraska students who have to, but not limited to, students majoring in business financial need and show high potential, but whose aca- administration and economics. demic achievements may not merit larger academic scholarships. Kubick Scholarship—established by Josephine L. Kubick, class of 1935. Income is to be used to aid wor- Margaret A. Berger Lindberg Scholarship— thy students. established by Margaret Lindberg, class of 1954, in memory of her husband, Donald D. Lindberg. Funds are George H. Lake Scholarship—established by a gift to provide assistance to worthy and needy students from the estate of George H. Lake, class of 1918. with first preference to be shown to students from Lincoln and Dawson counties. Milton M. and Faye Lamb Scholarship—established by Melvin and Helen Lamb Allen as a statement Dr. Howard H. Loar Scholarship—established by of their belief in the value of higher education. The Carol Schwartz Loar, class of 1947, in memory of her income is to be used to assist sophomore, junior, and husband, Dr. Howard H. Loar, class of 1946. Income is to senior students with financial need who are graduates be given annually to needy and worthy students with of an accredited public high school, majoring in mathe- first preference to physics majors and second prefer- matics, pre-engineering or the sciences, and maintain- ence to students majoring in the natural sciences. ing a 2.67 or higher grade point average. Dr. Leonel L. and Mary E. Loder Scholarship— Roderick R. Landers, M.D., Scholarship—estab- established by Dr. Leonel L. Loder, class of 1929. Funds lished by Pathology Medical Services, P.C., in memory of are to be awarded to deserving premedical students this 1951 alumnus. Income is to be awarded annually to majoring in biology or zoology. a student from Madison County who is interested in medical technology or medicine. Roy and Adda Lueder Scholarship—established for promising young students in financial need. ENDOWED FUNDS 245

H.D. Lute Family Scholarship—established by McKibbin Scholarship—established by Mrs. T. R. Harriet Lute, class of 1935, through her estate. McKibbin in honor of her husband, Theodore R. Scholarships are to be awarded to qualified students McKibbin, and her son, Kenneth. The McKibbin family who show financial need with preference going to are longtime friends of Nebraska Wesleyan. Kenneth those from western Nebraska. McKibbin attended Nebraska Wesleyan and was a member of Phi Kappa Tau fraternity. Income is award- Nellie T. Magee Scholarship—established for schol- ed each year to students who have financial need, with arship awards with preference given to students from preference given to graduates of Seward High School, the town of Valparaiso and from Saunders County. pastors’ children, or pre-pharmacy or pre-medical majors. O. N. Magee Scholarship—established by Elmer Magee and Ethel Magee Amos in honor of their father, Frances Burtner Meier Scholarship—established a lifelong friend of Christian higher education. Income in her memory by her husband, William Meier. Income is available to students of outstanding ability. is to be used to provide scholarships to pre-medical students with preference given to women. Dr. Edna R. Main Scholarship—established through a bequest by Dr. Edna R. Main, a devoted and Lloyd Mercer Scholarship—established through a loyal alumna of Nebraska Wesleyan University to assist bequest by Ella Mae Mercer of Seward, Nebraska. worthy and needy students. Income is to support 10 worthy students enrolled in the pre-ministerial field. Dr. V. Neal and Martha Maricle Scholarship— established by Dr. and Mrs. V. Neal Maricle to assist John and Grace Metcalf Scholarship—established worthy students. Preference is shown to students from by a gift of land in Chase County. Income is to be used the Albion area. for worthy students.

Gladys R. Reed and Arthur R. Marquardt Dr. B. Ruth Meyer Scholarship—established by Dr. Scholarship—established by a gift from these devot- B. Ruth Meyer, class of 1964, in honor and memory of ed United Methodists and loyal alumni of Nebraska her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Dietrich Meyer. Income shall Wesleyan University in honor of the Women’s Wesleyan be given to a sophomore full-time student majoring in Educational Council. Preference for the annual scholar- the humanities, with a grade point of 3.5. The scholarship is given to a Nebraska United Methodist junior or ship may be given to the same student each year, but senior female student whose parental or other income not to exceed six semesters. is inadequate to support her education. Dr. Carl A. Meyer Scholarship—established by P. Wayne and Marilyn Marsh Scholarship— Martha Torrey Meyer in memory of her son, class of established by Marilyn Marsh in honor and memory of 1913. Income is to be used to help young men prepar- her husband, P. Wayne Marsh, who graduated from ing for the medical profession. Nebraska Wesleyan in 1952, earned his M.D. from the University of Nebraska Medical Center, and for 28 years Dr. David H. Mickey Scholarship—established by had a private pediatrics practice in Omaha. Income is to Reverend Alberta Belle Steinmetz, class of 1983, in be used to provide financial assistance to a worthy pre- honor of Dr. David H. Mickey, professor emeritus of his- medical student from rural Nebraska. tory at Nebraska Wesleyan University. Dr. Mickey, class of 1939, served as a member of the History Department Mildred McFadden Scholarship—established by from 1951-1987 and was head of the department from Mildred Dixon McFadden, class of 1932. As a long-time 1952-1978. Income is to be awarded to upperclass stu- piano and violin instructor who received scholarship aid dents majoring in history, religion or areas related to while attending Nebraska Wesleyan, Mrs. McFadden Christian service. created this fund to assist students in the area of music education, with preference to those who plan to Mihan Scholarship—established by Violette H. become piano instructors. Mihan in memory of her husband, Simon D. Mihan. The scholarship is awarded annually to worthy students. 246 ENDOWED FUNDS

George A. and Bertha A. Miller Scholarship— Dr. M. Beth Murphy Scholarship—established by established through a gift by this longtime United Dr. M. Beth Murphy, class of 1947. First consideration Methodist couple of Grand Island. Income is to be used shall be shown to a chemistry major and second to a to assist deserving students to attend Nebraska biology major. The scholarship funds are available in a Wesleyan for a Christian education. student’s sophomore year and renewable each year as long as the required grade point average is main- Wilbur A. and Ruth A. Miller Scholarship— tained. Financial need will not be a primary considera- established by Wilbur A. Miller, class of 1933, and his tion in granting this scholarship. wife, Ruth. Income is to be used to assist students majoring in the area of business administration. John M. Neff and Mary A. Neff Scholarship — established by John M. Neff, class of 1929, and his wife, Donald W. Miltner, Sr. and Darlene M. Miltner Mary A. Neff, loyal friends of Nebraska Wesleyan Scholarship—established by Donald W. Miltner, Sr., University. Income to be used to aid worthy students in class of 1949, and Darlene M. Miltner, class of 1969, in need of financial assistance with preference given to recognition of the contributions made to their lives by students from Dawson County. Nebraska Wesleyan University. Income is to be used to aid worthy students in need of financial assistance, John, Sara Ada, and Osborne Nickerson with preference given to students majoring in business Scholarship—established through the estate of administration or economics. First year students with Osborne Nickerson of Eddyville, in memory of his par- financial need will be considered for the Miltner ents. Income is to be awarded annually to a deserving Scholarship on the strength of their academic records. student who demonstrates financial need. Students already attending Nebraska Wesleyan or transferring from another college or university must Dr. Art and Glennis Nicolai Scholarship—estab- have a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 and must lished by Art Nicolai, professor emeritus of education, maintain this average to retain the scholarship. and Glennis Nicolai. Dr. Nicolai was a member of the Education Department faculty from 1966-1989 and Ethel Mae Moor Scholarship—established by Miss head of the department from 1979-1989. The income Moor of Grand Junction, Colorado. Income is to be is to be awarded to students majoring in secondary- used annually to provide a scholarship for a sopho- level education. more, junior or senior student, with preference given to a student from Fairmont, with a 3.0 grade point Barbara Jean Norris Scholarship—established by average or better. The recipient shall be taking private Mr. and Mrs. Jack B. Norris in memory of their daugh- lessons in organ, piano, violin or voice, or enrolled in ter. Income is used to award scholarships to students the liberal arts, but planning to use his or her musical who have financial need. A selection committee education as a means to a career in music. The Director chaired by the Director of Scholarships and Financial of Scholarships and Financial Aid coordinates a selec- Aid selects the recipient or recipients each year. tion committee of designated faculty. Northwestern Mutual Financial Network/The Karen B. Moyer Scholarship—established by Tews Group Scholarship— established by Michael Clifford A. and Martha E. Moyer in honor and memory F. Tews, class of 1986, and the Northwestern Mutual of their daughter, Karen B. Moyer, class of 1966. Financial Network. Preference is to be given to stu- Income is to be used to assist worthy students who are dents majoring in business administration. majoring in biology and demonstrate financial need. Virginia Ohlson Scholarship—established through Iris L. Mueller Scholarship—established by Iris L. a bequest by Virginia Ohlson, formerly of Kimball. Mueller, class of 1935, in honor and memory of her Income is to be used in the scholarship program at husband, John O. Mueller. Income is to be used to pro- Nebraska Wesleyan. vide scholarship assistance to worthy and needy students. Robert W. Palme Scholarship—established by Robert W. Palme, class of 1927, in honor and memory of his wife, Dorothy Palme. This scholarship is to be given annually to a deserving and needy student. ENDOWED FUNDS 247

Wayne and Margaret Bittinger Palmer Dr. Wesley A. Poe Ideal Plainsman Scholarship—established by Wayne C. Palmer, class of Scholarship—established in his memory by his 1939, and Margaret Bittinger Palmer, class of 1936. widow, Mrs. Lowe R. Folsom, the former Mavis Ann Income is to be used annually to provide scholarships Money, class of 1947. A veteran of World War II, Dr. for deserving students who demonstrate financial Poe graduated from Nebraska Wesleyan in 1947, the need. same year he was selected Ideal Plainsman. Working throughout his school years, he earned a master’s Eleanor Ware Park Scholarship—established by degree in industrial psychology from Northwestern and Eleanor Ware Park, class of 1935, in honor and memory a Ph.D. in educational psychology at the University of of her mother, Gertrude Hutten Ware, class of 1908. Nebraska-Lincoln, where he was Director of the Junior Income is to be used to assist worthy and needy stu- Division and Counseling Service before his death in dents with first preference shown to students from the 1956. Income is to be awarded annually, based on Dixon County area. scholarship and need, to an upperclass student who shows varied interests and talents. Gladys S. Parsons Scholarship—established through a bequest by Miss Parsons, class of 1922, to be Joseph M. and Clara S. Prouty Scholarship— used for scholarships to full-time students who intend established by Dr. Margaret J. Prouty, class of 1932, in to devote their lives to the mission field. memory of her parents, Joseph and Clara Prouty. The funds will be awarded to students who demonstrate Dr. Irvin L. and LaVernne Kelly Peterson financial need. Scholarship—established by family, friends, students, and athletes in memory of Irvin L. and LaVernne Kelly Purdham-Benham Scholarship—established in Peterson, and in recognition of Dr. Peterson’s career at memory of Mr. and Mrs. Plummer Purdham, formerly Wesleyan. That career included serving as Head of the of Omaha, and Mr. and Mrs. Wilbur Benham, formerly Health, Physical Education and Recreation Department of Joliet, Illinois. The scholarship is awarded to a full- for 36 years and Varsity Men’s Basketball coach for 20 time junior or senior music major with proven academ- years. This scholarship is to be awarded to a male soph- ic achievement with preference given to someone with omore or junior with demonstrated academic excel- financial need. The recipient is chosen by the music fac- lence. ulty.

Rosa O. Peterson Scholarship—established by a James B. and Helen M. Putman Scholarship— gift from the estate of Mrs. Rosa O. Peterson. established in 1956 by James B. Putman and Helen Whitney Putman, class of 1931, of Ogallala. Income is granted each year to worthy students. Verna B. Philips Scholarship—established by proceeds from the estate of Verna B. Philips. Scholarships may be awarded to a pre-ministerial student. H. Gladys Rainforth Scholarship—established through a bequest by H. Gladys Rainforth. Awards are to be made to students with financial need to assist Mr. and Mrs. J. A. Piper Scholarship—established them in their chosen field of study. through a bequest from Jennie Lou Piper in memory of her parents. Income is to be used to provide financial assistance to needy young women. Esther Witzel Reeves Scholarship—established by Esther Witzel Reeves of Madison, in memory of her beloved husband, John Reeves, and beloved son, John Phi Mu Scholarship—established by the Zeta Kappa Henry Reeves. Income is to provide scholarship assis- chapter of the Phi Mu fraternity for women. tance to deserving young men with financial need. Scholarships are to be awarded to female students who are academically deserving and in need of financial assistance. Estella Reid Scholarship—established by this dedicated United Methodist churchwoman from Beatrice. Her bequest makes possible scholarships which are awarded to worthy students.

Florence E. Roberts Scholarship—established by a gift from the estate of Florence E. Roberts.

Mary Lou Robinson Scholarship—established by Mary Lou Robinson, class of 1954, who enjoyed a distinguished career as a teacher and librarian in Kalamazoo, Michigan. These funds are to aid deserving and promising students with financial need. 248 ENDOWED FUNDS

Roe Family Scholarship—established by family and Sandall Family Scholarship—established by chil- friends in memory of Reverend Joseph B. Roe, Sr., Enid dren, family and friends in memory of Dr. Harold C. Talton Roe, Reverend Dr. Phyllis Carol Roe, and Rebecca Sandall and Evelyn Sandall Grass. Dr. Sandall began his Louise Roe. Income is awarded annually on the basis of distinguished ministry in the Nebraska United financial need with preference given to dependents of Methodist Conference as a Sandhills circuit rider before ministers or other persons working in full-time, church- graduating from Nebraska Wesleyan in 1928. Evelyn related vocations of The United Methodist Church or to Sandall Grass served on Nebraska Wesleyan’s Board of students who intend to enter a full-time, church-relat- Trustees for several years. Income is to be used to assist ed vocation in The United Methodist Church. worthy students.

Dr. and Mrs. Vance D. Rogers Scholarship— Barbara Grundman Sasse Scholarship—estab- established by Dr. and Mrs. Vance D. Rogers as a gift to lished by Carl W. Sasse, Jr., class of 1952, in memory of Wesleyan’s Centennial Development Program. Dr. his wife, Barbara Grundman Sasse, class of 1953. Rogers served as President of Nebraska Wesleyan from Income is to be used to assist deserving students major- 1957 through 1977. Income from the fund is used to ing in music, with preference given to students from award scholarships to needy and worthy students. Nebraska City and Gordon.

Essie D. Romine Scholarship—established through Lewis A. Schafer and Paul H. Laursen a bequest by Mrs. Romine to provide help for worthy Endowed Scholarship—established by Douglas P. students seeking education in the field of ministry. and Martha S. Dennison Maxwell, members of the class of 1963. This scholarship gift honors Nebraska Helen and Windom Rosene Scholarship—estab- Wesleyan University retired faculty members Dr. Lewis lished through a bequest by Gordon and Margaret A. Schafer, professor emeritus of biology, and Dr. Paul Rosene Axford and Robert W. and Joyce H. Rosene in H. Laursen, professor emeritus of chemistry. honor of their parents, who had a deep interest in education. The scholarship will be reserved for juniors and Melvin H. Schlesinger Scholarship—established seniors who have insufficient funds to complete their by Mrs. Elaine Wolf of Albion in memory of her father, education. who died May 11, 1984. Mr. Schlesinger was born and educated in Lincoln and was a lifelong, enthusiastic Rural Student Scholarship—established with funds supporter of Nebraska and Nebraska institutions. from The Hearst Foundation, Inc., the George I. Alden Income is to be awarded annually to a student or stu- Trust, and the James M. Cox Foundation. This fund will dents from the Albion area with the first consideration provide assistance to talented students from rural areas scholarship and the second consideration need. that have financial need. Clara M. Schlichtemeier Endowed Lillian M. Rutledge Scholarship—established by Scholarship—established by Clara M. Schlichtemeier, Lillian M. Rutledge, class of 1995, in memory of her class of 1925, to assist students with financial need. husband, Edward Sturgis Rutledge. Income is to be used to assist worthy and talented students who reflect Otilla F. Schmidt Scholarship—established by a gift an academically promising future. from the estate of Otilla F. Schmidt.

Reverend William L. Ruyle, Dr. William V. Ruyle Floyd H. Schneider Scholarship—established and Gladys E. Van Camp Scholarship—estab- through a bequest by Mr. Schneider to provide aid to lished by Mona V. Claybaugh, class of 1944, in honor worthy and needy students. and memory of her father-in-law, Reverend William L. Ruyle, class of 1912, her husband, Dr. William V. Ruyle, Mr. and Mrs. William R. Schoch Scholarship— and her mother, Gladys E. Van Camp, class of 1927. This established by a pioneer Methodist family of York, to fund provides scholarships to worthy students with honor a son who died in high school. Income is to be financial need. used for scholarships for needy and worthy students.

Vera Ahrendt Sadler Scholarship—established by —established in mem- Vera Ahrendt Sadler, class of 1933, in memory of her J. Oliver Schock Scholarship ory of this 1939 graduate. Mr. Schock had a distin- parents, Otto P. and Nora E. Ahrendt. Income is to pro- guished career in aerospace engineering management vide financial assistance to needy and deserving stu- and was dedicated to academic excellence and quality dents. Scholarships are to be awarded to students education. Income from the fund is used to provide a entering the field of education. scholarship for a physics major who has completed his or her sophomore or junior year and who demonstrates academic promise. The recipient is selected by a special committee. ENDOWED FUNDS 249

Beulah M. Scott Scholarship—established through F. Vernon Sprowls Scholarship—established the generosity of Beulah M. Scott, class of 1934, a dedi- through a bequest from Mr. Sprowl’s estate. Income is cated educator. Income is to be used annually to assist to be used for deserving students. worthy and needy students entering the field of education. John Stahn Scholarship—established by John Stahn in honor of Herbert J. and Margaret A. Prouty, mem- Grace Shirk Endowed Scholarship—established bers of the class of 1922. The scholarship was estab- by Grace Shirk, class of 1941, in memory of her hus- lished due to the high esteem John Stahn held for his band, Wilmer R. Shirk, class of 1938, and her father-in- high school basketball coach, Herbert Prouty, class of law, Dr. Claude J. Shirk, long-time biology professor at 1922. Annual income to assist worthy students in finan- Nebraska Wesleyan University. The funds are to assist cial need. students majoring in nursing. Reverend Alberta Belle Steinmetz Wiley Herbert Shoaf Scholarship—established by Scholarship—established by Reverend Alberta Belle his daughter, Nellie Beth Shoaf Strand, class of 1934, in Steinmetz, class of 1983. Income is to be used to award recognition of Reverend Shoaf, class of 1904, and his scholarships to students majoring in areas related to distinguished and devoted service to the Methodist full-time Christian service or special education. Church in Nebraska. Income is to be used to assist worthy students who demonstrate financial need with Rosalie Kilzer Steinmetz Scholarship—estab- preference being given to those intent on careers in lished by Rosalie Kilzer Steinmetz, class of 1941. full-time Christian service or in elementary or secondary Income is to be used to award scholarships to students education. majoring in political science.

Earl R. and Virgie H. Sieg Scholarship—estab- M. Irene Stevens Scholarship—established by M. lished by Thomas K. Sieg in honor of his parents. Irene Stevens, class of 1937, who served as Registrar Income is to be used to provide a scholarship for and Associate Dean at Nebraska Wesleyan University. deserving students with preference given to students Income is to be used annually to provide scholarships from Lexington. for worthy and needy students.

I. Mae Sigler Scholarship—established by a William A. and Leita E. Stevenson bequest from this devoted United Methodist and mem- Scholarship—established by a generous gift from ber of the class of 1926. Preference is given to, but not Leita E. Stevenson. limited to, a Nebraska United Methodist female student entering into full-time Christian service. Francis Ernest Stewart Scholarship—established by his family in memory of U.S. Air Force Major Francis —established through Ernest L. Smith Scholarship Ernest Stewart, class of 1953, who was killed in a trust fund by Mr. Smith, a Lincoln merchant and 1911 Vietnam on April 30, 1969. Fran loved children, had a Nebraska Wesleyan graduate. Mr. Smith served strong faith and believed in equality. In honor of those Nebraska Wesleyan as a member of its governing attributes, the scholarship is to be awarded to a male boards from 1918 until his death in 1985. Scholarships preparing for a career in elementary education or a are awarded annually. female preparing for a career in The United Methodist ministry. Eva Bolton Smith Scholarship—established by family and friends in memory of this devoted alumna Stoltz Scholarship—established by Virginia Cotton of the class of 1914. Stoltz, class of 1936, in memory of her husband, C. Rodney Stoltz, M.D., class of 1936. Income is to be used Vera Sager Smith Scholarship—established to assist deserving students with preference given to through a bequest by Vera Sager Smith, a native of students majoring in communication and theatre arts Gibbon, and 1916 graduate. Income is to be used to or in the natural sciences. assist worthy and needy students. Story Scholarship—established by Roy G. Story, class Jennie Biggs Snocker and Boyd C. Biggs of 1919, and his wife, Josephine. Income from the fund Scholarship—established by a gift from Leora Biggs is to be awarded to a junior or senior majoring in Gates. Income is to be used to assist qualified premed- chemistry to encourage excellence in undergraduate ical students preparing for a life of Christian service as study in the chemical-related sciences. Preference is medical missionaries. given to students preparing for graduate study and showing promise for creative advancement in their Marietta Snow Scholarship—established by the chosen field. Recipients are recommended to the schol- estate of this beloved professor of foreign languages to arship committee by the chair of the department in assist selected students in premedical and pre-ministeri- which the student is majoring. al studies. 250 ENDOWED FUNDS

Stowater Scholarship —established by Seattle A. Fletcher N. Throckmorton Scholarship—estab- Stowater of San Diego, California. Mr. Stowater, class of lished in honor and memory of Fletcher N. 1922, did his graduate work at Columbia and Union Throckmorton, class of 1923, by his wife, Evelyn Theological Seminary and was a strong advocate of a Throckmorton. This scholarship shall be awarded to liberal arts education available at a church-related col- deserving and needy students. lege. The annual earnings provide scholarships for deserving upperclass students who have academic Dale and Helen Heiszenbuttel Thuman promise. Preference is given to students who will be Scholarship—established by Helen Heiszenbuttel pursuing graduate work in religion, education, sociolo- Thuman, class of 1937, and Dale Thuman. Scholarships gy or psychology. are to be awarded annually to worthy and promising upperclass students. First preference shall always be Fred O. and Lillian M. Swan Scholarship—estab- shown to students from Hitchcock and Madison coun- lished by Lillian M. Gibb Swan, class of 1936. Income is ties. to assist students who are residents of Nebraska and majoring in music with emphasis in choral conducting F. Darlene Sampson Tipton and Ervin C. Tipton and/or singing. Scholarship—established by Mrs. Tipton in memory of her husband, Reverend Ervin C. Tipton, both mem- Jean C. Swinbank Memorial Finance bers of the class of 1934. Income is to be used to award Scholarship—established in memory of Jean C. scholarships annually to deserving students who have Swinbank. Funds are to provide assistance to graduates financial need. Preference will be given to students of Nebraska high schools who are enrolled in the studying for careers of Christian service in religious Department of Business Administration, Accounting, education, the ministry, missionary service or teaching. and Economics and who demonstrate academic ability and financial need. Ernest Treptow Scholarship—established by a gift from his estate. The income is awarded at the discre- Dr. Robert L. and Dolores A. Taylor tion of the President to provide assistance to one or Scholarship—established by a gift from Dr. Robert L. more worthy students having demonstrated financial Taylor, class of 1947. Special consideration to be shown need. Preference is given to students preparing for first to graduates of Palmer High School or to students careers in Christian service, including the full-time min- from Merrick or Hall counties. istry, social service, physical and mental health services and related fields. Hazel Stolte Tegeler Scholarship—established by family and friends in memory of this Nebraska Dr. Roy A. and Gertrude M. Trowbridge Wesleyan graduate. Income from the fund is awarded Scholarship—established by a gift from Dr. Roy A. annually to a junior or senior majoring in elementary Trowbridge, class of 1918, and Gertrude M. Towbridge. education. Preference is given to students who show Income is to be used to assist worthy and needy young financial need. Recipients must be in good standing women to prepare for a career of Christian service in and are chosen by the scholarship committee upon rec- religious education, the ministry, missionary service or ommendation by the director of the elementary educa- teaching. tion program. Dr. Leland A. Underkofler Scholarship—estab- Dr. James E. and Lois M. Thayer/Dean W. lished through a bequest by Dr. Leland A. Underkofler, Hagemeister Scholarship—established by Dr. James class of 1928. Given in memory of his mother, Laona E. and Lois M. Thayer, members of the class of 1949, in Hobson Underkofler, class of 1931, his brother, Oliver memory of Dean W. Hagemeister, a member of the Harlan Underkofler, class of 1933, his sister-in-law, Mary Board of Trustees from 1955-1967. Preference is to be Ellen Kay Underkofler, class of 1933, and in honor of his given to students from western Nebraska. brother, Galen William Underkofler, class of 1929, and niece, Nancy G. Underkofler Ruter, class of 1969. Reverend and Mrs. S.B. Thomas Scholarship— Income is to be used for worthy and needy students. established by their children to honor their parents and memorialize a long and deep interest in Christian high- Ervin and Carolyn Unvert Scholarship—estab- er education. Income is to be used to benefit deserving lished by Ervin, class of 1953, and Carolyn Unvert, class upperclass students with above-average grades. of 1955, in honor of special friends Dr. John W. White, Jr., past president of Nebraska Wesleyan University, his Mayma Thompson Scholarship—established wife, Marty, and Dick Hahn, past director of planned through a bequest from Mayma Thompson. Income is giving. Funds are to be awarded to worthy and needy to be used to assist needy and worthy students with students wishing to attend Nebraska Wesleyan. preference given to graduates of Alma High School. ENDOWED FUNDS 251

Unvert Family Scholarship—established in memory Raymond A. Walker Scholarship—established in of Reverend Ervin H. and Diana L. Unvert by their chil- memory of this long-time member of The United dren, family and friends. Reverend Unvert served the Methodist Church by Mr. and Mrs. M. S. Westerhoff of Nebraska Annual Conference of The United Methodist Alexandria. Income is to be used to provide an annual Church. The Unvert family is very active in the life of scholarship for an academically qualified student Nebraska Wesleyan University and committed to pri- majoring in the Department of Business vate higher education. Income is to be used annually to Administration, Accounting, and Economics. provide scholarships to aid worthy and deserving students who demonstrate financial need. Preference is Wylie R. and Helen M. Ward Scholarship— given to students majoring in music and religion, two established by Helen Ward, class of 1915, and Wylie areas of interest to Reverend and Mrs. Unvert. Ward, class of 1916, through an estate gift. The Wards of Lexington were generous benefactors of Nebraska Lucille Van Steenberg Scholarship—established Wesleyan. Income from the fund is to be used to pro- by her husband, Ivan Van Steenberg, class of 1930. vide scholarships for needy and worthy students. Income is to be used annually for a deserving student who demonstrates financial need. Marion and Marian Weary Scholarship—established by Marion M. Weary, class of 1936, and Marian Vaughan Family Scholarship—established by Mr. O. Johnson Weary, class of 1939, of Mesa, Arizona, as and Mrs. Albert W. Hoesch in memory and honor of an expression of their gratitude to Nebraska Wesleyan the Jim Vaughan family and grandson, Dr. Lawrence E. and their commitment to the liberal arts. Income is to Vaughan. The scholarship is given annually with prefer- be used to assist deserving, needy students, with pref- ence shown to a premedical student. erence given to those planning a career in the teaching profession or those who are majoring in the fields of Venell-Rudd Family Scholarship—established in the natural sciences, economics, or business. memory of Leslie R. and Julie V. Venell Rudd by their children, family and friends. The couple’s two daugh- Westover Scholarship—established by family and ters and many other family members are Nebraska friends in memory of Raymond Westover and his son, Wesleyan graduates. Mr. and Mrs. Rudd also had an Steven Westover, to assist an upperclass student with a abiding interest in private higher education and demonstrated commitment to excellence in the class- Nebraska Wesleyan in particular. Income is to be used room. to aid a deserving student who demonstrates financial need. Sarah J. Wilke Endowed Scholarship—established by Stephen L. Wilke in honor and memory of his Mike Vosik Scholarship—established by Mr. and daughter, Sarah J. Wilke, class of 2000. Income from Mrs. Robert Vosik in memory of their son, Mike, a grad- this gift is to provide a scholarship to a junior or senior uate of Millard North High School and a member of biology major interested in medicine and planning to the class of 1986. He was a member of Theta Chi frater- attend medical school following graduation. nity and a National Merit Finalist. Income is to be awarded each year to a graduate of Millard North High Rick Wilson Scholarship—established by D. Lloyd School in Omaha. Preference is given to students who Wilson in memory of his son, Rick Wilson. Awards will have financial need. The annual recipient is chosen by be made to students who maintain a 3.0 grade point the scholarship committee at Millard North High average, are good citizens and show evidence of finan- School. cial need. First preference will always be shown to Nebraska or Colorado residents, with special considera- Wake Family Scholarship—established by Mary tion given to students from Cozad, Gothenburg and Ann Wake Banghart. Income is to be used for scholar- Lexington, or to those residing in Dawson County. ships to students of good character and promising achievement who demonstrate financial need. Dr. F. Loren Winship Scholarship—established in honor and memory of Dr. Enid Miller Hoffman, former Wakelin Family Scholarship—established in mem- head of the Department of Speech and Theatre and a ory of Zelda M. Wakelin, class of 1922, and Leta A. faculty member for more than 30 years. The fund is Wakelin, class of 1922, early residents of University also a memorial to Dr. Winship, class of 1928. Income is Place. Income is to assist worthy and needy students. to be given annually to a student majoring in the Department of Communication and Theatre Arts who Mr. and Mrs. Max I. Walker Scholarship—estab- has demonstrated creative ability and scholastic lished by Mr. and Mrs. Max I. Walker, of Omaha, for achievement. The recipient is to be recommended by a students preparing for the ministry or a life devoted to committee selected by the department chair. religious education. 252 ENDOWED FUNDS

Dr. and Mrs. Ray S. Wycoff Scholarship—estab- Memorial and Honor lished by Dr. and Mrs. Wycoff of Lexington to provide aid to worthy students. Scholarship Funds

Elaine M. and Norman C. Yates Scholarship— Mr. and Mrs. Roscoe C. Abbott Scholarship established by Elaine M. Yates, class of 1948, and Mr. and Mrs. A. F. Ackerman Scholarship Norman C. Yates. First preference is to be given to stu- Wilma Adams Scholarship dents from Fillmore County. Walter Aitken Scholarship Dr. N. Paul E. Anderson Scholarship Paul D. Zabel Scholarship—established by L. Fred Zabel, class of 1941, and Sarah Zabel in memory of Eugene and Mary Banghart Scholarship their son, Paul, a graduate of the class of 1966. Income Grace Banghart Scholarship is to be used to provide scholarships for deserving stu- Jessie Banghart Scholarship dents with preference given to students from the William Banghart Scholarship Western and Cambridge areas. Mr. and Mrs. R. E. Barker Scholarship L. M. Baylor Scholarship Stella Beers Scholarship Jesse W. Ziegler Endowed Scholarship—estab- Reverend V.R. Bell Scholarship lished by William and Candace Ziegler in honor and Mrs. Ella Blakeslee Scholarship memory of their son, Jesse W. Ziegler, who was a stu- Mr. and Mrs. George C. Blinco Scholarship dent at Nebraska Wesleyan in 2003. Income from this Reverend W.B. Bliss and J. L. Smith Scholarship gift will provide scholarships to students from Reverend and Mrs. John Franklin Boeye Scholarship Nebraska, with preference given to students from the Ethel L. Booth Scholarship Ord area. Flora and May Boydston Scholarship Joseph Burger Scholarship Glenn Bush Scholarship

Gussie E. Cadwallader Scholarship Mr. and Mrs. J. H. Cannon Scholarship Nettie Clark Scholarship Mr. and Mrs. Arthur Conser Scholarship Lenora Penny Cook Scholarship John Michael Cory Scholarship Ilus and Charity B. Couch Scholarship Ida Bell Craig Scholarship

Emile J. Deuser Scholarship Wilma Dixson Scholarship Howard A. Durham Scholarship

Benjamin W. Emmett Scholarship

Mr. and Mrs. W.A. Fellers Scholarship Henry Figard Scholarship Silas Figard Scholarship

Leora E. Gates Scholarship W. Max and Emily Gentry Scholarship Dr. William J. Gentry Scholarship James R. Gettys Scholarship Gladys Burger Gilmore Scholarship Reverend E. T. George Scholarship Greeno-Peterson Scholarship Mr. and Mrs. W. H. Greenslit Scholarship Sara Grimes Scholarship Mrs. Blanche C. Groit Scholarship ENDOWED FUNDS 253

Rose A. Hagemeister Scholarship Reverend and Mrs. F. E. Sala Scholarship Hazel R. Hanna Scholarship Harold C. Sandall Scholarship Reverend Leonard F. Hartwig Scholarship E. S. Schiefelbein Scholarship Blanche Henkle Scholarship Dorothy Embree Schrack Scholarship Mary L. Heuermann Scholarship Mr. and Mrs. George Schwanke Scholarship Walter M. Holmes Scholarship Clio D. Shigley Scholarship Otto Hueftle Scholarship Earle J. Smith Scholarship Mrs. Merle Humphries Scholarship Elizabeth Jane Smith Scholarship Merlin C. Hunt Scholarship Guy W. and Dora G. Smith Scholarship James E. and Sadie Smith Scholarship M. P. Jensen Scholarship Joseph Stanton Scholarship Mr. and Mrs. Alex Johnson Scholarship John M. Stewart Scholarship Charles E. Jones Scholarship Marie L. Story Scholarship Vera H. Swift Scholarship Alice Kellogg Scholarship E. C. Kimball Scholarship Mr. and Mrs. Roy L. Terhune Scholarship Mrs. Miriam Kline Scholarship Mildred E. Thomas Scholarship Mr. and Mrs. George A. Knight Scholarship George E. Tozer Scholarship Florence and Merrill Koser Scholarship Major Harman M. Turner Scholarship Grace Koser Scholarship N. B. Turner Scholarship Verne Krausnick Scholarship Guy Van Steenberg Scholarship Erma B. Lansing Scholarship J. Gordon Vaughan Scholarship Samantha E. Leininger Scholarship Annie K. Leonard Scholarship Ursula Wade Scholarship Elmer Elsworth Lesh Scholarship Merle G. Walters Scholarship Robert B. Littrell Scholarship Irvin C. Werner Scholarship Dr. and Mrs. F. Lundberg Scholarship Mrs. George Whipperman Scholarship Gladys Lux Scholarship Martha B. White Scholarship Raymond W. Wilhelmi Scholarship Dr. A. D. Mahaffay Scholarship Harold E. Willey Scholarship C. Ned Mahlman Scholarship Allison T. Wilson Family Scholarship Reverend George and Adeline Main Scholarship Pauline Winter Scholarship Salina E. Malmsten Scholarship Anna F. Wright Scholarship Hazel Ruth Mannon Scholarship Delia D. Wright Scholarship Martha Graves McKelvie Scholarship Reverend George I. Wright Scholarship Margaret Miller Scholarship James Wulf Scholarship Mr. and Mrs. E. W. Miskell Scholarship William Harper Wyman and Marian B. Wyman Mr. and Mrs. Ray Mitchell Scholarship Scholarship Lulu B. Moore Scholarship Ethel Murray Scholarship

Clara and Lawrence Newell Scholarship B. F. Norval Scholarship B. S. Norval Scholarship Mr. and Mrs. Charles E. Noyes Scholarship

Reverend Norman R. Olsen Scholarship S. B. Otto Scholarship Clarence Paulsen Scholarship Melvin A. Pixley Scholarship Reverend Joseph M. Prouty Scholarship Miss Ruth E. Pyrtle Scholarship

Genevieve Richmond Scholarship Barbara Rogers Scholarship Vance D. Rogers Scholarship Walker V. and Essie D. Romine Scholarship Pearl Rosekranz Scholarship Joseph L. and Rebecca J. Ryons Scholarship 254 ENDOWED FUNDS

Named Scholarship Funds William A. Fry Scholarship—established through an agreement between Mr. Fry and the Lincoln Foundation. Nebraska Wesleyan receives income from a Pop Bennett Scholarship—scholarship honoring trust for scholarships which are to be awarded to stu- Oscar “Pop” Bennett, former head of the Music dents of good character with financial need who are Department. Awards are made annually to outstanding majoring in fields other than drama. music students.

Mildred M. Gaddis Scholarship—established by Marion C. and Elaine Bonham Scholarship— Mildred M. Gaddis, class of 1932. established by Marion C. Bonham, class of 1939, and Elaine Embree Bonham, class of 1941. Merritt A. and Naomi Hull Scholarship—an annual gift from the Hull family provides a scholarship Linda M. Frank Bruning Scholarship—established for a superior student. in memory of Linda Mae Frank Bruning, class of 1962, by her husband and children. The scholarship is to assist junior and senior female students who might not be Northwestern Nebraska Scholarship—estab- able to complete their degree without financial assis- lished by Blanche Coffee Griot. tance. The recipients should be majoring in the areas of mathematics or science and be planning careers in Marie H. Odgers Scholarship—established by occupations typically requiring post-graduate training Marie H. Odgers, class of 1955. Funds to be awarded such as medically related fields, scientific research, or to students with financial need. areas of education and counseling. Winona Peterson Scholarship—established in her Chism Scholarship—established by family and memory by the Women’s Society for Christian Service of friends in memory of Dr. Neal A. Chism, former chair of First United Methodist Church in Lincoln to assist young the Business Administration and Economics people of potential leadership who plan to enter full- Department. Awarded annually to a student in the time church-related service. Scholarships are available economics or finance area. annually to three sophomore men and three sophomore women and may be continued through the junior Class of 1921 Scholarship and senior years if qualifications are met.

Presser Foundation Scholarship—under the will Class of 1923 Scholarship of Theodore Presser, Nebraska Wesleyan is an institution whose music students may be considered for a Class of 1927 Scholarship scholarship which is awarded for use in the student’s senior year. The recipient is known as the Presser Class of 1934 Scholarship Scholar.

Bill and Shirley Dauer Scholarship Fund—estab- J.C. Seacrest Scholarship—established in 1965 by a lished by Bill Dauer, class of 1950, and his wife, Shirley Trustee and administered by the Lincoln Foundation. Dauer. Strain Slattery Barkley and Company L. Patton Davis Scholarship—established by L. Scholarship—originally established by Fry, White & Patton Davis, class of 1941. Guszak, Certified Public Accountants, to provide a scholarship to a deserving student majoring in account- T.A. Filipi Scholarship—established with an estate ing and an above-average academic record. gift from T.A. Filipi, loyal friend of Nebraska Wesleyan University. Funds to be awarded to students with Mildred E. Thomas Scholarship—established by financial need. Mildred E. Thomas, member of the class of 1931.

First Federal Savings and Loan Association of Turner Scholarship—established by Samuel and Lincoln Scholarship—provided annually for a stu- Rose Turner in honor of their son, Dr. Richard D. Turner, dent entering his or her senior year that is a resident of class of 1960. Dr. Turner was awarded an honorary Nebraska and demonstrates financial need. Doctor of Divinity degree from Nebraska Wesleyan in 1987 and was a member of the Board of Governors from 1986 to 1992. Preference is to be given to United Clarence H. “Clink” Folsom Scholarship—estab- Methodist students and/or minority students. lished by Adolf and Margaret Folsom May in honor of Clarence "Clink" Folsom's distinguished service in the field of medicine. Funds will go towards supporting the education of a promising pre-medical student. ENDOWED FUNDS 255

United Methodist Scholarships—scholarships for Loan Funds students who are members of The United Methodist Church provided by part of the Student Day offerings. Awards are made to students who have achieved aca- Emma Bath Fund demic excellence upon application through an accredited United Methodist college. Paul Critchett Fund

Woman’s Wesleyan Educational Council Donahue Student Emergency Loan—established Scholarships—presented to juniors and seniors. in memory of Thomas H. Donahue by family and (Application deadline is March 15; WWEC Scholarship friends. Students may borrow up to $75 for up to 90 Committee interviews applicants the fourth Monday in days for personal, unspecified needs. March.) Scholarships are as follows: Edith Bolton Baker Scholarship Edwards Loan Fund—established in honor of Mrs. E. Glenn Callen Scholarship Clarence A. and Vina L. Edwards, a couple who home- Reverend and Mrs. Richard E. Carlyon Scholarship steaded in Dawson County, Nebraska, in 1885, and Evelyun R. Casey Scholarship were interested in the growth of the state, its conservation, churches and the education of youth. Nettie M. Clark Scholarship Gladys W. Coatman Scholarship George and Anna Halstead Loan Fund—avail- Mrs. Eunuch Darrow Scholarship able to worthy students at a very low rate of interest. Betty Eberhart Scholarship Bertha Lee Green Scholarship H. B. and Mc. Fund—established by three loyal G. E. Green Scholarship alumni who wish to help other Nebraska Wesleyan stu- Luther Haserman Scholarship dents. (for male premedical students) Bernice N. Halbert Scholarship Bertram E. Hall Fund Nellie E. Carey and Clara A. Johnson Scholarship Henry Methodist Church Fund Ethel M. Johnson Scholarship Carol White Mortensen Scholarship Venia M. Kellar Loan Fund—available to needy Earl Norcross Scholarship students of proven academic ability. (for male premedical students) Alice E. Paine Scholarship Grace E. Lenfest Fund Mr. and Mrs. J. F. Spivey Scholarship Hazel Strasser Scholarship (for female premedical students) Gladys VanCamp Scholarship Beatrice Vaughan Memorial Scholarship Ruth Norton Vaughan Scholarship (for elementary education students) WWEC Anniversary Scholarship WWEC Life Member Scholarship WWEC Life Patron Scholarship Woman’s Wesleyan Educational Council Scholarship Wesleyan Women Scholarship Jennie Rinker Wilson Scholarship (for female students in Christian service)

Lois J. and Joseph Woodward Scholarship— established by Lois J. Woodward, class of 1946, and Joseph Woodward. Funds to be awarded to students with financial need. 256 ENDOWED FUNDS

Annie K. Leonard Fund Named Endowed Chairs Alumni and friends of the University have made gifts Bishop William C. Martin Fund for the endowment of the academic program. Endowment funds for distinguished professorial chairs Dr. J. M. McLeod Trust Loan Fund—available to provide compensation and funds for research or schol- advanced students of high standards at a low rate of arly activities to senior faculty members. interest. The money must be used strictly for college purposes. Huge/Kinne Endowed Chair in History—established in 1984 by Harry and Reba Kinne Huge in honor Mr. and Mrs. Earl C. Mead Loan Fund—available of their parents, Mr. and Mrs. Arthur Huge and Mr. and at a low rate of interest to premedical juniors of high Mrs. Walter Kinne. Harry Huge received a bachelor’s standing and to pre-ministerial juniors or seniors, with degree from Nebraska Wesleyan in 1959. A retired preference to seniors. attorney, he is a former member of the Board of Trustees and the Board of Governors of Nebraska Wesleyan University. N. Y. A. Fund—established by a group of students who received aid from the N.Y.A. project. Charles W. and Margre H. Durham Endowed Chair in Business Administration and O. G. C. Fund—available to non-sorority women dur- Economics—established in 1986 by Steven H. and ing their last semester. Barbara Durham of Omaha in honor of Mr. Durham’s parents and in recognition of the significance of the Lulu Grant Parr Fund free enterprise system in American society. Steven Durham is president of Durham Resources, Inc., and a former member of the Board of Governors of Nebraska Seacrest Trust Loan Fund—available to juniors and Wesleyan University. seniors.

Anderson-Trimble-Maurer Endowed Chair in Samuel B. Shively Loan Fund—established in Mathematics and Computer Science—estab- memory of this Biology Professor by his family and lished in 1987 by Keith J. and Judith Trimble Maurer, friends, and available to worthy students, preferably both 1969 graduates of Nebraska Wesleyan, in honor biology and premedical majors. of their parents. The Maurers live in Tampa, Florida. Keith Maurer is past president of the Nebraska Student Volunteer Fund Wesleyan University Alumni Association and both have served on the University’s Board of Trustees. Gerald L. Summers Loan Fund—established by alumni in memory of Mr. Summers, a missionary to Ralph W. and Esther E. Petersen Endowed Borneo. Funds are available to Christian students from Chair in Art—established in 1987 by Jan Petersen foreign countries or students who plan to spend their Johnson of El Prado, New Mexico, class of 1961, and a lives in foreign countries, especially as missionaries. former member of Nebraska Wesleyan’s Board of Trustees, in honor of her parents, Esther E. Petersen, Harry Lee Upperman Fund class of 1935, and Ralph W. Petersen of DeWitt, Nebraska.

Harold E. and Irene E. Weary Loan Fund—established by Harold E. Weary, class of 1933, and his wife, Irene Weary. This fund is to provide loan assistance to students with financial need studying in the area of business administration.

Annetta Wilson Loan Fund—established through her estate for loans with preference to students from Cass County, Nebraska. ENDOWED FUNDS 257

Special Endowed Funds Kenneth R. Holder Lecture—established by mem- Alumni, friends, and foundations have made gifts to the bers of the Department of English in memory of Dr. endowment of special programs and activities. Kenneth R. Holder, Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs and Professor of English. Held in the Enron Foundation Faculty Professional spring to coincide with the publication of the campus literary magazine, The Flintlock, the lecture features a Growth—established by the Enron Foundation to sup- distinguished scholar in the field of language, English port faculty professional growth and development. education or composition theory.

First Amendment Fund—established by Frank Clifford L. Fawl Lecture—formerly the Psychology Zappa in 1986 to support University Forum programs Fair Lecture, this series was renamed in honor of Dr. dealing with the First Amendment to the Constitution Clifford L. Fawl, long-time professor and chair of the (freedom of speech). Department of Psychology. The series brings in nationally-recognized speakers in the area of psychology. The Kenneth R. Holder Fellowship for Instructional Improvement—established in 1991 in memory of Kenneth R. Holder. The fellowship is an Mattingly Visiting Distinguished Scholars annual grant designed to encourage individual instruc- Program—established by an anonymous gift from a tional innovation and teaching excellence. The fellow- family of dedicated lay people of the United Methodist ship honors Dr. Holder who, as Provost of Nebraska Church in Nebraska and named for Dr. E. L. Mattingly, Wesleyan University from 1987 to 1991, stimulated, Professor Emeritus of Religion, in recognition of his supported and gave leadership to faculty efforts to service to Nebraska Wesleyan and its students. Dr. improve classroom instruction and thereby enrich the Mattingly died in 1985. The University brings scholars educational experience of all Nebraska Wesleyan stu- to campus each year, typically one each semester. These dents. Dr. Holder died in 1991. persons, designated as Mattingly Visiting Distinguished Scholars, are selected either on the basis of scholarship in the field of religion and/or theology or because of Morton Fund—established by Sterling Morton as a personal and/or scholarly connections to the United memorial to his grandfather, J. Sterling Morton. This Methodist Church–its origins, history, and/or its teach- fund supports special projects and library acquisitions in ings. At a minimum, each scholar delivers a lecture to the department of history. which the entire campus community is invited.

Dr. Roy G. Story Award—established in 1989 by Dr. The Swan Lectures—established in 1984 as the Roy G. Story of Tucson, Arizona. The award allows Ralph E. Swan Endowed Lectureship by Vyrl W. Swan, Nebraska Wesleyan’s president to recognize individuals class of 1937, and his sister, Marjory Swan Ball, in mem- or groups of faculty members, administrators, staff ory of their father to present scholars who emphasize members, students, or volunteers whose accomplish- the importance of the teaching of Jesus to our present ments have significantly enhanced the national stature and future civilization. Following the death of Vyrl of Nebraska Wesleyan University. Swan, Marjory Ball requested that the lectureship be renamed The Swan Lectures to honor both her father and her brother. Lectureships Endowed lectureships are gifts by alumni and friends of Named Lectureships the University that bring speakers of regional, national and international acclaim to campus to expose students Willson Lectures—established in 1954 through a gift to a variety of perspectives and subjects. by Mr. and Mrs. J. M. Willson of Floydada, Texas, to bring outstanding Christian scholars to campus. Named Endowed Lectureships

Amos Fetzer and Alice Fetzer Memorial Lectures—established by Dr. W. R. Fetzer (class of 1917) and Mrs. Fetzer in memory of Dr. Fetzer’s parents, Amos and Alice Fetzer. The lectureship is designed to bring to the campus distinguished scholars in science, mathematics, computer science and the environment.

Dwight P. Griswold Lectureship in Political Science—established in honor of the late Nebraska Governor and U.S. Senator by his widow, Mrs. Henry L. Bomgardner. The Griswold lectureship is designed to illuminate the meaning of public service in local, state, national and international life. 258 INDEX

Buckley Amendment (see Privacy of Educational INDEX Records), 38 Buildings, 9 Business Administration, 76, 79 Abel Stadium, 10 Business-Psychology major, 191 Academic advising, 51 Academic dishonesty, 39 Campus activities and leadership opportunities, 15 Academic honor societies, 59 Campus employment, 25 Academic honors list, 59 Campus facilities, 9 Academic integrity, 17 Campus housing, 13 Academic policies and procedures, 30 Campus life, 12 Academic probation, 36 Campus policies, 15 Academic recognition, 59 Cancellation of registration, 31 Academic scholarships, 24 Capitol Hill Internship Program, 57, 186 Academic sessions, 8 Cardinal Key, 59 Academic suspension, 36 Career Center, 14 Academic standing, 36 Career development, counseling, and Academic warning, 36 service learning, 14 Access for students with disabilities, 16 Certification for teaching, 51, 105 Accounting, 76, 78 Change in course registration, 31 Accreditation, 8 Checklist, baccalaureate degree, 46 Admissions, 19 Chemistry, 88 application requirements and procedures, 19 Chicago Urban Life Center, 57 early action program, 19 Church affiliation, 8 regular decision program, 19 Class attendance, 32 concurrent enrollment of high Classification of students, 33 school students, 20 CLEP examinations, 33 first year candidates, 19 Coaching, 131 graduate students, 21 Cochrane-Woods Library, 9 international students, 20, 21 College work-study program, 25 non-traditional students, 21 Commencement, 51 part-time/special students, 21 Communication, 93, 95 transfer students, 20 Communication Studies, 93 Administration, 231 Communication and Theatre Arts, 94 Advanced credit, 33 Commuting students, 13 Advanced Placement, 33 Computer facilities, 9 Advantage Program, 21, 56 Computer resources, 17 Advising, academic, 51 Computer Science, 156, 159 Alcohol and drug policy, 16 Continuing Education, 21, 56 Alpha Sigma Lambda, 59 Cooper Center for Academic Resources, 56 American Minority Studies minor, 204 Costs, 23, 27 Anthropology, 203, 207 Counseling, 14 Applied music, 173 Course descriptions, 61-214 Art, 62 Course load, 32 Astronomy, 180 Course numbering system, 37 Athletics, 14 Credit, 33 drug policy, 16 advanced credit, 33 facilities, 10 Advanced Placement, 33 Athletic Training, 138 by departmental examination, 34 Attendance policy, 32 CLEP, 33 Auditing a course, 36 lifelong learning portfolio, 34 Awards, 58 transfer, 34 workplace and military training, 34 Baccalaureate degree, 42 Credit hour, 33 Baccalaureate degree checklist, 46 Criminal Justice, 204, 210 Second baccalaureate degree, 51 Culmination period, 32 Baseball field, 10 Curriculum, general, 42 Biochemistry & Molecular Biology major, 71, 88 Biology, 70 Biopsychology major, 191 Blue Key, 59 Board of Governors, 216 INDEX 259

Dead Week (see culmination period), 32 Freshman standing, 33 Declaring a major, 49 Full-time status, 32 Degree requirements, 42, 53 Degrees, 42, 53 General education requirements, 42, 46 Departmental examinations, 34 General policies, 6 Departmental honoraries, 59 Geography, 113 Disabilities act, 16 German, 163, 165 Dishonesty, academic, 39 Global Studies, 56, 127 Dormitories (see residence halls), 13 Gold Key, 60 Double majors, 50 Good standing, 36 Down slips (see grade reports), 37 Governing bodies (student), 15 Drop and Add, 31 GPA calculation, 36 Drug policy, athletic department, 16 Grades, 35 Drug and alcohol policy, 16 appeal policy, 37 Dual-Degree Engineering Program, 88, 180 change, 37 minimum requirements, 36 Early action program (for admission), 19 reports, 37 Economics, 76, 83 Grading system, 35 Education, 105, 107 Graduate Courses and Programs, 21, 56 Education abroad, 55 Forensics, 121 Elder Memorial Speech and Theatre Center, 9 Nursing, 138 Elementary Education, 105 Graduation requirements, 42, 53 Employment, campus, 25 Graduation with honors, 60 Endowed chairs, 256 Grants, 25, 27 Endowed funds, 236 Greek system, 13 Endowed lectureships, 257 Engineering (Dual-Degree Program), 88, 180 Handicapped persons, 16 English, 115 Harassment policies, 16 Enrollment procedures, 31, 32 Health and Fitness Studies, 130 Environmental Studies, 204 Health and Human Performance, 130 Examinations, final, 32 Health Sciences, 138 Examinations, by credit, 33 Health and Wellness Center, 13 Examinations, proficiency, 34 High school student enrollment, 20 Exchange programs, 55 History, 147 Exercise Science, 130 History of the university, 8 Honoraries, 59 Facilities, 9 Honors, academic, 59 Faculty awards, 10 Honors, graduation, 60 Faculty Declaration of Educational Intent, 41 Honors, university, 8 Faculty, 10, 220 Honors Convocation, 59 Faculty, emeriti, 218 Housing costs, 13, 23 Faculty, officers of the, 230 Housing policies, 13 Family Studies, 204 Federal aid, 26, 27 IDS, 152 Fees, 23, 27 Incomplete grade, 35 Field House, 10 Information Systems major, 157 Final examinations, 32 Intercollegiate athletics, 14, 132 Final 30 hours in residence, 42 Interdisciplinary Studies, 152 Financial aid, 24, 27 Inter-Fraternity Council, 15 application for aid, 24, 27 International Affairs, 186 federally-funded financial aid, 25, 27 International Baccalaureate, 33 loans, 25, 27 International Business, 77 ROTC scholarships, 25 International Education, 55 standards and regulations, 26, 28 education abroad programs, 55 Wesleyan-funded scholarships and grants, 24 curriculum, 55 Financial Information, 23 financial aid, 55 Fine Arts Center, Vance D. Rogers, 9 International student admission, 20 First year registration, 31 International Trade, 78 Fitness Center, 10 Intramurals, Recreation and Fitness, 14 Foreign Languages (see Modern Languages), 163 Forensic Science, 121 Forum, 57 Fraternities, 13 French, 163, 164 260 INDEX

Japanese, 164, 166 Post baccalaureate options, 51, 53 Journalism, 115, 120 Preprofessional studies, 49 Judiciary, University, 15 Preregistration, 31 Junior standing, 33 President’s Student Advisory Council, 15 Privacy of educational records, 38 Knight Field House, George, A., 10 Probation, academic, 36 Proficiency examinations, 33 Laboratory equipment, 9 Psychology, 191 Leadership opportunities, 15 Public Relations, 95 Lectureships, 257 Legal Studies, 186 Refund policy, 23, 27 Library facilities, 9 Registration, 31, 32 Lifelong Learning Portfolio, 34 cancellation, 31 Loan Funds, 255 fall and spring semester, 31 Loans, 25, 28 new students, 31 Lucas, Rachel Ann Hall, 9 summer and winter term, 32 Religion, 197 Majors offered, 49 Religious activities, 14 declaring, 49 Repeated courses, 36 double, 50 Residence Hall Councils, 15 preprofessional studies, 49 Residence halls, 9, 13 Master of Forensic Science, 53, 121 housing contracts, 13 Master of Science in Nursing, 53, 138 exemptions to the residence requirement, 13 Mathematics, 156 room and board costs, 13, 23 Middle Grades Education, 105 Residence requirements/policy Minors, 50 academic 42 Mission Statement, 2, 41 Rogers, Vance D., Center for Fine Arts, 9 Modern Languages, 56, 163 Room and board, 13, 23 Monthly Payment Plan Option (MPPO), 23, 27 ROTC, 25, 57 Multicultural Programs, 15 Music, 170 Scholarships, 24, 236 Music Education, 170 Secondary Education, 106 Semester load, 32 National and international awards, 60 Semester schedule, 8 National rankings, 8 Senate, Student Affairs, 15 New student registration, 31 Senior check, 51 Nursing, 138 Senior College, 56 Senior standing, 33 O’Donnell Auditorium, 9 Service learning, 14 Old Main, 9 Sessions, academic, 8 Olin Hall of Science, 9 Sexual assault, 17 Organizations and activities, 15 Sexual harassment, 16 Silver Key, 60 Panhellenic Council, 15 Smith-Curtis Classroom-Administration Parental access to academic records, 38 Building, 9 Parental notification, 17 Social organizations, 13 Parents loans (PLUS), 26 Social Work, 203, 208 Part-time status, 32 Sociology, 203, 205 Pass/fail, 35 Sophomore standing, 33 Payment policy, 23, 27 Sororities, 13 Peace and Justice Studies, 153 Spanish, 163, 166 Pell Grant, 25, 27 Special Education, 106 Performance major, 171 Special student enrollment, 21 Perkins national direct student loan, 25 Speech (see Communication), 93 Personal Harassment, 16 Sport Management, 131 Petition, 37 Sports (see athletics), 14 Phi Kappa Phi, 59 Stafford loans, 26, 27 Philosophy, 197, 200 Student Affairs Senate (SAS), 15 Physical Education, 131 Student Center, Roy G. Story, 9 Physics, 180 Student declaration, 17 Policies, 6, 15 Student governing bodies, 14 Political Science, 185 Student Health and Wellness Center, 13 Political Communication, 185 Portfolio of Lifelong Learning, 34 INDEX 261

Student Right to Know Act, 38 Student teaching opportunities, 55, 106 Studio Art, 63 Study abroad, 55 Summer sessions, 32 Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (SEOG), 25 Supporting programs, 50 Suspension, academic, 36

Teacher certification, 105 Teacher certification pass rate, 38 Terms (see academic sessions), 8 Theatre Arts, 94, 98 Townhouses (see Residence Life), 13 Transcripts, 37 Transfer grades, 34 Transfer policy, 20, 34 Transfer students, 20, 34 Tuition and fees, 23, 27 Tuition grants, 24

United Methodist affiliation, 8 United Methodist loans, 26 University College, 56 University Forum, 57 University Judiciary, 15 Urban Life Center, Chicago, 57

Validation, 31

Warning, academic, 36 Weary Center for Health and Fitness, 10 Wesleyan Advantage Program, 21, 56 Who’s Who Among Students, 59 Winter term, 32 Withdrawal from a course, 31 Withdrawal from all courses, 31 Women’s Studies, 212 Workplace and Military Training Credits, 34 Work-study program, 25 262 CAMPUS MAP